001 Dex Pro_Page Design 16/01/2012 14:52 Page 1
Projects FoR all youR PRoJECTS NEEdS...
Mezzanine Floors Partitions Guards Mezzanine Floor Lifts Roller & Belt Systems Warehouse & Office Solutions
Warehouses
4 to 5 6 to 9 10 to 11 12 to 13 14 15 to 16
Multi-tier Structures
Big Project?.....no problem? l
l
l
Mezzanine Floors
Mobile Shelving
l
l
Document Storage
Personnel Storage
If your storage requires a more bespoke solution, we can help. We can advise you on a wide range of systems which will help increase your storage efficiency. After discussing your requirements with you, we will design, project manage & install your system, helping you implement the new facility with the minimum of disruption. From mezzanines to conveyors, from drive-in racking to multi-tier structures, we are here to help. If you have a project brief to take forward or would like to arrange a site survey, just pick up the phone & talk to us.
Retail Stockrooms
Maintenance Stores
1
002 Dex Pro_002 Dex Pro 16/01/2012 13:52 Page 1
Complete Wareh B A
C
Projects
D
E
F
A
Racking Pages 34 - 43
B
Safety Mesh Page 10
C
G
Lockers Pages 44 & 62 - 71
D
Barriers / Rails Pages 148 - 155
E
Access Equipment Pages 373 - 430
F
Small Parts Shelving Pages 21 - 27
G
Maxi Bins & Louvred Panels Pages 20 & 85
H
Order Picking Trolleys Pages 304 & 305
2
H
003 Dex Pro _003 Dex Pro 16/01/2012 13:53 Page 1
ehouse Solutions HI280 Shelving
I
Pages 23 - 25
Drawer Cabinets
J
Pages 202 - 203
I
Workbenches
J K
K
Pages 182 - 197
Seating
L
Pages 484 - 489
L
M N Projects
O P Mezzanine Floors Q
M
Pages 4 & 5
Longspan Shelving
N
Page 32 & 33
R
Mobile Shelving
O
Page 28 - 31
Sack Trucks
P
Pages 264 - 278
Pallet Trucks
Q
Pages 244 - 250
Construction Tube
Pages 18 & 19
3
R
004 Pro_004 Pro 12/01/2012 11:20 Page 1
Mezzanine Floors Relocating or extending your current building can prove very costly both in time & money. A mezzanine floor is often the rational solution, creating additional space within your current building. Every mezzanine floor is individually designed to fit within the restraints of your current building, considering both existing & proposed layout criteria.
Projects
MEZZANINE FLOORS: ●
Storage Use
●
Office accommodation
●
Retail outlets / showrooms
●
Assembly / production
●
Viewing galleries
●
Fitness / gyms
●
Laboratories
●
Canteen / staff rooms / rest rooms
Efficient use of available space has never been more important, internal expansion is a rational answer to allow your company to operate more economically & efficiently. Mezzanine floors are flexible in their design. Following site survey, layout drawings are produced using state of the art CAD technology to match your exact requirements. A mezzanine floor is a free standing steel structure, simple to extend as required & fully demountable, therefore providing total flexibility into the future.
MULTI-TIERED MEZZANINE FLOORS In buildings with high roof lines a multi-tiered mezzanine floor can be considered. A two, three or four tier mezzanine floor where height allows will give considerable additional floor space.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION & A NO OBLIGATION QUOTE ON A WIDE RANGE OF MEZZANINE PROJECTS CONTACT OUR SALES DEPARTMENT 4
005 Pro_005 pro 12/01/2012 11:21 Page 1
Mezzanine Floors STAIRCASES There are a range of staircases that can be used to access the mezzanine floor comprising of various widths, styles and finishes, whether it be paint finished for industrial use or carpeted for office or retail use. All staircases comply with either Part K or Document M of the Building Regulations
ANCILLARy ITEMS As well as the mezzanine floor structure itself, there are many other components that can be incorporated into the project design to accommodate your individual needs. Pallet gates, swing gates & handrail sliding sections can be positioned at the edges of the mezzanine floor to facilitate safe & easy loading & unloading of stock. Vertical ladders can be used for access & escape, positioned to suit the site layout and incorporated into the mezzanine floor design. Openings & voids can be designed specifically to allow conveyors or lifts to access each level.
BUILDING REGULATIONS Every mezzanine floor is designed to comply with the current BRE Code of Practice & all relevant Building Regulations, so approval is swiftly obtained on your behalf. 5
Projects
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION & A NO OBLIGATION QUOTE ON A WIDE RANGE OF MEZZANINE PROJECTS CONTACT OUR SALES DEPARTMENT
006 Pro_006 Pro 12/01/2012 11:22 Page 1
Double Skin Partitions TITAN A high-quality double skin system that is ideal for cleanroom & office applications where appearance is important. When used in conjunction with the correct HVAC system, Titan is ideal for working toward an ISO 14644-1 class 5 cleanroom environment.
Options: Flush double glazing with integral magnetic blinds; coved & bull-nosed skirting ● Anti-static / electro-dissipative & anti-microbial powder coating ● Sound reduction
Projects
●
Standard Powder Coated Colours: Panels: RAL9010 ● Other colours available upon request ●
PRICE ON APPLICATION
6
007 Pro_007 Pro 12/01/2012 11:23 Page 1
Double Skin Partitions ELAN Ideal for offices, facility areas, machine enclosures etc, where sound reduction & insulation are important
The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
£252.00
Options: Fire Rating Double Glazing ● Ceilings ● Venetian Blinds ● ●
Available on Fast Delivery Ask about our Installation Service
Projects
Standard Powder Coated Colours: ● Sandstone
Panels:
● Medium Grey
● White ● Light Grey
7
008 Pro_008 Pro 12/01/2012 11:25 Page 1
Single Skin Partitions The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
£132.00
BASTION
Projects
Heavy duty industrial partitioning suitable for harsh environments. It provides secure storage and screening and can feature a combination of full steel, mesh and glazing.
Available on Fast Delivery Ask about our Installation Service
SIGMA Demountable & relocatable medium duty partitioning, ideal for applications requiring high quality appearance
The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
8
£145.00
009 Pro_009 Pro 12/01/2012 11:25 Page 1
Industrial Mesh Partitions CAELUM A necessity for all storage & security applications where mesh walls & ceilings are required.
Available Options: Powder Coated or Galvanised finish ● Hinged or sliding doors ● Variety of locking arrangements (Europrofile cylinder lock or padlock) ● 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture or 25 x 25 mm mesh aperture available ●
The below price is a guide applicable for standard Grey RAL 7037 finish & a nominal 2200mm standard height & 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture. Specific prices for projects are available upon request
£104.00
Available Ex-stock - Ask about our Installation Service
9
Projects
BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
010 Pro_010 Pro 12/01/2012 11:26 Page 1
Anti-collapse System MuScA A Pallet rack mesh safety screen which helps prevent accidents whilst handling & storing goods.
The below price is a guide applicable for Standard Grey RAL 7037 finish. Specific prices for projects are available upon request. BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
£25.00
Projects
Panels are available in 3 sizes with a choice of 100 x 50mm, 50 x 50mm or 25 x 25mm mesh apertures. Also various size stand-off brackets are available
Available Ex-stock - Ask about our Installation Service
10
011 Pro_011 Pro 12/01/2012 11:27 Page 1
Conveyor & Machinery Guards RApID FIX Machine protection made simple & fast. Quick easy assembly & dismantling means less downtime during a breakdown or routine service. Meets European Machinery Directive requirements ● 2 fixing release for rapid dismantling ●
The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
projects
£140.00
SAFE - LOCK 3 STAGE CLOSING DEVICE Safe Lock is a cost effective interlocking device compliant with the European Machinery Directive. Safe Lock is available on all door types. This range of products has been designed to increase operational safety. With Quick Release Safety Lever
SAFEST CHOICE 4X4i Model
Available Ex-Stock Ask about our Installation Service
Safe-lock From
£400.00 11
012 Pro_012 Pro 12/01/2012 11:28 Page 1
Mezzanine Floor Lifts Why is a MezzLift better than a traditional Goods Lift? There is no need for a motor room or lift pit leading to immediate cost & space savings. The rugged industrial frame & mechanism give low maintenance requirements & a long life span.
Why is a MezzLift better than a Fork Lift? Operating a Fork Lift for routine lifts to a mezzanine floor ties up an expensive machine & driver who could be better employed elsewhere. The confined space of a warehouse can also be hazardous for Fork Truck operations.
The answer is clear..... In contrast, our MezzLifts benefit you with tangible cost savings by removing the need for unnecessary structural changes to buildings & reducing the risks associated with operating Fork Trucks & unaided manual handling operations.
Projects
250-500KG FULLY ENCLOSED & SELF SUPPORTING MEZZLIFT ●
Compact design helps maximise storage space & work area
●
250 or 500kg maximum working load options available
●
Bespoke platform sizes
●
Self-supporting
●
Easy operation via push to run button controls at both levels
●
Overload protection
●
No lift pit or separate motor room required
●
Operates from a domestic single phase 240v or 3 phase power supply
●
Lift Speed 0.3m/s
●
Electrically inter-locking gates
Manufactured Manufacture d MAX LEAD TIME IS 4 WEEKS
It is essential for peace of mind & the continued safe use of all Goods Lifts that statutory examinations are carried out alongside the manufacturer’s scheme of maintenance. We offer a combined service & examination package in accordance with LOLER, provided by our own Nationwide team of skilled engineers. The benefits of service contract include.....Statutory inspections & test completed on time, Maintenance completed to manufacturers specification, OEM spares available ex-stock, Minimum downtime, High first time fix rate & Nationwide coverage
12
Bespoke Design & CAD capabilities are available - Call for Details
013 Pro_013 Pro 12/01/2012 11:28 Page 1
Mezzanine Floor Lifts MEzzLIFT 250KG BASIC A 250kg Basic MezzLift has a 2000mm high gate fitted at ground level, whilst upper threshold protection is given by a 1100mm high fixed rail across the opening with a gate beneath ● Goods are brought out beneath this rail which eliminates the need for costly interlock devices, speeds up the lift operation & reduces maintenance costs ●
MAX LEAD TIME IS 4 WEEKS
Manufactured Manufacture d
250-500KG FULLY ENCLOSED & SELF-SUPPORTING OUTDOOR MEzzLIFT The 250-500kg Outdoor Mezzlift, offers operators a simple, safe & efficient way to handle loads up to 500kg between two or three floors, including ground level & mezzanine, on the outer walls of warehouses, stores, factories & workshops ● Access to a standard 240V or a 3 phase power supply is required & there is no need to excavate a floor pit. The lift is Galvanised to suit outdoor applications ●
Projects
MAX LEAD TIME IS 4 WEEKS
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOADING BAYLIFT The Loading BayLift is ideal for lifting & handling loads between different levels where the height difference is less than two metres, such as loading bays ● The compact lift can fold away when not in use & there is no need for a lift pit, meaning that the Loading Bay Lift offers a practical load handling solution where alternative equipment such as conventional scissor lifts cannot easily be installed ● Capacities from 500 to 2000kg are available with a range of platform sizes to safely handle crates, pallets, roll cages, sack barrows & many other loads ●
MAX LEAD TIME IS 4 WEEKS
Manufactured Manufacture d
GOODS LIFT SERVICE & MAINTENANCE In-house capabilities to design, manufacture, install & service goods lifts nationwide ● Combined service & examination packages in accordance with LOLER give employers peace of mind & trouble-free performance over extended lifetimes with low overall cost of ownership ● Agreements cover a minimum of one year & can include regular scheduled servicing & the compulsory annual checks that users of load handling equipment are required to complete under current legislation ●
13
014 Pro_013 Pro 12/01/2012 11:35 Page 1
Powered Roller & Belt Systems Designed & manufactured to the highest specification ● Full site survey available if required ● Transport product from one floor to another smoothly, safely & efficiently ● Choice of widths 450, 600 & 750mm ● Used with other conveyors in the range to complete a fully integrated system ● Fully reversible ● Fully underguarded ● Loading capacity - 50kg per metre ● Braked 0.75kw centre drive motor ● 415v 3ph drive as standard (1ph P.O.A.) ● 150mm high guides on incline section only ● Heavy Duty grip face belt ● 25º incline (shown below) suits most applications - others available upon request ● Powder coated finish Blue 18-E-53 other colours available upon request
Projects
●
Manufactured Manufacture d
GRAVITY UNLOADING CONVEYOR
14
●
We also offer a range of vehicle loading & unloading conveyors, both powered & gravity
●
Full electric controls & installations available
●
All products are manufactured in the UK
●
Please contact our Sales Office with any conveyor applications you may have
015 Dex Pro_014 Pro 16/01/2012 14:02 Page 1
Warehouse/Office Solutions
Projects 15
016 Dex Pro_016 Pro 16/01/2012 14:01 Page 1
Projects
Warehouse/Office Solutions
16
017 - Leader Page_Page Design 16/01/2012 14:55 Page 1
Shelving & Storage FOR ALL yOUR SHELVING & STORAGE NEEDS... Construction Kits Shelving & Racking Lockers & Cupboards Small Parts Storage Containers Pallet Systems Storage Racks Hazardous Storage Heavy Duty Cabinets Storage Units Storage Cages
18 to 19 21 to 48 60 to 72 74 to 91 92 to 104 106 to 107 108 to 110 111 to 116 117 118 to 120 121 to 124
ORIGINAL SLOTTED ANGLE ● ●
PLAN IT... CUT IT... BUILD IT... USE IT! THE ALL PURPOSE CONSTRUCTION KIT
● Strong & versatile Easy to use Quick to assemble - Simply cut & bolt together to make rigid structures
Overall Size
Angle Type
Qty
140
5
36 x 36 x 1.75 x 3048
GDSA140 £103.00
160
5
40 x 40 x 2.00 x 3048
GDSA160 £109.00
225
5
62 x 41 x 2.00 x 3048
GDSA225 £135.00
260
5
66 x 45 x 2.50 x 3048
GDSA260 £167.00
Nuts & Bolts
50
M8 x 16
GDSANB
£10.95
Corner Plates
20
8
GDSACP
£12.30
Base Plates Single
1
-
GDSASBP
£1.90
Base Plates Double
1
-
GDSADBP
£4.40
W x D x Gauge x L mm
Model
Price
17
018 Dex_018 Dex 16/01/2012 10:02 Page 1
Slotted Angle
Shelving & Storage
Slotted Angle has been around for over 60 years so it’s difficult to imagine a world without it. Used worldwide for benches, shelving, safety screens, access platforms, fire barriers, security cages, jigs, test rigs & 1001 other applications - it’s the indispensable, do everything construction system.
LOWER PRICES
NOW AVAILABLE IN PRE-GALV FINISH
THE ORIGINAL SLOTTED ANGLE ●
Easy to use
●
Strong & versatile
●
Quick to assemble Simply cut & bolt together to make strong rigid structures
18
Angle Type
Quantity
Overall Size W x D x Gauge x L mm
140
5
36 x 36 x 1.75 x 3048
160
5
40 x 40 x 2.00 x 3048
Finish
Model
Price
Painted
GDSA140
£86.50
Pre-Galvanised
GDPGSA140
£78.30
Painted
GDSA160
£92.50
Pre-Galvanised
GDPGSA160
£82.50
Painted
GDSA225
£120.00
225
5
62 x 41 x 2.00 x 3048
Pre-Galvanised
GDPGSA225
£108.30
260
5
66 x 45 x 2.50 x 3048
Painted
GDSA260
£123.75
Nuts & Bolts
50
M8 x 16
-
GDSANB
£11.50
Painted
GDSACP
£9.70
Pre-Galvanised
GCSAPGCP
£6.00
Corner Plates
20
8
Base Plates Single
1
-
-
GDSASBP
£1.50
Base Plates Double
1
-
-
GDSADBP
£3.40
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
019 Dex_019 Dex 16/01/2012 10:04 Page 1
Speedframe Speedframe is the no-fuss way to build strong frameworks. Simply cut the tube to length & tap in the joints for a smooth, snag-free structure. Add a few accessories & the framework becomes a bench, a trolley or display stand - all made to measure. Speedframe allows you to design & build your own frameworks, or if you prefer we can prefabricate the units for you & assemble them on site. Put your ideas to the test with Speedframe. Sturdy 25mm tube construction One-piece re-useable joints with plastic inserts for strong, rigid frameworks ● No special skills required ● All components are pre-finished ● Easy to assemble & re-assemble ● Pack size: 8 x 3.05m lengths ● Full design and cutting service available ● Fax your designs, & we will turn your ideas into reality ● Order your tube pre-cut to size ● Each joint requires an insert ● ●
Easy to Build in 3 simple steps Step 1
Shelving & Storage
4 2&3 1
5
9
8
6 7
Step 2
11
10
Make a sketch of the item you need & cut the tube to the required length
13
12 17
14
15 16 18
Item No.
Description
1
Tube Pack (3.05m lengths)
2
Black Inserts
3
White Inserts (not shown)
4 5
Pack
Model
Price
8
GDSFTB
£197.00
24
GDSFINB
£7.85
24
GDSFINW
£8.20
2 Way Joint
Single
GDSF11
£5.25
3 Way Joint
Single
GDSF22
£6.10
6
3 Way Corner Joint
Single
GDSF41
£6.10
7
4 Way Joint
Single
GDSF33
£7.15
8
4 Way Corner Joint
Single
GDSF52
£7.15
9
5 Way Corner Joint
Single
GDSF63
£8.55
10
6 Way Corner Joint
Single
GDSF66
£8.90
11
Single Shelf Support
Single
GDSFSSS
£1.55
12
Double Shelf Support
Single
GDSFDSS
£2.30
13
Plastic Shelf Spacer
Single
GDSFPSS
£0.20
14
Adjustable Feet
Single
GDSFAF
£3.85
15
Anchor Plate
Single
GDSFAP
£6.70
16
Removable Shelf Support
Single
GDSFRSS
£1.55
17
Plastic End Cap
Single
GDSFPEC
£0.70
18
Metal End Cap
Single
GDSFMC
£1.75
Fit the corner joints & any accessories
Step 3
Complete your design
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
19
020 Dex_020 Dex 16/01/2012 10:06 Page 1
Maxi Bins The comprehensive range of Maxi storage bins provides a versatile, modern storage & handling solution for all kinds of items. Maxi bins are extremely durable, resistant to both oil & water & designed to stand up to constant use in demanding working environments. Most sizes available in red, blue, yellow & green. Please specify when ordering ● Label holder & divider options ● Stack freestanding or on a louvre panel ● High grade polypropylene ●
Overall Size W x D x H mm 100 x 125 x 60
Load Capacity 2.3 kg
Volume Litres 0.4
Pack Size 12
Model
Price
GDM1012
£13.10
100 x 175 x 85
4.5 kg
0.75
12
GDM1017
£23.05
135 x 225 x 125
9 kg
2.1
12
GDM1322
£47.55
185 x 300 x 145
13 kg
4.25
6
GDM1830
£44.75
185 x 450 x 145
13 kg
7.2
6
GDM1845
£57.60
370 x 300 x 145
18 kg
10
6
GDM3730
£79.45
410 x 450 x 215
27 kg
21
6
GDM4145
£117.30
Shelving & Storage
LOUVRED PANELS
Ideal for your shelving
HOOKS & SPIGOTS
Overall Size W x H mm 457 x 457
Model
Price
GDML18
£24.30
457 x 914
GDML36
£45.00
457 x 1372
GDML54
£61.00
457 x 1829
GDML72
£75.20
MAXI BIN DIVIDERS Dividers for Extra Efficiency
Pack Size 150mm Double Prong Hook 6
Model
Price
GDMDH150
£24.25
150mm Single Prong Hook
6
GDMSH150
£13.20
150mm Loop Hook
6
GDMLH150
£28.80
150mm Long Spigot
2
GDMSP150
£23.70
250mm Long Spigot
2
GDMSP250
£24.50
Description
20
Side Side
Front Back
To Fit Bin
Pack Size
Model
Price
1332
12
GDMDL1322
£11.30
1830
6
GDMDL183
£8.35
1845
6
GDMDL184
£8.35
1830
12
GDMDF183
£26.30
1845
12
GDMDF184
£44.40
3730
12
GDMDF373
£26.30
4145
6
GDMDF414
£27.00
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
021 Dex_021 Dex 16/01/2012 10:08 Page 1
budgetline budgetline shelving is an ideal shelving system with an unlimited number of uses. suitable for commercial & domestic use the pre-galvanised finish provides a protective coating & gives a modern appearance. the shelves are ideal for most storage solutions, with an individual shelf capacity of 50kg UDl providing a total of 250kg load per bay. the system comes complete with 5 shelf levels & a single piece upright to ensure rigidity. No cross bracing is necessary due to the ingeniously designed corner plates which improve accessibility to each level. comprehensive instructions are included in each pack & we even provide the spanners! Pre Galvanised finish 300D x 800W x 1675H mm ● Maximum UDL per Shelf: 50kg ● Max Bay Load: 250kg ● Assembly instructions in pack ● Spanner set included ● ●
shelving & storage
AvAilAble ex-stock Corner Plates give rigidity
Model
Price
GDBO30PG
£49.95
PRICE HELD
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
21
022 Dex_022 Dex 16/01/2012 10:09 Page 1
economy Shelving Quick, easy assembly Strong, safe, stable ● No nuts & bolts ● Steel uprights ● Flat packed ● ●
2000mm high x 1000mm wide x 450mm deep 5 Galvanised, Chipboard or Powder Coated Shelves ● Max Load: 80kg per galvanised/painted shelf 150kg per chipboard shelf ● ●
Shelving & Storage
available ex-Stock
Save money! Save time!
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Description
2000
1000
450
2000
1000
450
2000
1000
450
22
Model
Price
Light Grey Painted Steel Shelves with Blue Uprights
GDE045PC
£157.50
Pre Galvanised Shelves with Blue Uprights
GDE045PG
£142.50
Chipboard Shelves with Blue Uprights
GDE045C
£115.00
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
023 Dex_023 Dex 16/01/2012 10:10 Page 1
Hi280 Industrial Shelving
Shelving & Storage
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
23
024 Dex_024 Dex 16/01/2012 10:11 Page 1
Hi280 Industrial shelving One system fOr all yOur shelving requirements accessories Quick assembly - no nuts or bolts Tailor your system to your exact needs with a wide range of accessories ● Pull out shelves, drawers, plinths, side protectors, dividers (full & part height), extended beam spans, clothing rails, tyre storage... ● Automotive & garment storage accessories available ●
shelving & storage
●
Prices for Basic Bays: 5 Shelf Levels included open Bays No. of Bays
Closed Bays Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm 300
Model
Price
GDHO301
£206.55
2100
1000
400
GDHO401
£220.20
500
GDHO501
300 2100
2100
24
2000
3000
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm 300
Model
Price
GDHC301
£307.40
2100
1000
400
GDHC401
£324.15
£246.25
500
GDHC501
£357.60
GDHO302
£361.10
300
GDHC302
£547.30
400
GDHO402
£387.40
400
GDHC402
£578.20
500
GDHO502
£439.55
500
GDHC502
£641.45
300
GDHO303
£515.70
300
GDHC303
£787.25
400
GDHO403
£554.60
400
GDHC403
£832.25
500
GDHO503
£632.90
500
GDHC503
£925.35
No. of Bays
2100
2100
2000
3000
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
025 Dex_025 Dex 16/01/2012 13:45 Page 1
Hi280 Industrial Shelving Our Hi280 system is ideal for storage & distribution companies. It offers immediate yet secure access to all items being stored. This all adds up to greater productivity & flexibility, both key factors in today’s competitive market. As your business develops, this system will grow with you to ensure you can always meet rapidly changing market needs.
Shelving & Storage Quick assembly - no nuts or bolts Strong enough for virtually any shelving needs ● Shelves adjustable at 25mm intervals ● Heights from 1 metre to 12 metres ● Shelf depths from 300mm to 800mm ● Tough pre-galvanised finish ● Quick & easy to build, shelves adjust in seconds ● ●
Tailor your storage installation to fit your needs
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
25
026 Dex_026 Dex 16/01/2012 10:13 Page 1
impex shelving
shelving & storage
impex is the original solution for a simple bolt-free bay of shelving or a complex two tier or high rise order picking installation. impex is designed & manufactured to is09001 & is fully compliant with sema standards.
●
Versatile modular shelving
●
Simple to design & assemble - no tools required
●
Flexible to store large or small items
●
Shelves: 305 to 914mm deep, 914 to 1219mm long
●
Built in garment rails available
●
Medium span option
●
Shelf dividers
●
Maxi Bins to suit shelf sizes
●
Popular sizes normally available to stock
●
Components still available to extend shelving systems supplied from 1968
The sTrong sTorage soluTion
open Frames & BaCks Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Description
Model
2134
1000
305
Starter Bay
GDIMO30S
2134
1000
457
Starter Bay
GDIMO45S
2134
1000
610
Starter Bay
GDIMO61S
2134
1000
305
Extension Bay
GDIMO30E
2134
1000
457
Extension Bay
GDIMO45E
2134
1000
610
Extension Bay
GDIMO61E
Closed Frames & BaCks
26
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm
Description
Model
2134
1000
305
Starter Bay
GDIMC30S
2134
1000
457
Starter Bay
GDIMC45S
2134
1000
610
Starter Bay
GDIMC61S
2134
1000
305
Extension Bay
GDIMC30E
2134
1000
457
Extension Bay
GDIMC45E
2134
1000
610
Extension Bay
GDIMC61E
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
027 Dex_021 Dex 16/01/2012 10:14 Page 1
Sysco®office Shelving
Shelving & Storage
Maximum Storage Minimum Floor Space
Prices for Basic Bays - 6 Shelf Levels included open BayS No. of Bays
CloSed BayS Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm 300
Model
Price
GDSO301
£146.30
1914
1000
390
GDSO391
£160.35
450
GDSO451
300 1914
1914
2000
3000
No. of Bays
Height mm
Width mm
Depth mm 300
Model
Price
GDSC301
£212.00
1914
1000
390
GDSC391
£226.05
£176.35
450
GDSC451
£242.05
GDSO302
£253.90
300
GDSC302
£385.25
390
GDSO392
£279.65
390
GDSC392
£411.05
450
GDSO452
£310.00
450
GDSC452
£441.00
300
GDSO303
£356.30
300
GDSC303
£567.00
390
GDSO393
£393.80
390
GDSC393
£604.50
450
GDSO453
£437.70
450
GDSC453
£648.40
1914
1914
2000
3000
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
27
028 Dex_028 Dex 16/01/2012 10:15 Page 1
Compactus® Side2Side The Compactus® Side2Side shelving system combines high-density storage with easy access. Mounted on a level baseboard, the front cabinets slide aside on low-friction rails to allow full access to those behind.
Available in a range of sizes With or without Tambour shutters ● Security options ● Good for shared use ● Current files in front ● Historical files behind ● Relocatable ● Safe to use ● Quick to access ● ●
Reduce Storage Space or Increase Storage Capacity
Shelving & Storage
More than doubles filing capacity when compared with four-drawer cabinets More economic than rotary or mobile shelving
28
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
029 Dex_021 Dex 16/01/2012 12:14 Page 1
®
Sysco & Compactus Accessories A unique manufacturing process ensures 100% powder coating for Sysco® steel components. Finished as standard in Smoke White, RAL 9002, a shade which reflects light & helps mask dust. The Sysco® range includes decorative End Panels in a wide range of finishes.
Pull-out reference shelves provide a convenient in-aisle work surface ● Shelf dividers for on-shelf filing or compartmenting ● Pull-out filing frames for vertical suspended filing ● Under shelf filing rails for lateral suspended filing ● Perforated panels allow airflow through an archive system ● Frame infills - present a smooth flat panel to books & loose files ● Drawers for CD’s, DVD’s & small items ●
File Shelf
Shelving & Storage
Perforated Side Panels
Pull-out Frame
Pull-out shelf
Frame Infills
Pull-out Drawer
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
29
030 Dex_30 Dex 16/01/2012 14:33 Page 1
Compactus® Mobile Shelving - Manual A Compactus® mobile shelving system provides up to 80% more storage capacity than static cabinets or shelving. Mounting shelving on fixed-path mobile carriages means that only one ‘floating’ aisle is required to access any shelf in the system. The space saved can be used to create more storage capacity or to free space for other operations. Convenient & simple to use, turning a crank handle can easily move all of the shelving on the mobile carriages at the same time thanks to a clever gearing arrangement. Compactus® mobile shelving is a modern storage system that can be aesthetically integrated into any environment. ●
User safety is paramount in every system, whether manual or automatic
●
Can be expanded at a later date to accommodate growth
●
With 2,700 dimensions to choose from, our mobile systems can provide low cost storage systems
●
Ergonomic design
Shelving & Storage
The benefits of Compactus Mobile shelving are;
Traditional Storage Layout
30
●
Easy to use and can be equipped with an aisle lock for safety
●
Dual access capability in open plan offices
●
Can be locked if required for security
●
Decorative panels in a range of colours & finished to suit your environment
100% more Storage Space
or 50% more Floor Space
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
031 Dex_031 Dex 16/01/2012 10:27 Page 1
Compactus® Mobile Shelving - Electronic Compactus® Dynamic offers the advantages of Compactus® but with the convenience and added features an electronic controller can bring. Effortless operation - Just a light touch of the controller gives immediate access to the Compactus® Dynamic, even with your hands full. The system can even be fitted with automatic aisle lighting. Safety of users - User safety is ensured by the Motor Current Monitoring System (MCMS) and you can add other safety devices, such as photoelectric beams and motion detection, stopping the mobile shelves should another user attempt to use it. This standard complies with international safety standards such as GS, CE, EN 15095 and IEC 60950.
Compactus® Dynamic Pro offers all the advantages of Compactus® Dynamic and more. Advanced ease of use - Intelligent LCD touch screen offers advanced ease of use. Connect the system to a PC to adjust the settings remotely. Advanced operating functions - The night mode enables automatic repositioning of the system at night with aisles slightly open to provide extra ventilation between the shelves, protecting the contents during long term storage.
Floor options Profiled rails can be fixed: ● In the concrete floor ● In a computer floor ● In a raised floor with an aluminium ramp for easy access
Focus on design - For both Compactus® Original & Dynamic the specially designed front panels and floor panels can be finished in different colours, materials and designs, to blend in with your office interior.
Use the Compactus® Dynamic mobile shelving system to create extra storage space or more space for additional work stations. Thanks to the user friendly, ergonomic, electronic operation, the system is easy to use and effortlessly moved. ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
31
Shelving & Storage
Protection of goods and files - Vibration-free movement, thanks to a “soft start and soft stop”, ensures that documents stay in place while the shelves move. For ultimate protection the system can be integrated with safety and environmental systems including fire alarms, temperature, humidity and ventilation controls. Oversized items can also be stored by adjustment of the mobile stopping distance.
032 Dex_022 Dex 16/01/2012 10:36 Page 1
Longspan Dexion Longspan offers you virtually unlimited opportunities to expand your storage capacity, giving you higher density storage & greater flexibility whether you are storing boxes, cartons, tubes or wires. Long uninterrupted spans of up to 3000mm make Longspan ideal for a wide range of big & bulky items & for archive storage.
Easy as 1-2-3! 1
Shelving & Storage
Position a pair of frames. Hold them in place wth a pair of beams
2
Click the remaining beams into place
The fastest way to build rigid, tough high capacity shelves for archives & awkward loads.
3
Drop in the steel or chipboard shelves
32
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
033 Dex_033 Dex 16/01/2012 10:37 Page 1
Longspan Intrinsically safe - a steel lock prevents accidental lifting or movement of beams
Choice of steel or chipboard shelves
Beams are available in two duties and a range of standard lengths to take steel or chipboard shelves
Bolted frames for strength & reliability
Footplates for stability on uneven surfaces
LONGSPAN PRICES - 3 Beam Levels per Bay No. of Bays
Height mm 2000
2000
2000
Width mm 2012
4024
6036
Depth mm 450
Model
Price
GDLO451
£207.80
600
GDLO601
£210.00
900
GDLO901
£220.70
450
GDLO452
£366.35
600
GDLO602
£370.00
900
GDLO902
£385.75
450
GDLO453
£525.00
600
GDLO603
£529.40
900
GDLO903
£550.75
ShELf PRICES - 25mm Chipboard or Steel Decking No. of Bays
No Required Per Bay
Width mm
1
3
2012
2
3
6
9
4024
6036
Depth mm
Chipboard Price per Level
Steel Price per Level
450
£12.20
£34.50
600
£16.70
£45.75
900
£22.50
£68.65
450
£12.20
£34.50
600
£16.70
£45.75
900
£22.50
£68.65
450
£12.20
£34.50
600
£16.70
£45.75
900
£22.50
£68.65
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
33
Shelving & Storage
Long uninterrupted spans of up to 3000mm make Longspan ideal for a wide range of big & bulky items - from storage cartons, boxes, tubes or wires! ● Bolted frames for strength & reliability ● 50mm shelf adjustment ● Steel safety lock prevents accidental lifting or movement of beams ● Complies with European guidelines for safe storage ● Quick & easy to assemble ● Also available in heights up to 5000mm, depths up to 1200mm & widths up to 3000mm ● 450mm depth stores 30 archive boxes per bay ● 900mm depth stores 60 archive boxes per bay ●
034 Dex_034 Dex 16/01/2012 10:39 Page 1
speedlock P90 Dexion already set standards in flexibility & customer orientation over 60 years ago with the idea of using perforated steel profiles for storage technology. we continue to develop and manufacture our products in europe right up to the present day - not just for our customers but together with them.
shelving & storage
Taking qualiTy & efficiency To new heighTs
Racking UK Pallets
A
B
C
1200 x 1000 1000 x 1200
Standard Bays P90
800 x 1200 4m High 3 beam levels
Clear Entry
Depth
Stores
*Model - Starter Bay
Model - Extension Bay
2700
900
2xA
GDP2790S
GDP2790E
1350
900
1xA
GDP1390S
GDP1390E
2300
1100
2xB
GDP2311S
GDP2311E
2700
1100
3xC
GDP2711S
GDP2711E
1350
1100
1xB
GDP1311S
GDP1311E
*all based on 1000kg per pallet load - height to first beam not greater than 1750 mm
34
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
035 Dex_035 Dex 16/01/2012 10:41 Page 1
Speedlock P90 Silverline Beam - tomorrow’s pallet racking, today! A whole new innovative approach to pallet racking design! Silverline delivers precisely the same high quality, outstanding performance & efficiency the world has come to expect from every Dexion Product.
50mm vertical adjustability allows maximum space utilisation
●
A top of the range system with safety, versatility, strength & dependability built in
●
Designed to fulfill the stringent requirements of FEM as well as conforming to SEMA codes for pallet racking
●
Wide range of Silverline beams & uprights means there are hundreds of different options available
●
You’re guaranteed to get a racking system that meets your needs & saves you money
●
Whether you need a single pallet rack or a fully automated high bay warehouse, the Silverline Beam family has the answer that is right for you Why SILVERLINE? ●
Pre-Galvanised finish for long, corrosion resistant life
●
Greater resistance to damage & wear
●
Silverline beams fit all Dexion P90 uprights
●
I - section profile for strength
●
Profiled shoulder for improved pallet location
●
Set-back connector for reduced upright damage
●
Spare beams store in less space than conventional beams
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
35
Shelving & Storage
●
036 Dex_022 Dex 16/01/2012 14:44 Page 1
Pallet Racking - P90 Palletflo Dexion P90 Palletflo is suitable for when there is a high rate of turnover and fast access to goods is required, but utilises up to half the space of a conventional pallet racking warehouse. The Palletflo racking system is mainly used when a limited range of palletised goods need to be stored in large quantities using the first-in, first-out principle. At the on-load face, pallets are placed in storage lanes and automatically roll forward on sloping wheel conveyors under the force of gravity. Pallet speed down the lane is controlled by a series of brake rollers and when the pallets reach the retrieval face, they are brought to a controlled halt by a combined load separator and end stop unit. This type of storage technology, which is frequently used in the food & drinks industry or as a buffer storage facility in the manufacturing industry, requires only two fork truck aisles, one for loading and one for retrieval.
Shelving & Storage
Benefits: ●
Up to 50% less floor space than conventional pallet racking
●
First-in First-out (FIFO) operation provides automatic stock rotation
●
Dedicated load and retrieval faces mean only two fork truck aisles are required
●
Higher speed of operation within the warehouse
36
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
037 Dex_021 Dex 16/01/2012 14:43 Page 1
Pallet Racking - Push Back Dexion P90 Pallet racking can be configured as Push-Back racking with either rollers or telescopic trolleys. Push-Back racking utilises half the storage space of conventional pallet racking and is ideal for the bulk storage of similar items or for storage over manual picking aisles. Pallets are pushed backwards into the racks and fed to the front loading face under gravity as pallets are removed from the picking face. This is the First-in Last-Out principle (FILO) and suits products of the same type. Dexion Push-Back racking systems provide high density dynamic storage with quick and easy access to pallets from a single loading and unloading face. Pallets stored in a Push-Back system can be stored up to 8 pallets deep. Push-Back racking can also be ideal for goods management at docking and lorry loading bays, providing a temporary storage prior to loading, enabling loads to be prepicked. Benefits: Up to 50% less floor space required, compared to conventional pallet racking
● ●
First-in Last-out (FILO) operation only requires one loading and unloading aisle
●
Ideal for organising storage above picking aisles or at docking / loading bays
Shelving & Storage
Push-Back trolleys
A replenishment buffer over Picking from Cartons
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
37
038 Dex_038 Dex 16/01/2012 10:46 Page 1
Pallet Racking - P90 Drive-in P90 Drive-in racking is ideal for storing large quantities of the same type of goods: your existing space can be used up to 90% more effectively than with standard, conventional pallet storage systems. Suitable for goods that can be stored on pallets behind or on top of each other, but ideal when greater access is required when compared to block stacking. Pallets are stacked by the first-in, last-out (FILO) principle, on supports mounted both sides of the drive-in channels. This means that individual pallets cannot be accessed directly, but one by one from the front of the rack. As a form of block stacking, drive-in racking systems significantly increase the storage density in a warehouse. Consequently, the existing space can be used up to 90% more effectively compared to a conventional pallet storage systems. Drive-in racking eliminates the need for loading & picking aisles. The lift truck positions pallets on front-to-back rails, allowing rows to be stacked next to each other. Dexion drive-in racking provides a safe & efficient equivalent of block stacking for loads which are too fragile or unstable to be stacked on top of each other. High density storage - maximising cubic space More pallets stored per cubic metre than any other storage system ● Limited stock rotation - particularly suitable for seasonal goods ● Ideal for cold & chill storage applications ● Accessible by the First-In, Last-Out principle ● Used for bulk goods of the same type ●
Shelving & Storage
●
38
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
039 Dex_039 Dex 16/01/2012 10:48 Page 1
Pallet Racking - P90 Mobile Racking Reduced costs for a new building or the possibility to better utilise existing storage space more efficiently, MOVO, the mobile pallet racking solution from Dexion, is the optimal solution. The electronically controlled MOVO heavy duty mobile racking system runs on embedded rails & can carry bay loads of up to 24 tons at racking heights of up to 12 metres. When individual aisles open, state-of-the-art sensor technology & variable control options ensure ease of operation & absolute safety. Thanks to a wide variety of accessories, MOVO is suitable for any kind of warehoused goods, & with a guaranteed operational safety at temperatures as low as -30° C it makes it ideal for use in cold storage rooms. Maximum use of floor space - only one operating aisle Save up to 40% of the space required by conventional Pallet Racking ● Alternatively increase your storage capacity by up to 80% ● Good occupancy rates helping to reduce energy bills in cold stores ● 100% individual pallet access ● Modular design adapts to any requirement ● Safety according to the European Directive 2006/42/EG & DIN EN 5095 ● ●
Shelving & Storage
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
39
040 Dex_040 Dex 16/01/2012 10:52 Page 1
Pallet Racking - Accessories Speedlock P90 Pallet Racking is the versatile solution for static & dynamic pallet storage. Adjustable pallet racking solutions. ●
The system can be designed to fulfil the stringent requirements of EN15512 or SEMA codes for pallet racking
●
Tailor made solutions for maximum efficient storage
●
Racks are simple to install & beams quick & easy to adjust
●
Beams can be finished in tough bright orange stove enamelled finish, or pre galvanised
Shelving & Storage
1
A Upright Guard
7
B 6
Column Guard
A
C Drop-in Frame Guard
●
50mm vertical adjustability allows maximum space utilisation
●
A top of the range system with safety, versatility, strength & dependability built in
40
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
041 Dex_041 Dex 16/01/2012 10:51 Page 1
Pallet Racking - Accessories
1 Fork Entry Bar
5
2 Coil Holder
Shelving & Storage
3 Post Pallet Channel
3
4 Steel Shelf Panels
2 4
5 Standard Pallet Support Bars
B 7
6 C Pull-out Units
●
Mesh Decking
You’re guaranteed to get a racking system that meets your needs & saves you money
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
41
042 Dex_042 Dex 16/01/2012 11:40 Page 1
Rack Protection & Accessories Make the most of your pallet racking with rack accessories. Store awkward, odd-sized or unpalletised loads in safety & protect your frames from truck damage with these genuine Dexion accessories.
Standard P90 Column Guard
Standard MK3 Column Guard
Corner Guard
Fixings
Shelving & Storage
E-Rail Rack End Protectors
End Protection Barriers
Tubular Barrier
Upright Metal Guard
Mesh Shelving (P.O.A.)
Description
E Rail Barrier Kits*
Tubular Barriers
End Protection Barriers
Protect It Column Guard
Dimensions / Style
Sacrificial Legs
Model
Price
400mm H x 900mm O/A Rack width
GDERB900
£71.30
400mm H x 1100mm O/A Rack width
GDERB1100
£74.70
400mm H x 2000mm O/A Rack width
GDERB2000
£88.00
400mm H x 2400mm O/A Rack width
GDERB2400
£94.70
500mm H x 900mm O/A Rack width
GDTB900
£90.00
500mm H x 1100mm O/A Rack width
GDTB1100
£95.80
500mm H x 2000mm O/A Rack width
GDTB2000
£114.20
500mm H x 2400mm O/A Rack width
GDTB2400
£122.50
500mm H x 900mm O/A Rack width
GDEPB900
£85.80
500mm H x 1100mm O/A Rack width
GDEPB1100
£93.30
500mm H x 2000mm O/A Rack width
GDEPB2000
£122.50
500mm H x 2400mm O/A Rack width
GDEPB2400
£136.70
Sacrificial Leg Kits MD Pre Galv
P90
GDP90MPG
£68.75
Sacrificial Leg Kits R Dark Grey
MK3
GDMK3DG
£70.80
Column Guard - Pointed Front
400mm H MK3 & P90
GDCGPF
£19.00
Column Guard
400mm H MK3 & P90
GDCNG
£12.50
MK3
GDUGKMK3
£20.80
P90
GDUGKP90
£18.30
MK3
GDPICGMK3
£28.30
P90
GDPICGP90
£28.30
Upright Metal Guard Kit Protect It Column Guard
Floor Fixings are not included. *E Rail Barrier Kits include 2 column guards & 1 E Rail barrier.
42
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
043 Dex_043 Dex 16/01/2012 10:54 Page 1
Speedlock Mk3 Racking Dexion Speedlock MK3 product range is renowned worldwide for its versatility, quality & strength. Whilst maximising the efficient storage of palletised loads, it also offers a comprehensive range of optional rack protection which safeguards both people & product. With nearly 50 years of product development, this system is established as the world’s favourite pallet racking. Designed to comply with the SEMA standards, Speedlock Mk3 uprights & beams are manufactured using high quality steel and have a durable powder coated finish, which is available in a range of colours.
This Avoids: ● Prosecution ● Fines ● Downtime, damage & injuries ● Prohibition Notices
Fitting spares or repairs? Always use genuine original parts. ● Compatible parts may compromise the safety of your installation ●
Applications: ● Adjustable pallet racking ● Narrow aisle racking ● Push back racking ● PalletFlo All common sizes normally available from stock. Extensive range of accessories. ● Still available to extend or repair racking supplied since 1992. ● ●
Give your racking a regular health check. Contact us now
Clear entry
Depth
Stores
2667
900
2xA
2700
900
2xA
1350
900
1xA
2250
1100
2xB
2700
1100
3xC
C
3300
1100
3xB
800 x 1200
1350
1100
1xA
Racking UK Pallets A
B
1200 x 1000 1000 x 1200
Standard Bays Mk3
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
43
Shelving & Storage
Under the Health & Safety at Work Act 1974 for the Provision & Use of Work Equipment, Regulations 5 & 6 state that all racking & shelving systems are required to be kept in efficient working order and to have regular inspections.
044 Dex_022 Dex 16/01/2012 10:59 Page 1
Shelving & Storage
Lockers
Air Vent System Through-Frame on each Door* Micro Sprung Door Lock
Welded Front Frame
Welded Internal Door Strengthener*
5 Knuckle Hinges
YELLOW
TW701818
2P701818
Full Width Top Shelf: 305mm Central divider to separate clean/dirty ● Double coat hooks per compartment ● ●
ALL LOCKERS ARE POWDER COATED WITH BLUE
701818UN
CLEAN & DIRTY LOCKER
*Door strengtheners are not needed on some products. Air vent system is not available on some products due to small door sizes.
RED
701818C/D
GREEN
uNIFORm LOCKER
SMOKE WHITE
SILVER
Full Width Top Shelf: 305mm 3 half width shelves ● Central divider & double coat hook ● ●
TWIN LOCKER
These lockers are designed & manufactured conforming to BS 4680:1996 ‘Standard Duty’ (excluding size specification), ISO 9001:2000 & Environmental Management System ISO 14001:2004 Manufactured in accordance with the Health & Safety Certification OHSAS 18001 No. of Tiers 1 2 3 4 5 6
Single Units
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
1780 x 305 x 305 1780 x 305 x 460
Nest of 2
●
Each compartment comes with a 305mm high internal top shelf & a double coat hook
TWO PERSON LOCKER
Nest of 3
●
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
701212
£84.00
701212
£158.13
701212
£232.25
701218
£100.40
701218
£158.57
701218
£270.73
1780 x 305 x 305
701212/2
£109.89
701212/2
£209.91
701212/2
£309.92
1780 x 305 x 460
701218/2
£122.62
701218/2
£230.01
701218/2
£337.41
1780 x 305 x 305
701212/3
£119.21
701212/3
£228.55
701212/3
£337.89
1780 x 305 x 460
701218/3
£133.65
701218/3
£252.07
701218/3
£370.49
1780 x 305 x 305
701212/4
£127.47
701212/4
£245.05
701212/4
£362.64
1780 x 305 x 460
701218/4
£143.19
701218/4
£271.15
701218/4
£399.12
1780 x 305 x 305
701212/5
£136.48
701212/5
£263.09
701212/5
£389.69
1780 x 305 x 460
701218/5
£149.74
701218/5
£284.25
701218/5
£418.75
1780 x 305 x 305
701212/6
£157.16
701212/6
£304.46
701212/6
£451.75
1780 x 305 x 460
701218/6
£171.17
701218/6
£327.11
701218/6
£483.04
Provides 2 sections per user with a common key. One 180mm full width compartment & a vertical compartment with a double coat hook Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Clean & Dirty Locker 1780 x 305 x 305
701818 C/D
£142.67
Uniform Locker 1780 x 305 x 305
701818UN
£160.87
Twin Locker 1780 x 305 x 305
TW701818
£165.81
Two Person Locker 1780 x 305 x 305
2P701818
£178.10
please specify which lock is required when ordering. The Cam Lock is supplied as standard if not stated CAm LOCK
HASP & STAPLE
Even the standard lock has a micro sprung 10 disk lock featuring a massive 3000 serial combinations
Attractive design allowing easy use of padlock fitting. Shank dia. min. 6mm, max. 7mm. (Padlock not supplied)
RE-PROGRAmmAbLE COmbINATION LOCK
COIN/TOKEN RETuRN/RETAIN
10,000 combinations. One Service Key required per installation (sold separately)
These locks are available either coin or token - return or retain in denominations of £/€
SLOPING TOP Optional sloping top prevents the accumulation of rubbish & is available on all standard lockers
Model
Price
Model
Price
Price - per door
Price - per door
Price - per locker
CAM
Included
H&S
Included
£41.95
£33.52
£11.30
44
ORDER NOW - Call the number on the back cover for more details, best prices & fast delivery
045 Dex_045 Dex 11/01/2012 17:30 Page 1
Boltless Shelving low Profile Up to 160kg UDL load per shelf Quick & easy to assemble - no nuts & bolts, clips or fixings ● Profile beam maximises storage space ● Designed for lighter duty commercial applications ● ●
Shelving & Storage
TakeS leSS Than 10 minuTeS To Build!
●
Uprights to 2440mm height & tie plates are available in 3 colours: Blue Red Dark Grey
Please specify colour when ordering 3050mm & above - Dark Grey Uprights only
5 Shelf level uniTS: Decked with 18mm high density Chipboard Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelf Loading
Five Shelf Unit Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelf Loading
Five Shelf Unit Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
1980 x 915 x 300
RL3125 £107.00 RL312XS £11.00
1980 x 1220 x 300
RL4125 £126.00 RL412XS £14.00
1980 x 915 x 380
160 kg RL3155 £111.00 RL315XS £12.00 per Shelf RL3185 £118.00 RL318XS £13.00 U.D.L. RL3245 £120.00 RL324XS £14.00
1980 x 1220 x 380
115 kg RL4155 £133.00 RL415XS £15.00 per Shelf RL4185 £135.00 RL418XS £14.00 U.D.L. RL4245 £139.00 RL424XS £16.00
100 kg RL3305 £139.00 RL330XS £19.00 per Shelf RL3365 £162.00 RL336XS £20.00 U.D.L. RL3485 £173.00 RL348XS £22.00
1980 x 1220 x 762
1980 x 915 x 458 1980 x 915 x 610 1980 x 915 x 762 1980 x 915 x 915 1980 x 915 x 1220
1980 x 1220 x 458 1980 x 1220 x 610
RL4305 £174.00 RL430XS £20.00 80 kg per Shelf RL4365 £183.00 RL436XS £22.00 U.D.L. 1980 x 1220 x 1220 RL4485 £200.00 RL448XS £24.00 1980 x 1220 x 915
oPTional Shelving uPrighTS Additional Cost per Bay Add suffix to above codes: Height extended to: 2440 mm
Tie PlaTeS allow larger runS....
Suffix
Price
- 8RL
£24.00
3050 mm
- 10RL
£31.00
Description
Model
Price (Each)
3660 mm
- 12RL
£56.00
Upright Tie Plate
RL060130
£1.75
4570 mm
- 15RL
£81.00
●
Tie Plates to lock units together (4 required to link 2 units)
45
046 Dex_046 Dex 11/01/2012 17:33 Page 1
Boltless shelving EASY BUILD
1. after 2 mins
2. after 4 mins
shelving & storage
3. after 7 mins
4. Finished in 10 mins
See the opposite page for colour options Unrestricted access from both sides - no cross bracing required ● Quick & easy to assemble, less than 10 minutes to build each shelving unit ● Extremely strong, up to 450kg per shelf ● No nuts & bolts, clips or fixings. Just four simple components to tap into place ● Fully adjustable shelves at 38mm increments ●
Tie PlaTes allow larger runs.... ●
●
Tie Plates to lock units together (4 required to link 2 units) Description
Model
Price (Each)
Upright Tie Plate
RL060130
£1.75
4 shelF level uniTs:
oPTional shelving uPrighTs
Decked with 18mm high density Chipboard Overall Size H x W x D mm 1980 x 1830 x 380 1980 x 1830 x 458 1980 x 1830 x 610 1980 x 1830 x 762
Shelf Loading 450 kg per Shelf U.D.L.
410 kg 1980 x 1830 x 915 per Shelf U.D.L.
46
Four Shelf Unit
Extra Shelf
Model
Price
Model
Price
RB6154
£173.00
RB615XS
£37.00
RB6184
£192.00
RB618XS
£38.00
Additional Cost per Bay Add suffix to above codes: Height extended to:
Suffix
Price
2440 mm
- 8RB
£24.00
- 10RB
£31.00
RB6244
£195.00
RB624XS
£39.00
3050 mm
RB6304
£219.00
RB630XS
£49.00
3660 mm
- 12RB
£56.00
RB6364
£244.00
RB636XS
£52.00
4570 mm
- 15RB
£81.00
047 Dex_047 Dex 12/01/2012 09:03 Page 1
Heavy Duty Boltless Shelving Heavy Duty shelving suitable for all applications ● Wide uninterrupted spans ● Huge range of sizes available ●
Up To 900KG pER SHELF
Patented, precision, rivet to eye secure fixing
Uprights to 2440mm height & tie plates are available in 3 colours: Blue
Plastic feet supplied with all uprights
Shelf tie supports included where required
Red Dark Grey Please specify colour when ordering 3050mm & above - Dark Grey Uprights only
1980H x 1220W mm - 810kg UDL 1980H x 1525W mm - 640kg UDL 1980H x 1830W mm - 660kg UDL 1980H x 2135W mm - 455kg UDL 1980H x 2440W mm - 455kg UDL Depth mm
4 Shelf Unit Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
4 Shelf Unit Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
4 Shelf Unit Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
4 Shelf Unit Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
4 Shelf Unit Model
Extra Shelf
Price
Model
Price
380
R4154 £140.00 R415XS £25.00 R5154 £173.00 R515XS £34.00 R6154 £229.00 R615XS £47.00 R7154 £261.00 R715XS £53.00 R8154 £278.00 R815XS £60.00
458
R4184 £146.00 R418XS £27.00 R5184 £180.00 R518XS £35.00 R6184 £236.00 R618XS £49.00 R7184 £258.00 R718XS £55.00 R8184 £287.00 R818XS £62.00
610
R4244 £150.00 R424XS £28.00 R5244 £183.00 R524XS £36.00 R6244 £239.00 R624XS £50.00 R7244 £261.00 R724XS £53.00 R8244 £293.00 R824XS £64.00
762
R4304 £172.00 R430XS £33.00 R5304 £223.00 R530XS £46.00 R6304 £279.00 R630XS £60.00 R7304 £301.00 R730XS £66.00 R8304 £336.00 R830XS £75.00
915
R4364 £180.00 R436XS £36.00 R5364 £232.00 R536XS £48.00 R6364 £288.00 R636XS £61.00 R7364 £310.00 R736XS £68.00 R8364 £347.00 R836XS £77.00
1220 R4484 £199.00 R448XS £40.00 R5484 £250.00 R548XS £53.00 R6484 £306.00 R648XS £67.00 R7484 £328.00 R748XS £72.00 R8484 £371.00 R848XS £83.00
opTionaL SHELvinG UpRiGHTS Additional Cost per Bay Add suffix to above codes: Height extended to: 2440 mm
TiE pLaTES aLLow LaRGER RUnS....
Suffix
Price
-8
£24.00
3050 mm
- 10
£31.00
Description
Model
Price (Each)
3660 mm
- 12
£56.00
Upright Tie Plate
RL060130
£1.75
4570 mm
- 15
£81.00
●
Tie Plates to lock units together (4 required to link 2 units)
47
Shelving & Storage
●
048 Dex_048 Dex 12/01/2012 09:05 Page 1
Benches & Shelving WorKStationS ● ●
Working level: 300kg UDL Upper levels: 100kg UDL Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
1675 x 1830 x 760
SRWS630
£178.00
1675 x 1830 x 915
SRWS636
£182.00
1675 x 2440 x 760
SRWS830
£254.00
1675 x 2440 x 915
SRWS836
£259.00
Shelving & Storage
QuicK & EaSy to aSSEMBlE
Suit your applicationS throughout induStry WorKBEnchES ●
Both levels: 300kg UDL Overall Size H x W x D mm
Single Level Model
Price
Double Level Model
Price
915 x 1830 x 760 RWB630S
£87.00
RWB630D £117.00
915 x 1830 x 915 RWB636S
£91.00
RWB636D £122.00
915 x 2440 x 760 RWB830S £111.00 RWB830D £167.00 915 x 2440 x 915 RWB836S £127.00 RWB836D £173.00
docuMEnt StoragE Fully adjustable Quick & easy to assemble ● Up to 450kg UDL load per shelf ● Can accommodate all storage box sizes ● Decked with 18mm high density Chipboard ● ●
up to 450Kg pEr ShElf
Fo r L o o k i ng
St o rage Arch i ve e S e e p ag 510
48
Width mm
No of Height Height Depth Shelf Boxes Top of Boxes Top of Unit mm Levels mm mm Stored
1830
458
1830
915
Model
Price
3
36
1980
1450
RAS6183S £167.00
4
48
2640
2110
RAS6184S £201.00
5
60
3280
2745
RAS6185S £261.00
3
72
1980
1450
RAS6363D £175.00
4
96
2640
2110
RAS6364D £253.00
5
120
3280
2745
RAS6365D £326.00
001 - Dexion and Moresecure_001 05/01/2012 15:23 Page 1
Mesh Shelves Troax mesh shelves are secure, flexible and relocatable. No fixings are required as the panels are held in place by their own weight with angle sections or formed wire mesh.
●
Recommended by Fire Authorities & Insurance Companies for premises with Sprinkler Systems installed
●
Dividers optimise storage space
●
Custom made to fit requirements
●
Ideal for underguarding below conveyors
Certain Sizes are available Ex-Stock Please call to enquire
Prices from (per square metre)
125 kg
250 kg
1000 kg
This price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request
£20.00
£25.00
£30.00
49
Shelving & Storage
PRICES HELD
002_002 05/01/2012 16:06 Page 1
Wire Shelving ECLIPSE SHELVING Multi-purpose shelving systems full of advantages: ● ESD Compliant with Optional Accessories - Call for Details ● Bolt Free Assembly ● Fully Adjustable PRICES ● Easy to Clean HELD ● 300kg Shelf Loading ● Static or Mobile Options ● Accessories available - Call for Details CHROME The open wire design offers improved light penetration & better air circulation making it an ideal system for: ● Catering ● Retail Display ● Medical Authorities & Hospitals ● Electronic ● Engineering Industries ● Office
Shelving & Storage
PERMA PLUS With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial additive that will help fight the build up of germs & improve hygiene standards, making it an ideal system for: PERMA PLUS ● Catering 10 YEAR ● Medical Authorities & Hospitals ANtI CORROSION ● Food Production GUARANtEE ● Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms COMPLEtE 4 SHELf UNItS: 1625 MM HIGH ● Damp & Corrosive Environments Depth 305mm
Depth 355mm
Depth 460mm
Depth 610mm
Shelf Length
Model
Price
460mm
-
-
-
-
EC39
£92.00
-
-
610mm
-
-
-
-
EC40
£96.00
EC47A
£120.00
760mm
EC32
£100.00
EC35
£104.00
EC43
£108.00
EC47
£136.00
915mm
EC37
£104.00
EC36
£108.00
EC44
£120.00
EC48
£152.00
1070mm
EC34
£108.00
EC33
£120.00
EC51
£136.00
EC54
£172.00
1220mm
EC38
£112.00
EC30
£132.00
EC45
£148.00
EC49
£188.00
1370mm
-
-
-
-
EC53
£172.00
EC56
£208.00
1520mm
-
-
-
-
EC46
£180.00
EC50
£224.00
1820mm
-
-
-
-
EC52
£208.00
EC55
£256.00
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Eclipse Shelving - Chrome
Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus 460mm
-
-
-
-
-
-
EPP40
£100.00
610mm
-
-
-
-
EPP40
£100.00
EPP47A
£116.00
760mm
EPP32
£92.00
EPP35
£100.00
EPP43
£108.00
EPP47
£128.00
915mm
EPP37
£100.00
EPP36
£108.00
EPP44
£120.00
EPP48
£144.00
1070mm
EPP34
£108.00
EPP33
£120.00
EPP51
£132.00
EPP54
£160.00
1220mm
EPP38
£116.00
EPP30
£132.00
EPP45
£148.00
EPP49
£176.00
1370mm
-
-
EPP39
£152.00
EPP53
£168.00
EPP56
£200.00
1520mm
-
-
EPP41
£160.00
EPP46
£172.00
EPP50
£208.00
1820mm
-
-
EPP42
£176.00
EPP52
£196.00
EPP55
£232.00
*Units are available with fewer or more shelves. Ask for details and prices.
CAStORS: Size (Diameter)
Model
Capacity
Wheel/Housing
Price
75mm unbraked
R75UB
70kg
Rubber/Zinc
£9.00
75mm braked
R75BR
70kg
Rubber/Zinc
£10.00
100mm unbraked
R100UB
80kg
Rubber/Zinc
£10.00
100mm braked
R100BR
80kg
Rubber/Zinc
£12.00
120mm unbraked
R120UB
100kg
Rubber/Zinc
£12.00
120mm braked
R120BR
100kg
Rubber/Zinc
£14.00
50
EASY BUILD
003_003 05/01/2012 16:07 Page 1
Hygienic Shelving FREEZERACK - ALUMINIUM & PLASTIC The ultimate non-corrosive, easy to clean, shelving system. Pre-Assembled Aluminium frames & shelf supports with Plastic, dishwasher proof, shelf panels. ● NF Compliant ● Temperature Range: -20°c to +60°c
PRICES HELD
IDEAL FoR WHERE HYgIENE IS IMPoRTANT
Designed for use in: Medical Authorities & Hospitals ● Food Production areas ● Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms ●
Loadings ● 60 - 100kg per shelf. udl. ● Total capacity 600kg. udl. between 2 ladder frame 90 DEgREE CoRNER SUPPoRTS (1 per shelf) 425mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
CS2/3
£29.00
CS1/1
£32.00
Shelf Length mm 800
Complete 4 Shelf Unit - 1700mm High (2 Frames & 4 Shelves) 425mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
Add-on Unit (1 Frame & 4 Shelves) 425mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
FR48
£312.00
FR58
£338.00
AFR48
£236.00
AFR58
£259.00
FR49
£324.00
FR59
£354.00
AFR49
£248.00
AFR59
£275.00
FR410
£344.00
FR510
£378.00
AFR410
£268.00
AFR510
£299.00
1125
FR411
£352.00
FR511
£390.00
AFR411
£276.00
AFR511
£311.00
1230
FR412
£364.00
FR512
£406.00
AFR412
£288.00
AFR512
£327.00
1340
FR413
£376.00
FR513
£414.00
AFR413
£300.00
AFR513
£335.00
1450
FR414
£396.00
FR514
£442.00
AFR414
£320.00
AFR514
£363.00
1560
FR415
£404.00
FR515
£454.00
AFR415
£328.00
AFR515
£375.00
1665
FR416
£416.00
FR516
£466.00
AFR416
£340.00
AFR516
£387.00
PLASTIC PLUS Easy to assemble shelving system which can be cleaned by a commercial or utensil dishwasher ● NSF accredited & is also approved as an alternative to Stainless Steel by the MOD under specification 42 ● Temperature Range: -30°c to +90°c ● Resistant to moisture, grease, acids & alkalis ●
NEW
Loadings ● 60 - 90kg per shelf. udl. ● Total capacity 360kg. udl.
NSF ACCREDITED & CoMPLY To MoD SPECIFICATIoN 42
Vented Shelf
Solid Shelves
Vented Shelves
Shelf Length mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
610
8168S
£268.00
8184S
£304.00
8168V
£260.00
8184V
£288.00
760
8169S
£300.00
8185S
£344.00
8169V
£292.00
8185V
£328.00
915
8170S
£332.00
8186S
£412.00
8170V
£324.00
8186V
£364.00
1070
8171S
£384.00
8187S
£436.00
8171V
£372.00
8187V
£416.00
1220
8172S
£416.00
8188S
£476.00
8172V
£404.00
8188V
£452.00
1370
8173S
£468.00
8189S
£532.00
8173V
£452.00
8189V
£504.00
1520
8174S
£500.00
8190S
£568.00
8174V
£484.00
8190V
£540.00
460mm Deep Unit
610mm Deep Unit
460mm Deep Unit
610mm Deep Unit
51
Shelving & Storage
905 1015
004_004 05/01/2012 16:08 Page 1
Adjustable Shelving THE SAPPHIRE™ RANGE OF ADJUSTABLE STEEL SHELVING UPRIGHTS - single sided, wall fixed Size
Model
Price
430 mm (163/4")
DU430
£3.71
710 mm (28")
DU710
£6.15
1000 mm (391/4")
DU1000
£7.53
1220 mm (48")
DU1220
£9.07
1600 mm (63")
DU1600
£11.04
1980 mm (78")
DU1980
£13.14
2400 mm (94 /4")
DU2400
£16.73
1
STRAIGHT BRACKETS Size
Model
Price
120 mm (5")
DB120
£2.10
170 mm (7")
DB170
£2.38
220 mm (9")
DB220
£3.10
270 mm (101/2")
DB270
£3.43
320 mm (121/2")
DB320
£3.71
370 mm (14 /2")
DB370
£4.48
370 mm (14 /2")
DMDB370
£6.71
470 mm (181/2")
DB470
£7.53
610 mm (24")
DB610
£10.30
1
Shelving & Storage
1
●
Manufactured from high grade Steel to ensure maximum weight loading capacity. Uprights are produced from 2mm thick Steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick Steel
●
High gloss epoxy Polyester paint finish to 50 microns ensuring impact & scratch resistance, durability & easy maintenance
●
Safety feature to prevent accidental shelf dislodgement
●
Also suitable for Wood, composite & Glass shelves
STEEL SHELVES Size
Model
Price
1m x 170 mm (39 /4" x 7")
DSS1017 £13.69
1m x 220 mm (391/4" x 9")
DSS1022 £14.91
1
1m x 270 mm (39 /4" x 10 /2") DSS1027 £17.18 1
1
1m x 320 mm (393/4" x 12") DSS1032 £18.72 1m x 370 mm (393/4" x 141/2") DSS1037 £20.79 1m x 470 mm (393/4" x 181/2") DSS1047 £25.22 1m x 610 mm (393/4" x 24") DSS1061 £30.54
500 x 170 mm
DSS517 £12.33
500 x 220 mm
DSS522 £13.42
500 x 270 mm
DSS527 £15.46
500 x 320 mm
DSS532 £16.85
500 x 370 mm
DSS537 £18.71
500 x 470 mm
DSS547 £22.70
500 x 610 mm
DSS561 £27.49
SHELF ENDS Size
Model
Price
150 mm Shelf End Pair
DSE150
£8.94
200 mm Shelf End Pair
DSE200 £10.06
250 mm Shelf End Pair
DSE250 £12.72
BOOK SUPPORTS
52
STRONGBEAM BRACKETS ● Strongbeam is a single shelf support system with high load capability. Suitable for use in hospitals, kitchens, factories, workshops, laboratories, schools & colleges etc. Size
Model
Price
100 x 75 mm
DRB10
£1.97
Size
Model
Price
150 x 125 mm
DRB15
£2.87
Square
FSB150
£5.74
200 x 150 mm
DRB20
£3.60
Square
FSB200
£7.65
250 x 200 mm
DRB25
£4.76
Square
FSB250
£9.64
200 x 200 mm
DMB200
£5.97
(6") Spring Rod (Pairs)
DFB150
£4.32
250 x 250 mm
DMB250
£6.59
(73/4") Spring Rod (Pairs) DFB200
£5.48
300 x 300 mm
DMB300
£7.15
(93/4") Spring Rod (Pairs) DFB250
£6.81
350 x 350 mm
DMB350
£7.74
005_005 05/01/2012 16:09 Page 1
cantilever shelving combI unIT
serIes 1 unIT
FROM
£254.10
Manufactured Manufacture d
CSCODMY Combi Frame shown with 6 x CS60T6C Series 1 Trays, 2 x CSFWS6C Flat Writing shelves
serIes 2 unIT
shelving & storage
CS12DMY Series 2 Frame shown with 6 x CS12T12C Series 2 Trays
CSTI6C
CS60SSZ Series 1 Frame shown with 3 x CS60T6C Series 1 Trays
CSFWS6C
Buy the frame & add the trays/shelves to suit your need & application ● Trays & Tube Infil shelves incorporate two notches enabling them to be positioned flat or at an angle ● Combi Units will accommodate any tray/shelf size option ●
frame opTIons Static Frames Weight Model Price kg Single Sided Frames
Description
Frame Size L x W x H mm
Series 1 Unit
890 x 500 x 1400
Series 2 Unit Combi Unit
1750 x 500 x 1400
Mobile Frames Weight kg
Model
Price
15
CS60SSZ
£254.10
-
-
-
18
CS12SSZ
£320.50
-
-
-
20
CSCOSSZ
£353.10
-
-
-
Double Sided Frames Series 1 Unit Series 2 Unit Combi Unit
890 x 920 x 1400 1750 x 920 x 1400
18
CS60DSZ
£317.10
20
CS60DMY
£364.10*
20
CS12DSZ
£355.55
25
CS12DMY
£444.35#
25
CSCODSZ
£388.20
28
CSCODMY
£435.35*
* = mobile on 4 x 75mm nylon castors with brake & # = mobile on 4 x 150mm rubber castors
Tray & shelf opTIons Trays & Tube InfIl shelves can be posITIoned flaT or aT an angle To meeT your needs
Description
Overall Size L x W mm
Trays & Shelves to Suit Frames...
Model
Price
Series 1 Tray
865 x 410
Series 1 & Combi Units
CS60T6C
£99.60
Series 2 Tray
1730 x 410
Series 2 & Combi Units
CS12T12C
£128.10
Series 1 Tube Infil Shelf
865 x 410
Series 1 & Combi Units
CSTI6C
£117.45
Series 2 Tube Infil Shelf
1730 x 410
Series 2 & Combi Units
CSTI12C
£155.40
Flat Writing Shelf
865 x 410
Series 1 & Combi Units
CSFWS6C
£103.10
53
006_006 14/01/2012 10:52 Page 1
plastic or Aluminium Storage Systems Shelving Systems suitable for Food, Pharmaceutical or general Factory use ● Shelving Systems available with an anti-microbial finish - Call for Details ● 4 Tier Units (more or less tiers available) ● 400mm clearance between shelves ● Load Capacity per unit: 900kg ● 4 colour options available: Beige Red Blue Green White ●
please specify when ordering
Shelving & Storage
Mobile Unit
FlAT pACk FoR eASe oF TRANSpoRTATioN Height of racks: Static - 1495mm Mobile - 1560mm ● L to R clearance between bays: 1000mm Rack - 915mm 1200mm Rack - 1115mm 1500mm Rack - 2 x 687mm 2000mm Rack - 2 x 937mm
Mobile Unit
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
1000mm Long Single Bay Depth 400mm 15" 500mm 20" 600mm 24" 1200mm Long Single Bay Depth 400mm 15" 500mm 20" 600mm 24" 1500mm Long Double Bay Depth 400mm 15" 500mm 20" 600mm 24" 2000mm Long Double Bay Depth 400mm 15" 500mm 20" 600mm 24"
54
Static Model 4104 4105 4106 Static Model 4124 4125 4126 Static Model 4154 4155 4156 Static Model 4204 4205 4206
Plastic Price Mobile Model £233.87 4104C £271.87 4105C £304.55 4106C Plastic Price Mobile Model £270.47 4124C £319.76 4125C £355.13 4126C Plastic Price Mobile Model £348.78 4154C £410.76 4155C £457.47 4156C Plastic Price Mobile Model £463.76 4204C £543.41 4205C £610.33 4206C
BeSpoke SizeS AvAilABle CALL FOR DETAILS Price £283.10 £321.00 £357.65
Static Model 4104A 4105A 4106A
Price £319.72 £371.57 £404.42
Static Model 4124A 4125A 4126A
Price £413.23 £472.68 £523.15
Static Model 4154A 4155A 4156A
Price £535.78 £615.44 £669.67
Static Model 4204A 4205A 4206A
Aluminium Price Mobile Model £257.84 4104AC £297.02 4105AC £334.97 4106AC Aluminium Price Mobile Model £297.02 4124AC £351.36 4125AC £391.73 4126AC Aluminium Price Mobile Model £382.97 4154AC £451.12 4155AC £505.41 4156AC Aluminium Price Mobile Model £505.41 4204AC £599.26 4205AC £676.07 4206AC
Price £329.86 £366.52 £404.42 Price £366.52 £423.39 £452.47 Price £484.07 £543.41 £593.88 Price £606.52 £682.30 £740.51
007_007 05/01/2012 16:16 Page 1
Cloakroom / leisure products CloAKrooM / leiSUre prodUCtS Will not rust or corrode Constructed from Plastic & Aluminium ● Benches are fully demountable for storage ● 4 colour options available: Beige Red Blue Green ● ●
please specify when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d
Child Size UnitS AvAilAble CALL FOR DETAILS
Shelving & Storage
Double Coat Bench with Hooks
Child Size Coat Bench
Basic Bench
bASiC benCh - o/h 450MM Size L x D mm
Model
1000 x 400 1200 x 400 1500 x 400 1800 x 400 2000 x 400
B1040S B1240S B1540S B1840S B2040S
Single CoAt benCh - o/h 1800MM
doUble CoAt benCh - o/h 1800MM
Price
Size L x D mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
Size L x D mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
£76.43 £94.12 £111.83 £138.41 £149.48
1000 x 400 1200 x 400 1500 x 400 1800 x 400 2000 x 400
6 9 12 15 18
C1040S C1240S C1540S C1840S C2050S
£155.02 £184.95 £224.78 £265.74 £294.55
1000 x 800 1200 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 2000 x 800
6 9 12 15 18
C1080D C1280D C1580D C1880D C2080D
£224.78 £264.67 £331.10 £395.33 £435.16
StorAge pen
WAll rACK ●
Available in matching Colours
More optionS AvAilAble CALL FOR DETAILS
Overall Size W x D x H mm 800 x 800 x 850
Model
Price
PP08
£232.52
Length mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
Depth mm 40 40 40 40 40
No of Hooks 5 6 7 9 10
Model
Price
WR1000 WR1200 WR1500 WR1800 WR2000
£42.09 £45.42 £49.83 £56.49 £63.16
55
008_008 05/01/2012 16:15 Page 1
Cloakroom Equipment CLUB CLOAKROOM SEATING Ash seat slats (FSC approved source) fitted to a Steel seat support frame ● 45mm dia. round tube legs ● Sturdy Aluminium coat hooks ● Seat Height: 450mm ● Overall Height: 1750mm ● 6 colour options: Silver Blue Yellow ●
Black
Red
Green
please specify when ordering
Shelving & Storage
SINGLE SIDED BENCHES
Shoe Rack
Back Rest
Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
Optional Back Rest
Optional Shoe Rack
Model
Bench Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
1000
400
5
2
RS10X
£236.50
RSB10
£19.00
RSR10M
£51.00
1500
400
7
2
RS15X
£262.50
RSB15
£25.50
RSR15M
£58.00
2000
400
10
2
RS20X
£289.50
RSB20
£31.50
RSR20M
£64.00
2500
400
12
3
RS25X
£423.00
RSB25
£45.50
RSR25M
£111.00
3000
400
14
3
RS30X
£449.00
RSB30
£52.00
RSR30M
£119.00
DOUBLE SIDED BENCHES Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
Optional Back Rest
Optional Shoe Rack
Model
Bench Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
1000
800
10
2
RD10X
£340.00
RDB10
£19.00
RDR10M
£79.00
1500
800
14
2
RD15X
£386.00
RDB15
£25.50
RDR15M
£94.00
2000
800
20
2
RD20X
£440.00
RDB20
£31.50
RDR20M
£106.00
2500
800
24
3
RD25X
£630.00
RDB25
£45.50
RDR25M
£175.00
3000
800
28
3
RD30X
£680.00
RDB30
£52.00
RDR30M
£190.00
FREESTANDING BENCHES
●
●
MONO BENCH
Basic bench 450mm high
●
Basic Bench
Floor/wall fixed bench 450mm high Mono Bench
Length mm
Depth mm
Legs Sets
Model
Price
Length mm
Depth mm
Legs Sets
Model
Price
1000
315
2
R10
£144.00
1000
450
2
RM10
£164.50
1500
315
2
R15
£164.00
1500
450
2
RM15
£186.50
2000
315
2
R20
£183.00
2000
450
2
RM20
£210.00
2500
315
3
R25
£267.00
2500
450
3
RM25
£292.50
3000
315
3
R30
£287.00
3000
450
3
RM30
£318.50
Factory fitted floor fixing brackets available - £2.50 each which must be ordered with bench. Use code RFFC (included as standard on Mono bench)
56
Zinc coating is available for wet & damp environments - CALL FOR DETAILS
009_009 05/01/2012 16:15 Page 1
Cloakroom Equipment
SS12
Manufactured Manufacture d
DS24
DS20H
NOW SUppLIEd WITH UNBREAKABLE pLASTIC HOOKS Frames available in: Black, Grey, Red & Blue Hooks available in: Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Black & Grey
Single or Double Sided With Hooks or Hangers ● Shoe Baskets are available as an Optional Extra ● Bespoke units available - Call For Details
Ash or Sapele Timber slats Single Sided Units: 400mm wide ● Double Sided Units: 762mm wide ● All units are 1803mm high
●
●
●
●
Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS Steel frame work. Tops & seat slats are of 70 x 32mm Sapele Timber, with four radiused corners, & have been sanded, sealed & polished with a tough, hardwearing lacquer. COMpLETE WITH HOOKS
COMpLETE WITH BLACK HANGERS
Single Sided
Double Sided
Single Sided
Double Sided
Length mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
No of Hooks
Model
Price
Length mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
No of Hooks
Model
Price
915
6
SS6
£220.20
12
DS12
£286.70
915
6
SS6H
£263.00
12
DS12H
£382.80
1220
9
SS9
£246.80
18
DS18
£331.00
1220
8
SS8H
£289.70
16
DS16H
£439.00
1525
12
SS12
£273.50
24
DS24
£366.60
1525
10
SS10H
£329.60
20
DS20H
£504.10
BENCH SEATS & COAT RAILS Benches have Sapele timber slats with four radiused corners which have been sanded, sealed & polished ● Coat Rails are pre-drilled ready for wall mounting ●
Benches 400H x 300W mm
Length mm
CR12
Coat Rails 70 x 20mm Sapele
Model
Price
Model
Price
915
B36
£116.80
CR6
£48.80
1220
B48
£124.20
CR9
£51.60
1525
B60
£133.00
CR12
£55.80
SHOE BASKETS Strong wire mesh baskets ● Available to suit all lengths of bench ● Bespoke Units available - Call For Details ●
No of Sections
Model
Price
1
SB1
£90.20
5
SB5
£97.60
10
SB10
£106.30
Manufactured Manufacture d
B60
57
Shelving & Storage
CLOAKROOM UNITS
SS10H
010_010 05/01/2012 16:14 Page 1
Coat Stands & Garment Rails COAT STANDS
COAT RACKS
CRW11Z
NEW CRW12Z
FROM ONLY
£70.25
CRW13Z
NEW FROM ONLY
£29.80
CSW11Z
CSW12Z
CSW13Z
Shelving & Storage
CRW14Z
CSW14Z
Overall Size Model Price L x W x H mm Classic Coat Stand with 5 Coat Hooks 375 x 375 x 1600 CSW11Z £114.30 Coat Stand with 12 Coat Hooks & Umbrella Holder 380 x 380 x 1770 CSW12Z £106.00 Coat Stand with 5 Adj. Coat Hooks & Umbrella Holder 380 x 380 x 1870 CSW13Z £70.25 Coat Stand with 6 Coat Hangers & Umbrella Holder 380 x 380 x 1750 CSW14Z £119.05
Overall Size Model Price L x W x H mm Coat Rack with 6 Coat Hooks 600 x 65 x 130 CRW11Z £29.80 Coat Rack with 4 Coat Hooks 360 x 60 x 52 CRW12Z £35.75 Coat Rack with 5 Coat Hooks 480 x 120 x 130 CRW13Z £46.45 Coat Rack with 6 Coat Hooks & Hat Shelf 800 x 300 x 240 CRW14Z £106.00
GARMENT RAILS Epoxy powder coated white ● Easily manoeuvrable on 4 x 44mm Polypropylene swivel castors ● CGR01Y: Incorporates a wire hat rack for additional storage space ● CGR02Y: Adj. from 1020 to 1700mm in height. Has a base storage rack for shoes, bags etc ●
FROM ONLY
£69.95 Max Load
50kg
CGR02Y CGR01Y
Description Fixed Adjustable
58
Overall Size L x W x H mm 970 x 490 x 1670 950 x 500 x 1020 to 1700
Model
Price
CGR01Y CGR02Y
£69.95 £72.25
011_011 05/01/2012 16:13 Page 1
Garment rails & utility cupboards MEdiuM dutY GarMENt rails Epoxy powder coated Black Welded tubular Steel construction ● Mobile models are mounted on Max Load 4 x 50mm PVC swivel castors 80kg ● ●
O/A Size LxWxH
Static
Manufactured Manufacture d
Mobile Model Price
Model
Price Single Bar
1200 x 490 x 1800
GSG14Z
£128.90
GSG14Y
£134.80
1800 x 490 x 1800
GSG16Z
£141.40
GSG16Y
£147.50
FROM ONLY
£128.90
Double Bar 1200 x 490 x 1800
GSG24Z
£146.55
GSG24Y
£152.55
1800 x 490 x 1800
GSG26Z
£161.25
GSG26Y
£164.85
GSG16Z GSG26Y
GS8053
Manufactured Manufacture d
2 x GSG36N
GSG44R
NEstiNG GarMENt rail
NEstiNG FraME rail
●
●
●
●
Chrome, finished in Black paint Adjustable Centre Rail: 990 / 1142 / 1295mm Mobile on 125mm cushion castors Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 500 x 1760
Model
Price
GS8053 £291.50
● ●
HEaVY dutY rail
‘Z’ frame rails constructed from welded tubular Steel Rail Height: 1770mm Mobile on 50mm PVC castors Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 490 x 1800 1800 x 490 x 1800
Welded tubular Steel construction Mobile on 125mm Rubber castors Rail Height: 1920mm Handle Height: 1030mm
● ● ● ●
Model
Price
GSG34N GSG36N
£155.25 £167.85
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 500 x 1930 1800 x 500 x 1930
Model
Price
GSG44R GSG46R
£330.90 £355.40
Plastic cuPboards Manufactured from high quality Plastic Ideal for many applications including; ● Kitchens/Cafeterias ● Janitorial Closets ● Schools, Offices etc ● Hygienic - easy to clean ● ●
Features 4 Shelves
Overall Size L x W x H mm Large Cupboard 650 x 450 x 1800
CE1804
£155.95
CE180U
£168.95
Weight kg
Model
Price
17
CE1804
£155.95
18
CE180U
£168.95
Utility Cupboard 3 Half Shelves, 1 Full Shelf & Divider
650 x 450 x 1800
CE180U
CE1804
59
shelving & storage
Manufactured Manufacture d
012_012 05/01/2012 16:13 Page 1
Wire Mesh Lockers Bright Electroplated Zinc lockers which offer full through ventilation & high visual security ● Single tier lockers come complete with a Hat Shelf & Coat Hook ● Single & two tier lockers come complete with a coat hook ● Powder coated in: Yellow Blue Red ●
- please specify when ordering Other colours available - Call for Details
Shelving & Storage
UNITS CAN BE MANUFACTURED TO YOUR SPECIFICATION - CALL FOR DETAILS Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame. Each locker is fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be fitted back to back, to the wall & to the floor (fixings not included). PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d Description
Locker Size H x W mm 305mm Deep Lockers
Single Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Single Compartment - Nest of Two each Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Two Compartment - Nest of Two each Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Three Compartment - Nest of Two each Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Four Compartment - Nest of Two each Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Five Compartment - Nest of Two each Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Six Compartment - Nest of Two each Six Compartment - Nest of Three 457mm Deep Lockers Single Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Single Compartment - Nest of Two each Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Two Compartment - Nest of Two each Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Three Compartment - Nest of Two each Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Four Compartment - Nest of Two each Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Five Compartment - Nest of Two each Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Six Compartment - Nest of Two each Six Compartment - Nest of Three
60
Model
Price
WM305SD WM305SDN2 WM305SDN3 WM3052D WM3052DN2 WM3052DN3 WM3053D WM3053DN2 WM3053DN3 WM3054D WM3054DN2 WM3054DN3 WM3055D WM3055DN2 WS3055DN3 WM3056D WM3056DN2 WM3056DN3
£100.40 £185.59 £270.86 £105.46 £197.27 £288.47 £113.03 £204.50 £305.50 £120.57 £226.13 £322.51 £130.80 £246.60 £357.81 £141.01 £267.09 £393.11
WM450SD WM450SDN2 WM450SDN3 WM4502D WM4502DN2 WM4502DN3 WM4503D WM4503DN2 WM4503DN3 WM4504D WM4504DN2 WM4504DN3 WM4505D WM4505DN2 WM4505DN3 WM4506D WM4506DN2 WM4506DN3
£110.43 £204.09 £297.84 £119.43 £221.14 £322.50 £127.40 £236.33 £346.07 £134.21 £251.91 £369.57 £144.47 £272.44 £400.37 £154.73 £292.94 £431.19
The Single & Double compartment lockers have 3 point locking system & the rest of the lockers are fitted with a Hasp & Staple for use with a padlock (not included).
013_013 05/01/2012 16:12 Page 1
Heavy Duty Wire Mesh Storage WIRE MESH STORAGE COMPARTMENTS Strong & hard wearing Fully welded tubular Steel construction with a 50 x 50mm square mesh outer carcass & 25 x 25mm mesh shelves ● Fitted with Hanging Rail & 2 storage shelves per compartment as illustrated ● Produced with both floor & wall fixing points (fixings not supplied) ● Easy access for cleaning ● Contents can easily be visually inspected ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Shelving & Storage
WML01Z Single sided
BESPOKE MODELS CAN BE MADE TO YOUR SPECIFICATION CALL FOR DETAILS
WML04Z No. of Compartments 3
Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm kg Wall Mounted Unit 1590 x 565 x 1890
65
Model
Price
WML01Z
£574.45
WML02Z
£1097.50
Double Sided Unit 6 WML02Z Double sided
1590 x 1130 x 1890
130
Mobile Unit with padlockable doors (padlock not included) 3
1590 x 565 x 2090
105
WML04Z
£898.30
61
014_014 05/01/2012 16:11 Page 1
Lockers TIMBER DOOR LOCKERS Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs Steel body for maximum strength & durability ● Plain or patterned doors in Stilo Walnut or Milano Cherry ● End panels available for finishing touch ● Pre-drilled for nesting ● Choice of 4 standard door colours. All doors are mounted to a powder coated light grey carcass ● ●
Door/End Panel Options Please add corresponding suffix to end of code: 3XX
PXX
1XX
MXX
Plain Stilo Walnut
Plain Milano Cherry
Patterned Stilo Walnut
Patterned Milano Cherry
Shelving & Storage
END PANELS
1800H x 300W x 450D MM
Price Each
To Fit
Model
380 x 380
LT1838EPZ
£97.54
300 x 450
LT1845EPZ
£107.99
1800H x 380W x 380D MM
Tiers
Model
1
LT1830451
Price Each 1 off £196.72
Price Each 2 to 4 off £167.55
Price Each 5+ off £157.16
2
LT1830452
£209.12
£179.96
£169.58
3
LT1830453
£225.03
£195.87
4
LT1830454
£244.03
£214.87
LT1838381
Price Each 1 off £226.03
Price Each 2 to 4 off £192.70
Price Each 5+ off £180.84
LT1838382
£242.00
£208.67
£196.81
LT1838383
£264.79
£231.46
£219.60
LT1838384
£244.03
£248.40
£236.54
Tiers
Model
1 2
£187.22
3
£204.48
4
PERSPEX DOOR LOCKERS Ideal for use where there is a need to view the items stored ● Fitted with a security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below ● Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs ● Quality, durable Perspex door with the carcass being painted with Germ Guard Active Technology Anti-bacterial powder coat ●
NEW
IDEAL FOR HELPING TO PREVENT THEFT SMOKY PERSPEX DOOR LOCKERS Overall Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300
1800 x 300 x 450
62
CLEAR PERSPEX DOOR LOCKERS
Tiers
Model
2
LP1830302S
Price Each 1 off £202.54
Price Each 2 to 4 off £167.61
Price Each 5+ off £151.51
Overall Size H x W x D mm
3
LP1830303S
£215.57
£180.63
£164.52
1800 x 300 x 300
4
LP1830304S
£228.91
£193.99
£177.87
6
LP1830306S
£255.61
£220.67
2
LP1830452S
£208.27
3
LP1830453S
4 6
Tiers
Model
Price Each 1 off
Price Each 2 to 4 off
Price Each 5+ off
2
LP1830302CX
£188.18
£153.25
£137.13
3
LP1830303CX
£201.19
£166.27
£150.16
4
LP1830304CX
£214.54
£179.61
£163.51
£204.57
6
LP1830306CX
£241.24
£206.31
£190.19
£173.33
£157.22
2
LP1830452CX
£193.90
£158.97
£142.85
£221.96
£187.03
£170.91
3
LP1830453CX
£207.60
£172.66
£156.55
LP1830454S
£235.99
£201.04
£184.94
4
LP1830454CX
£221.61
£186.69
£170.85
LP1830456S
£264.03
£229.09
£212.99
6
LP1830456CX
£249.66
£214.73
£198.63
1800 x 300 x 450
015_015 05/01/2012 16:11 Page 1
Laptop Storage & charging Lockers Laptop Storage LockerS High quality & cost effective storage Choice of 10 or 15 compartment units ● Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology Anti-bacterial paint ● Pre-drilled for nesting
L7184545NRXX
● ●
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Configuration
1800 x 450 x 450
10 Comp 10 Doors 15 Comp 15 Doors
1800 x 380 x 450 15 Comp 1 Door
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICES HELD
Price Each Price Each 1-4 off 5+ off Light Grey L7184545NLXX £278.00 £274.00 Colour
Code
Dark Blue
L7184545NBXX
£278.00
£274.00
Red
L7184545NRXX
£278.00
£274.00
Light Grey L7183845QLXX
£286.00
£281.00
Dark Blue
L7183845QBXX
£286.00
£281.00
Red
L7183845QRXX
£286.00
£281.00
Light Grey L71838451LQX
£202.00
£197.00
Dark Blue
L71838451BQX
£202.00
£197.00
Red
L71838451RQX
£202.00
£197.00
L7183845QBXX
L71838451LQX
charging Laptop LockerS Choice of 8 or 12 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle ● Compartment Aperture: 100H x 375W x 470D mm ● Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology Anti-bacterial paint ● ●
Overall Size Configuration H x W x D mm 8 Comp 8 Doors Internal Charging Point fitted inside the compartments
1000 x 500 x 500 8 Comp 1 Door 12 Comp 1 Door
Manufactured Manufacture d 1460 x 500 x 500
12 Comp 12 Doors L7C145050W1B
Colour
L7C10505088L £358.00
Dark Blue
L7C10505088B £358.00
Red
L7C10505088R £358.00
Light Grey
L7C10505081L £374.00
Dark Blue
L7C10505081B £374.00
Red
L7C10505081R £374.00
Light Grey
L7C145050W1L £500.00
Dark Blue
L7C145050W1B £500.00
Red
L7C145050W1R £500.00
Light Grey
L7C145050WWL £526.00
Dark Blue
L7C145050WWB £526.00
Red
L7C145050WWR £526.00
charging Laptop troLLeyS Choice of 8 or 16 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket ● Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle ● “Narrow Aisle” units are 525mm wide & allow easy access between desks ● Compartment Aperture: 100H x 375W x 465D mm ● Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology Anti-bacterial paint
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Configuration
Narrow Aisle 1200 x 525 x 675
8 Comp 2 Doors
Narrow Aisle 1200 x 525 x 1220 1200 x 1040 x 660
16 Comp 4 Doors 16 Comp 2 Doors
Colour
Code
Price
Light Grey
L7C10505088B
●
Code
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
Price
Light Grey
L7M12526782L £420.00
Dark Blue
L7M12526782B £420.00
Red
L7M12526782R £420.00
Light Grey
L7M125212X4L £730.00
Dark Blue
L7M125212X4B £730.00
Red
L7M125212X4R £730.00
Light Grey
L7M121066X2L £730.00
Dark Blue
L7M121066X2B £730.00
Red
L7M121066X2R £730.00
Internal Charging Point fitted inside the compartments
L7M121066X2R
63
Shelving & Storage
PRICES HELD
016_016 05/01/2012 16:10 Page 1
Express Lockers RANGE OF STANDARD LOCKERS AVAILABLE ON 3-5 WORKING DAY DELIVERY Designed & built to last Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ● Rail as standard on 450mm deep lockers ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Shelving & Storage
Biocote Protected Biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA & E. Coli & reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas.
FEATURES Semi concealed hinges for security & clean line, Door stiffeners for added strength & security. Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation. Recessed camlock with plastic card holder. Plinth base for rigidity. All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting SPECIFICATION Riveted / welded construction, cold rolled mild Steel
EXPRESS
5DELIVERY DAY Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
FINISH
1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Single Tier Z12211GU.. Z12511GU..
Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish
1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Two Tier Z12212GU.. Z12512GU..
£78.41 £90.52
COLOURS
1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Three Tier Z12213GU.. Z12513GU..
£94.43 £107.72
1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Four Tier Z12214GU.. Z12514GU..
£102.35 £116.24
Light Grey carcase with either Light Grey or Blue doors LOCKS Fitted with standard deadlock supplied with 2 keys
64
Add GU to the end of the code for Light Grey and CF for Blue Doors
£70.06 £81.95
017_017 05/01/2012 16:54 Page 1
Standard Lockers Durable and aesthetically pleasing range of mild Steel lockers available in various sizes, door configurations & colours.
FEATURES
● Lockers are 1800mm high
● Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation
● Semi-concealed hinges for security & clean line ● Door stiffeners for added strength & security
Manufactured Manufacture d
● Recessed camlock with plastic card holder ● All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting ● Single tier lockers are fitted with
hat shelf & double coat hook ● Rail as standard on 450mm deep lockers
FINISH Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish. Incorporates BioCote microbial protection
COLOURS See page 68 for details
DOORS Choice of solid or perforated. Perforated doors are designed to allow the contents to be visually inspected & allow through ventilation
LOCKS Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys
Size W x D mm
Solid Door - Nest 1 Model
Price
Solid Door - Nest 2 Model
Price
Solid Door - Nest 3 Model
Price
Shelves have an extended lip to provide a division between doors, offering protection against doors being prised open.
Perforated Door - Nest 1 Model
Price
Single Tier 300 x 300 M12211GU..00
£70.06
M12221GU..00 £129.32 M12231GU..00 £189.06 M12211GU..00A
£80.09
300 x 450 M12511GU..00
£81.95
M12521GU..00 £149.03 M12531GU..00 £216.97 M12511GU..00A
£91.99
450 x 450 M15511GU..00 £100.08 M15521GU..00 £183.03
Manufactured & tested in accordance with BS4680:1996
Two Tier 300 x 300 M12212GU..00
£78.41
M12222GU..00 £146.14 M12232GU..00 £214.60 M12212GU..00A
300 x 450 M12512GU..00
£90.52
M12522GU..00 £166.40 M12532GU..00 £243.15 M12512GU..00A £100.57
£88.49
450 x 450 M15512GU..00 £108.95 M15522GU..00 £200.71 Three Tier 300 x 300 M12213GU..00
£94.43
M12223GU..00 £177.57 M12233GU..00 £261.57 M12213GU..00A £103.80
300 x 450 M12513GU..00 £107.72 M12523GU..00 £200.05 M12533GU..00 £293.27 M12513GU..00A £117.09 450 x 450 M15513GU..00 £127.50 M15523GU..00 £237.00 Four Tier 300 x 300 M12214GU..00 £102.35 M12224GU..00 £193.38 M12234GU..00 £285.21 M12214GU..00A £112.47 300 x 450 M12514GU..00 £116.24 M12524GU..00 £216.97 M12534GU..00 £318.58 M12514GU..00A £126.37 450 x 450 M15514GU..00 £137.99 M15524GU..00 £258.08 Six Tier 300 x 300 M12216GU..00 £124.47 M12226GU..00 £237.36 M12236GU..00 £351.13 M12216GU..00A £137.55 300 x 450 M12516GU..00 £139.61 M12526GU..00 £263.49 M12536GU..00 £388.44 M12516GU..00A £152.69 450 x 450 M15516GU..00 £164.22 M15526GU..00 £312.92
SLOPING TOPS - FACTORY FITTED ● Make cleaning easier - prevent
dust & debris accumulating on the tops of lockers N.B: Standard locker height will increase to 1925 or 1987mm
To Suit Locker
Model
Price
300 x 300
DFU12351
£7.88
300 x 450
DFU12352
£9.99
450 x 450
DFU12353
£11.95
Perforated Door Locker
65
Shelving & Storage
The cam locks through the door into a slot in the frame to provide more rigidity & added security.
018_018 05/01/2012 16:53 Page 1
Medium Duty Lockers LOWER PRICES
MEDIUM DUTY LOCKERS ● ●
Raises the standard duty to a higher level of protection Toughened design provides additional defence against the twin problems of vandalism & theft Overall Size H x W x D mm Inner reinforcing channel to standard duty specification Outer reinforcing channel to medium duty specification
Model
Price
Single Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12211GU..00DS
1800 x 300 x 450
M12511GU..00DS
£75.45 £87.32
1800 x 450 x 450
M15511GU..00DS
£108.47
Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12212GU..00DS
1800 x 300 x 450
M12512GU..00DS
£86.72 £98.81
1800 x 450 x 450
M15512GU..00DS
£122.23
Three Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12213GU..00DS
£106.83
1800 x 300 x 450
M12513GU..00DS
£120.11
1800 x 450 x 450
M15513GU..00DS
£147.40
Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12214GU..00DS
£112.97
1800 x 300 x 450
M12514GU..00DS
£126.88
1800 x 450 x 450
M15514GU..00DS
£158.22
Shelving & Storage
Six Tier
Double-gauge shielding
1800 x 300 x 300
M12216GU..00DS
£140.42
1800 x 300 x 450
M12516GU..00DS
£155.56
1800 x 450 x 450
M15516GU..00DS
£188.36
Biocote Protected Biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas.
Manufactured Manufacture d
HEAVY DUTY LOCKERS
LOWER PRICES
These are amongst the toughest lockers available, with the built-in strength to take the hardest knocks in busy changing & staff rooms. Combining a heavy gauge ‘double skin’ door to guard against leverage & impact, with ASSA deadlocks, when it comes to long lasting security, these heavy duty lockers are hard to beat.
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Single Tier 1778 x 305 x 305
S12211GU..92
£167.83
1778 x 305 x 457
S12511GU..92
£181.00
Two Tier 1778 x 305 x 305
S12212GU..92
£195.43
1778 x 305 x 457
S12512GU..92
£217.57
Three Tier 1778 x 305 x 305
S12213GU..92
£227.15
1778 x 305 x 457
S12513GU..92
£253.12
Four Tier
FROM ONLY
£167.83
1778 x 305 x 305
S12214GU..92
£259.28
1778 x 305 x 457
S12514GU..92
£294.34
Six Tier 1778 x 305 x 305
S12216GU..92
£327.05
1778 x 305 x 457
S12516GU..92
£375.00
Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
Standard Green Burgundy Light Grey Red Blue (RAL 6001) (RAL 3002) (RAL 7035) (RAL 3020) (RAL 5002) Colour Code PD Code RM Code GU Code RD Code CF Choice Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering. BODY/DOOR COLOUR
66
OPTIONAL DOOR COLOURS
019_019 05/01/2012 16:40 Page 1
Quarto, Cube & Utility Lockers QUARTO LOCKERS
CUBE LOCKERS
Individual personal security in the workplace Can be used as ‘stacked’ units or to fill a space above standard lockers ● Units can be bolted together on the top
●
● ●
Ideal where space is limited ● Can be nested in any configuration
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOWER PRICES
FROM ONLY
£34.77 Model
Price
511 x 300 x 300
MQ2211GU..00
£34.77
511 x 300 x 450
MQ2511GU..00
£39.28
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
300 x 300 x 300
QU1212A01GU..
£34.87
380 x 380 x 380
QU1515A01GU..
£47.19
450 x 450 x 450
QU1818A01GU..
£55.90
CLEAN & DIRTY LOCKER ● ●
Central partition below shelf Coat rails fitted
UNIFORM LOCKER ● ●
Central partition below shelf Fitted with coat rail one side & three fixed shelves the other side
TWO PERSON LOCKER Two 225mm compartments & two 1270mm compartments fitted with coat hooks ● One key passes all compartments ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Biocote Protected Biocote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas.
Uniform Locker
Two Person Locker
LOWER PRICES
Clean & Dirty Locker
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Clean / Dirty Locker
1800 x 450 x 450
M1551DGU..00
£111.56
Uniform Locker
1800 x 450 x 450
M1551NGU..00
£126.77
Two Person Locker
1800 x 450 x 450
M15514GU..TCL
£149.27
Standard Green Burgundy Light Grey Red Blue (RAL 6001) (RAL 3002) (RAL 7035) (RAL 3020) (RAL 5002) Colour Code PD Code RM Code GU Code RD Code CF Choice Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering. BODY/DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONAL DOOR COLOURS Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
67
Shelving & Storage
Overall Size H x W x D mm
020_020 05/01/2012 16:39 Page 1
In Charge Lockers LAPTOP CHARGING UNITS
The In Charge Locker range provides a safe environment for charging laptops, tool batteries, mobile phones, iPads and other electronic devices. ●
All doors are independently earthed to the locker body.
●
One side of the locker and the doors are perforated to help prevent heat build-up during charging.
●
Key-operated cam locks or Hasp & Staple fitting (for use with a padlock) fitted as standard.
●
Choice of door colours.
●
CE certified. Each shelf has an additional front-to-rear reinforcing box section to add strength.
Each compartment is fitted with either one or two standard UK three-pin sockets depending on the locker size.
Single Tier 10 Socket
Power lead is supplied with fitted RCD plug. Lead plugs into the In ChargeTM Locker enabling easy replacement of the lead if damaged.
Ten Tier 10 Socket
Five Tier 5 Socket
PERSONAL ITEM LOCKERS
Shelving & Storage
Supply Voltage 230v. The maximum current consumption in normal use is 13 amp.
LAPTOP CHARGING UNITS Size H x W x D mm
Flat Top Model
Sloping Top Price
Model
Price
Five Tier
Single Tier - 10 Sockets 1800 x 450 x 450 M15511GU..00LSC £414.70 M15511GU..00LSCST £426.64
Eight Tier
Four Tier
TOOL CHARGING LOCKERS
Ten Tier - 10 Sockets 1800 x 450 x 450 M1551TGU..00LSC £580.05 M1551TGU..00LSCST £591.98 Single Tier - 5 Sockets 900 x 450 x 450 MH5511GU..00LSC £302.28 MH5511GU..00LSCST £314.23 Five Tier - 5 Sockets 900 x 450 x 450 MH5515GU..00LSC £363.48 MH5515GU..00LSCST £375.42
PERSONAL ITEM LOCKERS Size H x W x D mm
Flat Top Model
Sloping Top Price
Model
Price
Five Tier - Large Personal Item Locker 900 x 300 x 300 MH2215GU..00LCS £328.50 MH2215GU..00LCSST £336.38 Four Tier - Small Personal Item Locker 915 x 250 x 155
A100641P03GU..
£277.43
A100641P09GU..
£277.43
Eight Tier - Small Personal Item Locker 915 x 250 x 155
A100681P03GU..
£375.00
A100681P09GU..
£375.00
Four Tier
TOOL CHARGING LOCKERS Size H x W x D mm
Flat Top Single Socket Model
Eight Tier
Sloping Top Double Socket
Price
Six Tier
Model
Single Socket Price
Model
Double Socket Price
Model
Price
Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300 M12214GU..00TCS £300.95 M12214GU..00TCD £316.59 M12214GU..00TCSST £308.81 M12214GU..00TCDST £324.47 1800 x 300 x 450 M12514GU..00TCS £317.09 M12514GU..00TCD £332.73 M12514GU..00TCSST £327.07 M12514GU..00TCDST £342.72 Six Tier 1800 x 300 x 300 M12216GU..00TCS £384.32 M12216GU..00TCD £411.08 M12216GU..00TCSST £392.21 M12216GU..00TCDST £418.96 1800 x 300 x 450 M12516GU..00TCS £401.71 M12516GU..00TCD £428.47 M12516GU..00TCSST £411.70 M12516GU..00TCDST £438.45 Eight Tier 1800 x 300 x 300 M12218GU..00TCS £457.91
-
-
M12218GU..00TCSST £465.80
-
-
1800 x 300 x 450 M12518GU..00TCS £477.82
-
-
M12518GU..00TCSST £487.81
-
-
68
021_021 05/01/2012 16:36 Page 1
Standard & Security Cupboards Supplied in 2 sizes, each in 3 versions Strong welded Steel construction ● 3 point espagnolette locking system (Security model has an additional Hasp & Staple fitted to receive a padlock - not included) ● Door stiffeners for added strength & security ● Base plinth for extra rigidity ● Adjustable shelves on 25mm vertical pitch ● ●
FROM ONLY
£196.90
Manufactured Manufacture d
High quality lock operating 3 point locking
Description
Extra Shelf
Description
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
615 x 565
CCSH241801GUKIT
£12.31
915 x 565
CCSH361801GUKIT
£13.60
Standard
1219 x 457
CCSH481801GUKIT
£16.16
Security
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Standard
984 x 915 x 505
Security
No of Shelves 2
Model
Price
CH961CGU..29S12
£196.90
2
CH961SGU..29S12
£214.77
3
C1961CGU..29S13
£287.86
3
C1961SGU..29S13
£305.73
1820 x 915 x 505
OPTIONAL DOOR COLOURS Standard BODY/DOOR COLOUR Green Burgundy Light Grey Red Yellow Blue (RAL 6001) (RAL 3002) (RAL 7035) (RAL 3020) (RAL 1003) (RAL 5002) Colour Code PD Code RM Code GU Code RD Code YD Code CF Choice Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
Manufactured Manufacture d
S11
S13 S10
SLIMLINE CUPBOARDS
LARGE VOLUME CUPBOARDS
●
Extra Wide Cupboards ● Overall Size: 1830H x 1219W x 457D mm ●
Description
●
S02
Compact Double Door Cupboards Overall Size: 1820H x 615W x 505D mm Description
Features
Standard Slimline
3 Shelves
C1861CGU..29S13 £232.92
Model
Price
Shelf & Hanging Rail
C1861CGU..29S11 £217.33
Features
Model
Price
Large Volume
3 Shelves
C7248A3S13
£352.29
Slim Wardrobe
Large Utility
3 Shelves & Central Divider
C7248A3S08
£384.57
Slim Wardrobe
4 Shelf & Hanging Rail C1861CGU..29S10 £269.74 & Divider
Large Wardrobe
4 Shelves, Hat Shelf & Coat Rail
C7248A3S10
£399.85
Personal Cupboard
1 Shelf, 3 Half Shelves C1861CGU..29S02 £260.72 & Divider
69
Shelving & Storage
STANDARD & SECURITY CUPBOARDS
CUPBOARD ACCESSORIES
022_022 05/01/2012 16:35 Page 1
stainless steel Lockers & Cupboards LoCkers
PRICES HELD
●
Made in high quality 304 Stainless Steel sheet with dull polish finish
Doors are fitted with semi-concealed hinges, secured by a camlock with a Plastic card holder & two keys.(Chrome plated Hasp & Staple is available instead of a camlock (padlock not included) ● Single compartment fitted with hat shelf & two coat hooks. Two compartment each fitted with coat hooks ●
All lockers are pre-drilled ready for nesting into banks ● Non standard size can be made to order ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
shelving & storage
Cupboards, WorkstatIons & tooL LoCkers ●
Welded & riveted construction
Suitable for Pharmaceutical & Food industries ● Corrosion Resistant ●
●
Manufactured from 304 quality Stainless Steel
●
All models have adjustable shelves
All models except the 1800mm High can be supplied fitted with swivel castors ● The workstation has a sloping top with lockable drawer & open storage compartment above a 900mm high lockable double door cupboard. Available static or fitted with castors Cube LoCkers - Can be Nested ●
LoCkers Single Compartment
Depth mm
Two Compartment
Three Compartment Model
Four Compartment
Price
Model
Price
Six Compartment
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
305
SL33/1
£349.47
SL33/2
£425.18
SL33/3
£465.55
SL33/4
£505.94 SL33/6 £599.29
381
SL38/1
£392.39
SL38/2
£455.47
SL38/3
£499.63
SL38/4
£543.80 SL38/6 £627.06
457
SL34/1
£432.75
SL34/2
£487.03
SL34/3
£533.69
SL34/4
£580.37 SL34/6 £657.34
SL44/4
£638.05 SL44/6 £722.95
1778H x 305W mm
1778H x 457W mm 457
SL44/1
£474.39
SL44/2
£534.95
SL44/3
£586.68
Cupboards, WorkstatIon & tooL LoCker Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
900 x 880 x 450
2
87984
£563.44
305 x 305 x 305
SLC30
£151.40
1800 x 880 x 450
3
87884
£804.94
381 x 381 x 381
SLC35
£157.71
Workstation Draw/Cupboard
1175/900 x 880 x 450
2
87SDC
£845.19
457 x 457 x 457
SLC44
£165.29
Tool Locker inc. Drawer
900 x 450 x 450
1
87944D
£488.69
610 x 457 x 457
SLC64
£175.35
Double Door Cupboard
aCCessorIes - For cupboards above Description
stands - For lockers & cube lockers (155H mm for Easy Access)
To Suit 87984
To Suit 87884
To Suit 87SDC
To Suit 87944D
1 Locker
2 Lockers
3 Lockers
4 Lockers
To Fit W x D mm
Model
305 x 305
SLE331 £65.60 SLE332 £131.20 SLE333 £196.80 SLE334 £262.40
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Extra Shelf
Model
879S
879S
879S
874S
Price
£50.52
£50.52
£50.52
£50.52
305 x 381
SLE381 £65.60 SLE382 £131.20 SLE383 £196.80 SLE384 £262.40
4 x Swivel Castors (2 Braked)
Model
SC90
-
SC90
SC90
305 x 457
SLE341 £65.60 SLE342 £131.20 SLE343 £196.80 SLE344 £262.40
Price
£154.76
-
£154.76
£154.76
457 x 457
SLE441 £65.60 SLE442 £131.20 SLE443 £196.80 SLE444 £262.40
70
023_023 05/01/2012 16:35 Page 1
Half, 3 Quarter Height Lockers & Accessories HALF & tHree QUArter HeigHt Lockers Manufactured to the same specification as standard lockers Ideal for primary school locker rooms ● Utilise wall space below windows ● Choice of BioCote paint finishes ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Half Height Locker - 900mm Overall Size W x D mm 300 x 300 300 x 450 450 x 450 300 x 300 300 x 450 450 x 450 300 x 300 300 x 450
Two Tier
Three Tier
Single Tier
Two Tier
Three Tier
3/4 Height Locker - 1382mm
Price
Single Tier £56.05 £65.56 MH5511GU..00 £80.06 Two Tier MH2212GU..00 £62.73 MH2512GU..00 £72.41 MH5512GU..00 £87.17 Three Tier MH2213GU..00 £75.55 MH2513GU..00 £86.16 MH5513GU..00 £102.00
MH2211GU..00 MH2511GU..00
Model
Price
MC2211GU..00 MC2511GU..00
£66.26 £74.36 £90.80
MC5511GU..00 MC2212GU..00 MC2512GU..00
£81.28 £87.35 £100.22
MC5512GU..00 MC2213GU..00 MC2513GU..00
£86.84 £98.77 £117.76
MC5513GU..00
Locker Accessories
Bridge Units
N.B. Some items must be fitted at the manufacturing stage
Designed to fit between two lockers & provide additional clothes hanging space or support for lockers ● Ideal for high density changing rooms where security is not a problem ●
Type
Factory Fitted
Model
Price
Bridge unit top
4
EU9095GU
£24.89
Bridge unit bottom
4
EU9095
£45.05
Captive coat hanger
4
A492
£2.07
Captive coat hook
4
A491
£2.09
Coin retain lock
4
75
£62.94
Coin return lock
4
85
£28.82
Combination lock
4
15
£17.96
Numbered key ring
-
E462
£0.71
Ivorene number plate - s/adhesive
-
E466M
£1.39
Spare key
-
X280R
£3.32
Master key
-
E270R
£4.68
Bridge unit top
Locker stAnds Stands raise lockers from the floor, to aid cleaning & reduce scuff damage ● Stands and seats can be integrated into lockers ● Other changing room seating is available - CALL FOR DETAILS ●
Bridge unit bottom Locker Stand Overall Size H x W x D mm
Locker Stand with Seat Single Locker Model
Price
Nest of 2 Lockers Model
Price
Nest of 3 Lockers
Nest of 4 Lockers
Model
Price
Model
Price
Locker Stands 150 x 300 x 300
LS3030/1
£22.63
LS3030/2
£24.05
LS3030/3
£26.48
LS3030/4
£30.57
150 x 300 x 450
LS3045/1
£24.37
LS3045/2
£26.65
LS3045/3
£28.89
LS3045/4
£32.89
150 x 450 x 450
LS4545/1
£27.18
LS4545/2
£28.89
LS4545/3
£33.25
LS4545/4
£39.61
Locker Stands with Seats 400 x 300 x 300
LSS3030/1
£61.22
LSS3030/2
£81.63
LSS3030/3
£101.88
LSS3030/4
£122.51
400 x 300 x 450
LSS3045/1
£63.64
LSS3045/2
£84.17
LSS3045/3
£104.39
LSS3045/4
£125.91
400 x 450 x 450
LSS4545/1
£74.26
LSS4545/2
£104.39
LSS4545/3
£136.48
LSS4545/4
£150.64
71
Shelving & Storage
450 x 450
Model
Single Tier
024_024 05/01/2012 16:34 Page 1
Tool Cupboards An extensive range of high quality tool cabinets for use in workshops, factories & warehouses ● All Steel construction - add extra drawers & shelves to suit your application ● 3 point locking ●
Shelving & Storage
2 Adjustable Shelves 984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961EGU..29S12 Price: £170.10
LOWER PRICES
CUPBOARD
£71.47
1 Adjustable Shelf 684H x 450W x 300D mm Model: CA521EGU..00S11 Price: £71.47
2 Adjustable Shelves 984H x 480W x 505D mm Model: CH661EGU..29S12 Price: £96.24
High quality lock operating 3 point locking
ACCeSSORIeS Description
Width mm
Model
Price
Sloping Top Desk Unit
480
CDE56TGU
£59.27
Mobile Chassis for low cabinets Only
480
CCH56TGU
£52.43
Extra Drawer
480
CDW56THY
£17.34
Extra Galvanised Shelf
480
CSH56TGT
£10.47
4 Drawers & 1 Shelf 984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961TGU..29S37 Price: £298.88 1 Drawer, 2 Shelves 984H x 480W x 505D mm Model: CH661TGU..29S35 Price: £185.80 not supplied with containers
Manufactured Manufacture d
FROM ONLY
£251.64
4 Shelves 1820H x 480W x 505D mm Model: C1661TGU..29S31 Price: £251.64
2 Shelves, 2 Drawers 1820H x 480W x 505D mm Model: C1661TGU..29S35 Price: £267.66
FROM ONLY
£401.21
8 Shelves 1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S32 Price: £401.21
2 Shelves, 14 Drawers 1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S44 Price: £554.36
OPTIONAL DOOR COLOURS Standard BODY/DOOR COLOUR Green Burgundy Light Grey Red Yellow Blue (RAL 6001) (RAL 3002) (RAL 7035) (RAL 3020) (RAL 1003) (RAL 5002) Colour Code PD Code RM Code GU Code RD Code YD Code CF Choice Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
72
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
025_025 05/01/2012 16:32 Page 1
Workstations INDUSTRIAL WORKSTATIONS Versatile workstations for the industrial environment Epoxy Polyester coated all Steel construction ● Writing desk, cubby hole & lockable drawer ● 3 point locking secure cupboard ● Rear panels are supplied separately for on-site assembly
Manufactured Manufacture d
● ●
Information Station 2000H x 915W x 457D mm Model: WISGU.. Price: £366.38
Basic Workstation 1219H x 914W x 457D mm Model: WWKGU.. Price: £277.05
FROM ONLY
£277.05
Quality Control Station 2000H x 915W x 457D mm Model: WQSGU.. Price: £468.47
Shelving & Storage
Toolholder Station 2000H x 915W x 457D mm Model: WTSGU.. Price: £358.68
COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS Epoxy Polyester coated all Steel construction ● Choice of designs for Standard or Flat Screen Monitors ● Lockable Monitor & Keyboard units & Cupboards - Supplied with 2 Keys ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
FROM ONLY
£315.08 Flat Top Compact Computer Station 1040H x 650W x 522D mm Model: WFCGU.. Price: £315.08
Flat Top Computer Station 1219H x 915W x 485D mm Model: WLCGU.. Price: £386.05
Cables are kept tidy by trunking
Standard Compact Computer Station 1695H x 650W x 525D mm Model: WCCGU.. Price: £429.65
Flat Screen Compact Computer Station 1695H x 650W x 525D mm Model: WSCGU.. Price: £405.20
Wide Computer Station 1794H x 915W x 525D mm Model: WTCGU.. Price: £574.26
73
026_026 05/01/2012 16:29 Page 1
Mobile & Roller Shutter Storage Cabinets HEAVY DUTY ROLLER SHUTTER DOOR CABINETS Manufactured Manufacture d
Heavy Duty welded construction in 1.2mm sheet Steel Counter balanced Galvanised Steel Roller Shutter door ● Matching heavy duty security pin locks ● Modular construction to accommodate a wide range of accessories ● 5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Grey Mid Grey RAL3020 RAL6032 RAL5015 RAL7031 RAL7001 PRICES ● ●
HELD
please specify when ordering
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelving & Storage
Description 3 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 2 Drawers & 2 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 6 Drawers & 1 Shelf Full Louvre Panel Extra Shelf to Suit 1000W Models 3 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 2 Drawers & 2 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 6 Drawers & 1 Shelf Full Louvre Panel Extra Shelf to Suit 1200W Models
2000 x 1000 x 500 2000 x 1200 x 500 -
Model
Price
90215A 90215C 90215D 90215E 90S15 902215A 902215C 902215D 902215E 90S25
£868.95 £1115.10 £1425.55 £974.74 £33.12 £957.63 £1223.92 £1622.07 £1022.92 £38.12
MOBILE STORAGE CUPBOARDS Heavy Duty welded construction in 1.2mm sheet Steel ● With 2 or 3 bolt in adjustable shelves ● 4 colour options available: Red Green ●
Blue
PRICES HELD
Grey
please specify when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
100kg per shelf
Strong full length piano type hinges ● Secured by a 3 point locking handle ● Tubular push/pull handle & 4 rubber corner buffers ● Mobile on 125mm castors, 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked ●
74
Overall Size H x W x D mm 900 x 900 x 600
No of Shelves 2
Model
Price
81996
£449.91
1200 x 900 x 600
2
81296
£496.69
1500 x 900 x 600
3
81596
£548.49
Extra Shelf to Suit 900 x 600 Units
-
81S9
£23.63
900 x 1200 x 600
2
81926
£493.74
1200 x 1200 x 600
2
81226
£570.29
1500 x 1200 x 600
3
81526
£638.75
Extra Shelf to Suit 1200 x 600 Units
-
91S12
£32.63
027_027 05/01/2012 16:28 Page 1
Storage Cabinets STORAGE BINS
MOBILE WORK STATION
●
Fully welded Steel construction Specially designed for heavy duty use ● Modular Design: Allows cabinets to be stacked for added storage capacity
●
●
●
Fully welded Steel construction Non-slip rubber tray mat ● 2 x 40 compartments back to back - A total of 80 compartments
Description Base Unit 40 Bin Cabinet 72 Bin Cabinet
Overall Size L x W x H mm 865 x 305 x 150 865 x 305 x 610 865 x 305 x 1067
Weight Model Price kg 6 364 (BBC-12) £65.00 23 359 (40B) £165.00 37 363 (72B) £250.00
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Mobile Work Station
863 x 609 x 762
52
664 - 95
£499.00
DRAWER CABINETS Fully welded Steel construction Each drawer is supplied with 2 Plastic dividers ● Modular Design: Allows cabinets to be stacked for added storage capacity ● ●
Description Base Unit
Overall Size L x W x H mm 865 x 305 x 150
Weight Model kg 6 364 (BBC-12)
Price £65.00
3 Level Drawer Cabinet
857 x 305 x 298
24
005 (18D)
£160.00
4 Level Drawer Cabinet
857 x 305 x 431
32
007 (24D)
£208.50
364 (BBC-12) with 4 x 007 (24D)
75
Shelving & Storage
664 - 95
364 (BBC-12) with 1 x 363 (72B)
028_028 10/01/2012 09:12 Page 1
Steel Bins & Racks Heavy Duty parts storage Constructed from welded Steel with bin retainers ● Counter units have a 1.6mm Galvanised Steel top ● Bin units can be stored 3 or 4 wide N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items ● ●
GCU335 Counter Unit with 9 x SB005
Shelving & Storage
Manufactured Manufacture d
GRH635 Rack Unit with 18 x SB005
COUNTER UNITS Overall Size H x D x W mm
RACK UNITS
Max Load kg
Weight kg
Suitable for Bin
Model
Price
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Weight kg
Suitable for Bin
Model
Price
24
12 x SB001
GCU431
£312.65
1620 x 305 x 1035
26
12 x SB002
GCU432
£373.20
1620 x 455 x 1035
38
24 x SB001
GRH831
£416.35
46
24 x SB002
GRH832
830 x 610 x 1035
28
12 x SB003
GCU433
£434.85
£504.10
1620 x 610 x 1035
54
24 x SB003
GRH833
830 x 305 x 1350
32
16 x SB001
GCU441
£592.95
£350.65
1620 x 305 x 1350
48
32 x SB001
GRH841
35
16 x SB002
£469.25
GCU442
£418.85
1620 x 455 x 1350
75
32 x SB002
GRH842
830 x 610 x 1350
38
£590.50
16 x SB003
GCU443
£487.25
1620 x 610 x 1350
100
32 x SB003
GRH843
780 x 305 x 1035
£709.75
19
9 x SB004
GCU334
£281.15
1530 x 305 x 1035
40
18 x SB004
GRH634
£363.65
21
9 x SB005
GCU335
£331.85
1530 x 455 x 1035
46
18 x SB005
GRH635
£430.10
780 x 610 x 1035
23
9 x SB006
GCU336
£381.85
1530 x 610 x 1035
52
18 x SB006
GRH636
£496.55
780 x 305 x 1350
26
12 x SB004
GCU344
£318.80
1530 x 305 x 1350
50
24 x SB004
GRH644
£407.05
28
12 x SB005
GCU345
£376.10
1530 x 455 x 1350
57
24 x SB005
GRH645
£481.20
30
12 x SB006
GCU346
£432.05
1530 x 610 x 1350
65
24 x SB006
GRH646
£556.85
830 x 305 x 1035 830 x 455 x 1035
830 x 455 x 1350
780 x 455 x 1035
780 x 455 x 1350
400
400
400
400
780 x 610 x 1350
Max Load kg 600
800
450
600
STEEL BINS
STACKABLE BIN RACKS
Spot welded construction from Galvanised Steel ● Units incorporate: ●
Fully welded construction ● Horizontal or Tilted shelves N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items ●
● ● ● ● ●
●
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size H x D x W mm 640 x 305 x 1350
Weight kg 15
640 x 455 x 1350
2 x SBH12 with 24 x SB002 Suitable Horizontal for Bin Model 12 x SB001 SBH11
Tilted Model SBT11
21
12 x SB002
SBH12
SBT12
640 x 610 x 1350
27
12 x SB003
SBH13
790 x 305 x 1350
25
12 x SB004
790 x 455 x 1350
31
790 x 610 x 1350
37
76
Rear Half Lift Handle Front Handle Support Bar Card Holder Re-inforced Rim Stacking Runners
Semi-open fronted Steel bins for easy viewing & instant access to the contents Model
Price
£203.90
Overall Size L x W x H mm 305 x 305 x 150
SB001
£23.90
£234.75
455 x 305 x 150
SB002
£28.70
SBT13
£265.50
610 x 305 x 150
SB003
£34.00
SBH14
SBT14
£218.35
305 x 305 x 200
SB004
£29.15
12 x SB005
SBH15
SBT15
£249.35
455 x 305 x 200
SB005
£34.75
12 x SB006
SBH16
SBT16
£279.90
610 x 305 x 200
SB006
£40.95
Price
Manufactured Manufacture d
029_029 10/01/2012 10:19 Page 1
Tote Pans & Racks 1
1 - STACKING RACK SYSTEM ● ●
Can be stacked up to 3 high, storing pans 4 wide Horizontal or tilted shelves for ease of component viewing
2 - HIGH DENSITY RACK SYSTEM ● ● ●
Allows for the most economical use of available space Stacking up to 2 racks high, storing 4 pans wide Safety stops allow access without the full withdrawal of pans
3 - TILTED RACK SYSTEM ● ●
Welded construction with pan retainers With tilted shelves for component viewing
4 - HORIZONTAL RACK SYSTEM ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
As the Tilted Rack System except with horizontal shelves for component viewing
GALVANISED TOTE PANS ● ●
● ●
These are the classic pan for storage & work in progress Strong construction of Galvanised Steel with half-lift handles, card holders, re-inforced rim & stacking brackets Ideal for bulk storage & item picking Load Capacity: 25kg each 2
2 x GST13 No of Pans High
3
Overall H x D x W mm
Weight kg
Suitable For Pan
Horizontal Model
Tilted Model
Price
Stacking Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks 640 x 305 x 1350
15
12xGTP01
GSH01
GST11 £193.80
640 x 455 x 1350
21
12xGTP02
GSH02
GST12 £223.35
640 x 610 x 1350
27
12xGTP03
GSH03
GST13 £252.50
High Density Rack System - Horizontal shelves only 5 Pans
GDR03
900 x 305 x 1350
25
20xGTP01
GDR01
-
£328.20
900 x 455 x 1350
35
20xGTP02
GDR02
-
£381.20
900 x 610 x 1350
45
20xGTP03
GDR03
-
£437.10
Horizontal/Tilted Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks
GRT13
6 Pans
4 8 Pans
1230 x 305 x 1350
30
24xGTP01
GRH01
GRT11 £337.30
1230 x 455 x 1350
42
24xGTP02
GRH02
GRT12 £396.10
1230 x 610 x 1350
54
24xGTP03
GRH03
GRT13 £459.35
1620 x 305 x 1350
40
32xGTP01
GRH04
GRT14 £446.55
1620 x 455 x 1350
56
32xGTP02
GRH05
GRT15 £529.35
1620 x 610 x 1350
72
32xGTP03
GRH06
GRT16 £607.05
Galvanised Tote Pans
-
GTP01
£18.70
GTP02
£23.40
610 x 305 x 150
GTP03
£28.35
GTP11
£18.70
455 x 255 x 150
GTP12
£23.40
610 x 225 x 150
GTP13
£28.35
305 x 255 x 150
5 x GTP03
GRH03
305 x 305 x 150 455 x 305 x 150 -
-
All racks & trolleys are supplied without tote pans which must be ordered as additional items
TOTE PAN TROLLEY ●
●
●
WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
For use with tote pans in transporting spare parts etc. Framework painted blue with 3 Galvanised sheet shelves Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors N.B. Tote pans to be ordered as additional items
●
●
●
Max Load
Fitted with either 2 or 3 shelves with 85mm sides Easy to manoeuvre using a push/pull handle Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors
250kg
Max Load
300kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels
1040 x 455 x 980
Nylon Rubber
1040 x 610 x 980
Nylon Rubber
SS-WI203Y
GTT51R & 7 x GTP03 Weight kg
60
Model
Price
GTT21N GTT31R
£415.50 £442.40
GTT41N
£449.10
GTT51R
£476.15
No of Shelves
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Shelf Heights mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
1015 x 635 x 805
150, 720
19
SS-WI202Y
£145.00
150,435,720
25
SS-WI203Y
£175.00
3
77
Shelving & Storage
3 Pans
030_030 05/01/2012 17:03 Page 1
Visible Storage Cabinets VISIBLE STORAGE CABINETS ●
A comprehensive range of visible storage cabinets
●
Available in two cabinet heights 290 & 550mm
●
Strong Polypropylene frame
●
Galvanised Steel shelves
●
Crystal clear Polystyrene drawers
●
Price includes frame, drawers & self-adhesive labels
1
2
3
4
10
11
Series 290
8
9
Shelving & Storage
ACCESSORIES: ●
Cross & length dividers
●
Bench top spacemiser
●
Spacemiser
●
Stands & trolleys
SPACEMISER ●
Needs only 0,25 m2 of floor space
●
Unit includes ball bearing base, dividing trays & top plate
●
The assembly holds 12 cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately)
Series 550
Frame Size D x W x H mm
Series 290
Clear Drawers
Model
Quantity
Type
1
30 pcs
DL-00
D290-3
2
24 pcs
DL-01
D291-3
12 pcs
DL-04
D294-3
6 pcs
DL-07
D297-3
180 x 310 x 290
●
Load capacity: 400 kg
3
●
Size D x W x H: 500 x 500 x 1730 mm
Series 550 8
60 pcs
DL-00
D550-3
Model: D12-550
9
48 pcs
DL-01
D551-3
Price: £179.00
10
24 pcs
DL-04
D554-3
12 pcs
DL-07
D557-3
4
180 x 310 x 550
11 Extra Clear Drawers
SPECIAL OFFER
Cross Dividers
Outer dims Pack H x W x D mm pieces 37 x 55 x 175 120
DL-00
Price per pack £81.60
37 x 69 x 175
96
DL-01
37 x 138 x 175
48
DL-02
Model
Pack drawer
Model each DV-00
Price per pack £1.70
£68.16
DV-01
£1.80
£71.04
DV-02
£2.32
10
59 x 92 x 175
45
DL-04
£56.70
DV-04
£2.42
59 x 277 x 175
15
DL-06
£47.25
DV-06
£4.62
81 x 138 x 175
24
DL-07
£50.40
DV-07
£3.80
BENCH TOP SPACEMISER Includes a ball bearing base & a baseplate. This unit holds 2 cabinets of series 290 or 550 which are ordered separately. Load capacity: 50 kg.
SAVE £46.00 THIS COMBINATION £733.00 Please Quote D12 - 550 KIT
78
Complete assembly's Size D x W x H: 310 x 360 x 300/560 mm Model: DPTP-5
Price: £65.00
Price
£27.90
£50.00
Length Dividers Pack pieces -
10
Model pack -
Price per pack -
DV-012
£3.20
DV-0456
£3.25
DV-078
£4.00
031_031 05/01/2012 17:02 Page 1
Stands & Trolleys 5
CABINET STANDS
7
6
●
●
●
Effective storage of thousands of small components Ideal for Workshop, Production or Store use Includes 3 Aluminium rails.
DouBlE STAND ●
●
Series 290
● ●
14
13
12
●
Holds 8 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Epoxy powder coated Steel free standing frame Includes 3 Aluminium rails Load Capacity: 100 kg Size - D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1585 mm
Model: DBS-550T Price: £230.00
SINglE STAND ●
● ●
Model: DBS-550l Price: £220.00
TrollEy ●
Series 550 Series 290
Frame Size D x W x H mm
5 6 180 x 310 x 290 7
Clear Drawers Quantity Type 12 pcs DL-02 4 pcs DL-06 12 pcs DL-01 3 pcs DL-04 1 pcs DL-06
●
Model D292-3 D296-3 D290C-3
24 pcs
DL-02
D552-3
13
8 pcs
DL-06
D556-3
14
24 pcs 6 pcs 2 pcs
DL-01 DL-04 DL-06
D550C-3
● ●
£50.00
DBS-550L
●
●
£27.90
Series 550 12
DBS-550T
Price
Holds 8 visible storage cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Bottom shelf of 12 mm laminated board 4 castors Ø 100 mm, 2 with brakes Load Capacity: 150 kg Size - D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1700 mm
Model: DBT-550 Price: £275.00
DBT-550
79
Shelving & Storage
●
Holds 4 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Load Capacity: 50 kg Size - D x W x H: 420 x 760 x 1585mm
032_032 05/01/2012 17:02 Page 1
Small Parts Storage HIGH DENSItY StOraGE CaBINEtS Freestanding storage units for use in workshop, stores & many other applications A compact storage system, uses a floor area of only 0,25 m2 ● Robust construction: Steel frame holding Polypropylene bins ● Adjustable feet ● Backstops prevent the drawers from being pulled out of the frame ● Load Capacity: 240kg (with castors 150kg) ● ●
rOBUSt & SPaCE SaVING
Shelving & Storage
2440-4840
Cabinet
Outer Size D x W x H mm
Model
Bin Quantity
Red
Blue
Grey
24
2440-5
2440-6
2440-3
48
4840-5
4840-6
4840-3
Divider Pack
Price
Model
Price
£340.00
D-20
£6.30
£372.00
D-10
£3.60
£78.00
-
-
410 x 605 x 870
Castor Set
Set of 4 Castors (2 with Brake)
PS-LH
SHELF BINS Comprehensive range Depths of 300, 400, 500 & 600 mm ● Specifically designed for standard metric shelving, automated storage systems & “kanban” trolleys ● Smooth vertical sides allow maximum use of valuable shelf space. ● Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin ● Corrugated base for ease of picking items ● Polypropylene withstands the effects of most oils, acids & solvents MatErIaLS ● Crystal clear bins are of Polystyrene (PS), temperature tolerance of -40 ...+65°C. ● Coloured bins of Polypropylene (PP), temperature tolerance of -20 ... +80°C. ● ●
Bin
Outer Size D x W x H mm
400 x 132 x 100 500 x 132 x 100 600 x 132 x 100
3010-1
£96.00
3010-5 3010-6 3010-3
£87.00
4010-1
£114.00
4010-5 4010-6 4010-3
£105.00
5010-1
£147.00
5010-5 5010-6 5010-3
£132.00
3015-1
£123.00
3015-5 3015-6 3015-3
£117.00
4015-1
£102.00
4015-5 4015-6 4015-3
£96.00
-
-
5015-5 5015-6 5015-3
£114.00
30 20
Blue
Grey
-
-
6015-5 6015-6 6015-3
£100.50
3020-1
£69.00
3020-5 3020-6 3020-3
£66.00
400 x 186 x 82
4020-1
£82.50
4020-5 4020-6 4020-3
£76.50
5020-1
£97.50
5020-5 5020-6 5020-3
£91.50
6020-1
£108.00
6020-5 6020-6 6020-3
£102.00
600 x 186 x 82
15
Red
300 x 186 x 82
500 x 186 x 82
80
Price per pack
30
500 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100
Model
Clear
300 x 92 x 82 400 x 92 x 82
Price per pack
Pack
15
Divider Pack
Model
Price per pack
10
D-10
£3.60
10
D-15
£4.75
10
D-20
£6.30
033_033 05/01/2012 17:01 Page 1
Turntable Assemblies TURNTABLE ASSEMBLIES Easy assembly without tools Compact storage systems for service, workshop, production & storage areas etc ● Space saving & practical ● Assemblies offer storage for up to 1,792 different items ● This unit holds 16 Bin Cabinets of Series 300 or 400 in four layers, which are ordered separately, see below ● Special offer kits include base unit, 8 x 8 Drawer units & 8 x 16 Drawer units ● ●
OFFERS STORAGE OF UP TO 1792 SEPARATE ITEMS
SPECIAL OFFER
Shelving & Storage
SAVE £121.00 Overall Size D x W x H mm 700 x 700 x 1680 800 x 800 x 1680
Load capacity 800 kg 800 kg
For cabinets (ordered separately) 0830/1630 0840/1640
Model
Price
D16-300 KIT
D16-300 D16-400
£370.00 £405.00
D16-400 KIT
£1663.00 £1884.00
BIN CABINETS Can be wall hung, stood on a worktop or used with space-saving turntables ● Comprises Steel frame, shelf bins, labels & backstops ● Compact & robust ●
Cabinet
Type
Series 300
Series 400
Outer Size D x W x H mm
Bin Quantity
Clear
Price
8
0830-1
16
Model Red
Blue
Grey
£83.00
0830-5
0830-6
0830-3
1630-1
£92.00
1630-5
1630-6
8
0840-1
£92.00
0840-5
16
1640-1
£108.00
1640-5
Price
Divider Pack Model
Price
£83.00
D-20
£6.30
1630-3
£92.00
D-10
£3.60
0840-6
0840-3
£92.00
D-20
£6.30
1640-6
1640-3
£108.00
D-10
£3.60
300 x 400 x 395
400 x 400 x 395
81
034_034 05/01/2012 17:01 Page 1
Small Parts Storage LP3
ECO BINS ●
PRICES HELD
Stackable Parts Bins for use on panels, shelves or stacking
110
111
112
114
LP1
115
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Colours
109 x 100 x 53
Model
Price
Red, Blue, Green
110
£0.45
111 x 153 x 76
Red, Blue, Green
111
£0.82
160 x 250 x 129
Red, Blue, Green
112
£1.58
220 x 355 x 167
Red, Blue, Green
114
£3.47
333 x 505 x 187
Red, Blue, Green
115
£8.10
Shelving & Storage
Eco Bins
WxH
Galvanised Backplates
500 x 500
-
LP1
£10.50
1000 x 500
-
LP2
£21.74
500 x 1000
-
LP3
£21.74
LP2
UNION BINS ● ●
Unique Interlocking System Each bin can be joined on 3 sides. This provides a strong & stable Freestanding Storage System without the cost of backplates or shelving
CREATE YOUR OWN STRONG & STABLE FREESTANDING STORAGE SYSTEM PRICES HELD
Model
Price
Red, Green
Overall Size W x D x H mm 104 x 160 x 76
UNION A
£0.94
Red, Green
147 x 234 x 129
UNION B
£2.08
Description
Colours
A B C
Red, Green
218 x 234 x 129
UNION C
£2.88
D
Red, Green
211 x 341 x 167
UNION D
£4.25
E
Red, Green
307 x 500 x 190
UNION E
£9.50
F
Green Only
380 x 610 x 250
UNION F
£17.45
82
A
B
C
D
E
F
035_035 05/01/2012 17:00 Page 1
Small Parts Shelf Storage SHELF UNITS Complete with robust bins Loading per shelf: 60kg UDL ● Bin Sizes: SSU 112 160 x 250 x 129 mm ● Bin Sizes: SSU 114 220 x 355 x 167 mm ● Bins can be ordered in: Red Blue Green ● ●
PRICES HELD
- please specify when ordering
COMPLETE WITH ROBUST BINS
Shelving & Storage
SSU 112
SSU 114
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Contents
Model
Price
1000 x 300 x 2130
45 x Eco Bins 112
SSU 112
£183.00
1000 x 300 x 2130
36 x Eco Bins 114
SSU 114
£223.00
83
036_036 05/01/2012 16:59 Page 1
Viewbins PRICES HELD
VIEwBINS Store stock in a flexible, dust free environment High Visibility, Quality & Density System ● Bins tilt forward for access & are easily removable ● One width with various heights & depths ● ●
Shelving & Storage
ViewBin 9
ViewBin 6
ViewBin 5
ViewBin 4
ViewBin 3 Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
ViewBin 9
600 x 62 x 77
VB9
£8.40
ViewBin 6
600 x 91 x 113
VB6
£10.50
ViewBin 5
600 x 113 x 164
VB5
£16.40
ViewBin 4
600 x 178 x 207
VB4
£23.00
ViewBin 3
600 x 197 x 240
VB3
£30.50
Bars
£3.40
Description
PERFECT FOR VAN STORAgE wHEN uSED wITH THE LOCkINg BARS
Locking Bars
SHELF BINS
ACCESSORIES
●
O/A Size Description W x H mm
Model
Price
●
Bin Stop
80 x 40
508
£0.34
90 x 95
P09
£0.31
120 x 95
P12
£0.34
180 x 95
P18
£0.67
Available in four widths & depths & two heights Bin stop for ergonomic selection ● Environmentally friendly recyclable bins ● Colour: Blue ● Open front for easy viewing of contents ● Optimised for shelving - NO WASTED SPACE ● Label holder for improved logistics ● Anti-static bins available - please ask for details
CALL FOR MORE DETAILS
Divider
240 x 95 240 x 150
Price
3009
£2.03
3012
£2.28
180 x 300 x 95
3018
£3.02
240 x 300 x 95
3024
£3.27
£0.78
90 x 400 x 95
4009
£2.46
P24-15 £1.38
120 x 400 x 95
4012
£3.09
180 x 400 x 95
4018
£3.85
240 x 400 x 95
4024
£4.27
P24
Labels (with holder) only available in packs of 100 Model: LABSTD Price: £16.90 per pack
240 x 400 x 150 4024/15 £5.89 90 x 500 x 95
5009
£3.21
120 x 500 x 95
5012
£3.64
180 x 500 x 95
5018
£4.13
240 x 500 x 95
5024
£4.95
240 x 500 x 150 5024/15 £6.96
Curved Dividers Facilitate Selection
84
Model
90 x 300 x 95
Shelf Bin
Showing Open Front & Dividers
Overall Size W x D x H mm
120 x 300 x 95
PRICES HELD
Bin Stop
Price
Extra Re-inforced Bottom
To Fill the Whole Bin use a Divider
120 x 600 x 95
6012
£4.57
240 x 600 x 95
6024
£5.43
240 x 600 x 150 6024/15 £8.38
Labelling
037 - Dexion_039 GPC 12/01/2012 12:31 Page 1
Small Parts Storage & Bin Units SMALL PARTS ORGANISER
NEW
Ideal for all your small parts storage ● Complete with 18 individual removable containers which have their own divider & belt clip ●
Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip
FROM ONLY
£24.50
MSC18H MSC18H Overall Size L x W x H mm 330 x 330 x 130
Weight kg 1.6
MSC18H
Price Price (each) (each) 1+ Pack of 8 £28.50 £24.50
Model MSC18H
Shelving & Storage
BIN STANDS & TROLLEYS Model GILR2Y is mobile on 2 swivel & 2 swivel braked castors ● Length of the hanging strip: 840mm ● Height between hanging strips: 130mm ● Ideal for where small parts storage is an essential part of the day to day operations ● Fully assembled ●
FROM ONLY
£128.15 All stands are supplied without small parts bins which must be ordered as additional items
Overall Size L x W x H mm Single Sided - Static 940 x 280 x 1150 Double Sided - Mobile 940 x 500 x 1250 Description
Wt kg 22 23
Model
Price
GILR1Z £128.15 GILR2Y £169.95
GILR1Z with additional bins
GILR2Y with additional bins
MAXI BINS ● ●
All bins have slots for labels/barcodes Available in; Red, Green, Blue & Yellow please specify when ordering Size 1012 is available in Blue or Red only
Size 1012
Size 3730
Size 1322 Size 4145
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Load Cap. kg
Volume Pack Litres Size Maxi Bins
100 x 125 x 60
2.3
0.4
100 x 175 x 85
4.5
0.75
135 x 225 x 125
9
185 x 300 x 145
Divider
To fit Bin:
Pack Size Dividers
1332 Side - Side
1830
£47.55
GDM1830
£44.75
6
GDM1845
£57.60
6
GDM3730
£79.45
6
GDM4145
£117.30
Model
Price
12
GDM1012
£13.10
12
GDM1017
£23.05
2.1
12
GDM1322
13
4.25
6
185 x 450 x 145
13
7.2
370 x 300 x 145
18
10
410 x 450 x 215
27
21
Front - Back
Model
Price
12
GDMDL1322
£11.30
6
GDMDL183
£8.35
1845
6
GDMDL184
£8.35
1830
12
GDMDF183
£26.30
1845
12
GDMDF184
£44.40
3730
12
GDMDF373
£26.30
4145
6
GDMDF414
£27.00
85
038_038 17/01/2012 16:30 Page 1
Storage Bin Racks ‘MAGNA’ BIN RACKS
NEW
These units come complete with Polypropylene bins ● These units incorporate a unique magnetic strip at the top of the unit which is ideal for storing your tools ●
FROM ONLY
£39.95
GIL16Z No of Bins
Bin Quantity
Bins Sizes W x D x H mm
7
4 Small & 3 Large
16
12 Small & 4 Large
Small - 100 x 165 x 75 Large - 150 x 235 x 130
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
460 x 240 x 405
4
GIL07Z
£39.95
640 x 250 x 560
5
GIL16Z
£65.00
GIL07Z
Shelving & Storage
Organise your small parts easily & efficiently
BIN RACKS
●
These units come complete with Polypropylene bins
BIN RACK ●
NEW
This unit comes complete with 24 Polypropylene bins
GIL15Z
£39.95
GIL24Z
£79.95
GIL15Z
NEW GIL24Z
No of Bins
Bins Size W x D x H mm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
24
95 x 280 x 100
790 x 300 x 600
9
GIL24Z
£79.95
LOUVRED PANEL WITH BINS ●
GIL26Z
●
£99.95
●
GIL26Z
● No of Bins 15 26
Bin Quantity
Bins Size W x D x H mm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Small 540 x 255 x 405 100 x 165 x 75 Large 16 Small 900 x 305 x 765 & 10 Large 150 x 235 x 130 15 Small
86
Weight kg 5 7
Model
Manufactured from 2mm cold rolled Steel Louvres securely support the bins Complete with 15 Bins (5 Red, 5 Yellow & 5 Blue) - 140L x 105W x 75H mm Subject to availability
WMS09Z
Price
GIL15Z £39.95 GIL26Z £99.95
Overall Size L x W x H mm 550 x 200 x 355
Weight kg 4
Model
Price
WMS09Z
£39.50
039_039 17/01/2012 16:36 Page 1
Storage Bin Rack & Trolleys BIN RACK ●
BIN TROLLEY
This units comes complete with 47 Polypropylene bins; 32 small & 15 large: Small Bins: 100W x 165D x 75H mm Large Bins: 150W x 235D x 130H mm
This unit comes complete with 46 Polypropylene bins; 30 medium & 16 large: Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked ●
NEW
GIL47Z
GIL46Y
£175.00
£179.95 GIL47Z
GIL46Y
No of Bins
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
No of Bins
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
47
930 x 285 x 1150
17
GIL47Z
£175.00
46
660 x 560 x 1120
20
GIL46Y
£179.95
Organise your small parts easily & efficiently
BIN TROLLEY These units come complete with Polypropylene bins. GIL60Y comes with 24 small bins, 20 medium bins & 16 large bins & the GIL90Y comes with 36 small bins, 30 medium bins & 24 large bins ● Small Bins: 90W x 135D x 50H mm Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm FROM ONLY swivel castors, 2 braked ●
£189.95
COMPLETE WITH POLYPROPYLENE BINS
NEW GIL60Y
No of Bins
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
60
660 x 570 x 1120
20
GIL60Y
£189.95
90
660 x 570 x 1320
28
GIL90Y
£229.95
GIL90Y
87
Shelving & Storage
NEW
040_040 05/01/2012 17:16 Page 1
Panel Trolleys PANEL TROLLEYS Panel trolleys allow components & tools to be easily transported around the workplace The panels can be fitted into two positions - upright or at a slight incline to suit your requirement ● Available in 2 heights, all models are supplied with push/pull handle & 125mm castor set (2 fixed, 2 swivel brake) ●
Shelving & Storage
●
A
C
B
4 x Perforated
Overall Size W x D x H mm 1000 x 650 x 1200
4 x Perforated 6 x Perforated
Panels
A B C D
88
D
Accessories
Model
Price
Empty
10403033.11
£397.14
1000 x 650 x 1200
40 piece Hook Kit
07002132.11
£460.37
1000 x 650 x 1600
Empty
14026013.11
£490.99
6 x Perforated
1000 x 650 x 1600
60 piece Hook Kit
07002134.11
£579.12
4 x Louvred
1000 x 650 x 1200
Empty
14026022.11
£397.14
4 x Louvred
1000 x 650 x 1200
108 piece Bin Kit
13031181.11
£561.95
6 x Louvred
1000 x 650 x 1600
Empty
14026015.11
£490.99
6 x Louvred
1000 x 650 x 1600
108 piece Bin Kit
14026017.11
£750.56
041_041 05/01/2012 17:15 Page 1
Storage Cabinets
Shelving & Storage
Hook-on bins are manufactured from durable Polyethylene with moulded-in back hooks for secure hanging. Front edges are lowered for easy visibility & picking. Complete with label holder
HEAVY DUTY
CABINET COMPLETE WITH HOOK-ON BINS Sturdy 3-point locking handle with 2 keys
14 - Gauge Steel Fully welded Steel construction ● Flush style double doors ● 152mm base which raises the unit off the floor ● Complete with either 137 or 171 hook-on bins ● ●
Description Cabinet c/w 137 Hook-on Bins Cabinet c/w 171 Hook-on Bins
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1219 x 610 x 1981
236
JC482478-BDLP 137-3S-95
£1200.00
236
JC482478-BDLP 171-95
£1250.00
Due to the size of these units, additional carriage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
89
042_042 05/01/2012 17:15 Page 1
Bin Cupboards Bin CupBoarDS Tough, welded steel construction Three point locking, with re-inforced doors ● Galvanised Steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch ● 50kg U.D.L. capacity per shelf ● Available complete with optimised bin kits. ● ●
BinS Manufactured from high density Polyethylene with re-inforced sides & a flat base. ● Resistant to most acids, alkalis, greases & oils ● Suitable for use in temperature ranges from -35oc to 80oc ● All bins are supplied with a label & integral holder ● Cupboards are supplied complete with shelves & bins in the colours shown. ●
Shelving & Storage
Bin Sizes - W x D x Hmm No. 3 - 145 x 250 x 125 No. 5 - 303 x 485 x 190
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
Overall Size W x D x H mm 750 x 350 x 1000
4
20 x No. 3
16916000.11V
£328.32
B
1000 x 350 x 1000
4
30 x No. 3
16916001.11V
£420.27
C
750 x 550 x 1000
3
8 x No. 5
16916002.11V
£366.40
D
1000 x 550 x 1000
3
12 x No. 5
16916003.11V
£483.03
E
750 x 350 x 2000
10
44 x No. 3
16916004.11V
£554.84
F
1000 x 350 x 2000
10
66 x No. 3
16916005.11V
£716.23
G
750 x 550 x 2000
6
14 x No. 5
16916006.11V
£582.82
H
1000 x 550 x 2000
6
21 x No. 5
16916007.11V
£748.56
Item
90
Shelves
Bins
Model
Price
043_043 05/01/2012 17:14 Page 1
freestanding Panel Racks PERfO WALL Perfo Wall is a freestanding tool storage system utilising upright members to provide support to standard Perfo Panels ● Perfo Wall makes an ideal workshop divider ● Start with an initial bay then add any amount of additional bays to form your custom layout ● Please note: All bays should be firmly fixed to the floor using the footplates supplied ● Economical workshop divider wall ● Freestanding, no additional support required ● Single or double sided o ● 90 turns possible in any direction ● “T” & “+” junctions can be achieved from standard bays ● Simple design allows quick & easy assembly - full instructions are supplied ● Available in 500mm & 1000mm widths, all models 1850mm high ● Tool holding accessories are not supplied, see page 205 for details ●
Rack Type Single sided
Bay Type Starter
Model
Price
140 35 019.11
£148.02
500
Double sided
Starter
140 35 020.11
£211.02
500
Single sided
Additional
140 35 027.11
£128.94
500
Double sided
Additional
140 35 028.11
£190.64
1000
Single sided
Starter
140 35 043.11
£191.13
1000
Double sided
Starter
140 35 044.11
£299.86
1000
Single sided
Additional
140 35 051.11
£171.68
1000
Double sided
Additional
140 35 052.11
£281.55
LOUVRED PANEL PACK These louvre panel racks are designed to be totally stable when fixed to the floor ● The sturdy endplates ensure that the louvred panels & bins are supported to take the heaviest of loads ● Single & double versions available ● Can be used as independent bays, or built into longer runs ● Supplied flat packed with detailed assembly instructions ● Perfect for use where wall space is limited ● Ideal partitioning for manufacturing cells ● Available as a starter bay or additional bays ● Please note, for maximum stability & safety all units must be firmly fixed to the floor ● The storage rack is shown fully kitted out with Plastic storage bins ● The Plastic bin kit represents the bins required to fit out a single side of the storage rack. It contains 32 No. 2 bins, 36 No. 3 bins, 8 No. 4 bins, colours as shown. ● Bins Sizes: No 2 - 103W x 165D x 83H mm No 3 - 148W x 240D x 128H mm No 4 - 209W x 356D x 164H mm ●
Single
Starter
Overall Size W x D mm 1015 x 455
121 02 092.11
£288.41
Single
Additional
1013 x 455
121 02 093.11
£234.62
Double
Starter
1015 x 905
121 02 094.11
£477.26
Double
Additional
1013 x 905
121 02 095.11
£379.97
13031145
£162.52
Rack Type
Bay Type
Plastic Bin Kit
Model
Price
91
Shelving & Storage
Width mm 500
044_044 05/01/2012 17:14 Page 1
Econotainers ECONOTAINERS Manufactured from 100% recycled Polypropylene & finished in Grey The design incorporates a sturdy base & sides with reinforced front & rims ● Safe stacking with instant access to contents ● Compatible for use with Louvre Panels, Shelving, Trolleys & Benches ● ●
100% RECYCLED POLYPROPYLENE
Manufactured Manufacture d
XL3eco
XL2eco
Shelving & Storage
XL4eco
XL5eco
Overall Size L x W x H mm 165 x 100 x 75
Pack Quantity 20
Weight kg 2.2
XL2eco
Price per pack £19.50
240 x 150 x 125
10
3.1
XL3eco
£20.50
355 x 200 x 125
10
5.7
XL4eco
£42.50
355 x 200 x 175
10
7.4
XL5eco
£52.00
Suits all sizes
10
-
XLLABEL
£0.55
Model
LOUVRE PANEL WALL UNITS ● ●
Wall fixed units make for efficient container storage & product access These units come complete with containers
ECOWALLKIT 32
Manufactured Manufacture d
ECOWALLKIT 24 Panel Size H x W mm 438 x 914 641 x 914
92
Containers
Model
32 XL2 24 XL3
ECOWALLKIT 32 ECOWALLKIT 24
Price Each £72.00 £88.00
045_045 05/01/2012 17:12 Page 1
Polypropylene Storage Bins POLYPROPYLENE BINS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Manufactured in strong twinwall fluted Polypropylene Self-adhesive labels are supplied loose with all TPA K-Bins, for front panel identification ● Wipe clean surfaces (inside & out) ● Oil, grease & moisture resistant ● Resistant to most chemicals ● Supplied flat packed for easy assembly ● Long shelf life ● 4 colour options available: Red Silver/Grey Blue Orange ● ●
H
D
W
please specify when ordering please add the following letters to the code to indicate the colour(s) required: Red: RD
Silver/Grey: SG
Blue:BE
RANGE TPA ALL 100MM HIGH
Orange: OE
Depth: 150mm
Depth: 225mm
Depth: 300mm
Depth: 450mm
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 25
75
TPA1507
£19.50
Width mm 100
Price per pk 25 TPA2210 £22.50
150
TPA2215
£24.50
200
TPA2220
£26.50
Width mm 100
Price per pk 25 TPA3010 £23.00
150
TPA3015
£25.50
200
TPA3020
£27.50
Width mm 100
Price per pk 25 TPA4510 £28.50
150
TPA4515
£30.50
200
TPA4520
£33.50
Model
Model
Model
93
Shelving & Storage
ALL PRODUCTS
046_046 05/01/2012 17:12 Page 1
Cardboard Storage Trays Manufactured from a heavy duty Cardboard Supplied in flat pack form to save space when not in use ● Easy to assemble - No need for tapes or glue etc ● An ideal way to utilise the maximum shelf space ● Trays are designed with a finger hole to pull them off the shelf ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Shelving & Storage
H
ALL PRODUCTS
D W
●
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Model
Price per pk 25
110 x 300 x 115
T113011
£15.00
110 x 300 x 175
T113017
£18.00
110 x 300 x 235
T113023
£22.00
110 x 300 x 355
T113035
£30.00
All the above trays can be manufactured in a ‘conductive’ material ideal for storage of electronic components, subject to minimum order quantities, price on application
Manufactured Manufacture d
CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL AVAILABLE (P.O.A) CALL FOR DETAILS
94
HEAVY DUTY CARDBOARD
047_047 05/01/2012 17:11 Page 1
Storage Bins CORRUGATED CARDBOARD STORAGE BINS Economical storage solutions Supplied flat packed for easy assembly ● Extensive range of sizes available, all ex-stock ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
K-Bins are supplied in flat form, saving valuable space prior to use. They are self-locking & assembled in seconds. All bin dimensions shown are external measurements, designed to fit metric & imperial shelf sizes to maximise the use of available space.
MATCH YOUR SHELF DEPTHS
H
W
D
D
RANGE A - PACKS OF 50 ALL 100MM HIGH
Depth: 200mm
A3010 BESTSELLER PRICE HELD AT £24.00
Depth: 300mm
Depth: 400mm
Depth: 450mm
Depth: 500mm
Depth: 600mm
A1505
Price per pk 50 £17.50
75
A1507
£19.00
100
A1510
£21.50
150
A1515
£23.00
Model
Width mm 50
A2005
Price per pk 50 £24.00
75
A2007
£24.50
100
A2010
£22.50
150
A2015
£27.50
200
A2020
£30.50
Model
Width mm 50
A3005
Price per pk 50 £24.50
75
A3007
£25.50
100
A3010
150
A3015
200
A3020
£30.00
250
A3025
£33.50
Model
RANGE B - PACKS OF 25 ALL 200MM HIGH
B3015
£28.00
200
B3020
£37.00
300
B3030
£39.50
150
A4015
£31.50
200
A4020
£35.00
Width mm 100
A4510
Price per pk 50 £33.00
150
A4515
£34.50
200
A4520
£37.00
Width mm 100
A5010
Price per pk 50 £37.00
150
A5015
£37.50
200
A5020
£40.50
Width mm 100
A6010
Price per pk 50 £40.50
150
A6015
£42.00
200
A6020
£43.50
Model
D
£24.00
A4010
Model
W
Price per pk 25 £35.00
Price per pk 50 £29.50
Model
H
Width mm 150
Width mm 100
Model
Shelving & Storage
Depth: 150mm
ALL PRODUCTS
Width mm 50
Depth: 300mm
Depth: 400mm
Depth: 450mm
Depth: 500mm
Depth: 600mm
Model
Width mm 200
B4020
Price per pk 25 £37.50
250
B4025
£38.00
300
B4030
£40.50
Model
Width mm 150
B4515
Price per pk 25 £38.00
200
B4520
£39.00
250
B4525
£40.00
300
B4530
£41.50
Model
Width mm 200
B5020
Price per pk 25 £40.00
300
B5030
£42.00
Model
Width mm 150
B6015
Price per pk 25 £40.00
200
B6020
£41.00
250
B6025
£43.00
300
B6030
£45.00
Model
95
048_048 05/01/2012 17:11 Page 1
Stacking Storage Boxes STACKING BOXES Strong twinwall fluted Polypropylene boxes ● Moulded handle & corner pieces ● Oil, grease & moisture resistant ● Resistant to most chemicals ● Supplied flat packed for easy assembly ● Supplied in packs of 10 ● 2 colour options available: Silver/Grey Blue ●
PRICES HELD
please specify when ordering N.B. one colour per pack
Shelving & Storage
Manufactured Manufacture d
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Colours Available
Model No
Price per pk 10
295 x 370 x 125
240 x 345 x 115
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP112
£38.00
295 x 460 x 150
280 x 435 x 140
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP215
£44.00
295 x 460 x 225
280 x 435 x 215
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP222
£51.50
295 x 460 x 300
280 x 435 x 290
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP230
£62.00
Black Only
SBP2LID to fit above 3 sizes
£12.00
-
-
STACKING ARCHIVE STORAGE BOXES Stacking with or without lid Ideal for storage of complete A4 lever arch files ● Supplied in packs of 10 ● If lids purchased separately, a small order charge will apply ● Long shelf life ● 2 colour options available: Silver/Grey Blue ● ●
PRICES HELD
please specify when ordering N.B. one colour per pack
IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF A4 LEVER ARCH FILES Manufactured Manufacture d
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Colours Available
Model No
Price per pk 10
360 x 425 x 300
345 x 400 x 290
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP330
£64.50
-
-
Black Only
SBP3LID to fit above size
£12.50
96
049_049 05/01/2012 17:10 Page 1
aluminium tool chests alumInIum tool chests Ribbed body for strength - yet lightweight Stacking locators on each corner ● Tough Plastic protected grip handles - weight capacity of 35kg per handle ● Recessed base prevents ingress of moisture when stored on damp floor ● Retaining strap on lid prevents hinge damage ● Rubber seal between lid & box creates a shower resistant container ● ●
02501004 02501003
02501005
shelving & storage
02501007
02501006 02501002
02501001
●
Tough plastic grip handles
●
Ideal for packIng, transportIng & storage!
Stacking locators on each corner
Model
Price
A620
Overall Size W x D x H mm 585 x 385 x 250
02501001
£134.59
A640
585 x 385 x 410
02501002
£159.98
A833
785 x 385 x 340
02501003
£177.73
A840
785 x 585 x 410
02501004
£236.16
A860
785 x 585 x 610
02501005
£259.07
A930
885 x 485 x 380
02501006
£223.37
A1250
1185 x 785 x 510
02501007
£462.00
Type
97
050_050 05/01/2012 17:09 Page 1
Transit Cases MIDFLIGHT TRANSIT CASES Manufactured from high impact Stucco Aluminium ● Features include: hinged lid, Foam lining, single carry handle & 2 lockable catches ●
NEW
SA187 Overall Size - L x W x H mm
Shelving & Storage
SA187
Aluminium Midflight Transit Cases
Internal
External
Weight
Model
Price
425 x 325 x 125
450 x 350 x 150
7 kg
SA187
£118.55
475 x 375 x 125
500 x 400 x 150
10.2 kg
SA189
£120.55
575 x 375 x 125
600 x 400 x 159
11.6 kg
SA191
£134.00
HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT CASES Manufactured from high impact Stucco Aluminium bonded to 6mm Ply or 7mm Black honeycombed Polypropylene ● Solid 7mm Aluminium SB001PP extrusions on all edges with Steel ball corners ● Features include: hinged lid, 12mm Foam lining, chest handles & key lockable Toggle catches SB004PP ●
NEW SB002ALI
Key Lockable Toggle Catches
SB004ALI SB003PP Chest Handles Overall Size - L x W x H mm
Aluminium Transit Cases
External
Weight
380 x 280 x 280
425 x 325 x 340
7 kg
SB001ALI £120.50
4.8 kg
SB001PP £124.65
580 x 380 x 280
625 x 425 x 340
10.2 kg
SB002ALI £129.50
6.7 kg
SB002PP £133.95
580 x 380 x 380
625 x 425 x 440
11.6 kg
SB003ALI £144.15
7.4 kg
SB003PP £149.10
780 x 580 x 380
825 x 625 x 440
17.4 kg
SB004ALI £183.15 10.7 kg
SB004PP £189.45
98
Model
Price
Polypropylene Transit Cases
Internal
Weight
Model
Price
051_051 05/01/2012 17:17 Page 1
Plastic Pallets LIGHT DUTY DISTRIBUTION PALLETS 100% Plastic - lightweight & durable Feature a lipped edge ● Maximum load up to 500kg ● ●
6101.751.093
1855.508.093 Load Model Capacity kg 300 6101.751.093
Overall Size L x W x H mm 800 x 600 x 145
Weight kg 3.7
1200 x 800 x 130
5.0
500
5591.510.093
£45.17
1200 x 1000 x 155
6.5
2500
1855.508.093
£38.22
5591.510.093
Price £37.00
Shelving & Storage
HYGIENIC UNI BOXES™ ● ●
Material: Food approved HD-Polyethylene Smooth surface, hygienic
7904.750
7903.750
7906.750
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight Volume kg Litres
Colour
Pallet Unit
400 x 300 x 165
358 x 258 x 160
1.0
600 x 400 x 145
537 x 358 x 140
1.9
14
Blue/Red
112 pcs Solid 7903.750
£16.83
24
Blue/Red/White
64 pcs
Solid 7904.750
600 x 400 x 225
537 x 358 x 220
£26.81
2.3
40
Blue/Red/White
40 pcs
Solid 7905.750
600 x 400 x 300
£29.27
537 x 358 x 295
2.7
54
Blue/Red/White
28 pcs
Solid 7906.750
600 x 400
£37.39
-
0.9
-
Grey
15 pcs
Lid
£15.80
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Type
Model
7905.822
Price
99
052_052 05/01/2012 17:22 Page 1
Stack Nest Containers
Shelving & Storage
2800.500
7907.820 4129.760
4128.760
7925.760
STACK NEST CONTAINERS These stackable nesting containers are suitable for the distribution of goods in a wide variety of industries The wide range of sizes & designs means the boxes can be tailored to the flow of goods in most situations ● Boxes & Lids available in multiple colours - please specify when ordering ● Models 4128.760.050 & 4129.760.050 are manufactured from recycled material ● ●
Description
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Colour Options
Model
Price
Solid sides & base
400 x 300 x 220
300 x 245 x 215
Green (Blue available P.O.A)
7924.760
£18.79
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 120
490 x 340 x 115
White
7927.760
P.O.A.
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 180
490 x 340 x 175
Green, Blue
4128.760
£25.88
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 180
490 x 340 x 175
Dark Grey Recycled
4128.760.050
£20.65
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 220
490 x 340 x 215
Green (Blue available P.O.A)
7925.760
£27.94
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 270
490 x 340 x 265
Green, Blue
4129.760
£32.30
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 270
490 x 340 x 265
Dark Grey Recycled
4129.760.050
£25.15
Solid sides & base
600 x 400 x 350 Suits 1 x 600 x 400 or 2 x 400 x 300 600 x 400
490 x 340 x 345
Green, Blue
4130.760
£44.89
-
Yellow only
2800.500.312
£74.00
-
Green, Grey
7907.820
£13.37
Container Dolly Plain Lid without Hooks
100
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
053_053 05/01/2012 17:21 Page 1
Attached Lid Containers Integra Polypropylene containers Wholesale & industrial applications ● Designed for both automated & manual handling ● Lids are equipped with ribs which hold stacked containers securely ● Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals ● ●
The step design enables nearly vertical walls. This maximises volume & load capacity & saves space during transportation.
WHEN NESTED THESE CONTAINERS USE 65% LESS SPACE
Shelving & Storage
2800.500 1310.851 1325.851
1325.850
1329.850
1311.851
External Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Capacity Litres Integra Range
400 x 300 x 250
328 x 237 x 235
21
1325.850
P.O.A.
400 x 300 x 300
327 x 235 x 285
25
1325.851
£20.10
600 x 400 x 250
529 x 344 x 235
46
1310.851
£34.46
600 x 400 x 300
527 x 342 x 285
55
1311.851
£34.83
600 x 400 x 350
526 x 341 x 335
64
1329.850
£41.03
600 x 400 x 400
526 x 341 x 385
73
1330.850
£42.22
2800.500
£74.00
Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers
Colour
Blue Container & Lid
Yellow
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Model
Price
101
054_054 05/01/2012 17:20 Page 1
Euro Stacking Containers EURO CONTAINERS Available in capacities from 3 to 165 litres Straight walls provide maximum volume ● Modular sizes ensure optimum pallet use ● Use many combinations of different size containers on one pallet ● Models 6468.001, 6469.001, 6479.760 are manufactured from recycled material ● ●
Shelving & Storage
MAXIMUM VOLUME LOW UNIT WEIGHT
8715.005
6487.760
8701.005
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Volume Litres
Colour
300 x 200 x 120 300 x 200 x 145 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 145 400 x 300 x 230 400 x 300 400 x 300
257 x 158 x 117 260 x 155 x 142 365 x 265 x 115 365 x 265 x 115 355 x 255 x 142 355 x 255 x 225 -
0.5 0.5 0.7 0.6 0.9 1.3 0.4 0.4
4 6 9 9 13 20 -
Grey Grey Grey Grey Dark Grey Recycled Dark Grey Recycled Grey Grey
8710.005
2362.720
272 pcs 112 pcs 80 pcs 80 pcs 56 pcs 48 pcs 40 pcs
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Volume Litres
Colour
600 x 400 x 175 600 x 400 x 175 600 x 400 x 230 600 x 400 x 230 600 x 400 x 280 600 x 400 600 x 400
556 x 356 x 162 560 x 360 x 165 555 x 355 x 225 555 x 355 x 225 555 x 355 x 275 -
1.6 1.3 2.2 2.2 2.7 0.8 0.4
32 33 44 44 55 -
Grey Grey Grey Dark Grey Recycled Grey Grey Grey
6489.750
8705.820
Type
Model
Price
Solid Solid Solid
8715.005 6487.760 8701.005 2340.720 6468.001 6469.001 8705.820 5787.820
£6.87 P.O.A. £18.61 P.O.A. £9.60 £12.57 P.O.A. £7.96
Perforated Sides & Base
288 pcs (36 per pack)
6479.760
External Size L x W x H mm
6488.005
6468.001 Pallet Unit
Solid Solid Lid Lid
6476.750 Pallet Unit 56 pcs 56 pcs 40 pcs 40 pcs 32 pcs 20 pcs
6491.750
Model
Price
Solid
8710.005 2362.720 6479.750 6479.760 6476.750 8714.820 5786.820
£23.82 £29.01 £27.78 £20.71 £32.97 £20.95 £13.11
Perforated Sides & Base
240 pcs (15 per pack)
8714.820
Type
Solid Solid Solid Base Lid Lid
6440.750
6440.820
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Volume Litres
Colour
Pallet Unit
Type
Model
Price
800 x 400 x 200
760 x 360 x 196
2.7
54
Grey
33 pcs
Flat Base
6488.005
£39.37
800 x 600 x 200
750 x 550 x 195
4.1
80
Grey
22 pcs
Flat Base
6489.750
P.O.A.
800 x 600 x 300
750 x 550 x 290
4.5
123
Grey
14 pcs
Flat Base
6491.750
£80.53
800 x 600 x 415
750 x 550 x 400
7.2
165
Grey
14 pcs
Re-inforced Base
6440.750
£82.14
800 x 600
-
1.8
-
Grey
10 pcs
Lid
6440.820
£42.46
102
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
055_055 05/01/2012 17:19 Page 1
Box Pallets BIG BOX Manufactured in high density Polyethylene Securely stacks loads of up to 4500Kg - 9 full units ● Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning ● 4 way entry for fork & pump trucks ● Drain taps & plugs are available & all components are easily replaceable ● Boxes & Lids available in Grey only ● ●
OPERATIONAL o o FROM -40 TO +80
4401.100.554
4410.820.502
UNIT LOAD CAPACITY 500KG 4401.300.554
Solid sides & base
External Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 800 x 760
Internal Size L x W x H mm 1110 x 710 x 610
Solid sides & base
1200 x 800 x 790
1110 x 710 x 610
Solid sides & base
1200 x 800 x 915
1110 x 710 x 610
4 Wheels
4403.105.554
P.O.A.
Lid to suit 1200 x 800 Box
1200 x 800
-
-
4409.820.502
£55.93 £270.11
Description
Feet & Door Fittings
Model
Price
4 Feet
4403.100.554
£270.65
3 Skids
4403.300.554
£306.06
Solid sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 760
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Feet
4401.100.554
Perforated sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 760
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Feet
4401.400.554
P.O.A.
Solid sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 790
1110 x 910 x 610
3 Skids
4401.300.554
£327.11
Perforated sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 790
1110 x 910 x 610
3 Skids
4401.600.554
£308.93
Solid sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 915
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Wheels
4401.105.554
P.O.A.
Lid to suit 1200 x 1000 Box
1200 x 1000
-
-
4410.820.502
£62.65
MAGNUM - A SOUND INVESTMENT 100% recyclable Manufactured from expanded HDPE ● Easy to fold & erect. Folded Height: 406mm ● Low tare weight makes these units easy to manoeuvre & extremely quiet to use. ● When empty, it folds to around one third of its erected size, saving valuable space in storage or return transport. Each side is numbered in the sequence they fold. ● ●
FOLDS & UNFOLDS IN SECONDS Description
Internal Size L x W x H mm
External Size L x W x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Magnum - Side Access Doors. Colour: Grey
1120 x 720 x 767
1200 x 800 x 950
620
Lid To Suit. Colour: Black
-
1200 x 800
-
Magnum - 2 Access Doors. Colour: Grey
1120 x 920 x 792
1200 x 1000 x 975
Lid To Suit. Colour: Black
-
1200 x 1000
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Model
Price
55
2330.456
£346.70
7
2336.820
£33.59
820
62
2320.461
£361.43
-
6
2326.820
£38.73
103
Shelving & Storage
4401.105.554
056_056 18/01/2012 16:50 Page 1
Small Foldable Containers ‘PRELOG’ FOLDING CONTAINERS Fold flat for maximising vehicle capacity & reducing your storage space when empty ● Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow for fresh produce & minimise water retention ● Constructed from tough Polypropylene which has great impact strength ● Smooth internal & external makes the containers easy to wash & keep clean ●
Shelving & Storage
OPERATIONAL o o FROM -30 TO +80
External Size Internal Size Volume W x D x H mm W x D x H mm Litres 400 x 300 x 170 366 x 266 x 151 15
Weight kg 1.2
Model
Price
3220.750
£14.77
600 x 400 x 165 566 x 366 x 151
30
1.8
3218.750
P.O.A.
600 x 400 x 190 566 x 366 x 176
36
1.9
3212.750
£18.30
600 x 400 x 235 566 x 366 x 221
47
2.1
3211.750
£18.51
‘PRELOG NG’ FOLDING CONTAINERS 100% Polypropylene - lightweight & durable Sidewalls have a structured surface making it easy to attach & remove self-adhesive labels ● Clever & ergonomic system ● Folded Height: 58.5mm ●
NEW
●
OPERATIONAL o o FROM -20 TO +40 104
Internal Size L x W x H mm
External Size L x W x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
570 x 370 x 202
600 x 400 x 214
42
2.2
3234.001
£36.61
570 x 370 x 268
600 x 400 x 280
55
2.6
3235.001
£38.40
570 x 370 x 302
600 x 400 x 314
62
2.8
3236.001
£40.34
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
057_057 18/01/2012 16:48 Page 1
Small Parts Storage Trays STORAGE BINS/TRAYS & MODULAR TRAYS Polypropylene bins & trays ● Easy access open fronts ● Sturdy profiled design allows stacking whenever needed ●
IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR SMALL PARTS STORAGE NEEDS
9101.760.624
Description 4533.760.624
Storage Tray
External Size L x W x H mm
Colour Options
Model
Price
300 x 94 x 80
Blue
4533.760.624
£3.60
400 x 94 x 80
Blue
4532.760.624
£4.79
4535.760.624
£0.51
Divider for 94mm wide Storage Trays Storage Tray
300 x 188 x 80
Blue
4531.760.624
£5.41
400 x 188 x 80
Blue
4530.760.624
£7.47
500 x 188 x 80
Blue
4536.760.624
£7.96
Divider for 188mm wide Storage Trays 9067.000.624 Storage Tray
4534.760.624
£0.79
300 x 115 x 100
Blue
9101.760.624
£4.65
400 x 115 x 100
Blue
9111.760.624
£6.20
500 x 115 x 100
Blue
9121.760.624
£7.56
600 x 115 x 100
Blue
9131.760.624
£9.78
9141.761.100
£2.00 £6.69
Divider for 115mm wide Storage Trays
Storage Tray
300 x 230 x 100
Blue
9103.760.624
400 x 230 x 100
Blue
9113.760.624
£7.80
500 x 230 x 100
Blue
9123.760.624
£10.53
600 x 230 x 100
Blue
9133.760.624
£12.40
9143.761.100
£2.00
Divider for 230mm wide Storage Trays
Storage Bin
Modular Storage Bin
96 x 105 x 45
Blue
9076.000.624
£1.64
170 x 105 x 75
Blue
9075.000.624
£3.39
250 x 148 x 130
Blue, Yellow, Red
9074.005
£5.01
350 x 206 x 150
Blue, Yellow, Red
9073.005
£10.48
500 x 310 x 200
Blue
9071.000.624
£19.39
500 x 310 x 250
Blue
9072.000.624
£23.64
300 x 230 x 150
Blue
9067.000.624
£8.91
400 x 230 x 150
Blue
9068.000.624
£12.10
500 x 230 x 150
Blue
9069.005.624
£15.07
600 x 230 x 150
Blue
9070.000.624
£21.05
9067.300.504
£2.57
Widthway Divider for 230mm wide Modular Storage Bins
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
105
Shelving & Storage
NEW
058_058 13/01/2012 14:41 Page 1
storage Pallets Wire Mesh Pallets Foldable for Easy Storage ● Half Drop Gate Versatile ● Easily Cleaned ● Strong ● Bright Zinc Plated Wire ● ●
LOWER PRICES
PrOViDes tOtal VisiBilitY OF stOCK
ZMP02Z
●
These models are offered with steel legs, making them stackable up to 3 units high
Approx. External Size W x D x H mm
Approx. Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Load Capacity
Model
830 x 530 x 550
760 x 460 x 400
22
350 kg
ZMP01Z
£96.95
1030 x 840 x 850
950 x 760 x 700
52
1200 kg
ZMP02Z
£195.20
1230 x 1040 x 900
1150 x 960 x 750
82
600 kg
ZMP03Z
£249.95
1040 x 1230 x 900
960 x 1150 x 750
90
1700 kg
ZMP04Z
£279.95
Wire Mesh Pallets
shelving & storage
Foldable for Easy Storage Bright Zinc Plated Wire ● Half Drop Gate ● Easily Cleaned ● Subject to availability ● ●
ZMP13X External Size W x D x H mm 830 x 530 x 550 1030 x 840 x 850 1230 x 1040 x 900
With Wooden Pallet Capacity Model Price 800 kg ZMP13X £117.95 1700 kg ZMP14X £123.95
With 4 x 125mm Castors Capacity Model Price 450 kg ZMP21Y £104.95 ZMP22Y £152.95 500 kg ZMP23Y £166.95 ZMP24Y £174.95
ZMP21Y
Pallet staCKiNG sYsteM Loaded pallets can be removed without affecting those above The pallets sit neatly on a framework, with sockets at each corner housing removable posts ● Special sizes are available on request ● ●
Pallet Removable Capacity Size Post Height kg mm mm
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200
4 x 750
1220
4 x 750
1372
4 x 750
Dimension between Weight kg Stubposts mm
Model
Price
34
GPS31Z £230.10
35
GPS41Z £237.80
1524
37
GPS51Z £242.95
4 x 750
1200
35
GPS32Z £232.15
4 x 750
1372
36
GPS42Z £235.70
37
GPS52Z £243.50
635 x 1300
735 x 1300
4 x 750
1524
3 x 750
1677
39
GPS62Z £251.85
3 x 750
1829
40
GPS72Z £259.05
106
Price
Manufactured Manufacture d
059_059 05/01/2012 17:23 Page 1
Pallet Stacking Systems Manufactured Manufacture d
METAL PALLETS Available in 2 Colours: Blue Red Please specify colour when ordering Upright posts & base frame constructed in rolled Steel angle section, base of sheet Steel ● Available with sides & base infilled with sheet Steel or 50 x 50 x 10 gauge mesh ● Available with half drop gate ● Stackable up to 5 high ● Ground clearance 152 mm ● Load Capacity: 1000kg ● ●
Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 915 x 915 x 609 Weight kg Model Price
Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 1220 x 915 x 609 Weight kg Model Price
Post Pallet 27
PP02Z
£140.85
38
PP03Z
£171.90
47
PP04Z
£196.60
£299.00
73
BP04Z
£322.15
£327.45
73
BP04ZH
£354.75
£265.45
53
MP04Z
£305.40
53
MP04ZH
£337.80
Box Pallet 52
BP02Z
£278.10
60
BP03Z
Box Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side 52
BP02ZH
£306.90
60
BP03ZH Mesh Pallet
36
MP02Z
£218.60
46
MP03Z
Mesh Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side 36
MP02ZH
£247.00
46
MP03ZH
£294.10
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
5000kg
BRP12Z
2 x BRP01Z Internal Size L x W mm
4 x BRP01Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
620 x 400
700 x 480 x 610
19
BRP01Z
£200.15
920 x 400
1000 x 480 x 610
22
BRP02Z
£203.00
620 x 520
700 x 600 x 610
22
BRP11Z
£204.15
920 x 520
1000 x 600 x 610
24
BRP12Z
£207.10
BAR PALLETS A versatile & flexible bar storage system of an all welded construction, stacks 5 high ● Load capacity of 1000kg per unit, max 5000kg ●
107
Shelving & Storage
Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 915 x 609 x 609 Weight kg Model Price
060_060 05/01/2012 17:24 Page 1
Storage Racks GVR20
£440.60
Manufactured Manufacture d
Both of these units are fitted with Compartment Bars to stop smaller sheets from sliding between compartments
GVR15
£209.55
Shelving & Storage
GVR15
VERTICAL SHEET RACK
VERTICAL SHEET RACK
No of Sections 3
Manufactured Manufacture d
Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 310mm ● Flat Steel base to accept sheet Metal ●
Fully welded construction ● Distance between support bars: 230mm ●
Overall Size H x L x W mm 900 x 860 x 860
GVR20
Weight kg 20
●
Model
Price
GVR15
£209.55
Overall Size H x L x W mm 1245 x 1100 x 970
No of Sections 3
Weight kg 53
Model
Price
GVR20
£440.60
Max Load
5000kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
HSR01Z
Max Load
5000kg HSR01Z
PHR24Z
PHR24Z
£1006.80
£1191.90
PIGEON HOLE BAR RACK
SHEET RACKS
Supplied fully assembled Fully welded upright frames joined by bolted lateral separators & braces ● Provide dense storage capability for bars, rods, tubes, strip or angle material ● Must be fitted on a level floor
Provide Horizontal & Vertical storage for your sheet materials ● Fully welded construction ● Distance between horizontal support bars: 250mm Accepts sheets of up to 1250 x 2500mm
●
●
●
Overall Size H x L x W mm 1860 x 2490 x 1100
108
No of Sections 15
Weight kg 185
Model
Price
Horizontal
Overall Size H x L x W mm 1210 x 2600 x 1360
PHR24Z
£1006.80
Vertical
1360 x 2600 x 1210
Description
No of Sections 4
Weight kg 440
HSR01Z £1191.90
440
VSR01Z £1309.90
Model
Price
061_061 05/01/2012 17:25 Page 1
Storage Racks
GVR24
Manufactured Manufacture d
£287.05
GVR01 GVR24
VERTICAL SHEET RACK
●
Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 250mm ● Pre-drilled for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied)
●
●
●
Overall Size H x L x W mm 1500 x 600 x 1200 1500 x 600 x 1800 1500 x 600 x 2400
No of Sections 4 6 8
Weight kg 70 100 120
Model
Price
GVR24 GVR26 GVR28
£287.05 £353.95 £427.70
Bolted & welded construction Overall Size: 2120L x 1240W x 1530H mm ● Flatpack Size: 1240L x 1530W x 120H mm For use with Sheet Size
Opening mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
21/2 m x 11/2 m
150
140
GVR01
£825.35
GVR31
£299.20
GSR34
SHEET RACKING
GVR31
Manufactured Manufacture d
Fully welded construction Distance between uprights: 160mm ● Intermediate floor bracing for supporting the sheet materials ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
VARIABLE HEIGHT SHEET RACK Fully welded construction ● Distance between uprights: 160mm ● 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm ●
Overall Size H x L x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000 x 1400 x 800
70
GVR31
£299.20
Overall Size H x L x W mm 1050 x 2040 x 1200 1050 x 2040 x 1400 1050 x 2040 x 1600 1050 x 2040 x 1800 1050 x 2040 x 2000 1050 x 2040 x 2200 1050 x 2040 x 2400
No of Bays 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Weight kg 135 160 180 200 215 235 255
Model
Price
GSR34 GSR35 GSR36 GSR37 GSR38 GSR39 GSR40
£681.95 £811.90 £955.30 £1091.55 £1270.00 £1432.90 £1573.00
109
Shelving & Storage
VERTICAL STORAGE RACK
062_062 05/01/2012 17:26 Page 1
Storage Racks CANTILEVER RACKING Fully welded construction Load Capacity per arm: 200kg ● Each arm has end stops to prevent items falling off ● Load heavy materials at base ● ●
GCR110
£693.65
Manufactured Manufacture d
GCR110
Overall Size L x D x H mm Parallel Arms 2580 x 610 x 2100 Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 2580 x 1100 x 2100 Increase Length by 1225mm per bay Tapered Arms 2580 x 650 x 2030 Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 2580 x 1190 x 2030 Increase Length by 1225mm per bay
Description
Shelving & Storage
GCR120
Single Sided - 2 Bay Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Double Sided - 2 Bay Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Single Sided - 2 Bay Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Double Sided - 2 Bay Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays
Weight kg
Model
Price
106 38 143 51
GCR110 GCR111 GCR210 GCR211
£693.65 £313.30 £865.75 £412.95
93 34 125 44
GCR120 GCR121 GCR220 GCR221
£757.20 £355.15 £807.95 £410.40
Manufactured Manufacture d
2 x GSR11
2 x GSR62 GSR61
BAR STORAGE RACKS Tiers per unit: 6 ● Units have a floor fixing facility for stability ● Load heavy materials at base
350kg 350kg
●
Overall Size L x D x H mm 680 x 680 x 1910 1270 x 680 x 1910
110
Type Single Double
Weight kg 45 55
400kg 850kg 950kg 1100kg Load Capacity Per Arm Model
Price
GSR61 GSR62
£284.70 £416.50
GSR01
HEAVY DUTY BAR STORAGE RACKS Load Capacity per arm: 1000kg Space between arms: 250mm ● Units have a floor fixing facility for stability ● Load heavy materials at base ● ●
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1150 x 575 x 1500
Tiers per unit 5
1150 x 575 x 1870
6
1150 x 1000 x 1500
5
1150 x 1000 x 1870
6
Type Single Double
Weight kg 40
GSR01 £393.55
60
GSR02 £440.35
50
GSR11 £485.65
80
GSR12 £525.70
Model
Price
063_063 05/01/2012 17:29 Page 1
Hazardous Storage Units HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE CUPBOARDS “No Snag” handles with 2 point locking mechanism Adjustable spill retaining shelves for spill management ● Integral liquid tight sump catches any spillages ● These units enable separate storage of hazardous substances ● Manufactured from 0.7mm Steel body & 0.9mm Steel doors ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
EFC02Z
FROM ONLY
£115.80
Shelving & Storage
ESS02Z EFC16Z
Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Doors Shelves
Model
Extra Galvanised Shelves to Suit
Price
Stands to Suit
Model
Price
Model
Price
350 x 300 x 700
1
1
EFC01Z
£115.80
EES01Z
£16.65
ESS01Z
£62.35
460 x 460 x 900
1
1
EFC02Z
£136.45
EES02Z
£20.80
ESS02Z
£62.35
EES08Z
£27.05
ESS08Z
£69.65
EES16Z
£31.20
-
-
900 x 460 x 900
1
2
EFC05Z
£175.25
900 x 460 x 1800
3
2
EFC08Z
£260.55
1200 x 460 x 1800
3
2
EFC16Z
£307.15
THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT
HEAVY DUTY HAZARDOUS STORAGE CUPBOARDS Manufactured from 0.9mm sheet Steel with formed & welded seams Supplied with removable Galvanised sump tray THESE CABINETS ● Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels CAN HELP YOU to prevent distortion COMPLY WITH ● Produced with return flange around doors & COSHH joints to prevent the passage of flame REGULATIONS, ● Fitted with security locks & two keys DEPENDING ON ● Removable Galvanised, self colour shelf YOUR RISK ● Shelves can be used as flush shelves or as a ASSESSMENT tray & are adjustable to 75mm centres ● Locks & handles are all metal to eliminate melting under fire attack ● Stove enamel Yellow ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d HSC03Z
HSC05Z
Overall Size WxDxH 458 x 483 x 915
No of Shelves 1
610 x 306 x 610
1
915 x 483 x 915 915 x 483 x 1830
HSC02Z
HSC08Z Model
Price
Single
Weight kg 27
HSC02Z
£239.95
Double
18
HSC03Z
£248.50
2
Double
50
HSC05Z
£331.45
3
Double
83
HSC08Z
£555.45
Doors
111
064_064 05/01/2012 17:28 Page 1
Heavy Duty Storage Units HEAVY DUTY STorAgE CAbinETS gEnErAL SPECiFiCATion A robustly constructed range of cabinets providing safe storage for Flammable Liquids ● Manufactured from 1.2mm sheet Steel for extra strength & improved protection from fire penetration ● Base of each unit is fitted with a large capacity removable sump to contain any spillage ● Designed to comply with Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & Health & Safety Guidance notes HSG51 & CS19 ● Comply with Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No. 1 Parts 3 & 4 ● All formed welded seams ● Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion ● Produced with return flange around doors & joints to prevent the passage of flame ● Fitted with all metal security locks & two keys ● Adjustable Galvanised shelves to 75mm centres. Shelves are also reversible which allows them to be used as a tray ● Floor stands are available for the five smallest sizes, raising the units by 450 mm ●
HEAVY DUTY CAbinETS Made from 1.2mm Sheet Steel
FROM
Shelving & Storage
£285.50
FSC Range
HigHLY FLAMMAbLE STorAgE CAbinETS Finished in stove enamel yellow Supplied with appropriate labels to BS5378 standard ● All other details as per general specification above ● ●
ACiD STorAgE CAbinETS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Supplied with the Acid warning label conforming to BS5378 & 92/58 EEC ● Stove enamel carcase with the shelves & sump tray finished in White Polyester powder coating which is impervious to most Acids & Alkalis ● All other details as per general specification above ●
ASC Range
112
Shelf Sump Depth Capacity (as a tray)
Acid
No of Shelves
*458 x 483 x 765
1
38mm
14 litres
Single
25
FSC01Z £285.50 ASC01Z £304.10
*458 x 483 x 915
1
38mm
14 litres
Single
35
FSC02Z £319.55 ASC02Z £338.10
*610 x 306 x 610
1
24mm
12 litres Double
23
FSC03Z £305.30 ASC03Z £323.85
*915 x 483 x 710
1
34mm
33 litres Double
45
FSC04Z £397.15 ASC04Z £415.70
*915 x 483 x 915
2
34mm
33 litres Double
55
FSC05Z £459.10 ASC05Z £477.65
915 x 483 x 1220
2
34mm
33 litres Double
65
FSC06Z £510.65 ASC06Z £529.45
915 x 483 x 1500
3
34mm
33 litres Double
80
FSC07Z £625.85 ASC07Z £644.40
915 x 483 x 1830
3
34mm
33 litres Double
100
FSC08Z £698.85 ASC08Z £717.40
Doors
*Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes)
Weight kg
Highly Flammable
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
FSC09Z £129.50 ASC09Z £144.75
065_065 05/01/2012 17:28 Page 1
Heavy Duty Storage Units
Manufactured Manufacture d
HeaVy DUty caBinetS made from 1.2mm Sheet Steel PSC Range
SaFety note
●
●
Health & Safety Inspector
●
Trading Standards Officers
Shelving & Storage
Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance. GSC Range
Environmental Health Officers ●
Fire Officers
FROM
£281.75
General StoraGe caBinetS
Finished in stove enamel Grey Supplied complete with general purpose labelling ● All other details as per General Specification ● ●
The base of each unit is fitted with skids to prevent deterioration ● Finished in Grey stove enamel & labelled to comply with regulations ● The flanged lid is fitted with a Hasp & Staple for locking & is supplied with a removable 100mm liquid tight drip tray ●
peSticiDe / aGrocHemical caBinetS Finished in stove enamel Red For the safety of the users the doors of the cabinets are fitted with louvre vents ● Supplied with the currently approved labels to BS5378 & EEC directive 92/58 ● All other details as per General Specification ● ●
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Shelf No of Sump Depth Shelves Capacity (as a tray)
Doors
Weight kg
General Model
Price
Pesticide / Agrochemical Model
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
625 x 335 x 508
32
GSB10Z
£337.45
610 x 610 x 610
34
GSB20Z
£469.25
1220 x 610 x 610
70
GSB30Z
£604.40
Price
*458 x 483 x 765
1
38mm
14 litres
Single
25
GSC01Z £281.75 PSC01Z £304.10
*458 x 483 x 915
1
38mm
14 litres
Single
35
GSC02Z £315.75 PSC02Z £338.10
*610 x 306 x 610
1
24mm
12 litres Double
23
GSC03Z £301.60 PSC03Z £323.85
*915 x 483 x 710
1
34mm
33 litres Double
45
GSC04Z £393.35 PSC04Z £415.70
*915 x 483 x 915
2
34mm
33 litres Double
55
GSC05Z £455.40 PSC05Z £477.65
915 x 483 x 1220
2
34mm
33 litres Double
65
GSC06Z £507.00 PSC06Z £529.20
915 x 483 x 1500
3
34mm
33 litres Double
80
GSC07Z £622.10 PSC07Z £644.40
915 x 483 x 1830
3
34mm
33 litres Double
100
GSC08Z £695.15 PSC08Z £717.40
*Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes)
General StoraGe Flat top BinS
GSC09Z £129.50 PSC09Z £144.75
113
066_066 05/01/2012 17:27 Page 1
heavy Duty Storage units Storage caBINet Lockable handle on double doors Manufactured Manufacture d Clear space between shelves: 550 top & 540 bottom shelf ● Two removable storage shelves of 25 x 25mm mesh, 1115W x 520D mm ● Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 ● The adjustable vent meets the requirements of both Flammable Storage (vent closed) & Agrochemicals (vent open) ● All welded unit conforming to the A.P.E.A. construction requirements ● The unit provides a half hour protection from collapse & the passage of flame ● ●
SSC01Z
£872.20
N.B - a Fork lift will be needed to unload this unit Overall Size W x D x H mm 1125 x 560 x 1535
Base Unit Capacity 85 Litre
Weight kg 120
Model
Price
SSC01Z
£872.20
SSC01Z
Petroleum cuPBoarD Suitable for “CLASS A” storage (1986) & labelled in accordance with Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928, conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC. ● All welded units designed & constructed to comply with A.P.E.A. requirements ● Fitted with 150mm deep leak proof sump ● Doors fitted with vapour seal & locking handle ● Shelves within the unit are adjustable to 75mm centres ● Complete with a floor stand (with fixed shelf at 310mm) which raises the cupboard by 610mm from the ground
Shelving & Storage
●
N.B - a Fork lift will be needed to unload these units
FROM
£761.60
SSC02Z Overall Size W x D x H mm 1220 x 610 x 1220 915 x 560 x 1219 915 x 560 x 915 915 x 560 x 762 610 x 560 x 915 610 x 560 x 762
Manufactured Manufacture d
No of Shelves 2 2 2 1 2 1
Weight kg 201 104 80 71 53 47
Model
Price
SSC07Z SSC02Z SSC03Z SSC04Z SSC05Z SSC06Z
£1038.65 £927.35 £875.70 £824.80 £821.70 £761.60
Petroleum Storage cheStS Suitable for ‘CLASS A’ Storage (1986) & labelled in accordance with the Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928, conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC ● Fully welded units designed & constructed to comply with A.P.E.A requirements ● Fitted with a hasp & staple to enable padlocking ● Produced with a sloping roof to aid protection against the weather ● Each unit is fitted with a removable sump ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
SSB10Z
114
Overall Size W x D x H front/rear mm 610 x 630 x 655/810
Weight kg 46
Capacity (Cubic Metres) 0.25
Model
Price
SSB09Z
£491.30
965 x 630 x 655/810
64
0.34
SSB10Z
£610.50
1270 x 630 x 655/810
85
0.40
SSB11Z
£722.55
067_067 05/01/2012 17:30 Page 1
Storage Vaults STORAGE VAULTS Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 ● Adjustable vent meets the requirements of both Flammable Storage (vents closed) & Agrochemicals (vents open) ● All welded units conforming to the A.P.E.A. Construction requirements ● Provide a half hour protection from collapse & the passage of flame ● Multi-lockable for high security & fitted with a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts ● For extra protection & fork lifting the units have skids on the base ● Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z & SSV02Z to enable larger items to be stored on the base level ● Model SSV03Z has a central partition & four shelves - the two middle shelves fold away & the two top shelves are made in 3 sections the back section is fixed in position & the front two sections removable ● All models have a liquid-tight base to contain spillage ●
SSV02Z
£1598.90
Shelving & Storage
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these vaults
Manufactured Manufacture d
SSV02Z
SSV01Z
SAFETy NOTE Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance. Health & Safety Inspector ● Trading Standards Officers ● Environmental Health Officers ● Fire Officers ●
SSV03Z
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Liquid Tight Sealed Base Unit Capacity
Shelves mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
700 x 850 x 1270
120 Litre
2 x Shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed Middle: 690 x 400 pivots
180
SSV01Z
£1135.55
1370 x 850 x 1270
250 Litre
2 x Shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots
260
SSV02Z
£1598.90
2500 x 1080 x 1270
550 Litre
4 x Shelves: 1220 x 500
460
SSV03Z
£2855.05
115
068_068 18/01/2012 16:52 Page 1
Heavy Duty Storage Units
TRB2
TUFFBANK
TRANSBANK
FB2
FLAMBANK
Ultra secure tool storage vaults designed to defeat the thieves ● Gas struts on all sizes to ease lifting the lid ● Internal 5 lever deadlock with serial numbers for replacement keys ● Optional castors available ●
Ensure you are compliant with this chem/flam safe ● Suitably sized for Jerry Cans (except TRB1) ● Fully comply to all regs for transporting fuel or chemicals ● Built to spec for half an hour fire rating ●
Shelving & Storage
TB2
Fully comply to all regs for the safe storage of chemicals & flammables ● Gas struts on all sizes to ease lifting the lid ● Internal 5 lever deadlock with serial numbers for replacement keys ● Built to spec for half an hour fire rating ●
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
420 x 410 x 350
14
TRB1
£134.29
985 x 540 x 475
45
TB1
£178.57
520 x 480 x 520
24
TRB2
£191.43
1275 x 675 x 665
85
TB2
685 x 480 x 520
29
TRB3
£227.14
1275 x 675 x 970
100
880 x 480 x 520
35
TRB4
£261.43
1275 x 675 x 1275
1280 x 480 x 520
50
TRB6
£357.14
1970 x 675 x 665
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
£350.00
985 x 540 x 475
TB3
£485.71
760 x 675 x 665
170
TBC4
£700.00
115
TB6
£600.00
Model
Price
45
FB1
£271.43
85
FB21
£378.57
1275 x 675 x 665
100
FB2
£457.14
1275 x 675 x 1275
170
FBC4
£785.71
NEW TC1.2 TSC3
TUFFSTOR CABINET
FLAMSTOR
Reliable secure storage cabinets for tools & equipment ● Adjustable shelving comes as standard ● Internal 5 lever deadlock with serial numbers for replacement keys ● Built to spec for half an hour fire rating
●
●
TUFFCAGE A robust & versatile cage Stackable, flat pack unit, which can easily be erected in minutes. NO removable parts ● Folds down to 180mm high when not in use ● Galvanised to sustain all weather conditions ● ●
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
500 x 530 x 950
50
TSC1
£255.71
800 x 580 x 1250
85
TSC2
£464.29
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1200 x 580 x 1550
150
TSC3
£821.43
1200 x 1200 x 1800
120
TC1.2
£714.29
116
FS2.0
Ultra secure walk in storage unit for larger quantities of hazardous substances ● Internal 5 lever deadlock with serial numbers for replacement keys ● Built to Order - can be made to your exact requirements ● Built to spec for half an hour fire rating Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1200 x 1200 x 2100
230
FS1.2
£1968.75
1200 x 1800 x 2100
310
FS1.8
£2400.00
2000 x 2000 x 2100
450
FS2.0
£3443.75
Larger units may incur additional carriage costs - CALL FOR DETAILS
069_069 06/01/2012 09:09 Page 1
Heavy Duty cabinets Heavy Duty, HigH Security Storage cabinetS All welded construction, designed to minimise intrusion Produced from heavy gauge material ● “Jemmy” Proof with built in security features ● Uses a 7 lever no tamper locking system with anti-pick levers ● Keys are individual to each unit ● CE Marked & Plated ● Hand or foot operated door opening system, prevent putting down what you are carrying to open a door on this cabinet ● The door handles & lock are recessed for security & there are no protuding parts to be damaged by passing equipment ● Cabinet can be moved without unloading. The shelves in the doors are positioned to prevent items stored on the interior shelves from falling off when the cabinet is moved ● Lifting eyes fitted on two door unit ● Stove Enamel Painted Yellow Finish Heavy Duty, ● ●
n.b. a Forklift will be needed to unload these units
SaFe in tHe knowLeDge your contentS are Secure
HigH Security Storage cabinetS
Manufactured Manufacture d
YSC01Z
£1222.20
image showing the foot mechanism showing how the door can be opened even if your hands are full!! Overall Size H x W x D mm 1560 x 1020 x 615 1610 x 1830 x 615
YSC01Z
Shelving & Storage
YSC01Z
YSC02Z
No of Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
180 275
YSC01Z YSC02Z
£1222.20 £1669.25
DeLuXe roLLer SHutter cabinetS
no DoorS in tHe way!
Robust Heavy Duty Construction ● Security Locking ● Ideal for many applications ● Available in two sizes, the smaller version is available as a mobile or static version ● Finished in stove enamel mid Grey ●
FROM
£951.90
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Shelves
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1020 x 490 x 1320
1 x Fixed
4 x 125 Cushion
90
RSC01Y
£951.90
1020 x 490 x 1320
1 x Fixed
-
90
RSC01Z
£951.90
-
160
RSC02Z £1108.70
1020 x 490 x 1835 4 x Removable
RSC02Z
RSC01Y
117
070_070 06/01/2012 09:07 Page 1
Hazardous Substance Safety Storage CABINET MODELS SSCOM1/2 & 3 ● Designed for the safe storage of small & large The window brings natural light into the container without creating high energy costs! Size: 600W x 800D mm Also available on LGE range on the opposite page Price: P.O.A.
quantities of hazardous, flammable or chemical liquids (powered extraction available as an accessory) ● Storage Area: 3 to 7.5m2
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
FROM
£3258.40
Shelving & Storage
£171.15
SSCOM1-L2-G (shelving & ramp are available as accessories) Internal view showing built-in shelving (see table below)
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
Model
SSCOM1-S
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Type of Door Position of Door
SSCOM1-L
SSCOM1-L2
SSCOM2-L
SSCOM2-L2
1420 x 2480 x 2460 2490 x 1420 x 2460 2480 x 1490 x 2460 2490 x 2420 x 2460 2490 x 2420 x 2460 1240 x 2240 x 2100 2240 x 1240 x 2100 2240 x 1240 x 2100 2240 x 2240 x 2100 2240 x 2240 x 2100 550 550 550 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1 Wing Door 1 Wing Door 2 Wing Doors 1 Wing Door 2 Wing Doors Short Side Long Side Long Side Long Side Long Side
Model: Galvanised Price
SSCOM1-S-G £3041.65
SSCOM1-L-G £3041.65
SSCOM1-L2-G £3258.40
SSCOM2-L-G £3535.30
SSCOM2-L2-G £3748.90
Model: Galvanised & Painted Price
SSCOM1-S-GP £3406.70
SSCOM1-L-GP £3406.70
SSCOM1-L2-GP £3637.95
SSCOM2-L-GP £4165.80
SSCOM2-L2-GP £4385.65
Model
SSCOM3-S
SSCOM3-L
SSCOM3-L2
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Type of Door Position of Door
2490 x 3420 x 2460 3420 x 2490 x 2460 3420 x 2490 x 2460 2240 x 3240 x 2100 3240 x 2240 x 2100 3240 x 2240 x 2100 1500 1500 1500 1000 1000 1000 1 Wing Door 1 Wing Door 2 Wing Doors Short Side Long Side Long Side
Model: Galvanised Price
SSCOM3-S-G £4871.00
SSCOM3-L-G £4871.00
SSCOM3-L2-G £5047.30
Model: Galvanised & Painted Price
SSCOM3-S-GP £5648.75
SSCOM3-L-GP £5648.75
SSCOM3-L2-GP £5827.15
118
BUILT-IN SHELVING ●
For safe & secure storage of a range of small & large containers & canisters Model
Size: W x D mm 1000 x 500 2000 x 500 Grid Shelves mm 3 x 1000 3 x 2000 Model: Price
SSSHELF-1 SSSHELF-2 £171.15 £317.35
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
071_071 10/01/2012 10:29 Page 1
Hazardous Substance Safety Storage CABINET MODELS SSLGE1/2/3 & 4 Large Hazardous Substance Safety Storage Cabinets meet many storage requirements ● Available in heat insulated versions & can be fitted with a range of accessories ● Storage Area: 10 to 17m2 ●
This container highlights the extensive storage space all our containers offer Windows are also available. For full details see the previous page
£7806.55
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Model SSLGE4-L2 can be painted in the colour of your choice (at a surcharge)
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured Manufacture d Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
Model
SSLGE1-S2
SSLGE1-L2
SSLGE2-S2
SSLGE2-L2
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Type of Door Position of Door
2490 x 4420 x 2460 2240 x 4240 x 2100 1900 1000 2 Wing Doors Short Side
4420 x 2490 x 2460 4240 x 2240 x 2100 1900 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
2990 x 4420 x 2460 2740 x 4240 x 2100 2400 1000 2 Wing Doors Short Side
4420 x 2990 x 2460 4240 x 2740 x 2100 2400 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
Model: Galvanised Price
SSLGE1-S2-G £5483.90
SSLGE1-L2-G £5483.90
SSLGE2-S2-G £6344.60
SSLGE2-L2-G £6344.60
Model: Galvanised & Painted Price
SSLGE1-S2-GP £6215.00
SSLGE1-L2-GP £6215.00
SSLGE2-S2-GP £7013.50
SSLGE2-L2-GP £7013.50
Model
SSLGE3-S2
SSLGE3-L2
SSLGE4-S2
SSLGE4-L2
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Type of Door Position of Door
2490 x 6420 x 2460 2240 x 6240 x 2100 2900 1000 2 Wing Doors Short Side
6420 x 2490 x 2460 6240 x 2240 x 2100 2900 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
2990 x 6420 x 2460 2740 x 6240 x 2100 3500 1000 2 Wing Doors Short Side
6420 x 2990 x 2460 6240 x 2740 x 2100 3500 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
Model: Galvanised Price
SSLGE3-S2-G £7150.40
SSLGE3-L2-G £7150.40
SSLGE4-S2-G £7765.95
SSLGE4-L2-G £7765.95
Model: Galvanised & Painted Price
SSLGE3-S2-GP £7806.55
SSLGE3-L2-GP £7806.55
SSLGE4-S2-GP £8597.85
SSLGE4-L2-GP £8597.85
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
119
Shelving & Storage
SSLGE3-L2-GP (shelving & ramp are available as accessories)
072_072 06/01/2012 09:05 Page 1
Heavy Duty Storage Units STORAGE SHELTERS Curved roof & drainage gutters on a firm & heavy gauge skeletal framework of bolted components ● Available with either Galvanised sheet cladding or skeletal doors ●
BSUG2Z
£2367.95
(Galvanised sheet is swaged to generate a robust finish to withstand the rigours of industrial requirements)
Galvanised sheet roofs for maximum security ● Bolt down facility is incorporated in all units. Fixings & locks not supplied ●
BSUG2Z
Shelving & Storage
Manufactured Manufacture d N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections
BSUS1Z Description Storage Unit - Skeletal Doors Storage Unit - Galvanised Doors
Overall Size L x W x H mm 2600 x 2480 x 2230 2600 x 2480 x 2230
Weight kg 395 435
Model
Price
BSUS1Z BSUG2Z
£2228.70 £2367.95
GENERAL STORAGE UNIT Weatherproof for outside storage ● Constructed from box frame with clad Galvanised sheet ● Optional steel benches fit neatly around all 3 sides ● Chequer plate flooring to offer greater grip ● Padlockable dual sliding doors for ease of access (padlock not included) ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Spill Tray
Bench
WCG01Z, 2 x WCG02Z Benches & 1 x WCG03Z Spill Tray
120
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
Overall Size Weight Model Price L x W x H mm kg General Storage Unit - with Chequer Plate Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360 850 WCG01Z £3369.75 Bench (priced individually) 1990 x 500 x 960 62 WCG02Z £277.80 Spill Tray (priced individually) - Capacity - 48 Litres 1990 x 500 x 50 WCG03Z £93.15
073_073 06/01/2012 09:04 Page 1
Security Cages SCS03Z fitted with SCS003
SCS04Z fitted with SCS001
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
500kg
Shelving & Storage
SCG02S
SCG01Z
Ideal for SeCure Storage of both hazardouS & valuable materIalS FROM
£387.65 SeCurItY CageS All welded units constructed from Steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh ● Units are load tested & CE certified ● Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) ● Cranage Eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the Cranage Eyes, we recommend using a spreader) ● A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted optional extra ● Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm Nylon 2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height) ● Two finishes available: Stove Enamel Yellow or Galvanised body with Stove Enamel Yellow doors ●
SCS04Z
Stove Enamel Yellow
Galvanised - Yellow Doors
Shelf to suit Factory Fitted (one per unit)
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
700 x 700 x 880
690 x 690 x 790
37
SCS01Z
£387.65
SCS01S £424.85
SCG01Z
£417.25
SCG01S
£454.45
-
-
1400 x 700 x 880
1380 x 690 x 790
52
SCS02Z
£627.40
SCS02S £664.60
SCG02Z
£672.00
SCG02S
£709.15
-
-
700 x 700 x 1680
690 x 690 x 1585
55
SCS03Z
£660.10
SCS03S £697.35
SCG03Z
£704.15
SCG03S
£741.30
SCS003
£53.10
1400 x 700 x 1680
1380 x 690 x 1585
110
SCS04Z £1008.65 SCS04S £1044.90 SCG04Z £1124.05 SCG04S £1161.25
SCS004
£89.25
2070 x 700 x 1680
2040 x 690 x 1585
124
SCS05Z £1218.00 SCS05S £1255.15 SCG05Z £1354.10 SCG05S £1391.35
SCS005
£118.30
SCS001
£40.75
Static
Mobile Model
Price
Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted
Static
Mobile
121
074_074 06/01/2012 09:03 Page 1
Security Cages
Manufactured Manufacture d FROM
£334.15 Max Load
Shelving & Storage
500kg
SCB06Z SCB01Z
SCB05Z
SECURITY CAGES All welded units constructed from Steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh ● Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) ● Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials ● Blue powder coat finish ● Optional Hazardous Chemical sign available - see page 121 for details ●
122
SCB02Z
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
700 x 700 x 830
690 x 690 x 790
37
SCB01Z
£334.15
1400 x 700 x 830
1380 x 690 x 790
52
SCB02Z
£559.80
700 x 700 x 1630
690 x 690 x 1585
55
SCB03Z
£593.85
700 x 1000 x 1630
690 x 990 x 1585
58
SCB06Z
£664.15
1400 x 700 x 1630
1380 x 690 x 1585
110
SCB04Z
£901.00
1400 x 1000 x 1630
1380 x 990 x 1585
113
SCB07Z
£975.95
2070 x 700 x 1630
2040 x 690 x 1585
124
SCB05Z
£1134.45
2070 x 1000 x 1630
2040 x 990 x 1585
127
SCB08Z
£1195.00
075_075 06/01/2012 09:01 Page 1
Security Cages SECURITY CAGE WITH LIFT UP LID Fully welded construction ● Hinged lift up lid is assisted by gas struts ● When the lid is shut the front doors will not open leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit ● Units have a Hasp & Staple padlock facility (padlock not included) ● Incorporates 2 fork lift pockets ● Optional Hazardous Chemical sign available see page 121 for details ●
GBC12Z
£762.15
Manufactured Manufacture d
Shelving & Storage
GBC12Z Overall Size W x D x H mm 1260 x 1260 x 830
Internal Height mm 710
Weight kg 150
Model
Price
GBC12Z
£762.15
1860 x 1260 x 1250
1130
180
GBC18Z
£969.35
GBC12Z N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit
LOCK UP SECURITY CAGE Manufactured from 50 x 50mm Mesh Panels & Galvanised Roof ● This unit is supplied fully constructed ● Complete with a Hasp & Staple locking facility (padlock not supplied) ●
GLC12Z
£978.65 Manufactured Manufacture d
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit Overall Size Weight Model Price W x D x H mm kg 1580 x 1175 x 1910 100 GLC12Z £978.65 2700 x 1175 x 1910
150
GLC15Z
£1404.35
3160 x 1175 x 1910
160
GLC18Z
£1452.20
123
076_076 06/01/2012 08:59 Page 1
Mini & Maxi Boxes AVAILABLE EX-STOCK
Shelving & Storage
ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE
●
●
●
These modular mesh storage boxes come with a roof & padlockable single or double doors Suitable for the safe storage of hazardous materials & ISO 9000 segregation of materials All boxes have a nominal height of 2230mm
Boxes
Width mm
Depth mm
Mini Box No. 1
1200
1200
Maxi Box No. 1 Maxi Box No. 2 Maxi Box No. 3 Maxi Box No. 4 Maxi Box No. 5
2250 2250 2250 2250 2250
1200 2400 3600 4800 6000
Finish
Model
Price
Hot Dip Galvanised
F36300608
£1032.34
Grey - RAL 7037
F36300601
£809.21
Hot Dip Galvanised
F36300508
£1370.05
Grey - RAL 7037
F36300501
£1070.83
Hot Dip Galvanised
F36300408
£1915.57
Grey - RAL 7037
F36300401
£1479.60
Hot Dip Galvanised
F36300308
£2460.95
Grey - RAL 7037
F36300301
£1888.38
Hot Dip Galvanised
F36300208
£3006.39
Grey - RAL 7037
F36300201
£2297.15
Hot Dip Galvanised
F36300108
£3551.84
Grey - RAL 7037
F36300101
£2705.93
PRICES HELD
Site Survey, CAD Design & Installation Service Available 124
077 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 10:54 Page 1
site safety & Premises For all your Premises maNaGemeNT Needs... PPE Equipment 126 to 129 Security Seals 130 Key Storage 131 Safes 132 Fire Extinguishers 133 Safety Signs 134 to 143 Floor Marking & Matting 144 to 147 Posts & Barriers 148 to 155 Rack Netting 156 & 157 Traffic Management 158 to 162 Ramps 162 & 163 Mirrors & Decoy CCTV 164 Shelters & Stores 165 to 175 Dock Systems 175 to 177 Hose Reels 178
High security electronic key safe ● Suitable for domestic, commercial & industrial use ● Hardened Steel body for complete protection ● Weather resistant Suitable for outdoor use - Rated IP44 ● Multiple programme options: 1 master code, 12 user codes & 8 one-time entry codes ● Automatic locking when closed ● Features low battery warning light & access in the event of battery failure ● First key safe to attain ‘Sold Secure’ key cabinet Silver rating ●
Posts & Barriers Pages 148 to 155
External Size H x W x D mm 119 x 85 x 35
Model
Price
5460D
£206.30
125
078_078 06/01/2012 09:21 Page 1
PPE Equipment SAFETY TOP CAP ● ●
●
●
Comply to EN-812 Protective baseball cap style bump cap increases wearer acceptability The low dome profile of the cap allows it to be worn with other safety protection such as ear plugs, spectacles, goggles & respiratory masks 2 Colour Options available: Black Blue please specify when ordering
Site Safety & Premises
Mk 2 SAFETY HELMET ● ●
Model
Price
ABG000
£18.95
Mk 3 SAFETY HELMET
Comply to EN-397 ● Impact-resistant Polyethylene 6 Colour Options available: Yellow Orange White Green Red Blue
● ●
please specify when ordering
● Padded sweatband Comply to EN-397 6 Colour Options available: Yellow Orange White Green Red Blue
please specify when ordering
AHC110
AHB010
SAFETY GOGGLES ●
Description
Model
Price
Mk 2 Safety Helmet Mk 3 Safety Helmet
AHB010 AHC110
£20.73 £22.52
EAR DEFENDERS
Comply to EN-166 - 1.F
●
Comply to EN-352 - 1
●
SNR=28
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Stealth 7000 Specs
ASA430
£5.36
Sound Stopper Foldmuff
AEA240
£25.89
126
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
079_079 06/01/2012 09:20 Page 1
Fall Arrest FALL ARREST - FULL BODY HARNESSES PIONEER S ● ●
PIONEER DS24
Comply to EN-361 Fully adjustable shoulder & leg straps with rear attachment
● ●
●
HARNESS & LANYARD KIT
Comply to EN-361 & EN-358 Fully adjustable, wide work position belt & front, rear & side attachment points for increased safety Incorporates 2 lateral D rings for attaching lanyards
●
●
Complete Kit consisting of a rear attachment harness (FA8050) & a 1.75m energy absorbing lanyard The screw gate, karabiner & scaffold hook are contained in a handy rucksack
Site Safety & Premises
FULLY ADJUSTABLE SHOULDER & LEG STRAPS FOR INCREASED SAFETY & COMFORT OVER LONG PERIODS Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
FA8050
£67.86
FA8065
£152.61
FA9901
£192.82
KARABINER ● ● ●
EXPANDING LANYARD
18mm gate opening Comply to EN-362 Pack of 6
● ●
2m Length Comply to EN-355/2
Model
Price (pk of 6)
Model
Price
FA8210
£79.64
FA8150
£98.25
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
127
080_080 06/01/2012 09:19 Page 1
Workwear & Footwear PIQUE POLO SHIRT ●
CLASSIC SWEATSHIRT
Available in: White, Black, Navy, Royal, Red, Bottle Green, Heather Grey, Sky, Maroon & Yellow ● 200gsm - 50% Polyester & 50% Cotton ● Reactive dyed ● Knitted raised collar & raised cuffs ● Taped neck ● Side vents ● 3 self coloured button placket
●
Available in: White, Black, Navy, Royal, Red, Bottle Green, Heather Grey, Sky, Maroon & Yellow ● 300gsm - 50% Polyester & 50% Cotton ● Reactive dyed ● Set in sleeve ● Lycra ribbed cuffs, welt & neck ● Twin needle stitching at neck, shoulders, armholes & sleeves
NEW
NEW
XS
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
XS
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
34
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
34
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
Model
Price
Model
Price
UC109
£9.46
UC203
£15.18
Site Safety & Premises
CLASSIC FULL ZIP FLEECE
CARGO TROUSER
Available in: Black, Navy, Royal, Red & Bottle Green ● 300gsm - 100% Polyester ● Twin needle stitching ● Elasticated cuffs ● Full self coloured zip with zip puller ● 2 self coloured covered zipped pockets with zip pullers ● Elasticated pull cords & toggles ● Hanger loop inside neck ● Cadet style collar ● Half moon yoke
●
Available in: Black & Navy, 245gsm - 65% Polyester & 30% Cotton ● Flat front with sewn-in front crease ● 2 side & 2 rear pockets with velcro straps ● 2 thigh pockets with velcro straps ● Twin hook & bar fastenings at waist ● Twin belt loop reinforced for extra strength ● Wide belt loops ● Available in 28” to 52” ● ●
NEW
XS
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
34
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
NEW
Model
Price
Model
Price
UC604
£20.18
UC902
£20.18
FOOTWEAR - 200 JOULES TOE CAP PROTECTION SAFETy SHOE ●
SAFETy CHUkkA BOOT
Anti-static with absorbent heels
●
RIGGER BOOT
Anti-static with absorbent heels & Steel midsoles
●
Anti-static with absorbent heels, Steel midsoles & cold insulated
Model
Sizes
Price
Model
Sizes
Price
Model
Sizes
Price
B506-BLK
5 to 13
£30.54
B414-BLK
5 to 13
£28.39
G831-BRN
6 to 12
£46.25
128
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
081_081 06/01/2012 09:18 Page 1
High Visibility Clothing SLEEVELESS WAISTCOAT POLO SHIRT
LONG SLEEVE WAISTCOAT
Available in: Yellow & Orange EN471 specification: Class 2 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC Directive ● 100% Polyester ● 2 band & brace ● 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body
Available in: Yellow 250gsm - 100% Polyester pique knit fabric ● 3 button Placket ● Hemmed sleeve & bottom ● 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body & 1 over each shoulder
Available in: Yellow & Orange EN471 specification: Class 2 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC Directive ● 100% Polyester ● 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body & 1 over each shoulder ● Velcro fastening
●
●
●
●
●
●
NEW
NEW
NEW
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
XS
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
34
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
34
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
UC801
£4.64
UC805
£18.04
UC802
£8.04
BOMBER JACKET
ROAD SAFETY JACKET
TROUSER
●
Available in: Yellow & Orange EN471 specification: Class 3 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC Directive ● Outer fabric 300 Denier 100% Polyester PU coated ● Padded & lined with a hood with draw cord under the collar ● 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body
●
Available in: Yellow & Orange EN471 specification: Class 3 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC Directive ● Outer fabric 300 Denier 100% Polyester PU coated ● Padded & lined with a hood with draw cord under the collar ● 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body
●
●
●
●
NEW
NEW
Available in: Yellow EN471 specification: Class 1 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC Directive ● 300 Denier 100% Polyester PU coated ● 2 front pockets ● Fully elasticated waist & adjustable ankle
NEW
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
UC804
£32.32
UC803
£35.00
UC807
£15.00
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
129
Site Safety & Premises
XS
082_082 06/01/2012 09:17 Page 1
Security Seals TWINLOCK Fixed loop design seal with double locking mechanism Ideal for securing vehicle doors ● Temperature range -20C to 80C ● Strap Size: 203.5L x 8.5W mm ● Strap Thickness: 1.4mm ● Break strength of 15kg ● ●
NEW
Quantity 1000
Red Model
Blue Price
Model
Green Price
Model
Yellow
Price
Model
Price
TWR10Z £99.45 TWB10Z £99.45 TWG10Z £99.45 TWY10Z £99.45
RIBLOCK Band type ribbed seal with tear off option & protected teeth on both sides to prevent incorrect insertion ● Versatile seal that can be used in variety of applications such as cash bags & security containers etc ●
Site Safety & Premises
NEW
Quantity
Red Blue
1000
Strap Length: 300mm
Strap Width mm
Colour
5.5
Green Yellow
Model
Price
RLR030
£125.45
RLB030
£125.45
RLG030
£125.45
RLY030
£125.45
CLINILOCK - Printed to your specification Sequential serial number, customer name &/or telephone number printed on the strap ● Highly versatile, can be used in a wide range of applications eg sealing bags, tidying cables etc ● Each bag of seals is labelled in duplicate to allow one part to be removed & recorded ● Provides a complete audit trail - can be tracked to the primary source ●
NEW
Quantity 10,000
Colour
Strap Width mm
Yellow
4.8
Black
Strap Length: 200mm
Strap Length: 250mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
CLY20Z
£580.70
CLY25Z
£614.00
CLB20Z
£497.15
-
-
ALULOCK A heavy duty seal made from Steel aircraft cable that is CT-PAT compliant & conforms to ISO17712 ● Can be used to secure any large doors & containers ● Upon cutting, the cable is designed to splay to prevent rejoining ●
NEW
Quantity
Colour Red
1000
Blue Red Blue
130
Strap Width mm 1.5 2.5
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Strap Length: 300mm Model
Price
ALR153
£768.20
ALB153
£768.20
ALR253
£893.60
ALB253
£893.60
083_083 06/01/2012 09:16 Page 1
Key Storage SYSTEM KEY CABINETS - THE ToTaL SoLuTIon foR THE SToRagE of kEyS Pressed Steel construction (1.5mm thick body & door) Removable control index for added security (except KC020) ● Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths ● Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars ● Supplied with security camlock c/w 2 keys ● Combination or Electronic locks available - Call for Details ● ●
Model
Price
20 Keys
Overall Size H x W x D mm 260 x 185 x 80
KC020
£62.00
30 Keys
305 x 215 x 80
KC030
£81.00
35 Keys
320 x 245 x 80
KC035
£90.00
48 Keys
355 x 300 x 80
KC048
£147.00
Capacity
64 Keys
450 x 300 x 80
KC064
£200.00
100 Keys
550 x 380 x 80
KC100
£243.00
150 Keys
550 x 380 x 140
KC150
£394.00
200 Keys
550 x 380 x 140
KC200
£447.00
PRICES HELD
‘KEY VAULT’ SECURITY KEY CABINETS Fabricated Steel construction (2.5mm thick body & 3mm door) Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths ● Removable control index for added security ● Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars ● Supplied with Euro profile security deadlock lock c/w 2 keys ● Combination or Electronic locks available - Call for Details
●
●
Price
KV030
£99.00
48 Keys
355 x 300 x 80
KV048
£168.00
100 Keys
550 x 380 x 80
KV100
£301.00
200 Keys
550 x 380 x 140
KV200
£495.00
400 Keys
550 x 730 x 140
KV400
£826.00
600 Keys
550 x 730 x 205
KV600
£1010.00
48 Bunches
355 x 300 x 140
KVD048
£199.00
100 Bunches
550 x 380 x 140
KVD100
£357.00
200 Bunches
550 x 730 x 140
KVD200
£592.00
Site Safety & Premises
Model
30 Keys
Overall Size H x W x D mm 305 x 230 x 70
Capacity
PRICES HELD
KEY STORAGE BOXES
MASTERLOCK KEY STORAGE BOX
●
10,000 possible codes Can be used as a mini safe ● Aluminium construction to resist corrosion ● Ideal for maintenance teams, cleaning service employees, construction workers etc
●
●
●
4000 possible codes Can be used as a mini safe ● Zinc body to resist against hammering or sawing ● Weather Resistant - suitable for outdoor use ● Ideal for domestic & commercial applications
Fu r t h e r ke sto ra g e y se pa g e 5 e 15
External Size H x W x D mm 119 x 85 x 35
Model
Price
5401D
£27.70
146 x 105 x 50
5403D
£35.90
External Size H x W x D mm 140 x 102 x 75
Model
Price
5412D
£41.30
131
084_084 23/01/2012 10:30 Page 1
Cash Safes & Security Cabinets MINI VAULT Ideal in the office or at home 4mm solid body with 8mm thick solid Steel door ● Insurance rated for £3000 cash or £30,000 valuables ● 2 Locking options: Double bitted key lock or easy to use programmable digital keypad with dual user function ● Access to the power source is via a front panel ● Registration system to prevent lockout situation ● Can be fixed to a wall or floor (fixings supplied) ● ●
IDEAL FOR KEEPING CASH OR VALUABLES Key Locking
Electronic Locking
External Size H x W x D mm
Internal Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
250 x 374 x 274
240 x 354 x 210
0
22
MV0K
£170.00
MV0ZE
£211.00
294 x 374 x 325
282 x 354 x 260
1
29
MV1K
£196.00
MV1ZE
£237.00
532 x 374 x 425
522 x 354 x 360
2
52
MV2K
£283.00
MV2ZE
£324.00
STEEL STOR Ideal in commercial applications for the safe keeping of large, bulky & valuable items ● Insurance rated for £3000 cash or £30,000 valuables ● Independently tested & certified for 30 minutes protection from burglary attack (FG Test) ● 4mm solid Steel body & door with a heavy duty 3-way locking mechanism & continuous ‘dog bar’ to protect hinge edge for maximum security ● VdS approved double bitted 8 lever safe lock & 2 keys. Combination & electronic locking available - Call for Details ● Complete with adjustable shelves & clip on door boxes
Site Safety & Premises
●
Price includes delivery & fixing to a ground floor location (UK Mainland only). An additional charge will apply for deliveries above or below ground floor. External Size H x W x D mm 600 x 540 x 400
Internal Size H x W x D mm 565 x 520 x 320
No of Shelves 1
No of Boxes 2
Weight kg 67
1000 x 600 x 450
965 x 580 x 370
2
3
1490 x 540 x 400
1455 x 520 x 320
3
3
1600 x 600 x 450
1565 x 580 x 370
3
1600 x 600 x 700
1565 x 580 x 620
1800 x 850 x 700
1765 x 830 x 620
Model
Price
SFSC060
£560.00
154
SFSC100
£875.00
158
SFSC149D
£895.00
4
192
SFSC160
£1060.00
4
4
235
SFSC160D
£1320.00
4
8
302
SFSC180D
£1455.00
FIRE STOR For the safe storage of paper documents & valuables Independently tested to EN-14450 S1 by VdS test house ● 3-way locking mechanism & continuous ‘dog bar’ to protect the hinge edge for maximum security ● Insurance rated for £2000 cash or £20,000 valuables ● CEN/VdS approved double bitted 8 lever safe lock & 2 keys ● Filled with fire resistant material to DIN4102 ● Options available - Call for Details ●
30 MINUTE PROTECTION AT 750o
●
Price includes delivery & fixing to a ground floor location (UK Mainland only). An additional charge will apply for deliveries above or below ground floor.
132
External Size H x W x D mm 860 x 600 x 520
Internal Size H x W x D mm 690 x 490 x 405
No of Shelves 1
Capacity Lever Arch Files 12
Weight kg 95
Model
Price
FS1023S1
£990.00
1220 x 600 x 520
1050 x 490 x 405
2
18
120
FS1022S1
£1135.00
1580 x 600 x 520
1410 x 490 x 405
3
24
145
FS1021S1
£1240.00
1950 x 930 x 520
1780 x 820 x 405
4
50
215
FS1020S1
£1800.00
1950 x 1200 x 520 1780 x 1090 x 405
4
65
245
FS1024S1
£2085.00
085_085 06/01/2012 09:13 Page 1
Fire Equipment
PRICES HELD ALL PRODUCTS
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
MAINTENANCE, INSTALL, FIRE RISK ASSESSMENTS & TRAINING AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS Description
Capacity
Fire Rating
Model
Price
Carbon Dioxide
2 kg
55 B
CD2/3
£59.95
5 kg
70 B
CD5/2
£79.50
2 Litre
8 A : 55 B
FSP2/1
£32.50
6 Litre
21 A : 183 B
F6/1
£38.50
9 Litre
27 A : 233 B
F9/1
£44.95
1 kg
5 A : 55 B
P1/1
£18.90
2 kg
13 A : 89 B
P2/1
£29.95
4 kg
27 A : 183 B
P4/1
£52.50
6 kg
43 A : 233 B
P6/1
£52.50
9 kg
55 A : 233 B
P9/1
£58.50
6 Litre
21 A
W6/1
£47.00
9 Litre
21 A
W9/1
£43.50
AFF Foam
ABC Powder
Water
ALL EXTINGUISHERS ARE APPROVED TO BS EN 3
Fire Risks
Water
Freely burning materials: Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.
✔
AFF Foam
ABC Powder
✔
✔ ✔
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Flammable Gases Electrical Hazards
SMOKE DETECTOR
FIRE BLANKET ●
✔
1.2 x 1.2 m red rigid container for wall mounting
Optical sensor 10 year battery ● 85 dB alarm ●
CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR
●
Sensitivity 30ppm ● 85 dB alarm ●
●
FIRE BUCKET & LID High density Polypropylene bucket with handle & lid
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
FB12
£16.95
SDT
£19.50
CMD
£29.95
FBK
£19.95
EXTINGUISHER STANDS SITE ALARMS
MOBILE FIRE POINT
Robust moulded Polyethylene ● High impact & chemical resistant
●
●
Rotary Hand Bell diecast Aluminium, 60dB at 30 metres ● Evacuator Alarm 118dB siren, 5 units can be linked ●
EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
Mild Steel construction Holds two extinguishers ● Can be wall, floor or post mounted & a fire bucket (not ● Corrosion resistant included) Polyethylene ● The MFBRHB is fitted with a rotary bell ●
No. Held
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
No. Held
Model
Price
1
ESS
£32.50
Hand Bell
RHB
£33.75
Trolley
MFB
£70.00
1
ECS
£59.50
2
ESD
£41.50
Evacuator Alarm
ESA
£75.00
Trolley with Bell
MFBRHB
£96.50
2
ECD
£79.50
133
Site Safety & Premises
Flammable Liquids: Petrol, Oil, Fats, Paints etc.
Carbon Dioxide
086_086 06/01/2012 09:12 Page 1
Safety Signs PROHIBITION SIGNS Smoking area Please keep this area tidy and discard cigarette ends in bins provided
PRS01
Do not use mobile phones
PRS02
PRS03
PRS04
PRS05
No dogs
No entry
Site Safety & Premises
except guide dogs
PRS06
PRS07
PRS08
NO FOULING
PRS09
PRS10
PRS11
PRS12
PRS13
PRS14
PRS15
PRS16
PRS17
PRS18
PRS19
PRS20
PRS21
PRS22
PRS23
PRS24
Smoking area PRS25
PRS26
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRS27
PRS28
Model
Size
See Below Illustrations
A5 - 210 x 148 A4 - 297 x 210
PHOTOLUMINESCENT SIGNS
PLS01
PLS02
PRS29
PLS03
PLS09
PLS10 150 x 150 or 200 x 200 mm
PLS11
PRS30
1.2mm Drilled Rigid Plastic £5.70 £12.95
LOWER PRICES
PLS04
PLS05
PLS12
PLS13
PLS06
Delivery charge for pages 134 to 137 Order Value
Charge
up to £250.00 Over £250.00
£8.00 Carriage Call for details
For delivery to one address within the UK Mainland
PLS07
PLS08
75 x 600 or 100 x 200 mm
200 x 200 mm
PLS15
PLS16
PLS14
280 x 90 mm
100 x 100 mm Overall Size H x W mm
134
LOWER PRICES
Self-Adhesive Vinyl £3.65 £8.75
150 x 300 or 150 x 450 mm
300 x 250 or 400 x 300 mm
QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE WORKPLACE
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
150 x 300
£8.85
£13.30
150 x 450
£12.95
£15.90
75 x 600
£9.60
£14.00
100 x 200
£4.90
£6.35
100 x 100
£3.10
£4.10
200 x 200
£8.50
£11.95
300 x 250
£10.75
£14.40
400 x 300
£18.90
£23.50
150 x 150
£6.00
£7.10
280 x 90
£9.25
£13.55
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
087_087 06/01/2012 09:38 Page 1
Safety Signs
FOR CARRIAGE CHARGES SEE PAGE 134
FIRE EXIT & EMERGENCY SIGNS
FES01
FES02
FES03
FES04
FES05
100 x 100 mm
150 x 150 mm
150 x 150 mm
100 x 100 mm
100 x 100 mm
FES06
FES07
FES08
FES09
FES10
FES11
FES15
FES16
FES17
FES21
FES22
FES23
150 x 450 mm
FES12
FES13
FES14 150 x 450 mm
FES19
FES20 150 x 450 mm
FES24
FES25
FES26
150 x 450 mm
FES30
FES31
FES27
FES28
FES29
200 x 400 mm
150 x 450 mm
300 x 600 mm
FES33
FES34
FES32
FES35
50 x 100 mm
Fire alarm
Fire alarm call point Fire alarm
FES41
FES42
FES36
FES37
FES38
FES43
Fire hose reel
Fire extinguisher
FES44
In case of emergency break glass
Fire point
FES45
FES46
100 x 200 mm
300 x 250 mm
Manufactured Manufacture d FES47
FES48
FES49
150 x 450 mm
50 x 250 mm
FES50
Water
Do not use on: Wood, paper and textiles. Do not use on: Flammable metal fires.
FES52
FES53
FES54 280 x 90 mm
FES55
LOWER PRICES
50 x 100 mm
FES56
FES39 210 x 148 or 297 x 210 mm
Overall Size H x W mm 50 x 100 50 x 250 100 x 100 100 x 200 150 x 150 150 x 450 200 x 400 210 x 148 280 x 90 297 x 210 300 x 250 300 x 600
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
Self-Adhesive Vinyl £1.85 £3.30 £1.95 £3.35 £2.50 £6.15 £6.95 £3.65 £2.80 £8.75 £6.75 £13.60
1.2mm Rigid Plastic £3.40 £4.70 £2.55 £4.60 £4.60 £8.45 £10.15 £5.70 £4.65 £12.95 £11.55 £19.05
135
Site Safety & Premises
FES18
088_088 06/01/2012 09:37 Page 1
Safety Signs
FOR CARRIAGE CHARGES SEE PAGE 134
HAZARD SIGNS
HZS01
HZS02
HZS03
HZS04
HZS05
HZS06
HZS07
HZS08
HZS14
HZS15
HZS16
Danger of death
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
Caution Hot water HZS09
HZS10
HZS11
HZS12
HZS13
Site Safety & Premises
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
HZS17
HZS18
HZS19
Danger
Danger
Danger
Hot
Live wires
Mind your head
HZS20
HZS21
HZS22
HZS23
HZS24
HZS30
HZS31
HZS32
HZS38
HZS39
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
Danger
Danger
Danger
Overhead hazard
Trip hazard
Very hot water
HZS25
HZS26
HZS27
HZS28
HZS29
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
Warning HZS33
Warning
Warning
Beware of step
Low temperatures
Mind your head
HZS34
HZS35
HZS36
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
HZS37 A3 - 420 x 297 mm
A4 - 297 x 210 mm
QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE WORKPLACE
Size
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
136
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
A5 - 210 x 148 A4 - 297 x 210 A3 - 420 x 297
Self-Adhesive Vinyl £3.65 £8.75 £9.85
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOWER PRICES 1.2mm Rigid Plastic £5.70 £12.95 £16.60
089_089 06/01/2012 09:36 Page 1
Safety Signs
FOR CARRIAGE CHARGES SEE PAGE 134
MANDATORY SIGNS
Ear protectors must be worn in this area
MAS01
MAS09
MAS02
MAS03
MAS10
MAS11
MAS04
MAS05
Stack correctly
Wear boots
MAS12
MAS13
MAS06
MAS07
MAS08
MAS14
MAS15
MAS16
MAS23
MAS24
Wear safety harness
MAS17
MAS18
MAS19
MAS21
MAS22
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size H x W mm
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
300 x 250
£6.75
£11.55
LOWER PRICES Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
MANDATORY SIGNS
Keep off MAS25
MAS26
MAS27
MAS28
MAS29
MAS30
MAS31
MAS32
MAS38
MAS39
MAS40
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
MAS33
MAS34
MAS35
MAS36
MAS37
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOWER PRICES
Self-Adhesive Vinyl £3.65 £8.75
1.2mm Rigid Plastic £5.70 £12.95
Employees only
MAS41
MAS42
A4 - 297 x 210 or A5 - 210 x 148 mm
Model
Size
See Below Illustrations
A5 - 210 x 148 A4 - 297 x 210
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
137
Site Safety & Premises
QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE WORKPLACE
MAS20
090_090 06/01/2012 09:34 Page 1
identification & labelling magnetic & self-adhesive ticKet holdeRs
magnetic & self-adhesive label holdeRs Instant Identification Steel Racking or Shelving ● Supplied complete with White Card ● Protective transparent PVC strip is also supplied with each holder ● Easy to update & cut to size ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Manufactured Manufacture d
Pull forward front allows easy loading & updating ● Magnetic fixing is suitable for cold stores ●
Label Holder Profiles
60
magnetic
50
Height Length mm mm
40
site safety & Premises
15
20
25
30
15
20
25
30
self adhesive
15
30
50
Model
Price
100
ML18
£30.60
80
Height in mm
Height Length mm mm
Pack Size
40
Pack Size
Model
80
100
AL18
£37.50
1000
10
AL1/10
£29.40
80
100
AL38
£51.00
Price
1000
10
AL3/10
£39.90
80
100
AL58
£63.00
1000
10
AL5/10
£46.50
50
60
500
20
ML150
£39.60
50,000
50M Roll
MLR1
£133.80
80
100
ML28X
£34.80
scan YoUR baRcodes thRoUgh the Plastic fRont
Ticket Holder Profiles 80 Height in mm
54
38 25
● * White Card Included Self-Adhesive
Magnetic
500
20
ML250X
£44.10
50,000
50M Roll
MLR2X
£145.20
Overall Size H x W mm
Pack Size
Model
Price
Model
Price
80
100
ML28
£37.80
25 x 100
100
TS210*
£38.70
TS210M*
£68.10
500
20
ML250
£47.10
50,000
50M Roll
MLR2
£151.50
80
100
ML38
£42.00
500
20
ML350
£51.60
50,000
50M Roll
MLR3
£160.80
80
100
ML48
500
20
5000
5M Roll
25 x 200
50
TS220*
£36.90
TS220M*
£54.00
25 x 1000
10
TS25/10*
£30.30
TS25M/10*
£47.10
25 x 2000
10
TS25/20
£45.00
TS25M/20
£74.10
38 x 100
100
TS310*
£42.00
TS310M*
£72.00
£55.50
38 x 200
50
TS320*
£39.60
TS320M*
£57.90
ML450
£64.80
38 x 1000
10
TS38/10*
£34.80
TS38M/10*
£53.10
MLR4/5
£33.90
38 x 2000
10
TS38/20
£52.50
TS38M/20
£85.80
10,000
10M Roll MLR4/10 £67.80
54 x 100
100
TS510*
£58.20
TS510M*
£85.50
50,000
50M Roll
MLR4
£195.00
54 x 200
50
TS520*
£52.50
TS520M*
£76.80
80
100
ML58
£68.40
500
20
ML550
£83.70
54 x 1000
10
TS54/10*
£50.10
TS54M/10*
£75.00
50,000
50M Roll
MLR5
£225.60
54 x 2000
10
TS54/20
£85.50
TS54M/20
£126.30
100
100
ML610
£78.90
80 x 100
100
TS810*
£63.00
TS810M*
£92.10
200
50
ML620
£77.40
80 x 200
50
TS820*
£58.80
TS820M*
£84.00
500
20
ML650
£91.80
80 x 1000
10
TS80/10
£54.90
TS80M/10
£78.60
1000
10
ML6/10
£91.80
80 x 2000
10
TS80/20
£101.40
TS80M/20
£135.90
WaRehoUse infoRmation labels
beam & shelf location code labelling
High quality custom made location code labels produced quickly & efficiently ● They can incorporate Manufactured Manufacture d alpha-numeric codes, directional arrows, check digits & barcodes ● Black text on White or yel Yellow background ● Installation service available - Call For Details ● High visibility individual weight loading labels suitable Manufactured Manufacture d for both racking & shelving ● Available in magnetic or self-adhesive & printed black on Yellow or White background. Please state colour required. *Print may appear on two lines ● Minimum order value of £25.00 ●
Self Adhesive
Magnetic
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
25 x 200
BL23
£0.87
BL23M
£1.44
50 x 300
BL53
£1.41
BL53M
£2.73
70 x 300
*BL73
£2.04
*BL73M
£3.63
90 x 300
*BL93
£2.46
*BL93M
£4.53
138
091_091 06/01/2012 09:32 Page 1
Identification & Labelling AISLE MARKERS
BAY MARKERS
High visibility aisle markers manufactured in rigid Styrene in White or Yellow with Black letters (Model AM4 is only available in Yellow) ● Prices include printing
●
●
High visibility magnetic or self-adhesive bay markers ● Offers clear identification ● Simple & easy to use - no drilling required ● Available in single or double digit sizes
AM1 AM1F (state left or right hand side)
AM2 Please note characters are supplied separately & can be fitted to the front or back of each marker
NEW
AM1T AM3
Overall Size W x H mm 167 x 260 - Single Digit
Fixing Magnetic
Price
BM1
£15.90
310 x 260 - Double Digits
BM2
£22.50
167 x 260 - Single Digit
BA1
£15.90
310 x 260 - Double Digits
BA2
£22.50
Individual Characters
F8
£2.34
MAGNETIC & SELF-ADHESIVE TICKET POUCHES Three information pockets manufactured in tough PVC Available in either magnetic or self-adhesive fixing ● The label can be easily inserted behind the transparent cover holding the label firmly in place ● ● AM4
AM6 Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
95 x 160 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits
AM1
£6.30
95 x 130 - Self-adhesive - up to 3 x 60mm Digits
AM1F
£6.80
As above but with Magnetic Flange
AM1FM
£7.20
95 x 130 - Self-adhesive - up to 3 x 60mm Digits
AM1T
£10.80
As above but with Magnetic Flange
AM1TM
£12.30
220 x 270 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits
AM2
£12.30
MAGNETIC
220 x 450 - up to 3 x 180mm Digits
AM3
£16.80
300 x 300 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits
AM3X
£13.50
Document Size Pack H x W mm
660 x 343 - up to 1 x 500mm Digit
AM4
£18.00
600 x 600 - up to 1 x 450mm Digit
AM6
£45.30
Manufactured Manufacture d
SELF-ADHESIVE Model
Price
Document Size Pack H x W mm
Model
Price
30 x 100
100
MP310
£59.40
30 x 100
100 SAP310 £53.40
60 x 100
100
MP610
£82.20
60 x 100
100 SAP610 £59.10
60 x 140
100
MP614
£94.20
60 x 140
100 SAP614 £66.00
RING TAGS Identification handling plates which are suitable for wire shelving & cages etc ● Supplied plain for writing on, alternatively printed labels available separately printed to your design - Call for Details ● When ordering RT2/1 or RT2/2 please specify the digits you require ● RT2/1 - Single Digit ● RT2/2 - Two Digits ●
Overall Size H x W mm 35 x 80 45 x 150 70 x 200
Description
50 Supplied Blank
110 x 160 220 x 270
Pack Quantity
1 x 190Hmm Printed Digit 2 x 190Hmm Printed Digit
Model
Price
RT38
£44.40
RT415
£55.80
25
RT72
£42.90
10
RT1116 £21.30
1
RT2/1
£10.50
RT2/2
£14.10
Manufactured Manufacture d
139
Site Safety & Premises
Self-Adhesive
Model
092_092 06/01/2012 09:31 Page 1
Identification & Labelling FRAMES4DOCS Frame any sign, chart or document in seconds ● Colour coded frames. Colours conform with British Safety Standards ● Self-adhesive or Magnetic fixings ● Ideal for displaying important messages in 5S & Lean Manufacturing ● Frames can be used vertically or horizontally ● Suitable throughout industry to display all types of literature, certificates & information. Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm thick ● 5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow Black ●
NEW
Self-adhesive frames have an aggressive adhesive that has been selected to adhere to most surfaces ● Magnetic frames have a very strong pull force & can be applied to any flat Steel surface. ●
Available as pack of the same colour or a mixed pack of 2 of each colours please specify when ordering
Site Safety & Premises
Offers 2 way viewing on glass surfaces
To Suit Documents
Quantity per Pack
A5 A4 A3
10
Magnetic Model Price MFD5/10 £44.10 MFD4/10 £54.60 MFD3/10 £83.10
Self-Adhesive Model Price SFD5/10 £42.60 SFD4/10 £52.80 SFD3/10 £81.00
DOCUMENT POCKETS
WRAP-A-ROUND POCKETS
Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape on reverse for permanent fixing ● Magnetic pockets for Steel cabinets or racking & shelving ● Manufactured in tough clear Polypropylene with welded edges, providing ample room for A3, A4, A5, A6 & A7 documents ● Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size which is supplied in packs of 100
●
●
Overall Size H x W mm 316 x 436 436 x 316 215 x 310 310 x 220 155 x 230 215 x 160 110 x 155 150 x 110 60 x 110 110 x 110 110 x 220
140
Self-Adhesive Model Price AP3H/10 £48.00 AP3V/10 £48.00 AP4H/10 £17.40 AP4V/10 £17.40 AP5H/10 £14.70 AP5V/10 £14.70 AP6H/10 £19.50 AP6V/10 £19.50 AP7H/100 £53.10 AP1111/10 £16.20 AP1122/10 £22.80
Three information pockets made from tough Plastic, with a Magnetic header that is designed to wrap around the mesh of an industrial cage or trolley handle
Manufactured Manufacture d Magnetic Model Price MP3H/10 £53.40 MP3V/10 £53.40 MP4H/10 £25.50 MP4V/10 £25.50 MP5H/10 £21.00 MP5V/10 £21.00 MP6H/10 £20.10 MP6V/10 £20.10 MP7H/100 £70.50 MP1111/10 £19.50 MP1122/10 £24.00
Manufactured Manufacture d
Size H x W mm 297 x 210 297 x 210 148 x 210 148 x 210 105 x 210 105 x 210
Type A4 Vertical A5 Horizontal A6 Horizontal
Pack
Model
Price
10 50 10 50 10 50
WRP4V/10 WRP4V/50 WRP5H/10 WRP5H/50 WRP6H/10 WRP6H/50
£38.40 £165.00 £31.80 £135.90 £28.50 £120.60
093_093 06/01/2012 09:29 Page 1
4
Identification & Labelling SELF-AdHESIvE NUMBERS & LETTERS Self-adhesive Vinyl labelling ● Black characters on Yellow backgrounds ● For applications in factories, warehouses & offices, etc ● Minimum order - 20 cards. ●
5
F1 9.5 x 6 mm
6
F2 12.5 x 8.5 mm
2
F3 19 x 14 mm
These can be mixed numbers, letters or sizes
●
Specify characters required
HR F4 38 x 21 mm
See table for quantity of characters per card
Cards of identical, individual peel-off numbers 0-9 or letters A-Z ● Easily applied - cleanly removed
●
F5 56 x 21 mm
Manufactured Manufacture d BIN NUMBERING
ALL PRODUCTS
STORES
INdIvIdUAL NUMBERS OR LETTERS: Black / Yellow
168 90
✓ ✓
36
✓
✓
12
✓
12
✓
6
✓
5
✓
1
✓
Arrows
Model
Price
F1
£0.93
F2
£0.93
F3
£0.93
✓
F4
£0.93
✓
F5
£1.32
✓
F6
£1.80
F7
£2.34
F8
£2.34
F6 90 x 38 mm
Not illustrated F7 - 130 x 45 mm F8 - 230 x 145 mm
NEW
Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets with a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits ● 2 tile heights available, either 42mm high tile with a 39mm high digit or a 23mm high tile with a 17mm high digit ● The Black digits are available with a White or Yellow background ● High quality Gloss finish ●
Characters per Sheet
Tile Height mm
5 x 23456789, 10 x 1 & 11 x 0
43
1 x JKQWZY, 2 x BCDFGHLMOPVZ, 3 x AINRSTU & 4 x E 17 x 23456789 & 31 x 01
23
2 x XY, 3 x QW, 5 x KP, 6 x BH, 7 x DFGLV, 8 x CMSU 9 x RT, 12 x ANO, 21 x E, 4 x JZ & 16 x I
Colour - White
Colour - Yellow
Model
Price
Model
Price
M43MIXW/N
£18.30
M43MIXY/N
£18.30
M43MIXW/L
£18.30
M43MIXY/L
£18.30
M23MIXW/N
£18.30
M23MIXY/N
£18.30
M23MIXW/L
£18.30
M23MIXY/L
£18.30
MAGNETIC EASY-WIPE LOCATION MARKERS ●
White faced magnetic location markers
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
Use a wet wipe marker pen, wipe off
Size mm HxW 10 x 80 15 x 80 20 x 80 25 x 80 30 x 80 40 x 80 50 x 80 30 x 100 40 x 100 50 x 100
Pack size 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Model
Price
LM18 LM158 LM28 LM258 LM38 LM48 LM58 LM310 LM410 LM510
£9.00 £13.95 £20.40 £23.10 £26.40 £30.60 £39.00 £28.50 £38.40 £44.10
Size mm HxW 60 x 100 70 x 100 80 x 100 50 x 150 56 x 105 80 x 150 100 x 150 50 x 200 80 x 200 100 x 200 90 x 210
Pack size 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10
Model
Price
LM610 LM710 LM810 LM515 LM105 LM815 LM1015 LM520 LM820 LM1020 LM219
£57.60 £61.80 £66.30 £58.80 £53.40 £89.10 £102.00 £78.90 £114.00 £142.20 £15.90
141
Site Safety & Premises
MAGNETIC NUMBERS & LETTERS
Digits per card
094_094 06/01/2012 09:28 Page 1
Identification & Labelling EASY WIPE RACKING STRIP
RACKSACK
●
Write on - wipe off Adheres to any Steel racking ● Cut to suit any length required ● 5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow
●
●
●
White
Manage your warehouse waste To be hung onto 900/1100mm end frames of racking ● Quick & easy ‘S’ hook locator fixings ● Manufactured from tough woven Polyester ● Choice of 14 standard designs & specials are available - Call for Details
please specify when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d
20mm
PRICES HELD
90mm 30mm 70mm 50mm
Site Safety & Premises
Overall Size LxW 10m x 10mm
Model
Price
MSR1
£12.30
10m x 15mm
MSR15
£17.40
10m x 20mm
MSR2
£21.00
10m x 25mm
MSR25
£25.20
10m x 30mm
MSR3
£28.50
10m x 40mm
MSR4
£36.30
10m x 50mm
MSR5
£43.80
10m x 60mm
MSR6
£44.10
10m x 70mm
MSR7
£51.00
10m x 80mm
MSR8
£54.90
10m x 90mm
MSR9
£59.10
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Model
10m x 100mm
MSR10
£63.90
1000 x 920
RSB/1
£19.80
RSB/5
BLS1
SHELF/PALLET RACKING
BLS2
CANTILEVER RACKING
BLS3
Each sign can be supplied blank or printed at no extra charge, (Black printing only), colour printing extra - Call for Details
BLS1
Single Unit
Pack of 5
BLS3
Model
Price
£92.70 RSB/10 £173.70
BLS4
BLS2
Pack of 10
Price
BLS5
MEZZANINE FLOORS
DRIVE THRU’ RACKING
WEIGHT LOAD NOTICES ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
SHELF/PALLET RACKING
BLS4
BLS5
Overall Size H x W mm - 356 x 254
Overall Size H x W mm - 470 x 350
£12.00 £12.00 £12.00 £12.00
£14.25
MAGNETIC SELF-ADHESIVE STRIP ● ●
● Cut to suit any length Makes anything magnetic Mount items onto Steel structures without the need for drilling
MAKE ANYTHING MAGNETIC IN SECONDS 142
Overall Size H x W mm 13mm x 30m
Pack Size 1
Model
Price
MSSA/13
£63.30
20mm x 10m
1
MSSA/20
£33.60
50mm x 10m
1
MSSA/50
£52.50
095_095 06/01/2012 09:26 Page 1
Identification & Labelling FLOOR GRAPHIC MARKERS ● Bold Text Graphic floor signs - 430mm diameter Designed to withstand the everyday traffic in a warehouse ● High visibility ● Independently tested for slip resistance ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
FM01
FM02
FM03
FM04
FM05
FM06
FM13
FM14
FM15
FM16
FM17
FM18
FM19
FM20
FM21
FM22
Model
Price
See Above Illustrations
£17.40
FLOOR SIGNALS
FLOOR IDENTIFICATION MARKERS
●
Manufactured from tough PVC Easy solution for marking up in your warehouse ● Mark walkways, forklift routes & pallet positions ● Designed to withstand everyday traffic in a warehouse ● 5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow Black
●
●
●
High visibility floor markers - 190mm diameter Designed to withstand everyday traffic in a warehouse ● Bay or aisle identification
Site Safety & Premises
please specify when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d
Manufactured Manufacture d
‘T’ Floor Signal
Overall Size H x W mm 200 x 300
Pack Size 10
Description
Model
Price
FS/T
£13.20
‘L’ Floor Signal
200 x 200
10
FS/L
£13.20
‘+’ Floor Signal
300 x 300
10
FS/+
£19.20
‘O’ Floor Signal
90 dia.
100
FS/O
£30.60
‘O’ Floor Signal
90 x 90
100
FS/A
£30.60
‘A TO Z’ & ‘0 TO 25’ AVAILABLE Model
Price
FMC/State Character or Digit
£4.65
FLOOR LOCATION LABELS High visibility floor location labels Printed to a design to suit your requirements ● Bold Black text on a Yellow or White background ● ●
CONTACT OUR SALES OFFICE FOR YOUR QUANTITY, SIZE, TEXT & BARCODE REQUIREMENTS
Manufactured Manufacture d
143
096_096 06/01/2012 09:25 Page 1
Impact Protection & Floor Marking PROLine TAPE - SELF ADHESIVE FLOOR MARKING TAPE
PROLine PAINT MARKING SYSTEMS
Floor marking tape for internal surfaces ● Ideal for demarcation of aisles, traffic ways, pedestrian routes etc ● Can be removed from most surfaces without leaving residue ● Tape Length: 33M
●
Site Safety & Premises
PRICES HELD 50 x 33mm
75 x 33mm
Description
Colour
Tape Marking Set 1 x TAPELiner 2 x Rolls of ProLine Tape 1 x Trimming Knife Marker Line & Chalk
White
261.15.202 £155.10 261.19.212 £159.60
Yellow
261.17.297 £155.10 261.18.900 £159.60
Blue
261.14.977 £155.10 261.16.487 £159.60
Red
261.15.660 £155.10 261.16.560 £159.60
Green
261.19.541 £155.10 261.17.656 £159.60
Orange
261.17.130 £155.10 261.13.748 £159.60
Model
Price
TAPELiner (marker with trimming Knife) Description
50mm Wide Model
White
261.16.606
Yellow
261.13.796
Blue
261.19.771
Red
261.13.752
Green
261.18.249
Orange
261.16.322
Price 2 off £4.60 6 off £4.10 12 off £3.70
Model
Floor marking paint for internal & external use Will adhere to concrete, asphalt, tarmac, metal, tiles etc ● Quick drying - can be walked on in minutes ● 750ml can will do a 50mm wide line for 50 to 90M approx ● EnvironmEntally friEndly ● Not to be used on sealed floors ● Conforms to the latest EU Regulations ●
●
Price
261.16.528 £134.10
LOWER PRICES Description
Colour
Paint Marking Set - 1 PROLiner Applicator, 2 Cans of Paint, Marker Line & Chalk
White
260.11.610 £152.00
Yellow
260.10.795 £152.00
75mm Wide Model 261.18.798 261.15.989
2 off £7.00 6 off £6.30 12 off £5.60
260.10.174 £114.00
ROADLiner Applicator for 100 to 130mm Lines
260.10.383 £159.50
HANDLiner Applicator for Hand Use
260.10.347
£30.90
PROLine Chalk Marker Line
260.11.543
£16.40
Chalk Refill (for marker line above)
260.11.117
£4.20
Price per Can
Model
White
260.11.745
Green
260.11.015
261.18.826 2 off £7.25 261.15.954 2 off £10.80 Yellow & Black (laminated) 261.17.941 6 off £6.45 261.13.438 6 off £9.70
Yellow
260.11.089
Orange
261.17.886
Green & White (laminated) 261.17.310 12 off £5.80 261.19.066 12 off £8.70
Red
261.16.655 261.17.531
Red & White (laminated)
Colour
Price per Can
Colour
261.18.675
Price
PROLiner Applicator for 50 to 75mm Lines
Price
261.16.619
Model
Model
Paint Cans
Blue
1 off £14.40 6 off £12.55 260.12.531 12 off £11.80 24 off £10.95 261.12.976
Grey Black
1 off £14.40 6 off £12.55 260.11.057 12 off £11.80 24 off £10.95 260.11.954
TRAFFIC LINE - IMPACT PROTECTION Manufactured in flexible, age-resistant foam which is free from CFC’s & Silicones ● Ideal for Interior or Exterior use ● Simply cut to size on site with a knife or fine toothed saw ● Provide both visual warning & safety cushioning ● Protect protruding edges in your warehouse or goods in area ● UV resistant signal colours according to DIN 4844 o o ● Temperature resistant from -40 c to +90 c ● Easy to install to dust & grease free surfaces ● Other colours / profiles available - Call for details ●
Description
Length mm
Sectional View
Self-Adhesive Model Price
Magnetic Model Price
Edge Protection Trapeze - 40/40 Self Adhesive Fitting
1000
422.14.275 £24.80 422.23.243 £27.80
Semi Circular - 40/40 Self Adhesive Fitting
1000
422.19.099 £24.80 422.20.276 £27.80 Surface Protection
Rectangle - 60/20 Self Adhesive Fitting
1000
422.19.912 £32.60 422.20.678 £35.70
Impact Protection (Push fit)
144
Trapeze - 40/40/8 Push On Fitting
1000
422.13.264 £22.80
-
-
Semi Circular - 40/40/8 Push On Fitting
1000
422.17.696 £22.80
-
-
097_097 06/01/2012 09:23 Page 1
Safety Tape & Safety Matting GRIP FOOT TAPE Hard wearing & easy to install Abrasive grip tape with self-adhesive backing ● Suitable for ladders, stairs, ramps, entrances etc
● ●
Description
Model
Price
Tape Rolls - 18.3m Long Black - 25mm wide
GF010001
£16.43
Black - 50mm wide
GF010002
£32.82
Blue - 50mm wide
GF020002
£37.53
Red - 50mm wide
GF030002
£37.53
Green - 50mm wide
GF040002
£37.53
Yellow - 50mm wide
GF070002
£37.53
GF120002
£37.53
GF130002
£37.53
Black - 102mm wide
GF010003
£65.65
Black - 152mm wide
GF010004
£98.47
Black/Yellow - 50mm wide
GF010702
£41.04
Red/White - 50mm wide
GF031002
£41.04
Luminous - 25mm wide
GF110001
£33.56
Luminous - 50mm wide
GF110002
£67.15
Luminous - 102mm wide
GF110003
£134.26
Black - 140mm x 140mm (Pack of 10)
GF010005
£10.62
Black - 152mm x 610mm (Pack of 10)
GF010006
£36.15
GF010006
Grip Tape Patches
GRIP FOOT CONFORMABLE
ALUMINIUM STAIR TREAD
● Quick & easy to install Abrasive grip tape with self-adhesive foiled backing to allow the tape to be rolled into shape ● Suitable for stairs or grid platforms ● Suitable for diamond tread plates, curved or ● Non-slip tape bonded to an Aluminium plate irregular surfaces & machinery or plant equipment
●
Description
Model
Price
Black - 50mm wide
GF010002C
£70.45
Black - 102mm wide
GF010003C
£133.13
Black - 152mm wide
GF010004C
£203.65
Tape Rolls - 18.3m Long
HELP PREVENT SLIPPING ACCIDENTS IN THE WORKPLACE Description
Model
Price
Black - 140mm x 140mm (Pack of 10)
GF010005C
£17.23
Black - 625mm x 114mm (Pack of 5)
GF010010
£140.73
Black - 152mm x 610mm (Pack of 10)
GF010006C
£70.51
Black/Yellow - 625mm x 114mm (Pack of 5)
GF010710
£140.73
Grip Tape Conformable Patches
FIRST STEP TAK MATS Manufactured from an anti-microbial agent Protect against the growth of bacteria & mould ● Disposable layers peel off to give a clean layer ● Adhesive backed pads stick directly to the floor ● ●
Description
Model
Price
White - 450mm x 1170mm (Pack of 4)
WC000004
£195.94
Blue - 450mm x 1170mm (Pack of 4)
WC020004
£195.94
Grey - 450mm x 1170mm (Pack of 4)
WC060004
£195.94
145
Site Safety & Premises
Clear - 50mm wide White - 50mm wide
GF010005
098_098 06/01/2012 09:45 Page 1
Safety Matting ORTHOMAT - ANTI FATIGUE Extremely comfortable standing surface Reduces fatigue from standing for long periods ● Pebble surface offers slip resistance ● Suitable for dry environments only ● Anti Fatigue - Charcoal or Grey Safety Fatigue - Charcoal with yellow borders ● Thickness: 9mm ● ●
Anti Fatigue
Safety Fatigue
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
600 x 900
AF-0001
£26.52
AF-0701
£28.42
900 x 1500
AF-0002
£53.38
AF-0702
£57.33
900 x 18,300
AF-0003
£559.42
AF-0703
£601.18
900 x Linear Metre
AF-0003C
£41.70
AF-0703C
£46.19
SOLID & OPEN FATIGUE STEP Premium quality anti-fatigue tiles Available with solid surface or holes for drainage ● Tiles interlink to provide coverage for any area size ● Suitable for wet or dry environments ● Optional Extras - Male & Female beveled edges in black or yellow tiles colour black ● Thickness: 19mm ●
Site Safety & Premises
●
Overall Size L x W mm
Solid Fatigue Step Model
Price
Open Fatigue Step Model
Price
900 x 900
ST-0001
£88.56
SS-0001
£88.56
Black Edging/Corner Female
SS010002F £14.90
SS010002F
£14.90
Black Edging/Corner Male
SS010002M £14.90 SS010002M £14.90
Yellow Edging/Corner Female
SS070002F £18.72
Yellow Edging/Corner Male
SS070002M £18.72 SS070002M £18.72
SS070002F
Solid
Open
£18.72
DECKPLATE PVC diamond surface offers wear resistance Foam backing relieves fatigue from standing ● Supplied complete with all round ramped edges ● Withstands demanding industrial applications ● Suitable for dry environments ● Deckplate - Black Safety Deckplate - Black with Yellow Borders ● Thickness: 14mm ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm
FLUTED ANTI FATIGUE Durable PVC fluted surface Foam back relieves operator fatigue ● Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat ● Thickness: 10mm ● ●
146
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 900
Model
Price
FA-0001
£38.14
900 x 1500
FA-0002
£81.31
900 x 3000
FA-0003
£152.51
Deckplate Model Price
Safety Deckplate Model Price
600 x 900
DP-0609
£91.86
SD-0701
£98.31
900 x 1500
DP-0915
£174.47
SD-0702
£190.36
900 x 3000
DP-0903
£345.81
SD-0703
£379.15
900 x 6000
DP-0906
£693.32
SD-0704
£756.79
099_099 06/01/2012 09:46 Page 1
Lo o ki n
COBAMAT STANDARD
Safety Matting
g
Fo r Ma c h i n e Steps & Wo r k P lat fo r m s See pa g es 422 to 425
Fights against operator fatigue Flame retardent to DIN 4102 ● Conforms to BIA anti-slip test ● Offers slip resistance in both directions ● Colours: Red, Black, Green or Blue ● Thickness: 12mm ● Hole Size: 22 x 22mm ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 10,000
Model
Price
CS-0610
£370.66
900 x 10,000
CS-0910
£556.03
1200 x 10,000
CS-1210
£741.34
Edging per linear metre
XS01
£7.15
Manufactured Manufacture d
COBAMAT INTER Easy to clean with detergent & a pressure cleaner Gives added cross grip in wet/oily areas ● Ideal for heavy duty applications ● Colours: Red, Black, Green or Blue ● Thickness: 12mm ● Hole Size: 30 x 10mm ●
●
Model
Price
CE-0610
£456.98
900 x 10,000
CE-0910
£685.36
1200 x 10,000
CE-1210
£913.97
Edging per linear metre
XE02
£7.15
WORKSTATION MAT Supplied with Yellow bevelled edge Cross ribbed to help prevent slipping in wet areas ● Ideal as a machine operatives mat ● Good resistance to the majority of oils & chemicals ● Thickness: 12mm ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 1200 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)
Model
Price
WS-0701
£75.61
1000 x 1500 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)
WS-0702 £142.09
1200 x 1800 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)
WS-0703 £194.58
600 x 1200 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)
WD-0701 £113.32
Manufactured Manufacture d
1000 x 1500 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size) WD-0702 £209.78 1200 x 1800 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size) WD-0703 £287.65
WORKSAFE MAT Manufactured from hard wearing Rubber Ideally suited to relieve operator fatigue ● Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat ● Unique underside design prevents the mat from slipping on the floor ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 900 x 1500 - Black
Model
Price
SW-0001
£111.68
900 x 1500 - Blue
SW-0002
£146.55
147
Site Safety & Premises
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 10,000
100_100 06/01/2012 09:47 Page 1
rope & Belt Barriers rOPe BArrIerS High quality polished Stainless Steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish ● The ropes are made from Polyester ● Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc ● 4 way connectivity ●
SHL01Z
SRL21R
meSSAge gOeS Here
Site Safety & Premises
SIgN BOArD - create your own message RSLS8Z
Description Sign Board
SPL11Z
POSTS & WALL HOOK Description Stainless Steel Post with Ball Head
SRL25B
SImPLY BuY YOur POST & ADD YOur rOPe TO meeT YOur reQuIremeNTS
YOur
SPL21Z
SRL22B
Post Size H x W mm 370 x 205
Model
Price
RSLS8Z
£49.95
rOPeS - with silver polished ‘Q’ hooks Post Size Model Price H x W mm 987 x 320 SPL11Z £74.95
Rope Colour Red
Rope Length mm 1500
Stainless Steel Post with Top Hat Head
935 x 320
SPL21Z £74.95
Blue
Wall Hook
-
SHL01Z £11.95
Black
Model
Price
SRL21R
£31.65
SRL22B
£31.65
SRL25B
£31.65
BeLT BArrIerS High quality polished Stainless Steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish ● Also available in Black coated Steel post (models RPLB4R, RPLB5B & RPLB6B) ● The 2m retractable belt is made from Nylon ● Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc ● Belt Size: 50mm High & 1800mm Length ● 3 way connectivity ●
PRICES HELD
Wall Mounted Belt Barrier RWLS9B
BeLT BArrIerS
Black Belt Barrier RPLB4R / RPLB5B / RPLB6B
Description Red Retractable Belt Barrier Blue Retractable Belt Barrier Black Retractable Belt Barrier
Black Model Price
Post Size H x W mm
Stainless Steel Model Price
RPLB4R £84.95 RPLS1R £84.95 930 x 350
Receiving End Post
RPLB5B £84.95 RPLS2B £84.95 RPLB6B £84.95 RPLS3B £84.95 RRLB8P £68.40 RRLS9P £68.40
DOuBLe BeLT BArrIer & WALL mOuNTeD BeLT BArrIer Stainless Steel Belt Barrier RPLS1R / RPLS2B / RPLS3B
148
Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B
Description
Post Size H x W mm
Model
Double Retractable Belt Barrier - Blue
985 x 320
RDLS7B £119.95
Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier - Blue
-
RWLS9B £39.95
Price
101_101 06/01/2012 09:48 Page 1
Posts & Barriers GUARDA - LIGHTWEIGHT CHAIN POSTS For quick & easy cordoning off space in warehouses etc Available in a choice of 3 base styles: ● Triangular Plastic base filled with concrete for outdoor use ● Round Plastic hollow base to be filled with sand, water etc ● Square hard Rubber base ● Sets consist of 6 chain posts, 10M chain, 10 connecting links & 10 hooks ● ●
LOWER PRICES Version
Height mm
Colour
Base mm
Red & White Triangular Plastic Base - Concrete Filled Black & Yellow Red & White
Square Hard Rubber Base
Black & Yellow
300 SL
19.5
265 x 265
870
Red & White
Round Plastic Hollow Base
Weight kg
12
300 ø
Black & Yellow
6
Model
Price
175.16.146
£79.50
175.13.735
£79.50
175.19.176
£101.50
175.17.668
£101.50
175.15.850
£90.50
175.17.247
£90.50
TRAFFIC LINE - BELT POSTS
WALL MOUNTED BELT CARTRIDGES
Flexible system providing demarcation LOWER of public areas from traffic routes PRICES ● Powder coated Aluminium posts ● Moulded bases with reflective disks ● Secure 4 point fixing for permanent installation (fixings not included) ● Self-tensioning belts with retraction feature ● Overall Height: 985mm ● Post Dia: 60mm ●
Yellow Red
3000mm Belt Length
Belt Colour
Model
Price
Site Safety & Premises
Post Colour
For entrances, doorways, stairs etc ● Easy to fix bracket ● Black Cartridge ● Belt Length-3000mm ● Self tensioning ●
4000mm Belt Length Model
Price
Belt Colour
Black & Yellow 179.14.759 £164.50 179.22.511 £181.50
Model
Price
Yellow
179.17.353 £164.50 179.26.335 £181.50
Black/Yellow Striped 179.18.124 £81.60
Red & White
179.19.970 £164.50 179.28.335 £181.50
Black/Yellow/Black 179.19.708 £81.60
Red
179.15.362 £164.50 179.24.575 £181.50
Red/White Striped
179.13.738 £81.60
Wall Clip
179.16.000 £10.50
Black/Red/Black
179.16.023 £81.60
Belt Link
179.17.430
Black/Silver/Black
179.18.931 £81.60
PARKING POSTS
£5.80
COMMANDER - DROP DOWN FRAME POST
68mm profile design requires minimum ground clearance ● Sturdy Steel post 70/50mm section ● Blocking width 780mm ● Hot dip Galvanised with Red reflective rings ● Cylinder lock supplied ●
LOWER PRICES Version Commander Controller Plus
CONTROLLER PLUS DROP DOWN POST
LOWER PRICES
Model
Price
Surface Fixing
Height mm 570
112.19.889
£159.50
Fixing into Concrete
570 (330 below ground)
112.19.774
£196.70
Surface Fix - Keyed Alike
950
114.19.490
£142.00
Surface Fix - Individually Keyed
950
114.13.120
£142.00
Mounting
Semi-automatic foot controlled lockable post ● 68mm profile design requires minimum ground clearance ● Unlock & gently push the post, making it recline ● Press the foot pedal at the base to make the post rise & lock ● Anodised Aluminium with Red reflective strips ● Surface mounted on an Aluminium bracket plate ●
149
102_102 06/01/2012 09:49 Page 1
Racking & Column Protection Systems PROTECT-IT
Site Safety & Premises
Does your warehouse meet HSE requirements? HSE document HSG76 states ‘Where racking is likely to be struck by lift trucks & other vehicles it should be protected’ If you are going to conform to HSE requirement make sure you fit a protector that meets the recognised European Standard FEM 10.2.02. ● Protect - it passes both front & side impact tests to conform to FEM 10.2.02 ● Deflects in the same way as a car bumper to absorb impacts ● Easy to fit by hand - no tools required ● Easy to remove for rack inspections ● Effective in cold stores as low as -40oc ● Sold in over 70 countries throughout the world
Height of Protection 266 - 300mm◆ 400mm £21.00 £28.00
Cost per Upright
Free delivery on orders over £250.00. For order less than this please add £25.00 per order. When ordering please specify type of racking or include photo for identification purpose ◆ Height is dependent on the racking type
PROTECT-IT MAXI Protect-it MAXI is a revolutionary structural column guard designed to minimize damage to building columns especially suited to mezzanine floor columns ● Fits any column size beginning with 150mm (6”) & increasing in 25mm (1”) increments to fit any size & shape including square, rectangular, ‘H’ section, ‘I’ section, round or even walls ● Slim line construction saves space. Only adds 75mm to each side of the column ● Provides even impact absorption from all directions ● Improves workplace safety ● Securely fits around columns◆ ● Tested to withstand a 2.7 tonne fork lift truck hitting a 200mm column at 6km/hour - no damage to the column occurred ●
For Column Sizes Between mm
Price 500mm High
Price 1000mm High
Square or ‘H’ Section 100 x 100 & 150 x 150
£80.00
£155.00
200 x 200 & 300 x 300
£155.00
£310.00
325 x 325 & 425 x 425
£235.00
£465.00
450 x 450 & 600 x 600
£310.00
£620.00
Wall Protection: can conform to the shape of the wall (1080L x 500H mm)
Round Section 175 200
£155.00
£310.00
300 Protect-It Wall (per linear metre - actual size 1080L x 500H mm) -
£310.00
-
Free delivery on orders over £250.00. For order less than this please add £25.00 per order.
150
103_103 06/01/2012 09:51 Page 1
Barrier Systems TRAFFIC LINE - HEAVY DUTY PALLET RACKING PROTECTORS Conform to DIN 4844 Safety Guidelines Provide protection from vulnerable frame ends & uprights ● Made in Steel & powder coated Yellow with Black bands ● Can effectively be used to protect machines, partitioning, mezzanine support columns, concrete columns etc ● Right angle - for corner protection (bolted on 2 sides) ● U-Profile - for three sided protection (bolted on 3 sides) LOWER ● TUV tested for strength & build quality PRICES ● ●
Overall Size H x W x Gauge mm 400 x 160 x 5
Fixing Bolts Required per protector 4
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
197.15.928
£33.05
400 x 160 x 6
4
9
197.13.182
£37.10
800 x 160 x 6
4
16
197.14.605
£87.95
1200 x 160 x 6
4
22
197.18.380
£127.00
U-Profile
400 x 160 x 6
6
11
197.18.365
£78.95
Surface Fixing Bolts
12 x 100
-
0.2
100.17.393
£1.50
Description
Right Angle
Protect your shelves, cabinets, machinery etc Low profile design allows easy access to pedestrians ● Size: 76mm Dia., 3mm wall thickness ● Surface mounted with extra strength base plates ● Powder coated in Yellow with Black bands ● ●
Description Protection Bars Fixing Bolts (4 per guard)
Overall Size H x W mm 86 x 400
Weight kg 5
195.13.478 £28.95
Model
Price
86 x 800
7.5
195.19.220 £44.95
86 x 1200
10
195.14.143 £61.50
12 x 100
0.2
100.17.393
£1.50
TRAFFIC LINE - IMPACT PROTECTION RAILING SYSTEM - TUV APPROVED Extremely strong & versatile protective railing system Manufactured in structural Steel & hot dip Galvanised finish with Yellow powder coat - ideal for external use ● TUV tested for strength & build quality ● Posts: 100 x 100mm section Base Plate: 200 x 200mm Surface fixing (4 bolts) ● Lateral Rails: 120 x 80mm section ● ●
Description
Overall Size H x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Bollard
1000 x 100 x 100
16
194.13.700
£128.60
End Post
500 x 100 x 100
10
194.15.765
£103.00
Centre Post
500 x 100 x 100
10.5
194.18.142
£110.95
o
90 Angle Post
500 x 100 x 100
10.5
194.15.032
End Post
1000 x 100 x 100
17
194.13.501
Centre Post
1000 x 100 x 100
18
90o Angle Post
1000 x 100 x 100
18
Weight kg 9.5
Model
Price
£113.70
Cross Bar 120 x 80mm 1000
194.16.672
£106.70
£154.30
1200
11.5
194.14.863
£114.75
194.13.894
£175.60
1500
14
194.16.449
£142.50
194.15.572
£182.60
2000
18
194.13.826
£187.00
151
Site Safety & Premises
TRAFFIC LINE COLLISION PROTECTION BARS
104_104 06/01/2012 09:52 Page 1
Protection Guards TRAFFIC LINE - PROTECTION GUARDS - TUV APPROVED High impact guards manufactured in 3mm gauge Steel, 76mm dia. TUV tested for strength & build quality Finishes: Yellow powder coat with Black bands (interior use) Hot dip Galvanised & Yellow powder coat with Black bands (exterior use) ● Protect your stock, traffic routes & work areas ● Special size & colours are available - Call for Details ● Sub-surface fixings are available - Call for Details ● ●
Description
Overall Size H x W mm
Powder Coated
Weight kg
Galvanised & Powder Coated
Model
Price
Model
Price
Protection Guards
Site Safety & Premises
Yellow - Surface Fixing Plate
Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Plate
Surface Fixing Bolts (8 per guard)
350 x 375
10
195.15.621
£101.90
195.18.233
£126.00
350 x 750
12
195.14.450
£115.90
195.16.265
£144.80
350 x 1000
13
195.14.589
£127.80
195.13.499
£158.70
600 x 750
14
195.18.515
£140.90
195.17.623
£175.80
600 x 1000
16
195.18.943
£151.20
195.19.157
£188.00
1200 x 750
20
195.19.573
£178.90
195.17.296
£221.20
1200 x 1000
22
195.17.903
£192.10
195.18.822
£239.60
12 x 100
0.2
-
-
100.17.393
£1.50
Corner Protection Hoops Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Plate
350 x 600
20
195.13.241
£204.95
195.14.708
£266.80
600 x 600
24
195.14.637
£249.95
195.17.083
£325.50
1200 x 600
34
195.17.512
£326.50
195.13.874
£424.50
Surface Fixing Bolts (12 per guard)
12 x 100
0.2
-
-
100.17.393
£1.50
TRAFFIC LINE - STEEL HOOP GUARDS Guards manufactured in 2mm gauge high quality Steel, 48mm dia. Ideal for the segregation & protection of vulnerable zones such as walkways, machinery ● Finishes: Yellow powder coat with Black bands (interior use) Hot dip Galvanised & Yellow powder coat with Black bands (exterior use) ● ●
LOWER PRICES
Description
Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Bolts (4 per guard)
152
Powder Coated
Galvanised & Powder Coated
Overall Size H x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
1000 x 1000
10
201.14.228
£142.00
201.15.512
£179.50
1000 x 1500
12
201.15.794
£168.90
201.17.982
£212.50
1000 x 2000
20
201.14.465
£190.50
201.13.553
£242.50
12 x 100
0.2
-
-
100.17.393
£1.50
105_105 06/01/2012 09:53 Page 1
Safety Barriers HEAVY DUTY SAFETY BOLLARDS / MACHINE GUARDS Constructed from heavy duty 115mm diameter Steel pipe, these units are ideal for work areas ● Bases are pre-drilled with 22mm diameter holes for fixing to the floor (not supplied) ● These units are powder coated Yellow for high visibilty ●
FROM
£67.95
SMG10H
SMG02L In Use SMG09B
Site Safety & Premises
SMG02L Overall Length mm 1220
Mounting Plate Size mm
Weight kg 47
Model
Price
High Profile Guard
Overall Height mm 1065
SMG10H
£186.60
Low Profile Guard
230
1220
200 x 200
27
SMG02L
£149.95
Safety Bollard
915
-
27
SMG09B
£67.95
Description
STEEL BARRIER SYSTEM Simple & easy installation Triple ridge barrier for strength & rigidity ● Rolled top edges help eliminate sharp edges ● Available with single & double height posts ● ●
3 x SGP10Z & 4 x SGR11Z In Use
TAILOR MAKE YOUR OWN BARRIER
BARRIERS 3 x SGP04Z & 2 x SGR11Z In Use
Length mm 508 1118 1728 2337
Weight kg 10 18 26 34.5
Model
Price
SGR05Z SGR11Z SGR17Z SGR23Z
£56.55 £89.45 £145.30 £177.30
POSTS - Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts Height mm Single - 483 Double - 1093
Post Size mm
Mounting Plate Size mm
100 x 100
254 x 254
Weight Model Price kg 16.5 SGP04Z £106.30 27.5
SGP10Z £160.85
153
106_106 06/01/2012 09:56 Page 1
Safety Barriers PROTECTIVE RAIL SYSTEM Constructed from 100mm welded heavy duty square tubular Steel Ideal for dividing manufacturing units & equipment in warehouses etc ● Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes for fixing to the floor. (fixings not supplied) ● The corner rail gives the option of a protective cage around equipment ● Finish: Stove Enamel Yellow Corner
Triple Rail
● ●
SBR304
Section
FROM
Single Rail
£196.45
SBR104
Double Rail
Rail Length
Site Safety & Premises
SBR204
Manufactured Manufacture d
SBR200
Single Rail Height 380mm
Double Rail Height 750mm
Triple Rail Height 1120mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Weight
Model
Price
1220mm
27 kg
SBR104
£196.45
58 kg
SBR204 £372.95
Price
84 kg
SBR304
£501.55
1830mm
41 kg
SBR106
£223.70
76 kg
SBR206 £419.30
111 kg
SBR306
£573.00
2440mm
50 kg
SBR108
£248.65
94 kg
SBR208 £469.65
129 kg
SBR308
£629.15
Corner Section 1m x 1m
50 kg
SBR100
£314.75
94 kg
SBR200 £527.25
136 kg
SBR300
£703.35
LIFT OUT RAIL SYSTEM ● ● ● ●
The rails on this protective barrier system are easy to remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square tubular Steel, & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular Steel Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied) Finish: Stove enamel Yellow.
FROM
£78.00
SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP11
Manufactured Manufacture d 4 x SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP21 & 1 x SBLP22
LIFT OUT RAILS
POSTS
Weight kg 9
SBLR04
1830 mm
13
SBLR06
£86.60
2440 mm
17.5
SBLR08
3000 mm
21.5
SBLR10
Rail Length 1220 mm
Model
Price
Description
Single Rail - 500mm High
Double Rail - 1100mm High
Weight kg
Model
Price
Weight kg
Model
Price
End Post
5.5
SBLP11
£87.40
10
SBLP21
£123.45
£107.85
Corner Post
6
SBLP12
£102.85
10.5
SBLP22
£138.95
£125.20
In Line Post
6
SBLP13
£102.85
10.5
SBLP23
£138.95
£78.00
MOdULAR BARRIER SYSTEM ● ● ●
● ●
These units provide isolation for drums & machinery offering protection to products & operators Manufactured from rectangular hollow section Steel these units can be bolted together in a line or at right angles Pre-drilled base plates for fixing to the floor with 12mm bolts (not provided) Extension units are supplied with 2 joining bolts Finished in a stoved enamel safety Yellow
Standard Unit Description Standard Extension Standard Extension
154
Length mm 1000 1000 1500 1500
Extension Unit Height Model mm 1000 SB1000 1000 SE1000 1000 SB1500 1000 SE1500
Price £97.00 £93.15 £102.40 £95.95
Manufactured Manufacture d
107_107 06/01/2012 09:58 Page 1
safety Barriers HEAVY DUTY BARRIER sYsTEM Simple & easy installation Double ridge barrier for strength & rigidity ● Rolled edges help eliminate sharp edges ● Available in either Yellow stove enamel finish or Galvanised for out-door use ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
3 x BPY04Z, 1 x BBY06Z & 1 x BBY24Z
FROM
£73.00
3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z & 1 x BBG24Z
BARRIERs Weight kg
610 915 1220 2440
8 10 12 24
Stove Enamel Yellow Model Price BBY06Z £73.00 BBY09Z £89.25 BBY12Z £93.30 BBY24Z £122.70
Galvanised Model Price BBG06Z £81.60 BBG09Z £101.25 BBG12Z £106.35 BBG24Z £151.55
POsTs - Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts Post Size mm 100 x 100
Mounting Plate Post Size mm Height mm 220 x 220
510
Weight kg 10
Stove Enamel Yellow
Galvanised
Model
Price
Model
Price
BPY04Z
£107.20
BPG04Z
£115.15
site safety & Premises
Length mm
3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z & 1 x BBG24Z
MODULAR MACHINE PERIMETER GUARDING Modular 50 x 50mm panels constructed to fit the footprint of your work unit ● Easy to reconfigure ● 5 lever Mortice lock ● Interlock Safety Switches acts as a kill switch to the machine it is guarding ●
Panel Size L x W x H mm
Weight Price kg each Small Panel 610 x 40 x 1780 MPS61Z 15 £148.50 Large Panel 910 x 40 x 1780 MPL91Z 20 £175.45 Door Panel 940 x 60 x 1900 MPD94Z 35 £454.85 Pillar (Used to join the panels) 30 x 60 x 1900 MPP30Z 5 £62.65 Corner Pillar (Used to join the panels) 40 x 40 x 1875 MPC40Z 9 £79.55 Model
2 x MPS61Z, 1 x MPL91Z, 1 x MPD94Z, 2 x MPP30Z & 1 x MPC40Z
Manufactured Manufacture d
155
108_108 06/01/2012 09:59 Page 1
Rack Netting BACK OF RACK SAFETY NETTING Prevents accidents & stock damage Withstand a full pallet impact at 1000kg ● Available in a choice of 5 colours Black Blue Yellow Orange Green ● ●
please specify when ordering Faster installation than traditional methods ● For new installations or can be retro-fitted
Site Safety & Premises
●
NEW
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)
£18.00
MEZZANINE HANDRAIL NETTING Prevents items falling from a Mezzanine Floor ● Retains the use of the handrail ● Available in a choice of 5 colours Black Blue Yellow Orange Green ●
●
please specify when ordering For new installations or can be retro-fitted
NEW
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
156
£16.00
109_109 06/01/2012 10:32 Page 1
Rack Netting SPINE SAFETY NETTING Spine Netting prevents items falling through double entry racking ● For use in areas where ground pickers & truck operators work in close proximity ● Available in a choice of 5 colours Black Blue Yellow Orange Green ●
please specify when ordering
NEW
Site Safety & Premises
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)
£24.00
PALLET NETS Re-useable. No need for pallet wrap Reduces packaging costs ● Available in Euro & Standard Pallet sizes ● Bungee chord base rope ● Environmentally Friendly ● Available in a choice of 5 colours Black Blue Yellow Orange Green ● ●
please specify when ordering
NEW
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per Pallet Net)
Euro
£46.95
Standard
£49.95
157
110_110 06/01/2012 10:30 Page 1
Barriers & Cones TRAFFIC LINE CROWD BARRIER FIXED LEG 25 CROWD BARRIER ● Each barrier is linked with clasps that prevent unauthorised opening of inner sections ● Strong inner bars of 13mm dia. ● Light duty version also available LOOSE LEG 25 CROWD BARRIER ● Designed to meet the growing demands for barriers that reduce the risk of tripping over support legs ● Each barrier is linked with clasps that prevent unauthorised opening of inner sections ● Strong inner bars of 13mm dia.
Fixed Leg 25 Crowd Barrier
Site Safety & Premises
FIXED LEG 23 CROWD BARRIER ● The same design as the Fixed Leg 25 version except for having slightly lighter weight inner bars (12mm dia.) & they are 250mm shorter ● These barriers are compatible with the Fixed Leg 25 versions Description
Size W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Fixed Leg 25
2500 x 1100
21
230.17.740
£63.50
Loose Leg 25
2500 x 1100
20
230.16.638
£60.60
Feet for Loose Leg
-
2.5
230.19.513
£11.90
Fixed Leg 23
2250 x 1100
11
230.18.230
£52.50
Loose Leg 25 Crowd Barrier
GALVANISED STEEL FOR LONG LIFE SERVICE
TRAFFIC LINE FLEXIBLE POST These posts have a knuckle joint at the base enabling them to return to a vertical position after being hit or run over ● They can be fitted into cat’s eyes or to any surface with the recycled Plastic base ●
IDEAL FOR GUIDING TRAFFIC FLOW
Traffic Line Flexible Post in application Height mm
Model
Price
460
291.18.800
£32.80
760
291.18.390
£38.40
1000
291.13.489
£43.55
60 - Base
291.11.145
£9.40
TRAFFIC CONES
TC3 Cone (Sand Weighted)
Two piece & one-piece moulded cones with retro-reflective D2 sleeves ● The cellular construction of the D2 sleeve provides greater tear resistance ●
TC1 Cone
158
Knuckle Joint
TC2 Cone
Description
Height mm
Model
Price
TC1-50
500
350.15.478
£11.00
TC1-75
750
350.16.862
£15.50
TC1-100
1000
350.17.100
£18.90
TC2
460
350.18.349
£6.70
TC3 (Sand Weighted)
750
350.13.537
£12.20
111_111 18/01/2012 16:54 Page 1
Bollards & Posts FIXED BOLLARDS
PUSHLOCK PARKING POSTS
Offer permanent restriction of access & protection for buildings ● Can be supplied with locating eyes to enable chains to be attached for boundary demarcation ● Finish: Black/Yellow ● Complete with installation literature ● Fixings not included
●
Folding post which is ideal for driveways & individual parking spaces ● Features an integral lock which can be ‘keyed alike’ in multiple quantities ● Finish: Yellow Powder Coat ● Complete with installation literature ● Fixings not included
●
Manufactured Manufacture d
INTEGRAL LOCK CAN BE ‘KEYED ALIKE’
NEW
PUSHLOCK
NEW
SURFACE Type Surface Excavated
Section
Above Ground
89mm
910mm
Below Ground -
Weight kg 9
400mm
12
Model
Price
SURFACE
£63.50
Section mm 60
EXCAVATED £70.85
Height mm 625
Weight kg 6
Model
Price
PUSHLOCK
£97.00
COLLAPSIBLE POSTS
TELESCOPIC MOLE PARKING POSTS
Lock into position with a shackle lock Anchor plates available to give a more secure fixing - Call for Details ● Complete with installation literature ● Finish: Galvanised ● Fixings not included
●
Designed to be lowered into the ground when not in use but simple to raise into position when required ● Integral weatherproof lock which can be ‘keyed alike’ in multiple quantities (the light duty version requires a shackle padlock) ● Finish: Galvanised ● Complete with installation literature ● Fixings not included
● ●
NEW Manufactured Manufacture d
NEW
COLLAPSIBLE
LIGHTDUTY
HEAVYDUTY Section mm 60
Height mm 765
Weight kg 6
Model
Price
Light
Above Below Section Ground Ground 70mm 590mm 720mm
COLLAPSIBLE
£82.70
Heavy
89mm
Type
700mm 400mm
Weight Model Price kg 12.5 LIGHTDUTY £124.70 17.5
HEAVYDUTY £185.00
159
Site Safety & Premises
EXCAVATED
SURFACE
112_112 06/01/2012 10:28 Page 1
Traffic Management SPEED RAMPS
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
Model
3000mm Unit Price
4000mm Unit Price
5000mm Unit Price
6000mm Unit Price
7000mm Unit Price
50mm Speed Ramp - Complete Bundle
SB22(5)
£134.53
£176.53
£218.52
£260.53
£302.51
75mm Speed Ramp - Complete Bundle
SB22(7.5)
£175.57
£232.40
£289.72
£354.98
£413.63
Description
Site Safety & Premises
Quick & easy to install Heavy duty 99% recycled PVC segments ● White reflectors offer excellent visibility ● High UV & chemical resistance ● All parts are re-useable & recyclable ● Will withstand Heavy Goods Vehicles ● Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions ● Ideal for narrow or wide roads ● Central channel available for wiring ● Supplied complete with fixings ● Maximum Speed - 50mm Ramp: 15mph ● Maximum Speed - 75mm Ramp: 10mph ●
SURFACE MOUNTED FLOW PLATES
PRICES HELD
Tough & heavy duty Easy to fix & relocate ● No drainage required ● Ideal for use with the above Speed Ramps ● ●
HGV DEFLATOR SB14 HGV
SB14S
Tough & heavy duty Easy & quick to install ● Ideal for use with the above Speed Ramps ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
ENFORCE ONE WAY TRAFFIC FLOW
Description
Model
Price
Standard Flow Plate (up to 1 tonne per axle)
SB14S
£184.65
HGV Flow Plate
SB14 HGV
£333.14
HGV Deflator
SB14 HGVD £347.92
SB14 HGVD
Standard Locking Bar
-
£15.92
HGV Locking Bar
-
£22.11
Spare Springs (Standard)
-
£15.15
Fixings
-
£1.47
SECURITY POSTS Ideal for restricting access, blocking entrances & protecting Roller Shutter doors ● Post Size: 90W x 90D x 1240H mm ● Hole Size: 400W x 400D x 400 Deep mm ● Below ground: 240mm ● This unit incorporates handles on the sides for ease of removal & a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
160
PRICE HELD
Description
Model
Price
Black powder coat with a White Vinyl Stripe
SB.25R
£105.33
113_113 06/01/2012 10:27 Page 1
Traffic Management MANUAL TRAFFIC SECURITY BARRIER
PRICES HELD
Boom length can also be manufactured to your specification ● Pivot post & end rest - Red ● Boom available in Yellow or Red ● Finely balanced for light operation ● End rest has padlock facility (not included) ●
Description
Model
3 Metre Boom SB43M 4 Metre Boom SB44M 5 Metre Boom SB45M 6 Metre Boom SB46M 7 Metre Boom SB47M Optional Extras: Black or Red Stripes to Boom Stop / No Entry Sign
Price £680.30 £725.78 £778.84 £824.32 £907.69 £45.48 £22.18
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICES HELD
ACCESS GATE Tough tubular bar Powder coated Yellow ● Padlockable hinge & latch post ● Optional extras available including signs - Call for Details ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Description
Model
Price
3 Metre Access Gate 4 Metre Access Gate 5 Metre Access Gate 6 Metre Access Gate 7 Metre Access Gate
SB183M SB184M SB185M SB186M SB187M
£756.10 £831.90 £907.69 £983.49 £1050.04
PARKING POSTS WITH WINGS
PARKING POSTS
●
Constructed from mild Steel coated Yellow Multiple posts can be keyed alike ● Quick & easy collapsing mechanism
●
●
●
Multiple posts can be keyed alike A fixed post with chain eyelets is also available for either surface or sub-surface mounting - Call for Details ● Available in White or Galvanised - Call for Details
Manufactured Manufacture d PRICE HELD
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
Description
Model
Price
Parking Post with Wings
SB.11W
£117.13
Description
Model
Price
Post Hinged Lockable Hinged Padlock Type (Galvanised Only) Winged c/w Integral Lock (2 keys) Fixed Surface Mounted Fixed Sunken Permanent Block Paved Post c/w Integral Lock (2 keys)
SB11HI SB11HP SB11W SB11SM SB11SP SB11BP
£75.35 £60.19 £117.13 £52.32 £46.67 £189.11
161
Site Safety & Premises
●
114_114 06/01/2012 10:25 Page 1
Cable Protection & Ramps SMALL CABLE PROTECTION RAMPS Easily & quickly installed Enables you to drive over cables & hoses without causing them damage ● Manufactured from high strength natural Rubber ● Yellow & Black elements provides high visibility ● Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 40mm ● ●
Colour Yellow Black
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 215 x 65
Weight kg 12.8
Model
Price
279.28.720
£56.10
279.21.784
£56.10
Site Safety & Premises
LARGE CABLE PROTECTION RAMPS Enables you to drive over cables, hoses & pipes without causing them damage ● Easily & quickly installed ● High strength Rubber compound ramp with a Polypropylene chequer plate, anti-slip, Yellow surface moulded cover ● All sections can be safely interlocked ● Features 3 cable ducts: 2 cables 68 x 50mm, 1 cable 55 x 50mm o ● End sections & 45 elbow sections are available for corners & curves ●
LOWER PRICES Description
Colour
Centre element
Black & Yellow
Angle - left
Black & Yellow
Angle - right
Black & Yellow
End element - Female
Black
End element - Male
Black
TRAFFIC LINE RAMP Made from reinforced Glass Fibre the TRAFFIC LINE Ramp is designed to aid access to kerbs & pathways ● The TRAFFIC LINE Ramp is manufactured in bright Yellow making it highly visible & incorporates reflective strips for night-time visibility ● Safety Light versions available with 2 x Low light activated Solar powered flashing lights - Call for Details ● The Heavy Duty 750kg model is ideal for Motorised Wheelchairs ●
Load Capacity 350 kg 750 kg
162
Overall Size L x W mm 1050 x 690
Weight kg 9 12
Model
Price
279.18.230 279.12.680
£102.90 £121.95
Overall Size L x W x H mm 960 x 600 x 75 500/200 x 600 x 75 283 x 600 x 75
Weight kg 26.5 12 3
Model
Price
279.23.799
£74.95
279.29.848
£40.50
279.26.562
£40.50
279.20.233
£18.50
279.22.899
£18.50
115_115 06/01/2012 10:24 Page 1
Aluminium Ramps FOLDABLE RAMP GIAR3Z FURTHER REDUCTIONS
Unit folds for easy storage & lifting ● Strong, lightweight Aluminium ramps ideal for wheelchair access, sack trucks & trolleys ● Durable hinge system means the unit is able to be folded & easily carried / stored ● Subject to availability ●
NOW ONLY
£79.95
GIAR3Z
Fits Easily into a Car Boot
LOWER PRICES
Max Load
300kg GIAR5Z
GIAR3Z
Overall Size L x W mm 910 x 730 1520 x 740
Overall Size when Folded L x W x H mm 910 x 300 x 600 1520 x 300 x 600
Weight kg 5.5 10.5
Model
Price
GIAR3Z GIAR5Z
£79.95 £119.95
● ●
Ideal for use with lightweight traffic, e.g. Sack Trucks, Trolleys, Wheelchairs etc ● Lightweight ● Non-slip Aluminium surface ● Easy storage Safety Lip - 75mm each side
LOW STEP RAMPS FROM
Maximum Kerb Height: 175mm ● Each ramp is fitted with a hand hole to aid manoeuvrability ●
£339.35
Max Load
350kg
AR100L
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size Internal L x W x H mm L x W mm 1250 x 1115 x 110 1250 x 915
Wheels
2 x 75mm Cushion 1825 x 1115 x 110 1825 x 915 Fixed Castor
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
AR100L
£339.35
26
AR101L
£384.80
30
AR102L
£481.60
Model
Price
1525 x 1115 x 110 1525 x 915
AR100L
HIGH ENTRY RAMP Designed for use where the height difference is between 200mm & 480mm. ● This unit folds in half for simple transportation & easy storage ● A handle hole makes this unit easy to manoeuvre into position along with the 200mm Cushion wheels ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
300kg AR200H Folded
AR200H
AR200H Folded Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W mm (in use)
Wheels
Weight kg
920 x 805 x 450
1800 x 805
2 x 200mm Cushion Wheels
45
AR200H £835.05
163
Site Safety & Premises
ALUMINIUM RAMPS
116_116 06/01/2012 10:22 Page 1
Mirrors & Decoy Cameras ECONOVEX SAFETY MIRRORS Impact resistant acrylic face Easily fixed to wall or ceiling ● Help prevent accident & injuries by eliminating blind spots ● Ideal for combating the theft of property & valuables ● Comes complete with a ‘J’ Bracket mounting which adjusts to any angle ● The External Mirrors have a vacuum metallised coating & an ACM backing plate for added rigidity ● ●
External Mirror
Interior Mirror
Description
Exterior Mirror
Model
Price
Model
300mm dia.
M18021A
£60.00
-
Price -
400mm dia.
M18036A
£75.00
M18036JP
£99.00
500mm dia.
M18040A
£95.00
-
-
600mm dia.
M18057A
£118.00
M18056JP
£146.00
PRICES HELD
Internal Mirror
Site Safety & Premises
A range of convex mirrors to suit security & safety applications. Computer designed curvature & pure silver coating gives them the sharpest & brightest image possible
HEMISPHERE MIRRORS
360º
Features: Suits retail & industrial use 90º & 180º mirrors wall mounting - supplied with dome top screws ● 360º mirror supplied with dome top screws. Can be suspended with kit included ● Impact resistant Acrylic ● ●
Hemisphere
Model
Price
o
300mm 90
M18541H
£40.00
450mm 90o
M18560H
£77.00
600mm 180o
M18535H
£101.00
900mm 180o
M18553H
£159.00
600mm 360o
M18585H
£169.00
900mm 360o
M18590H
£289.00
PRICES HELD 90º
180º
DECOY CCTV CAMERAS Help prevent theft & vandalism Looks like a genuine camera. The housing is the same as those used for active cameras ● Pan & tilt wall bracket ● Fully weatherproof, high quality, British made, anodised Aluminium case ● Flashing LED with 5 year battery life (2 alkaline batteries included) ● ●
PRICES HELD
164
Description
Model
Price
Internal External
PVSCIDC PVSC1000
£26.00 £40.00
117_117 06/01/2012 10:21 Page 1
Traffic Line Cycle Racks & Shelters LOWER PRICE
WALL MOUNTED RACK
SHEFFIELD STYLE RACKS
Great value for money Suitable for tyre width: 50mm ● Manufactured in Galvanised Steel with round tube wheel locators
●
●
FULLY ASSEMBLED READY FOR IMMEDIATE USE
SWIVELS UP TO 180o Stores 1 Bike
Overall Size Model Price H x W x D mm 335 x 90 x 285 169.17.113 £20.20
Economic, durable & effective bike storage ● Manufactured in mild Steel Galvanised ● 48mm dia. x 2.5mm gauge Steel tube ● Size (above ground): 750W x 850H mm ● Surface fixing plates: 70 x 160 x 5 mm
●
Holds 4 5
Overall Size Model Price H x W x D mm 255 x 1280 x 385 169.15.334 £62.30 255 x 1380 x 385 169.19.382 £79.50
Description
Model
Price
Surface Fixing Sub-surface Fixing
201.88.041 201.88.045
£87.95 £62.95
Manufactured Manufacture d
BICYCLE PORT Easy to assemble & erect Manufactured from mild Steel Galvanised frame with 4mm Polycarbonate panels ● Surface or sub-surface mounting available - Call for details ● Adjustable feet up to 150mm ● ●
Description Shelter End Panel - Right End Panel - Left
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2090 x 3980 x 2300 -
Model
Price
169.32.058
£2199.00
169.32.537
£529.10
169.32.654
£529.10
165
Site Safety & Premises
Swivels up to 180o ● Compact & flexible design ● Suitable for tyre width: 50mm ● Manufactured in Galvanised Steel with round tube wheel locators ●
4/5 BICYCLE RACKS
118_118 06/01/2012 10:20 Page 1
Cycle racks & Shelters CLaW raCkS Twin level for up to 12 bikes Powder coated dark Grey ● Fully welded - no assembly required ● Simply bolts to the floor (fixings not supplied) ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
Model
Price
4 Bikes
Overall Size H x W x D mm 670 x 1445 x 790
SRCLAWSG4KXX
£262.69
6 Bikes
670 x 2325 x 790
SRCLAWSG6KXX
£310.45
8 Bikes
670 x 1665 x 790
SRCLAWDS8KXX
£405.97
12 Bikes
670 x 2545 x 790
SRCLAWDSTKXX
£568.36
Stores
LOWER PRICES
traditiOnaL raCkS Twin level bike racks for use with Manufactured Manufacture d Traditional Shelters (see next page) ● Powder coated Dark Grey ● Fully welded - no assembly required ● Simply bolts to the floor (fixings not supplied) ●
Model
Price
6 Bikes
Overall Size H x W x D mm 935 x 1750 x 600
SRTRADCR6KXX
£191.04
8 Bikes
935 x 2350 x 600
SRTRADCR8KXX
£238.81
Site Safety & Premises
Stores
LOWER PRICES
CyCLe COmPOundS Optional central security canopy available Covered shelter for a minimum of 16 bikes ● Attractive gate with hasp to take a padlock ● Side panels made from tough clear perspex ● Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability ● ●
Frame Colour Options L ●
SWC215530S2
G
B
For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured Manufacture d
SWC215530G2
COmPOund - LOCkaBLe Gate
COmPOund - LOCkaBLe Gate & SeCurity CanOPy Model
Price
Stores
16 Bikes
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2325 x 5500 x 3000
SWC215530G2
£5187.82
32 Bikes
2325 x 5500 x 6000
SWC215560G4
£8158.57
48 Bikes
2325 x 5500 x 9000
SWC215590G6
£10,983.16
Stores
166
Model
Price
16 Bikes
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2625 x 5500 x 3000
SWC215530S2
£5540.30
32 Bikes
2625 x 5500 x 6000
SWC215560S4
£8864.48
48 Bikes
2625 x 5500 x 9000
SWC215590S6
£11,987.10
119_119 06/01/2012 10:19 Page 1
Cycle Shelters traditional CYCle ShelterS Choice of galvanised or powder coated sheet Steel side & back panels - light Grey panels supplied as standard ● Adjustable feet for on-site positioning ● Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability ● High capacity shelters can be created using runs of initial & extension shelters or double depth shelters ● Shelter height - 2100mm ● Shelter shown with Traditional Cycle Rack - see previous page for details
LOWER PRICES
●
Manufactured Manufacture d
PoWder Coated SideS With oPen BaCk Frame Shelter Model SC211924B
£1245.61
Extension Model SC211924BE
2180 x 2450 x 2500
SC212524B
£1364.06
SC212524BE
2180 x 3060 x 1900
SC211930B
£1502.57
2180 x 3060 x 2500
SC212530B
£1675.46
Price
£1119.52
Shelter Model SC211924C
£1213.13
SC212524C
SC211930BE
£1401.31
SC212530BE
£1537.91
Price
GalvaniSed SideS With oPen BaCk Frame Overall Size H x W x D mm 2180 x 2450 x 1900
Shelter Model SC211924G
2180 x 2450 x 2500
SC212524G
2180 x 3060 x 1900 2180 x 3060 x 2500
£1447.16
Extension Model SC211924CE
£1293.37
£1558.93
SC212524CE
£1414.69
SC211930C
£1722.27
SC211930CE
£1597.13
SC212530C
£1904.72
SC212530CE
£1749.97
Price
Price
With CloSed BaCk Frame £755.58
Shelter Model SC211924K
£1005.85
Extension Model SC211924KE
£799.52
SC212524K
£1066.03
SC212524KE
£904.60
SC211930GE
£1047.88
SC211930K
£1248.28
SC211930KE
£1116.66
SC212530GE
£1134.81
SC212530K
£1345.91
SC212530KE
£1157.73
£873.07
Extension Model SC211924GE
£947.58
SC212524GE
SC211930G
£1122.39
SC212530G
£1217.91
Price
With CloSed BaCk Frame
Price
Price
Price £860.66
Premier CYCle ShelterS Choice of clear perspex or powder coated Steel panels ● Premier shelters come complete with integral cycle rack ● Adjustable feet for on-site positioning ● Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability ● Framework is powder coated ● Shelter height - 2250mm ●
Manufactured Manufacture d LOWER PRICES
Shelter With PerSPeX SideS Size H x W x D
Model
Price
2320 x 3000 x 2100
SC223021X
£2307.82
Shelter With Steel SideS Size H x W x D
Model
Price
2320 x 3000 x 2100
SC223021P
£2077.61
Shelter options For required shelter colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code:
traditional & Premier Shelter
lXX
BXX
GXX
traditional extension
lea
Bea
Gea
● ● ●
Blue Premier Shelters supplied with light Blue perforated panels Green & light Grey Premier Shelters supplied with light Grey perforated panels All perforated panels for Traditional Shelters are supplied in light Grey
Finish & installation Shelters are supplied in knock down form Installation service is available upon request - Call For Details
167
Site Safety & Premises
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2180 x 2450 x 1900
120_120 06/01/2012 11:07 Page 1
Cycle Shelters CYCLE SHELTER Can fit up to 7 bikes Constructed from heavy gauge Steel framework of bolted components ● Fitted with triple wall Polycarbonate roof & side panels to protect the bikes ● Modern & attractive design ● Staggered storage to prevent handle contact ● Powder coated Green ● On-site construction available - Call for Details ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections
BCS07Z
Site Safety & Premises
£2285.45
BCS07Z Overall Size L x W x H mm 2580 x 2430 x 2230
Description Cycle Shelter
Weight kg 200
Model
Price
BCS07Z
£2285.45
Staggered Cycle Slots
INDUSTRIAL CYCLE SHELTER
Manufactured Manufacture d
Can fit up to 7 bikes Constructed from heavy gauge Steel framework of bolted components ● Galvanised side panels & PVC roof ● Design features curved roof & drainage gutters ● On-site construction available - Call for Details ● ●
N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections
PROVIDE SECURE STORAGE FOR BICYCLES
BCS03Z
£2027.40 Description Industrial Cycle Shelter
BCS03Z Overall Size L x W x H mm 2600 x 2480 x 2230
Weight kg 285
Model
Price
BCS03Z
£2027.40
CYCLE RACKS Galvanised finish for durability Complete with fixings & instructions ● Hoops accommodate tyre widths of 55mm ● Designed to lock the frame & wheel for security ● ●
2 x CRS02Z
168
Single Sided Racks
Double Sided Racks
Description
Length mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
2 Spaces
700
CRS02Z
£224.90
CRD02Z
£224.90
4 Spaces
1400
CRS04Z
£442.35
CRD04Z
£442.35
6 Spaces
2100
CRS06Z
£666.00
CRD06Z
£666.00
121_121 06/01/2012 11:09 Page 1
Wheelie Bin Storage & Galvanised Units WHEELED BIN SHELTER No fixing required - Simply secure this unit by using six 600 x 600mm paving slabs (not supplied) ● Fabricated from robust Heavy Duty Box Section ● Complemented by Tri Wall fluted Plastic side panels & a Galvanised sheet Steel roof ● Can also be used as a Smoking Shelter - see page 172 ●
BWS204
£691.40 Manufactured Manufacture d BWS204 These units are supplied complete with 2 braces which fit securely over the bottom leg brace. This allows you to place six 600 x 600 paving slabs directly on top to secure the unit in place. This also gives a neatly finished & firm standing area.
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit Overall Size L x W x H mm 1980 x 1250 x 2040
Model
Price
BWS204
£691.40
ROLLER SHUTTER CABINETS
GALVANISED STORAGE CONTAINERS
Supplied fully assembled Aluminium shutter door, Steel construction strong Wooden flooring & a Galvanised finish ● Secure profile lock ● Door Size: 2100W mm N.B. - Painted finish available - P.O.A. Accessories available - P.O.A.
Supplied fully assembled Secure locking mechanism ● Constructed from Galvanised Steel ● Lid is supported by two gas struts ● Door Size: 1250H x 1270W mm N.B. - Painted finish available - P.O.A.
● ●
GSU20Z Painted
● ●
GSU11F shown painted (P.O.A.)
GSU09Z
Description
External Sizes H x W x D mm 2320 x 2100 x 1140
Internal Sizes H x W x D mm 2000 x 2000 x 970
Model
Price
GSU09Z
£2556.95
2320 x 2100 x 2170
2000 x 2000 x 2000
GSU20Z
£2954.10
2320 x 2100 x 3050
2000 x 2000 x 2920
GSU29Z
£3933.65
With Floor Without Floor With Floor Without Floor
GSU11Z
External Sizes Internal Sizes H x W x D mm H x W x D mm 1470 x 1420 x 1080
1300 x 1290 x 855
1470 x 1420 x 1490
1300 x 1290 x 1250
Additional cost incurred if Crane offload required - CALL FOR DETAILS
Model
Price
GSU11F GSU11Z GSU30F GSU30Z
£1820.70 £1772.30 £1970.30 £1921.65
169
Site Safety & Premises
KEEP YOUR WHEELED BIN AREA NEAT & TIDY
122_122 06/01/2012 11:11 Page 1
Smoking Shelters WALL MOUNTED SMOKING SHELTER Manufactured Manufacture d
BSSW6Z & 2 x BSSP7Z
●
Aesthetically pleasing design
●
On site construction available - ask for details
●
Complies to Smoking Regulations 2007
●
Box section construction which makes the unit exceptionally sturdy & durable
●
The roof is made up of 16mm thick Triple Wall Polycarbonate Sheet & front capping of 1mm Galvanised Sheet Steel
●
The unit comes with two upright supports & additional option of fill in end panels clad with 16mm Triple Wall Polycarbonate Sheeting
●
Powder coated Green
N.B. The unit must be securely bolted to the wall & floor. Wall/Floor fixing bolts are not supplied with the unit
Site Safety & Premises
BSSW6Z
COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007
£609.95 Overall Size L x W x H mm 2440 x 1100 x 2250 1220 x 80 x 1085
Description Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter Optional Single Side Panel
Weight kg
Model
Price
65 20
BSSW6Z BSSP7Z
£609.95 £213.80
SMOKING SHELTERS ●
Polycarbonate panels provide high impact strength, 200 TIMES STRONGER THAN GLASS
●
Fire resistant
●
On site construction available - ask for details
●
Comply to Smoking Regulations 2007
●
Powder coated Green
Manufactured Manufacture d
BSS27Z
£2365.25
BSS27Z
A modern & versatile shelter featuring a curved roof & drainage gutters on a firm & heavy gauge skeletal framework of bolted components ● PVC roof & 16mm Triple Wall Polycarbonate side panels ● This unit is ideal for keeping smokers in a covered & designated smoking area ●
BSS27Z & BSOS7Z
Description Smoking Shelter Optional Perch - Factory Fitted
170
N.B. - A Fork Lift is needed to unload the panelled section & this unit must be bolted down on a prepared level concrete base
Overall Size L x W x H mm 2580 x 2430 x 2230 2580 x 300
Weight kg
Model
Price
200 30
BSS27Z BSOS7Z
£2365.25 £207.30
123_123 06/01/2012 11:12 Page 1
Smoking Shelters TRADITIONAL SMOKING SHELTERS
LOWER PRICES
●
Comply with 2007 laws banning smoking in enclosed spaces
●
Adjustable feet for on-site positioning
●
More than 50% open area to allow rapid dispersal of fumes
●
Parabolts for surface mounting to 250mm thick concrete for stability
3 PERSPEX SIDES, PERFORATED BAcK Overall Size H x W x D mm 2180 x 2450 x 1900 2180 x 2450 x 2500 2180 x 3060 x 1900 2180 x 3060 x 2500
Model
Price
SS212419P SS212425P SS213019P SS213025P
£1988.78 £2342.21 £2248.60 £2994.63
4 PERSPEX SIDES & BAcK Model
Price
SS212419X SS212425X SS213019X SS213025X
£2138.75 £2517.01 £2420.54 £2994.63
Manufactured Manufacture d
PREMIER SMOKING SHELTERS ●
Comply with 2007 laws banning smoking in enclosed spaces
●
Adjustable feet for on-site positioning
●
More than 50% open area to allow rapid dispersal of fumes
●
Parabolts for surface mounting to 250mm thick concrete for stability
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured Manufacture d SHELTER WITH PERSPEX SIDES Overall Size H x W x D mm 2320 x 3000 x 2100
Model
Price
SS223021X
£2807.40
WITH PERFORATED STEEL SIDES Overall Size H x W x D mm 2320 x 3000 x 2100
Model
Price
SS223021P
£2577.19
Shelter Options
D
For required shelter colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code: ● Blue Premier Shelters supplied with light Blue panels. ● Green & light Grey Premier Shelters supplied with light Grey panels ● All panels for Traditional Shelters are supplied in light Grey
LXX
A
E
GXX
Shelters are supplied in knock down form Installation service is available upon request - Call For Details
AccESSORIES
LOWER PRICES
Accessories
B c
BXX
Finish & Installation
H x W x D mm
Model
Price
A
Wall Mounted Stainless Steel Bin
375 x 205 x 70
SSWMTBINZZXX
£152.84
B
Floor Mounted Sentinel Bin
875 x 200 x 200
SSFLTBINZZXX
£269.37
C
Stainless Steel Free Standing Perch Seat
900 x 1150 x 300
SSSSPSETZZXX
£229.25
C
Powder Coated Free Standing Perch Seat
900 x 1150 x 300
SSPAPSETZLXX
£141.47
D
Bulkhead Light Unit
110 x 210 x 210
SSBHLGHTZZXX
£106.03
E
Fluorescent Light Unit
75 x 1320 x 105
SSFLLGHTZZXX
£99.34
171
Site Safety & Premises
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2180 x 2450 x 1900 2180 x 2450 x 2500 2180 x 3060 x 1900 2180 x 3060 x 2500
124_124 06/01/2012 11:14 Page 1
Shelters SMOKING SHELTER No fixing required - Simply secure this unit by using six 600 x 600mm paving slabs (not supplied) ● Fabricated from robust Heavy Duty Box Section ● Complemented by Tri Wall fluted Plastic side panels & a Galvanised sheet Steel roof ● Can also be used as a Wheeled Bin Shelter - see page 169 ●
BSS204
£691.40
Site Safety & Premises
COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007 BSS204
Manufactured Manufacture d These units are supplied complete with 2 braces which fit securely over the bottom leg brace. This allows you to place six 600 x 600 paving slabs directly on top to secure the unit in place. This also gives a neatly finished & firm standing area.
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit Overall Size L x W x H mm 1980 x 1250 x 2040
Model
Price
BSS204
£691.40
MEET & GREET SHELTERS Powder Coated Green On-Site Construction available at extra cost - Call for Details ● Fabricated from robust Heavy Duty Box Section ● Complemented by a panel of PET clear view sheeting which is then enhanced by two panels of Galvanised sheet Steel at either side ● Offers protection from the elements ● Available with either a 4mm thick PET clear view roof or 1mm thick Galvanised sheet Steel roof ● Can also be used as a smoking shelter ● ●
ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION IS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
BGSC1Z
PET - Polyethylene Terephthalate is a plastic resin & is a form of polyester. It is a polymer that is formed by combining two monomers called modified ethylene glycol and purified terphthalic acid.
BGSC1Z
£2493.20 Manufactured Manufacture d
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Clear View Roof
3650 x 2440 x 2160
315
BGSC1Z
£2493.20
Galvanised Sheet Steel Roof
3650 x 2440 x 2160
345
BGSC2Z
£2171.10
Description
172
125_125 06/01/2012 11:15 Page 1
Covered Walkways Wall MoUntED WalKWaYs ●
Covered walkway that fastens to the side of a building
●
Modular design in 3 metre lengths
●
Stylish curved roof, made from UV resistant Polycarbonate mounted on a Steel frame
●
Optional side panels made from tough clear Perspex for improved protection
●
Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured Manufacture d
initial Unit (2270 x 1900 x 3000) Option
Model
Price
Roof Only
SWM241930MR
£784.90
Roof & One Side
SWM241930MS
£1611.46
Frame Colour options
ExtEnsion Unit (2270 x 1900 x 3000) Model
Price
Roof Only
SWM241930ER
£699.22
Roof & One Side
SWM241930ES
£1461.49
PREMiER WalKWaYs ●
Free-standing modular design available in 3 metre lengths
●
Stylish curved roof, made from opaque Polycarbonate panels mounted on Steel frame
●
Optional side panels made from tough clear Perspex for improved weather protection
●
Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included, they must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability
l ●
B
G
For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code
site safety & Premises
Option
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured Manufacture d Frame Colour options
●
ax
sx
Gx
Black
Silver
Green
For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code
initial Unit (2330 x 2000 x 3000) Option
Model
Price
Roof Only
SWV3000MIR
£1361.19
Roof & One Side
SWV3000MI1
£1814.93
Roof & Two Sides
SWV3000MI2
£2268.66
ExtEnsion Unit (2330 x 2000 x 3000) Option
Model
Price
Roof Only
SWV3000MER
£998.21
Roof & One Side
SWV3000ME1
£1451.94
Roof & Two Sides
SWV3000ME2
£1905.67
173
126_126 06/01/2012 11:16 Page 1
Portable Stores BLUELINE KDC STORES Instant secure storage solution supplied in a flat pack form ● Can be linked together to create any size of store 1 ● All panels are lightweight & easily handled by 2 people so no need for hi-cab cranes or forklifts ● Can be dismantled & re-assembled again for transportation or site growth ● Fully Galvanised body with Green or Blue powder coat finish
PRICES HELD
●
Overall Size D x W mm 2075 x 2140
Door Size mm
3060 x 2140
1250
4050 x 2140
Internal Depth mm 2000
3 2
Model
Price
KDC2
£1445.00
3000
KDC3
£1745.00
4000
KDC4
£1985.00
Site Safety & Premises
BLUELINE KDC CHEMICAL STORES Instant secure bunded storage solution supplied in a flat pack form ● Can be linked together to create any size of store ● All panels are lightweight & easily handled by 2 people so no need for hi-cab cranes or forklifts ● Can be dismantled & re-assembled again for transportation or site growth ● Lifting eyes incorporated for lifting by a crane once fully assembled ● Fully welded sumped base to contain any spillage ●
Overall Size H x W mm 2160 x 2430 2160 x 3160 2160 x 4160
Door Size mm 800 each door
2
1
3
PRICES HELD
Internal Depth mm 2000
Model
Price
KDCC2
£2245.00
3000
KDCC3
£2575.00
4000
KDCC4
£2995.00
FLAT PACK OFFICE CABINS Instant low cost accommodation supplied in a flat pack form ● Can be linked together to create any size of cabin ● Double glazed windows complete with shutters for additional security ● Fitted with lights & sockets ● All panels are fully insulated ● Secure locking system ● White or Blue powder coat finish - please specify when ordering
1
2
3
4
●
PRICES HELD Overall Size DxW 10ft x 8ft 20ft x 8ft
174
Model
Price
OFC10 OFC20
£3120.00 £4735.00
OFC10
Due to the size of these units, additional carriage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
127_127 06/01/2012 10:39 Page 1
Warehouses & Dock Tunnels / Shelters Ideal for temporary storage Can be relocated as your business grows ● These warehouses are constructed using a Galvanised Steel frame & PVC fabric ● Highly versatile & strong structures that can be used in all climates & conditions ● Very low costs - easily repaired & maintained ● No need for expensive & disruptive foundations ● Erected in just days creating minimal disruption to your operations ● Fully compliant to British Standards for wind & snow loadings. Full technical support & civil engineering advice available - Call For Details ● ●
OTHER TYPES OF WAREHOUSE AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS
PRICES HELD
Width
12000mm LENGTH mODELS
5000mm
10000mm
12000mm
3200mm
£9950
£15,701
£17,853
4500mm
£10,716
£16,772
6000mm
£12,013
£18,853
Height
Width
18000mm LENGTH mODELS
5000mm
10000mm
12000mm
3200mm
£15,004
£23,034
£26,235
£19,068
4500mm
£16,080
£24,656
£21,408
6000mm
£18,237
£27,866
Height
GROUND & RAISED DOCK TUNNELS KDTR is used to cover large distances between vehicles & loading doors ● KDT rotates for applications where direct access cannot be achieved ● Can be supplied to fit specific size - Call for Details ●
Width
5000mm
10000mm 12000mm
3200mm
£19,962
£30,371
£34,621
£28,047
4500mm
£21,445
£32,540
£37,027
£31,615
6000mm
£24,459
£36,879
£41,822
Height
GROUND & RAISED DOCK SHELTERS Create a seal between dock opening & vehicle Help create a comfortable working environment & reduce costly heat loss ● Full height re-inforced dock shelters ● Double spring scissor action impact absorbers with heavy duty apron to prevent damage to the building ● Can be supplied to fit specific size - Call for Details ● ●
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
Overall Size W x H x D mm
Model
Price Each
Price 3+
3400 x 3500 x 3000
KDTR
£4462.00
£4112.00
3400 x 4500 x 3000
KDTR-G
£5002.00
£4552.00
4200 x 4500 x 1000
KDT
£3727.00
£3327.00
Overall Size W x H x D mm
Model
Price Each
Price 3+
Raised Dock Shelter
3400 x 3500 x 650
KDRL
£1450.00
£1395.00
Ground Dock Shelter
3400 x 4500 x 700
KDG
£3455.00
£3055.00
Description
Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS
175
Site Safety & Premises
6000mm LENGTH mODELS
128_128 06/01/2012 10:37 Page 1
Heavy Duty Dock Systems HIGH SPEED DOORS
PRICES
Minimal amount of maintenance needed HELD ● Designed to be used hundreds of times each day ● Highly resistant to strong winds & excellent seal against dust ● Rapid open & close reduces heat loss & energy consumption ● Also available for Low Head Room Applications with Vertical Roll Doors - P.O.A ●
Price Each
Price 3+
Price Each
Price 3+
Price Each
Price 3+
Price Each
Price 3+
Price Each
Price 3+
Price Each
Price 3+
Width 2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
Height 2500
£5419
£5119
£5521
£5321
£5892
£5542
£5999
£5649
£6364
£5964
£7425
£7025
3000 3500 4000
£5551 £5657 £5785
£5251 £5357 £5485
£5685 £5785 £5951
£5385 £5485 £5651
£6054 £6189 £6344
£5704 £5839 £5994
£6173 £6329 £6488
£5823 £5979 £6138
£6553 £6712 £6893
£6153 £6312 £6493
£7845 £7797 £8305
£7445 £7397 £7905
4500
£5900
£5600
£6049
£5749
£6548
£6198
£6707
£6357
£7131
£6731
£8460
£8060
5000
£6023
£5723
£6284
£5984
£6705
£6355
£6877
£6527
£7313
£6913
£8676
£8276
OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS The standard form of door used to complete loading bays ● These doors are built to be robust & simple
Site Safety & Premises
●
PRICES HELD
BUILT WITH SPEED IN MIND
Overall Size W x H mm
Price Each
Price 3+
2500 x 2750 2600 x 2870 2800 x 2870 3000 x 3000 4000 x 5200
£1573.00 £1626.00 £1675.00 £1796.00 £4062.00
£1273.00 £1326.00 £1375.00 £1496.00 £3712.00
SWING LIP Produced in various sizes as summarised below: ● Width: 1500 / 2200 mm ● Length: 2000 / 4500 mm PRICES ● Height: 600 / 800 mm HELD ● Lip Length: 400 mm ● Load Capacity: 6000kg ● Can be supplied to fit your specific requirements - CALL FOR DETAILS ●
Description
Embedded
Suspended
Overall Size W x L x H mm
Elevation Positive / Negative
2000 x 2500 x 600 2000 x 3000 x 600
+/-12%
2000 x 2500 x 600 2000 x 3000 x 600
Model
Price Each
Price 3+
EKRBA2C
£3503.00
£3128.00
EKRBA3C
£3577.00
£3202.00
SKRBA2C
£3887.00
£3512.00
SKRBA3C
£4040.00
£3665.00
TELESCOPIC LIP Telescopic Lip is used mainly in situations where the vehicle is loaded from the side. ● Produced in various sizes as summarised below: ● Width: 2000 / 2200 mm PRICES ● Length: 2000 / 4000 mm ● Height: 700 / 900 mm HELD ● Lip Length: 1000 mm ● Load Capacity: 6000kg ● Can be supplied to fit specific size - Call for Details ●
Description Embedded Suspended
176
Overall Size W x L x H mm
Model
Price Each
Price 3+
2000 x 2500 x 600
EKRTA2C
£4948.00
£4574.00
2000 x 3000 x 600
EKRTA3C
£5179.00
£4804.00
SKRTA2C
£5873.00
£5498.00
SKRTA3C
£6159.00
£5784.00
2000 x 2500 x 600 2000 x 3000 x 600
Elevation Positive / Negative
+/-12%
Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS
129_129 06/01/2012 10:36 Page 1
PVC Strip Curtains SwiVel Hinge Headrail SyStem Heavy duty Galvanised swivel hinge headrail system which is suitable for 300 & 400mm strips ● Recommended where forklifts are in use ● Headrail comes pre-assembled & strips are cut to length ready to hang ● Variety of overlaps to suit your needs ●
Prices from £28 per m2
Hook-on Headrail SyStem Hook-on headrail system available in Stainless Steel & Galvanised finishes ● Suitable for use with 200, 300 & 400mm strips ● Recommended for pedestrian & pallet truck traffic ● Variety of overlaps to suit your needs ●
Site Safety & Premises
Prices from £22 per m2
maxBullet™ Headrail SyStem Headrail made from cross-linked Polymer Suitable for pedestrian doorways. ● Kits are supplied 965W x 2000H mm complete with rails & strips cut to length & punched – ready to hang ● ●
Other sizes available on request
Prices from £79 per kit
rePlaCement PVC All sizes of PVC are available including Standard, Polargrade, Double Ribbed, Green & Bronze welding & various colours. ● The PVC can be supplied in 50m rolls or cut to your required length. ● 50m PVC rolls from £95.00 ● Replacement PVC strip from £2.50 per metre ●
177
130_130 06/01/2012 10:35 Page 1
Hose Reels AIR & WATER HOSES Automatic Rewind Units come complete with a swivel bracket (supplied loose for site assembly) ● Positive Latching Mechanism - automatically locks hose at desired length ● Subject to availability ● ●
HRA05Z PREVIOUSLY £70.55
NOW £49.95
HRA01Z
HRA05Z
HRA01Z PREVIOUSLY £88.95
Site Safety & Premises
NOW £59.95
LOWER PRICES
HRW04Z
HRA06Z
£99.95
HRW04Z
£59.95 HRA06Z Hose
Hose Colour
Hose Length
Hose Dia. mm
Case Size L x W x H mm
Polyurethane
Blue
8 metre
12
570 x 300 x 320
Rubber
Red
8 metre
10
430 x 200 x 370
Rubber
Red
15 metre
10
Rubber
Red
15 metre
Rubber
Red
15 metre
Case Colour
Case Material
Max Pressure
Weight kg
Model
Price
Black
Polypropylene
300 Psi
14
HRA05Z
£49.95
Blue
Polypropylene
300 Psi
9
HRA01Z
£59.95
430 x 200 x 370
Blue
Polypropylene
300 Psi
10.5
HRA02Z
£64.95
10
520 x 220 x 560
Black
Metal
300 Psi
22
HRA06Z
£99.95
13
520 x 220 x 560
Black
Metal
300 Psi
23
HRA07Z
£99.95
Polypropylene
-
10.5
HRW04Z
£59.95
Air Hoses
Water Hoses PVC
Green
15 metre
10
430 x 200 x 370
Green
TOOL BALANCER For workshop use - reduce operator fatigue & cut down assembly time Ideal for assembly line jobs - from small tools to industrial guns etc ● Easily adjustable to suit exact weight of tool HRB08Z ● Spring operated rewind system PREVIOUSLY ● Subject to availability £28.00 ● ●
NOW £17.50
HRB08Z
178
Capacity
Cable Travel
Cable Dia
0.4 - 1.8kg
1.25m
2 mm
Case Size L x W x H mm 150 x 40 x 220
Weight kg 0.45
Model
Price
HRB08Z
£17.50
131 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:02 Page 1
Workshop Equipment FoR All youR WoRKSHoP NEEDS... Industrial Seating Workstations Workbenches Maintenance Trolleys Drawer Cabinets Cupboards Perfo Panels Small Parts Storage Tool Trolleys Weighing Scales
180 & 181 182 183 to 201 199 202 to 203 204 205 206 206 to 208 209 & 210
DRAWER CABINETS Robust re-inforced housing with upto a 1 tonne overall capacity ● Models available to suit your needs ●
SEE PAGES
200 to 203
Workbenches Pages 183 to 201
179
132_132 06/01/2012 16:18 Page 1
Industrial Seating DRAUGHTING CHAIRS Tough wearing factory & office chairs which offer durability in the workplace ● Height adjustable, contoured back rest ● Seat gas height adjustment ●
ADJUSTABLE DRAUGHTMANS CHAIR WITH CASTORS
Workshop Equipment
FIXED FOOTREST DRAUGHTMANS CHAIR WITH GLIDES
SOFT, WASHABLE POLYURETHANE
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
FIXED FOOTREST
Description Adjustable Draughtmans Chair with Castors Fixed Footrest Draughtmans Chair with Glides
180
Seat Size W x D mm 455 x 430
Seat Height Adjustment Min / Max
Model
Price
405 / 580
FC1
£103.09
605 / 735
FC1/FC1/D-BASE
£133.52
133_133 06/01/2012 16:17 Page 1
Industrial Chairs Uncompromising ergonomic design High quality materials & components ● 3 colour options available for the upholstery: Red Grey Blue ● ●
3 YEAR GUARANTEE
please specify when ordering
DX30 CHAIR The chairs are very comfortable to sit on & offer excellent lumbar support ● Gas lift controls height adjustment ● The angle & height of the back rest is mechanically adjusted as well as the tilt of the seat ● Seat Size: 445 x 455mm ● Back Rest Size: 370 x 275mm ● The padding is made from fireproof Foam with a high quality Polyester fabric ● Chair base is constructed from anodized Aluminium in Grey & Black ● Mobile on swivelling twin castors which are braked when unloaded ● Arm rests are optional extras ●
DX30 Chair
Workshop Equipment
DX32 CHAIR ●
Construction is the same as the DX30 Chair but with longer gas struts
DX35 High Chair with DAR Arm Rests
DX35 HIGH CHAIR ●
ESD protected versions available - Call for Details
Construction is the same as the DX32 Chair but includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety
DX20PU CHAIR
NEW
Construction is the same as the DX30 chair but with Black Polyurethane seat & back, which have wear resistant & washable surfaces ● Seat Size: 370 x 425mm ● Back Rest Size: 350 x 265mm ●
DX25PU CHAIR ●
Construction is the same as the DX20PU chair but with longer gas struts & includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety
DX20 PU Chair
DAR ARM RESTS Made from Steel & Black Polyurethane 80mm high range & 50mm depth range ● Can be set either forwards or backwards which will allow you to sit closer to a bench ● ●
Seat Height Adjustment Min / Max mm
Model
Price
400 / 540
DX30
£295.00
450 / 650
DX32
£307.00
Fabric High Chair
500 / 740
DX35
£307.00
PU Chair
400 / 540
DX20PU
£236.00
PU High Chair
490 / 730
DX25PU
£265.00
DAR
£73.40
Description Fabric Chair
Arm Rests for the above units - pairs
DX25 PU High Chair with DAR Arm Rests
181
134_134 06/01/2012 16:16 Page 1
Workstations WORKSTATIONS Solid 25mm Wood worktops Hard wearing powder coat finish ● Drawers operate on smooth action runners ● Drawer External Size: 446W x 420D x 100H mm ● Subject to availability ● ●
WSI03Z WSI13A
Max Load
FURTHER PRICE REDUCTIONS
180kg WSI02Z WSI12A
FROM
£74.95 SUPPLIED KNOCK DOWN OR FULLY ASSEMBLED
Workshop Equipment
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Description 5 Drawer Unit
838 x 508 x 852
Lockable Cupboard Unit Shelf Unit
WORKSTATIONS Solid 38mm Wood worktops ● Hard wearing powder coat finish ● Drawers operate on smooth action runners ● Drawer External Size: 446W x 420D x 100H mm ● Subject to availability ●
Price
Model
Price
43
WSI01Z
£129.95
WSI11A
£219.95
27
WSI02Z
£79.95
WSI12A
£149.95
26
WSI03Z
£74.95
WSI13A
£144.95
£139.95 WSI06Z WSI16A
WSI05Z/WSI15A
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Description 2 Drawer Unit Lockable Cupboard with 2 Adjustable Shelves 5 Drawer Unit with an Adjustable Shelf
1372 x 508 x 865
Self Assembly
●
Fully Assembled
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
56
WSI04Z
£149.95
WSI14A
£239.95
49
WSI05Z
£139.95
WSI15A
£229.95
61
WSI06Z
£179.95
WSI16A
£279.95
FOLDING WORKBENCH ●
Fully Assembled
Model
FROM
Max Load
SUPPLIED KNOCK DOWN OR FULLY ASSEMBLED
Self-Assembly
Weight kg
FURTHER PRICE REDUCTIONS
250kg
WSI04Z WSI14A
WSI01Z/WSI11A
PRICE MASSIVELY REDUCED
Folds in seconds giving compact storage Can be opened & folded in seconds with minimum effort due to the use of 2 gas struts ● Incorporates a perforated panel & 15 hooks for you to be able to hook your tools on the bench ● Worktop Height - In Use: 870mm ● Subject to availability WBI09Z WAS £399.95
NOW ONLY
WBI09Z
Max Load
200kg
182
£199.95
WBI09Z Folded Overall Size - Open L x W x H mm 1330 x 680 x 1380
Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm 1330 x 370 x 1380
Worktop Size L x W mm 1200 x 650
BARGAIN PRICES - Further reductions whilst stocks last
Weight kg 58
Model
Price
WBI09Z
£199.95
135_135 06/01/2012 16:15 Page 1
Workbenches ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCH Laminate worktop with a Rubber edge Constructed from Steel angle ● Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip ● ●
L o o k i ng
Max Load
230kg
Fo r
Pac k ag in g Be n c h e s ? S e e p ag e 527
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1520 x 760 x 760 to 880
WBI01Z
£199.95
WBI01Z
Weight kg 50
Model
Price
WBI01Z
£199.95
HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE IN 25MM INCREMENTS
LOWER PRICES
Constructed from sheet Steel & box section ● Worktop & full depth bottom shelf have rear & side lips Max Load ● Complete with a centrally 200kg positioned lockable drawer ● Subject to availability WBI02Z WAS £349.00 FURTHER NOW ONLY PRICE REDUCTIONS ●
£239.00
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1500 x 640 x 860
Weight kg 82
Model
Price
WBI02Z
£239.00
2000 x 640 x 860
96
WBI03Z
£269.00
WBI02Z
MOBILE WORK STATION Manufactured from strong 45 x 45mm Steel angle For transferring equipment between workbenches ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel brake 150mm castors ● Ideal for use with the WBI02/03Z ● Subject to availability ● ●
LOWER PRICE
WHI04Y WAS £199.95
NOW ONLY
£159.95
Max Load
500kg WHI04Y shown with WBI02Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 755 x 1220
Worktop Height mm 840
Weight kg 58
Model
Price
WHI04Y
£159.95
BARGAIN BUY PRODUCTS - Further price reductions whilst stocks last
WHI04Y
183
Workshop Equipment
ECONOMY WORKBENCH
136_136 06/01/2012 16:13 Page 1
Workbenches ALL-PURPOSE WORKBENCHES
Max Load
500kg
Manufactured Manufacture d ECO157S
£380.55
Workshop Equipment
ECO157S
Robust all-purpose workbench Fully welded construction with formed Steel worktop ● Optional extras available ● ●
Standard Workbench
ECO157S ONLY
Length mm
Depth mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1500
750
46
ECO157S
£380.55
1800
900
57
ECO189S
£403.40
Optional Extras - Factory Fitted
ALL-PURPOSE WORKBENCH ECO157S, ECS750Z, ECD100L & ECC204R
Description
Model
Price
Lower Shelf to Suit ECO157S
ECS750Z
£63.60
Lower Shelf to Suit ECO189S
ECS900Z
£70.70
Left
ECD100L
£169.95
Right
ECD200R
£169.95
Left
ECC104L
£160.10
Right
ECC204R
£160.10
Single Lockable Drawer Lockable Cupboard
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES FROM
£559.05 FULLY WELDED HEAVY DUTY STEEL WORKBENCH
Manufactured Manufacture d Fully welded bench Heavy duty Steel worktop ● Complete with bottom shelf ● ●
184
Length mm 1500
Depth mm 750 900
Worktop Height mm 840
Model
Price
HD957S
£559.05
HD959S
£587.40
137_137 06/01/2012 16:12 Page 1
Standard Workbenches STANDARD BENCHES Fully welded bench frames with various optional extras to meet your individual working requirements ● Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface ● Worktop Height: 840mm ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
300kg
LD157M
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH SEE PAGE
189
Standard Workbench shown with a range of optional extras
WORKTOP OPTIONS ● ● ●
Top Options Length mm 1500 1800
BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Vinyl
21mm Vinyl faced Plywood with Wood edging 18mm exterior Plywood with Wood edging 18mm Grey MFC with PVC edging
Plywood MFC
21mm Vinyl
18mm Plywood
18mm MFC
Depth mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
LD157L
£444.80
LD157P
£423.35
LD157M
£422.80
900
LD159L
£469.90
LD159P
£446.50
LD159M
£434.00
750
LD187L
£464.95
LD187P
£442.90
LD187M
£440.15
900
LD189L
£495.95
LD189P
£463.90
LD189M
£472.85
DRAWERS
CUPBOARD
Factory fitted lockable drawers ● 4 colour options available for the drawer fronts: Red Green Blue Grey
●
●
●
please specify when ordering
Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4 colour options available for the cupboard fronts: Red Green Blue Grey please specify when ordering
No of Drawers
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
1 Drawer
440 x 570 x 155
OPT100ZL
OPT200ZR
£169.95
2 Drawer
440 x 570 x 300
OPT101ZL
OPT201ZR
£277.35
3 Drawer
440 x 570 x 445
OPT102ZL
OPT202ZR
£377.80
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
4 Drawer
440 x 570 x 590
OPT103ZL
OPT203ZR
£466.35
440 x 570 x 590
OPT104ZL
OPT204ZR
£160.10
185
Workshop Equipment
LD157M & OPT104ZL
138_138 06/01/2012 16:07 Page 1
General Purpose Workbenches GENERAL PURPOSE BENCHES Max Load
Fully welded bench frames meet the requirements of the assembly & workshop environments ● Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface ● Worktop Height: 840mm ●
300kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
Workshop Equipment
AB157W
AB157W & OPT204ZR
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH SEE PAGE
189
General Purpose Workbench shown with a range of optional extras
WORKTOP OPTIONS ● ● ●
Top Options Length mm 1500 1800
BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Vinyl
28mm Vinyl faced Plywood with Wood edging 25mm exterior Plywood with Wood edging 28mm Plastic chipboard faced with Warerite or similar Grey surface & edges
Plywood Warerite
28mm Vinyl
25mm Plywood
28mm Warerite
Depth mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
AB157L
£491.55
AB157P
£451.55
AB157W
£499.25
900
AB159L
£510.15
AB159P
£463.85
AB159W
£524.95
750
AB187L
£507.90
AB187P
£447.05
AB187W
£548.95
900
AB189L
£525.20
AB189P
£483.40
AB189W
£601.10
DRAWERS
CUPBOARD
Factory fitted lockable drawers ● 4 colour options available for the drawer fronts: Red Green Blue Grey
●
●
●
please specify when ordering
Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4 colour options available for the cupboard fronts: Red Green Blue Grey please specify when ordering
No of Drawers
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
1 Drawer
440 x 570 x 155
OPT100ZL
OPT200ZR
£169.95
2 Drawer
440 x 570 x 300
OPT101ZL
OPT201ZR
£277.35
3 Drawer
440 x 570 x 445
OPT102ZL
OPT202ZR
£377.80
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
4 Drawer
440 x 570 x 590
OPT103ZL
OPT203ZR
£466.35
440 x 570 x 590
OPT104ZL
OPT204ZR
£160.10
186
139_139 06/01/2012 16:06 Page 1
Cantilever Workbenches CANTILEVER BENCHES Work at this bench without the restraints of cross-members ● Fully welded bench frames meet the requirements of the assembly & workshop/laboratory environments ● Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface ● Worktop Height: 840mm ●
Max Load
300kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
CL159W
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH SEE PAGE
189
Two Cantilever Workbenches shown back-to-back with a range of optional extras
WORKTOP OPTIONS ● ● ● ●
Top Options Length mm 1500 1800
28mm Vinyl
BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Vinyl
28mm Vinyl faced Plywood with Wood edging 25mm exterior Plywood with Wood edging 28mm Plastic Chipboard faced with Warerite or similar Grey surface & edges Conductive Black Rubber Overlay Matting - available on request
Plywood Warerite
25mm Plywood
28mm Warerite
Depth mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
CL157L
£581.10
CL157P
£567.65
CL157W
£596.55
900
CL159L
£590.70
CL159P
£580.15
CL159W
£612.30
750
CL187L
£615.15
CL187P
£608.35
CL187W
£667.75
900
CL189L
£649.00
CL189P
£634.05
CL189W
£717.15
DRAWERS
CUPBOARD
Factory fitted lockable drawers ● 4 colour options available for the drawer fronts: Red Green Blue Grey
●
●
●
please specify when ordering
Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4 colour options available for the cupboard fronts: Red Green Blue Grey please specify when ordering
No of Drawers
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
1 Drawer
440 x 570 x 155
OPT100ZL
OPT200ZR
£169.95
2 Drawer
440 x 570 x 300
OPT101ZL
OPT201ZR
£277.35
3 Drawer
440 x 570 x 445
OPT102ZL
OPT202ZR
£377.80
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
4 Drawer
440 x 570 x 590
OPT103ZL
OPT203ZR
£466.35
440 x 570 x 590
OPT104ZL
OPT204ZR
£160.10
187
Workshop Equipment
CL159W & OPT104ZL
140_140 06/01/2012 16:05 Page 1
Heavy Duty Workbenches HEAVY DUTY BENCHES Max Load
Fully welded bench frames meet the heavy demand of a busy workshop ● Fitted with Steel feet enabling the bench to be securely fastened to the floor ● Worktop Height: 860mm ●
500kg
Workshop Equipment
HD157S
Heavy Duty Workbench shown with a range of optional extras HD157S & OPT204ZR
MEET THE HEAVY DEMAND OF YOUR WORKSHOP
Manufactured Manufacture d
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH SEE PAGE
189
WORKTOP OPTIONS ● ● ●
Top Options Length mm 1500 1800
BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Steel
25mm Plywood with Wood edging 28mm Chipboard faced with Warerite surface & edging 2mm Steel - stove enamel Grey finish
Plywood Warerite
25mm Plywood
28mm Warerite
2mm Steel
Depth mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
HD157A
£527.80
HD157W
£583.25
HD157S
£489.35
900
HD159A
£546.00
HD159W
£608.90
HD159S
£502.95
750
HD187A
£595.70
HD187W
£692.60
HD187S
£538.45
900
HD189A
£614.80
HD189W
£740.65
HD189S
£588.50
DRAWERS
CUPBOARD
Factory fitted lockable drawers ● 4 colour options available for the drawer fronts: Red Green Blue Grey
●
●
●
please specify when ordering
Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4 colour options available for the cupboard fronts: Red Green Blue Grey please specify when ordering
No of Drawers
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
1 Drawer
440 x 570 x 155
OPT100ZL
OPT200ZR
£169.95
2 Drawer
440 x 570 x 300
OPT101ZL
OPT201ZR
£277.35
3 Drawer
440 x 570 x 445
OPT102ZL
OPT202ZR
£377.80
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Left Model
Right Model
Price
4 Drawer
440 x 570 x 590
OPT103ZL
OPT203ZR
£466.35
440 x 570 x 590
OPT104ZL
OPT204ZR
£160.10
188
141_141 06/01/2012 16:30 Page 1
Optional Extras - Complete your Workbench FLUORESCENT LIGHT
SUPPORT LEGS
ADJUSTABLE CANTILEVER SHELF
TOOL RAIL
LOUVRED PANEL
ELECTRIC POWERPOINT
Manufactured Manufacture d
THE OPTIONAL EXTRAS DETAILED BELOW ARE SUITABLE FOR USE WITH THE STANDARD, GENERAL PURPOSE, CANTILEVER & HEAVY DUTY BENCHES SUPPORT LEGS ● ●
One pair of support legs Necessary for use with all extras except lips & electric power point Model OPT106Z
FLUORESCENT LIGHT
TOOL RAIL ● ●
Runs the full length of bench Requires Support Legs
●
●
Price £34.50
Single tube light: 1220mm Supplied with 3 metres of core cable & 13amp plug Requires Support Legs Model OPT197Z
● ●
2 double 13amp sockets Supplied with 3 metres of core cable & a safety cut out plug
Price £201.85
Model OPT198Z
Price £232.75
LOUVRED PANEL
Available on General Purpose, Cantilever & Heavy Duty ranges General Purpose & Cantilever Benches (not Warerite tops): Vinyl & Plywood Only = Pine Lips Heavy Duty Benches = Steel Lips To Suit - Length
●
●
Model OPT199Z
Price £114.15
REAR & SIDE LIPS ●
●
ELECTRIC POWERPOINTS
Model
● ●
Ideal for Plastic boxes Requires Support Legs To Suit - Length
Model
Price
1500 mm
OPT353Z
£173.70
1800 mm
OPT383Z
£210.65
Price
Rear Lip
ADJUSTABLE CANTILEVER SHELF
1500 mm
OPT454Z
£24.80
1800 mm
OPT484Z
£42.40
To Suit - Depth
Model
Price
To Suit - Length
Model
Price
750 mm
OPT555Z
£27.90
1500 mm
OPT252Z
£123.75
900 mm
OPT585Z
£28.55
1800 mm
OPT282Z
£128.50
● ●
Side Lip
Adjustable to 3 positions Requires Support Legs
BOTTOM SHELF ●
Not available on the Cantilever range of benches To Suit
Length Depth mm mm 1500 1800
●
The shelf sits within the frame of the bench
Standard Bench - Bottom Shelf 21mm Vinyl Model
Price
18mm Plywood Model
Price
General Purpose Bench - Bottom Shelf
18mm MFC Model
Price
28mm Vinyl Model
Price
Heavy Duty
25mm Plywood
28mm Warerite
Model
Model
Price
Price
1.2mm Steel Model
Price
750
LDS57L £145.60 LDS57P £106.25 LDS57M £152.45 ABS57L £168.90 ABS57P £131.25 ABS57W £180.55 HDS57S £103.95
900
LDS59L £162.90 LDS59P £118.85 LDS59M £153.45 ABS59L £186.25 ABS59P £162.50 ABS59W £189.20 HDS59S £103.95
750
LDS87L £151.25 LDS87P £110.50 LDS87M £111.95 ABS87L £158.70 ABS87P £132.00 ABS87W £189.95 HDS87S £120.85
900
LDS89L £171.35 LDS89P £126.75 LDS89M £156.15 ABS89L £189.20 ABS89P £163.10 ABS89W £238.80 HDS89S £120.85
189
Workshop Equipment
BOTTOM SHELF
142_142 06/01/2012 16:30 Page 1
Engineers Benches Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
Workshop Equipment
500kg
EB157S shown with EB454Z, 2 x EB555Z, EB100ZL & EB204ZR
EB157S
£486.95
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES Designed for use in environments where a robust, fully welded workbench is required e.g. Engineering Industry ● Complete with bottom shelf with an integral rear lip to prevent spillages ● Heavy duty Steel worktop with smooth edges ● Worktop Height: 840mm ●
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES IDEAL FOR INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENTS
EB157S
OPTIONAL EXTRAS - factory fitted Description Rear Lip
STANDARD WORKBENCH - c/w bottom shelf Length mm 1500
Depth mm 750
Weight kg 70
Model
Price
EB157S
£486.95
1800
900
102
EB189S
£580.80
190
Side Lip - each Single Drawer: 440W x 570D x 155H mm Lockable Cupboard: 440W x 570D x 590H mm
To Suit
Model
Price
1500
EB454Z
£24.80
1800
EB484Z
£26.75
750
EB555Z
£19.30
900
EB585Z
£20.05
Left
EB100ZL
£169.95
Right
EB200ZR
£169.95
Left
EB104ZL
£160.10
Right
EB204ZR
£160.10
143_143 06/01/2012 16:29 Page 1
Modular Workbenches PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRE22M & PRSE2M
DESIGNED TO OFFER INDEFINITE LENGTHS OF BENCHING
Max Load
1000kg
Available up to 1500mm deep to enable working from both sides Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments: 940mm Max ● Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock down. Extension units are not available on their own ● 4 colour options available for the drawers & cupboard: Red Green Blue Grey ● ●
Bench 28mm Vinyl
1500 2000
Extension - only supplied with the main benches
Top Options
Bench mm Length
PR222M
Top Options
25mm MDF
Price
Model
Price
25mm Plywood Model
Price
28mm Vinyl Model
25mm MDF
Price
Model
Price
25mm Plywood
Depth
Model
Model
750
PR157L
£527.65 PR157M £469.30 PR157P £549.35
PRE57L
£431.40 PRE57M £375.50 PRE57P
£447.60
Price
900
PR159L
£536.35 PR159M £475.95 PR159P £556.60
PRE59L
£442.65 PRE59M £382.15 PRE59P
£447.90
1250
PR222L
£642.35 PR222M £576.20 PR222P £588.90
PRE22L
£522.95 PRE22M £455.55 PRE22P
£465.20
1500
PR225L
£683.50 PR225M £602.80 PR225P £659.15
PRE25L
£547.05 PRE25M £466.35 PRE25P
£528.85
OPTIONAL LOWER SHELVES TO SUIT BENCHES & EXTENSION UNITS - factory fitted To Suit Bench mm Length 1500 2000
Depth 750 900 1250 1500
Lower Shelf to suit Bench
Shelf Size mm Length 1500 2000
Lower Shelf to suit Extension
Top Options 28mm Vinyl
Depth
Model
630
25mm MDF
Price
Model
Top Options 25mm Plywood
Price
Model
Price
PRS57L £114.60 PRS57M
£56.80
PRS57P
£89.20
£65.60
28mm Vinyl Model
Price
25mm MDF Model
25mm Plywood
Price
Model
Price
PRSE7L £114.60 PRSE7M
£56.80
PRSE7P
£89.20
PRS59P £120.55 PRSE9L £123.75 PRSE9M
£65.60
PRSE9P £120.55
780
PRS59L £123.75 PRS59M
1130
PRS22L £183.30 PRS22M £111.55 PRS22P £134.05 PRSE2L £183.30 PRSE2M £111.55 PRSE2P £134.05
1380
PRS25L £215.10 PRS25M £128.65 PRS25P £174.75 PRSE5L £215.10 PRSE5M £128.65 PRSE5P £174.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS - factory fitted Description
To Suit
Model
Price
Upper 2 Shelf
1500
PRPT215Z
£142.35
Upper 2 Shelf
2000
PRPT220Z
£147.25
Light Rail - requires support legs
PRPT97Z
£201.85
Tool Rail - requires support legs
PRPT99Z
£34.50
Support Legs - for use with above
PRPT06Z
£114.15
Electrical Powerpoint Single Drawer: 440W x 570D x 155H mm Double Drawer: 440W x 570D x 300H mm Three Drawer: 440W x 570D x 445H mm Four Drawer: 440W x 570D x 590H mm Lockable Cupboard: 440W x 570D x 590H mm
PRPT98Z
£232.75
Left
PRPT10ZL
£169.95
Right
PRPT20ZR
£169.95
Left
PRPT11ZL
£277.35
Right
PRPT21ZR
£277.35
Left
PRPT12ZL
£377.80
Right
PRPT22ZR
£377.80
Left
PRPT13ZL
£466.35
Right
PRPT23ZR
£466.35
Left
PRPT14ZL
£160.10
Right
PRPT24ZR
£160.10
PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRPT220Z, PRPT13ZL & PRPT21ZR
191
Workshop Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d please specify when ordering MODULAR WORKBENCHES & EXTENSION UNITS
144_144 06/01/2012 16:28 Page 1
Timber Workbenches
Workshop Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
BASIC WORKBENCH
Cupboard Unit Drawer Unit
Price £156.63 £185.23
Overall Size L x D mm
Plywood Model
Price
Vinyl Model
Price
Hardwood Model
Price
Optional Bottom Shelf
Price
1200 x 750
EAT001
£343.03
EAT067
£399.13
EAT076
£466.24
EAT023
£47.77
1200 x 900
EAT002
£377.33
EAT068
£439.03
EAT077
£512.57
EAT024
£50.17
1200 x 1200
EAT003
£415.06
EAT069
£482.94
EAT078
£564.14
EAT025
£52.67
1500 x 750
EAT004
£377.33
EAT070
£439.03
EAT079
£512.86
EAT026
£57.91
1500 x 900
EAT005
£415.06
EAT071
£482.94
EAT080
£564.14
EAT027
£59.84
1500 x 1200
EAT006
£456.56
EAT072
£531.24
EAT081
£620.56
EAT028
£61.79
1800 x 750
EAT007
£415.06
EAT073
£482.94
EAT082
£564.14
EAT029
£63.71
1800 x 900
EAT008
£456.56
EAT074
£531.24
EAT083
£620.56
EAT030
£65.66
1800 x 1200
EAT009
£502.23
EAT075
£584.36
EAT084
£682.60
EAT031
£67.59
BACK LIP ●
Plywood Model EAT010 EAT011
Description
DESIGN YOUR OWN WORKBENCH
BACK PANEL
Constructed in 18mm Plywood
●
SECURITY CUPBOARD
305mm High
● ●
Length mm 1200
Model
Price
EAT017
1500 1800
Left or right mounted Lockable (padlock not included)
Model
Price
£26.01
Length mm 1200
EAT020
£42.27
EAT018
£33.93
1500
EAT021
£50.99
Model
Price
EAT019
£41.84
1800
EAT022
£59.67
EAT012
£130.03
TOOL RACK
SAW RACK
6 Slot ● Back or side mounted
●
●
PLANE STOP
Left or right mounted
●
RECORD VICE
Prevents work in progress moving
●
175mm jaws
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
EAT013
£18.59
EAT014
£10.53
EAT015
£28.67
EAT016
£183.69
192
145_145 06/01/2012 16:27 Page 1
Stainless Steel Workbenches STAINLESS STEEL PREPARATION WORKBENCHES Fully welded construction Manufactured from Food Quality Grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Worktop Height: 840mm ● Hygienic - can be steam cleaned ● ●
The bottom shelf has an integral rear lip
Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
PB157S fitted with PBC04S & PBD03S
250kg
WORKBENCH Overall Size L x D mm 1500 x 750 1800 x 900
Weight kg 75 102
Model
Price
PB157S PB189S
£1086.80 £1238.60
PB157S
£1086.80
PB157S
Description
Model
Price
Bottom Shelf - 1500 x 575
PBS57S
£200.30
Bottom Shelf - 1800 x 575
PBS89S
£224.85
Rear Retaining Lip
PBRL1S
£84.60
Side Retaining Lip - Each
PBSL2S
£49.55
Single Drawer
PBD03S
£373.25
Lockable Cupboard
PBC04S
£403.15
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES Fully welded construction Manufactured from Food Quality Grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Bright annealed Grade 304 Stainless Steel worktop with an 18mm exterior Plywood substraight to give total support ● Worktop Height: 840mm ● ●
SB157P
£873.00
Manufactured Manufacture d SB157P shown with SBS57P
WORKBENCH
Max Load
250kg
Overall Size L x D mm 1500 x 750
Weight kg 42
Model
Price
SB157P
£873.00
1500 x 900
54
SB159P
£991.65
1800 x 750
60
SB187P
£1077.65
OPTIONAL EXTRAS - factory fitted
SB157P shown with SBS57P, SBD03P, SBC04P, SBRL1P, SBPB5P, SBSR6P, SBCS2P & SBLF7P
Description
To Suit
Model
Price
Bottom Shelf 575D mm
SB157 & 9P
SBS57P
£204.00
SB187P
SBS87P
£232.55
Rear Retaining Lip / Splashback
SBRL1P
£53.50
Cantilever Shelf* (Horizontal Fitting)
SBCS2P
£177.40
Single Drawer
SBD03P
£373.25
Lockable Cupboard
SBC04P
£403.15
Electric Powerpoint
SBPB5P
£337.60
Light Fitment*
SBLF7P
£221.00
Support Rails* - for use with the Light Fitment & Cantilever Shelf
SBSR6P
£213.40
* Support Rails are needed for use with Cantilever Shelf & Light Fitment
193
Workshop Equipment
OPTIONAL EXTRAS - factory fitted
146_146 06/01/2012 16:26 Page 1
Workshop Equipment
Ergonomic Workbenches
Frames are epoxy powder coated Steel in Dark Grey RAL 7045. The worktops are either 25mm Melamine-Laminate or 26mm ESD-Laminate on particle board. ESD benches are earthed via a protective 1 mega-ohm resistor. Supplied knock down for self-assembly
WORKBENCH TP Worktop D x W mm 500 x 700
Model
Price £197.00
ESD Model TP 507 ESD
TP 507
500 x 1000
TP 510
£218.00
£217.00
TP 510 ESD
£262.00
700 x 1000 700 x 1200
TP 710
£240.00
TP 710 ESD
£310.00
TP 712
£248.00
TP 712 ESD
£350.00
700 x 1500
TP 715
£270.00
TP 715 ESD
£402.00
● ●
Price
700 x 1800
TP 718
£300.00
TP 718 ESD
£470.00
900 x 1500
TP 915
£306.00
TP 915 ESD
£525.00
900 x 1800
TP 918
£334.00
TP 918 ESD
£586.00
Angle Extension 500 x 1000
TP 510 K
£180.00
TP 510 K ESD
£244.00
700 x 1200
TP 712 K
£210.00
TP 712 K ESD
£340.00
WORKBENCH WITH SHELF TPH Worktop D x W mm 700 x 1200
Model
Price £398.00
ESD Model TPH 712 ESD
TPH 712
£538.00
700 x 1500
TPH 715
£420.00
TPH 715 ESD
£590.00
700 x 1800
TPH 718
£464.00
TPH 718 ESD
£698.00
900 x 1500
TPH 915
£458.00
TPH 915 ESD
£685.00
900 x 1800
TPH 918
£502.00
TPH 918 ESD
£819.00
Price
Model
Price
SAP 507
700 x 1000 700 x 1500
WORKBENCH TP Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm Can be also supplied as a line or angle extension
WORKBENCH WITH SHELF TPH Construction as TP with upright profiles & a 310 mm deep Laminate shelf ● Upper shelf is height adjustable from 1080 to 1550mm ●
MOVEABLE BENCH SAP Construction as TP but with 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked ● Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm ● Lower shelf is an optional extra - Call for Details ●
Workbench with shelf TPH
MOVEABLE BENCH SAP Worktop D x W mm 500 x 700
ESD protected workbenches are for use in the electronics industry & comply with EN61340-5-1
£232.00
ESD Model SAP 507 ESD
£279.00
SAP 710
£271.00
SAP 710 ESD
£369.00
SAP 715
£318.00
SAP 715 ESD
£469.00
Workbench TP
Price
Lower Shelf 500 x 700
AT 507
£51.00
AT 507 ESD
£115.00
700 x 1000
AT 710
£77.00
AT 710 ESD
£209.00
194
Movable Bench SAP
147_147 06/01/2012 16:25 Page 1
Accessories for TPH Benches 2
1
3
4
METAL SHELF TH
BIN RAIL BP
AUXILIARY SHELF SH SWIVEL ARM & TRAY CKV
For picking/stacking bins Height & angle adjusts ● Load Capacity: 30kg
For picking/stacking bins Aluminium profile ● Load Capacity: 30kg
●
●
●
●
●
5&6
No. 1
TOOL & LIGHTING SUPPORT KT
3
Includes 1 x C-profile & sliding hook ● Order extra bar to mount tools & light
●
4
OVERHEAD LIGHT OL 5
Twin 54w flicker free fluorescent lights ● Pre-wired 3 metre cable to plug ● Built in diffuser ●
6 7 7
8
Overall Size D x W mm 145 x 1119
To Suit TPH bench length 1200
Standard Model TH 120
145 x 1419
1500
TH 150
145 x 1719
1800
1115 Length
590mm long arm Angle adjustable ● Load Capacity: 15kg ● ●
£44.00
ESD Model TH 120 ESD
£67.00
£49.50
TH 150 ESD
£75.00
TH 180
£53.50
TH 180 ESD
£85.00
1200
BP 120
£44.00
BP 120 ESD
£51.60
1415 Length
1500
BP 150
£50.50
BP 150 ESD
£60.00
1715 Length
1800
BP 180
£53.00
BP 180 ESD
£62.00
310 x 1200
1200
SH 120
£108.00
SH 120 ESD
£169.00
310 x 1500
1500
SH 150
£115.00
SH 150 ESD
£185.00
310 x 1800
1800
SH 180
£119.00
SH 180 ESD
£209.00
210 x 460
-
CKV 400
£148.00
CKV 400 ESD £165.00
1200 Length
1200
KT 120
£114.00
1500 Length
1500
KT 150
£119.00
1800 Length
1800
KT 180
£123.00
1200 Length - Bar
1200
SPR 120
£26.00
1500 Length - Bar
1500
SPR 150
£32.00
1800 Length - Bar
1800
SPR 180
£37.00
1200 Length
-
OL-254/E
£265.00
1120 x 450
1200
LP 1200
£51.00
1420 x 450
1500
LP 1500
£67.00
1720 x 450
1800
LP 1800
£78.00
72 x 72 x 1060
1200
TJK 1204
£184.00
72 x 72 x 1360
1500
TJK 1504
£194.00
72 x 72 x 1660
1800
TJK 1804
£205.00
STEEL CABINETS ML
Price
Price
TPH BENCHES - Page 194
9
LOUVRED PANEL LP ●
For stacking/picking bins
Epoxy coated Steel Single point locking ● Load capacity 30kg per drawer ● Not suitable for 500mm deep benches
●
● 8
No.
ELECTRICAL POWER CHANNELS Pre-wired 3 metre cable to plug ● 4 x 13A UK Sockets ● CE Approved ●
9
Overall Size D x W x H mm 580 x 453 x 142
Drawer Height mm 1 x 140
Model
Price
ML 01
£145.00
580 x 490 x 351
1 x 60 & 2 x 120
ML 02
£315.00
580 x 490 x 532
1 x 60, 2 x 120 & 1 x 180
ML 03
£400.00
580 x 490 x 670 - mobile
1 x 60, 2 x 120 & 1 x 180
ML 04
£490.00
580 x 490 x 532
1 x 120 & 1 x 360
ML 05
£320.00
580 x 490 x 532
1 x 480mm Cupboard
ML 05D
£370.00
580 x 490 x 762
1 x 60, 3 x 120, 1 x 180
ML 06
£550.00
195
Workshop Equipment
2
For more than one shelf on your bench ● Load Capacity: 50kg
148_148 06/01/2012 16:24 Page 1
Adjustable Workbenches ADJUSTABLE WORKBENCHES Stylish design with good leg room ● Height adjustable from 700 to 1000mm by Allen Key, Hand Crank or Electric Motor ● Flush bench foot print ● 25mm Laminate Particle Board Worktops ● Working Loads: 250kg (Allen Key) 200kg (Hand Crank) 200kg (Electric Motor) ● Electric motor takes 19 secs. from minimum to maximum ●
Workshop Equipment
IDEAL FOR STANDING OR SEATED WORK
ESD protected versions available - Call for Details
WB815EL shown with Accessories
WB815
Allen Key Adjustment Hand Crank Adjustment
Allen Key Adjustment
Electric Motor Adjustment
Hand Crank Adjustment
Electric Motor Adjustment
Worktop Sizes D x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
800 x 1073
WB-811
£483.00
WB-811C
£1010.00
WB-811EL
£1490.00
800 x 1500
WB-815
£495.00
WB-815C
£1030.00
WB-815EL
£1530.00
800 x 1800
WB-818
£515.00
WB-818C
£1070.00
WB-818EL
£1560.00
196
149_149 06/01/2012 16:23 Page 1
Accessories for Adjustable Benches FULL WIDTH OVER BENCH ACCESSORIES ARE MOUNTED ON UPRIGHT PROFILES & SMALLER MODULES ON ACCESSORY FRAMES 1073mm wide benches can accept 1 x 100 module from the tilting shelf or bin rail options. 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x 70 modules from the tilting shelf or bin rail options. 1800mm wide benches can accept one of each size, 70 & 100 tilting shelf or bin rail options
UPRIGHTS
ACCESSORY FRAME
UPPER SHELF
Needed for upright mounting accessories. 2 x 900mm uprights & horizontal profile.
Needed for accessory mounting accessories. 1 x 500mm uprights & horizontal profile.
Height adjustable 25mm shelves. Mounts on upright. Load capacity: 50kg
Bench Width
Model
Price
Bench Width
Model
Price
Bench Width
Size mm
Model
Price
1073 mm
AL2X110W
£145.00
1073 mm
-
-
1073 mm
310 x 1073
ALH-110
£109.00
1500 mm
AL2X150W
£147.00
1500 mm
AKK-150
£82.00
1500 mm
310 x 1500
ALH-150
£144.00
1800 mm
AL2X180W
£156.00
1800 mm
AKK-180
£96.00
1800 mm
310 x 1800
ALH-180
£159.00
OVERHEAD & SIDE LIGHT POWER CHANNEL
Steel bracket for tools & OL light. Mounts on upright.
Pre-wired flicker free bulbs. Adjusts for angle. Side light mounts on upright.
Bench Width
Model
Price
Item
1073 mm
HSB-110
£108.00
1500 mm
HSB-150
£111.00
590mm Side Light 2 x 24w Bulb
Model
1800 mm
HSB-180
£119.00
Price
Pre-wired power channel with 4 x UK Sockets, 2 on each side. 3 metre cable to plug. Bench Width
Features
Model
Price
SL224E £193.00
1073 mm
TJK-904
£184.00
TJK-1504
£194.00
1200mm Overhead Light 2 x 54w Bulb OL224E £265.00
1800 mm
Full Width Channel & 4 Sockets
TJK-1804
£205.00
1500 mm
TILTING SHELF
BIN RAIL
MONITOR ARMS
Adjusts for height, angle & depth. Mounts on accessory frame. Load capacity: 30kg
Aluminium profile bin rail. Mounts on accessory frame. Accepts most bins.
Mounts on accessory frame. For LCD monitors with VESA 75 or 100 fittings. MA arm moves from 95-425mm. Load 5kg
Bench Width
Size mm
Model
Price
Bench Width
Size mm
Model
Price
Item
Model
Price
1500/1800 mm
400 x 660
ASH-70
£107.00
1500/1800 mm
685
BP-70
£40.00
LCD Screen Bracket
MH
£126.00
1073/1800 mm
400 x 960
ASH-100 £119.00
1073/1800 mm
985
BP-100
£45.00
LCD Screen Bracket & Arm
MA
£200.00
PC STAND & KEYBOARD SHELF
Mounted under worktop. PC holder adjusts from 395-500H mm & 130-240W mm. Keyboard tray is 250 x 500 x 110 mm & includes Pull Out Mouse Mat Item
Model
Price
Adjustable PC Holder
CPU
£82.00
Pull Out Keyboard Shelf
NT-500ESD
£135.00
CORNER UNIT
SIDE TABLE
Used with 2 x WB Benches to create 90º angle. Installed on left or right with brackets; Not suitable with WBC or WBEL units. Load 50kg adjustable in height. Load 50kg Size mm
Model
Price
Size mm
Model
Price
1153 x 1153
WB-1212CT
£192.00
800 x 400
WB-804ST
£93.00
197
Workshop Equipment
OVERHEAD SUPPORT
150_150 06/01/2012 16:20 Page 1
Mobile Workshop Products UNIVERSAL TROLLEY A versatile trolley for PC, printer or monitoring equipment Frames are epoxy powder coated Light Grey RAL7035 ● Vertical profiles are of Aluminium ● Worktops are of 25mm Laminated Particle Board ● Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
IDEAL FOR TEST EQUIPMENT
Workshop Equipment
Max Load
150kg
Trolley
3 Shelves
Overall Size D x W x H mm 650 x 650 x 1415
WTR 140
£570.00
Extra Shelf
-
650 x 530
TS 605
£64.00
Adjustable Shelf
Adjustment for Height & Angle
650 x 530
TAS 605
£120.00
Drawer Unit
2 x 100mm drawers
460 x 370 x 345
LMC 02
£242.00
Pull-out Keyboard Tray
Mouse Mat
260 x 500 x 110
NT 500
£135.00
Electrical Power Channel
4 x UK Sockets & 3 metre cable to plug
72 x 72 x 470
TJK-404
£166.00
Product
Includes
Model
Price
MOVEABLE BENCH Height adjustable from 690 to 990mm ● Integrated lower shelf ● Epoxy powder coated steel Light Grey RAL7035 ● Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
STEEL TROLLEY
●
Single point locking Drawer handle with label holder ● Epoxy powder coated steel Dark Grey RAL7045 ● Fluted Rubber mat ● Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● Load 30kg per drawer ●
Max Load
75kg Per Shelf
Worktop Size Model Price D x W mm 700 x 500 CTR 705 £330.00
●
Overall Size Model Price D x W x H mm 580 x 490 x 670 ML 04 £490.00
INDUSTRIAL TROLLEY For use in production, repair or storage areas Frames are epoxy powder coated Dark Grey RAL7045 ● Bottom shelf of Steel with fluted Rubber mat ● Mobile on 125mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
Product
Max Load
150kg
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Trolley
Model
Price
IT 170
£346.00
IT 170 KIT
£573.00
Shelves: 3 x ISS407 1 x ISS 607
625 x 777 x 1725
Adjustment for Height, Depth & Angle: 0 to 30o Front Retaining Lip Load Capacity: 40kg
400 x 680
ISS 407
£64.00
600 x 680
ISS 607
£71.00
Bin Rail
Double Profile
685 Length
BP 70
£40.00
Perforated Panel
9mm Perforations at 38mm Centres
686 x 750
HPP 73
£57.00
Cupboard Unit
Of Perforated Steel with lock, shelf & connectors
310 x 687 x 700
HCU 73
£290.00
Steel Shelf
198
Includes
151_151 06/01/2012 16:19 Page 1
Maintenance Trolleys MAINTENANCE TROLLEYS Roller bearing drawers with 50kg UDL capacity Lockable cupboards with adjustable Steel shelf ● Mobile on 4 x 125mm castors with 2 brakes ● Maximum Load Capacity: 200kg UDL ● ●
Individual drawer safety triggers to prevent accidental opening ● Choice of 30mm Multiplex Worktop or Steel top tray with a non-slip Rubber mat ●
NEW Max Load
200kg
16913241.11v
Overall Size Worktop Model Price W x D x H mm Type 2 x 700mm Cupboard 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber 16913200.11v £395.85 Configuration
each with a shelf
1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex 16913201.11v £439.69
Configuration 8 x 175mm Drawers
Overall Size Worktop Model Price W x D x H mm Type 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber 16913240.11v £759.68 1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex 16913241.11v £803.51
NEW Max Load
200kg
16913221.11v
16913223.11v
please note the drawers are on the left hand side & the cupboard is on the right hand side
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Worktop Type
please note the drawers are on the left hand side & the cupboard is on the right hand side
Model
Price
1 x 700mm Cupboard 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber 16913220.11v £577.50 with a shelf & 4 x 1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex 16913221.11v £621.34 175mm Drawers
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Worktop Type
Model
Price
1 x 700mm Cupboard 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber 16913223.11v £646.64 with a shelf, 1 x 75 & 5 x 125mm Drawers 1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex 16913224.11v £690.38
199
Workshop Equipment
16913200.11v
152_152 06/01/2012 16:41 Page 1
Workbenches FRAMEWORK BENCHES Heavy duty braced framework 40mm Multiplex or Lino worktops ● Maximum Load Capacity: 800kg UDL
Suspended cabinets with 75kg UDL capacity drawers with 100% extensions ● Epoxy powder coated in Grey & Blue
●
●
●
NEW Max Load
Workshop Equipment
800kg
41003396.11v
41003082.16v
Configuration
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840
Frame Bench 2000 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003082.16v
£277.13
Lino
41003084.16v
£301.74
Multiplex
41003178.16v
£340.26
Lino
41003180.16v
£365.94
Configuration Bench with 1 x 150mm Drawer
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003396.11v
£544.48
Lino
41003397.11v
£569.09
Multiplex
41003399.11v
£607.61
Lino
41003400.11v
£633.29
NEW Max Load
800kg
41003402.11v
Configuration Bench with 3 x 100mm Drawers
200
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
41003130.11v
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Configuration
Multiplex
41003402.11v
£669.33
Lino
41003403.11v
£693.94
Multiplex
41003405.11v
£732.46
Lino
41003406.11v
£758.14
Bench with 2 x 75, 1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003130.11v
£757.63
Lino
41003132.11v
£782.24
Multiplex
41003226.11v
£820.76
Lino
41003228.11v
£846.44
153_153 06/01/2012 16:40 Page 1
Workbenches STORAGE BENCHES Sturdy framework deisgn incorporates storage modules ● 40mm Multiplex or Lino worktops ● Maximum Load Capacity: 800kg UDL
Integral cabinets with 100kg UDL capacity drawers & shelves ● Epoxy powder coated in Grey & Blue
●
●
NEW Max Load
800kg
41002049.11v
41002022.11v
Overall Size W x D x H mm
2 x 500mm Cupboards each with an adjustable shelf
1500 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Multiplex 41002022.11v £625.80 Lino
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
2 x 500mm Cupboards each with an adj. shelf plus an open section with a shelf
2000 x 750 x 840
Price
41002024.11v £649.95
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex 41002049.11v £816.20 Lino
41002051.11v £841.64
NEW Max Load
800kg 41002025.11v
41002073.11v
please note the drawers are on the right hand side & the cupboard is on the left hand side
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers with 1 x 500mm Cupboard with an adj. shelf
1500 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Multiplex 41002025.11v £723.45 Lino
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
4 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers with an open section for seating with a half depth shelf
2000 x 750 x 840
Price
41002027.11v £747.60
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex 41002073.11v £954.45 Lino
41002075.11v £979.65
NEW Max Load
800kg 41002055.11v 41002031.11v
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Worktop Type
Model
Price
4 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers
1500 x 750 x 840
Multiplex
41002031.11v
£822.15
Lino
41002033.11v
£846.30
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
2 x 500mm Cupboards each with an adj. shelf, 2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
2000 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex 41002055.11v £945.00 Lino
41002057.11v £970.20
201
Workshop Equipment
Configuration
154_154 06/01/2012 16:40 Page 1
Drawer Cabinets Robust re-inforced housing with up to 1 tonne overall capacity ● Ergonomic handle with label strip & cover ● Full range of drawer dividers available - Call for Details
75kg UDL drawer capacity on 100% extension Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent more than 1 drawer opening at one time ● Epoxy powder coated in Grey & Blue
●
● ●
NEW
40019035.11v
Workshop Equipment
40019031.11v Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1 x 100 & 1 x 175mm Drawers with a 400mm Cupboard
650 x 650 x 800
40019031.11v
£447.30
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
2 x 100 & 2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
650 x 650 x 800
40019035.11v
£544.95
NEW
40020033.11v
40020041.11v
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1 x 100, 1 x 125 & 1 x 150mm Drawers with a 400mm Cupboard
800 x 650 x 900
40020033.11v
£662.55
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
5 x 100 & 2 x 150mm Drawers
800 x 650 x 900
40020041.11v
£832.65
NEW
40029031.11v
40029037.11v
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers
1050 x 750 x 1200
40029031.11v
£1171.80
202
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
4 x 100, 2 x 125, 3 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers
1050 x 750 x 1600
40029037.11v
£1508.85
155_155 06/01/2012 16:39 Page 1
Mobile Drawer Cabinets ALL THE FEATURES OF THE OPPOSITE PAGE PLUS..... Rubber tyred castors, 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked Ergonomic Aluminium handles for easy grip ● Overall load capacity of 300kg UDL on 650mm wide units & 600kg UDL on 800mm wide units ● ●
Safety drawer trigger to prevent opening in transit ● Top trays with quality Vinyl faced inlaid mats providing anti roll-off surface ●
NEW Max Load
300kg
40402035.11v
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
3 x 100 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
650 x 650 x 780
40402023.11v
£662.55
2 x 75, 2 x 100, 1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
650 x 650 x 980
40402035.11v
£804.30
NEW Max Load
600kg
40402057.11v 40402065.11v
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
3 x 100 & 2 x 150mm Drawers
800 x 650 x 880
40402057.11v
£871.50
2 x 75, 3 x 100, 1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
800 x 650 x 980
40402065.11v
£966.00
203
Workshop Equipment
40402023.11v
156_156 06/01/2012 16:39 Page 1
Heavy Duty Cupboards HEavy Duty CupboarDs - 2000mm HigH WitH DraWErs True industrial strength housings, coupled with internal workshops, drawers & shelves Heavy gauge Steel construction ● Attractive two-tone epoxy paint finish ● Hinged doors with either perfo or louvre inner panels ● High capacity 125mm drawers glide on roller bearings even when fully loaded ● Shelves with 100kg capacity adjustable on 25mm vertical pitch ● Security ensured by espagnolette locking system with flush fitting handle ● All accessories can be easily moved to alternative position in the cupboard ● All cupboards are 2000mm high x 1050mm wide x 650mm deep ●
Workshop Equipment
●
C
B
D
E
No of Drawers -
Model
Price
Louvre inner doors
No of Shelves 2
400 21 125
£652.05
Perfo inner doors
3
3
400 21 109
£905.10
1 x wood top, 1 x perfo backpanel, 1 x louvre backpanel
1
4
400 21 160
£1024.80
Louvre inner doors
2
4
400 21 161
£942.90
Perfo inner doors
3
9
400 21 114
£1335.60
Description
A B C D E
A
CupboarD aCCEssoriEs
Drawer Kit
galvanised shelf Kit
multiplex Worktop
Description
Model
Price
Empty cupboard housing with perfo doors (1050W x 650D x 2000H) Empty cupboard housing with louvre doors Drawer (125mm high) Galvanised shelf Multiplex worktop 10pc hook kit 20pc hook kit 24pc bin kit
40021067.11V 40021068.11V 40522041.16M 42101019.51V 41201029.08V 140 31410 140 31412 13003105
£596.40 £596.40 £92.40 £34.88 £81.90 £8.18 £35.97 £20.93
204
157_157 06/01/2012 16:38 Page 1
Panels, Cupboards & Accessories PERFO PANELS
PERFO WALL CUPBOARD
Manufactured to withstand the most rigorous conditions, giving a long service life ● The fully flanged metal panels are reinforced with channel backstrips & fixing points ● All hooks lock into the panel with the perfo locking clip, positioned quickly but securely
●
●
Overall Size W x H mm 495 x 457
Model
Price
140 25 115.11
£18.85
Sturdy lockable wall cabinets for secure storage Fully welded construction with a perforated back ● The double skinned doors provide extra storage area & are secured by 2-point locking ● Cupboards are 920mm wide x 300mm deep x 704mm high ●
990 x 457
140 25 117.11
£27.30
1486 x 457
140 25 118.11
£39.90
Description
Model
Price
1981 x 457
140 25 119.11
£66.15
Cupboard only (empty)
10018503.11
£195.71
DOUBLE TOOL HOOK
Pk of 5
BIN STORAGE STRIP
SHELF
Pk of 5
Length
Model
Price
Length
Model
Price
25 mm
140 01 102
£3.54
25 mm
140 02 037
£6.54
50 mm
140 01 098
£3.82
50 mm
140 02 039
75 mm
140 01 104
£4.09
75 mm
140 02 041
100 mm
140 01 147
£4.36
100 mm
150 mm
140 01 148
£4.63
150 mm
Model
Price
£7.09
Model
Price
450 x 170 140 14 034.16 £11.23
£7.63
100 mm
140 14 043.16
£1.96
900 x 170 140 14 006.16 £20.11
140 02 064
£8.18
450 mm
140 14 044.16
£5.18
450 x 250 140 14 031.16 £15.70
140 02 043
£8.72
900 mm
140 14 045.16
£9.27
900 x 250 140 14 007.16 £27.74
SPANNER HOLDER
SAW HOLDER
W x D mm Length
SCREWDRIVER HOLDER POWER TOOL LOOP
Pk of 5
ø
Model
Price
40 mm
140 11 016
£8.45
Length
Model
Price
Model
Price
Width
Model
Price
60 mm
140 11 018
£8.72
125 mm
140 19 003
£3.27
140 17 002
£3.98
225 mm
140 19 007
£4.09
80 mm
140 11 020
£8.99
SINGLE SPRING CLIP
DOUBLE SPRING CLIP U-HOLDER
Pk of 5
PIPE BRACKETS
Pk of 5 Pk of 5
ø
Model
Price
6 mm
140 13 059
£4.36
ø
Model
Price
31 x 20 mm 140 10 015 £6.81
10 mm
140 13 061
£4.36
2 x 6 mm
140 13 075
£6.99
56 x 20 mm 140 10 017 £7.09
13 mm
140 13 063
£4.63
2 x 10 mm
140 13 077
£7.12
16 mm
140 13 065
£4.63
2 x 13 mm
140 13 079
£7.24
19 mm
140 13 067
£4.63
2 x 16 mm
140 13 081
25 mm
140 13 069
£4.63
2 x 19 mm
140 13 083
WxD
Model
Price
Pk of 2 W x ø mm
Model
Price
75 x 20 mm 140 10 019 £7.36
35 x 60
140 15 041
£3.60
32 x 50 mm 140 10 032 £9.27
35 x 100
140 15 042
£4.58
£7.37
32 x 75 mm 140 10 033 £9.81
100 x 60
140 15 043
£7.52
£7.42
32 x 100 mm 140 10 034 £10.36
100 x 100
140 15 044
£8.72
205
Workshop Equipment
HOOK
158_158 06/01/2012 16:37 Page 1
Tool & Small Parts Storage SMALL PARTS STORAGE CARRY CASE ● ●
TOOL CABINET
Ideal for all your small parts storage Complete with 18 individual removable containers which have their own divider & belt clip
NEW
Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip
MSC18H
MSC18H
Workshop Equipment
Overall Size L x W x H mm 330 x 330 x 130
Weight kg 1.6
Model MSC18H
Price (each) Pack of 1 £28.50
Lockable cabinet - ideal for securing your tools ● 5 Drawers at 313L x 410W x 74.5Hmm 2 Drawers at 313L x 410W x 153.5Hmm ● The drawers & work surface incorporate a ribbed Rubber inlay mat for grip & to help protect the finish ●
Smooth running sliding drawers
TCC07Z
Price (each) Pack of 8 £24.50
No. of Drawers 7
Overall Size L x W x H mm 426 x 458 x 844
Weight kg 48
Model
Price
TCC07Z
£389.20
TOOL TROLLEYS Attractive Red finish Smooth running drawers ● Chrome 1.2mm Steel Frame ● Easy to manoeuvre ● Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, production facilities, assembly areas etc ● Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm Rubber castors, 2 with brake ● Deep 70mm lip around shelves ● Model TCC22Y has individual keys for each drawer ● ●
TCC03Y TCC02Y
FROM ONLY
£87.50 Max Load
125kg
TCC12Y
TCC22Y Description 2 Shelf 3 Shelf 2 Shelf, 1 Drawer 2 Shelf, 2 Drawer
206
Overall Size L x W x H mm 770 x 410 x 890
Drawer Size Space Between L x W x H mm Shelves 540 mm
Weight kg 12.5
Model
Price
TCC02Y
£87.50
-
270 mm
16
TCC03Y
£106.20
630 x 340 x 90
360 mm
22
TCC12Y
£129.95
280 mm
29
TCC22Y
£159.95
159_159 06/01/2012 16:35 Page 1
Tool Trolleys LArGe FOLDING BOX TrUCK
NEW
Of durable Plastic construction Opens & folds in seconds ● Folds flat for easy carrying & storage ● ●
Max Load
35kg
FROM
£26.95 HOLDs FOOLsCAP & LeVer ArCH FILes & BOX FILes
BI045Y
BI041Y Folded Description
Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Internal Size H x W x D mm
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
Black Black with Compartment Bag
Weight kg 4 5
Compartment Bag
BI041Y
Price (each) 1+ £29.95
Price (each) 3+ £26.95
BI045Y
£37.65
£34.50
BI005Z
£10.95
£9.50
Model
PrICes MAssIVeLy reDUCeD
TCI21Y & TCI22Y are mobile on 4 swivel 100mm Rubber castors & the TCI23Y has 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100mm Rubber castors ● Smooth running drawers with a Rubber mat insole ● TCI21Y has a lock for the hinged top & the 2 drawers ● Subject to availability ●
TCI21Y MORE THAN 50% OFF
ONLY
£139.95
NOW ONLY
£179.95
TCI22Y
TCI21Y
Load Capacity 125 kg
Overall Size W x D x H mm 762 x 406 x 989
Drawer Size W x D x H mm 650 x 370 x 100
Weight kg 31
Model
Price
TCI21Y
£179.95
125 kg
762 x 406 x 942
695 x 370 x 100
18.5
TCI22Y
£149.95
200 kg
737 x 383 x 785
648 x 350 x 100
20
TCI23Y
£139.95
TCI23Y
TOOL TrOLLey Smooth running drawers & a lockable cabinet Mobile on 4 swivel 65mm PVC castors ● Adj. top shelf height from 840 to 1145mm ● Top Shelf Load Capacity: 20kg UDL ● ●
Max Load
50kg
TCCC1Y
£163.95
Overall Size L x W mm 806 x 514
Cabinet Size L x W x H mm 400 x 290 x 525
Weight kg 27
Model
Price
TCCC1Y
£163.95
TCCC1Y
207
Workshop equipment
TOOL TrOLLeys
160_160 06/01/2012 16:33 Page 1
Workshop Trolleys
Max Load
250kg FROM
£145.00
WI203Y WI202Y
2 & 3 TIER WORKSHOP TROLLEYS Utility budget price trolleys for workshop use ● 85mm deep sides on the shelves ● Easy to manoeuvre with a push/pull handle & 2 swivel, 2 fixed 125mm Rubber wheels
Workshop Equipment
●
No of Overall Size Shelf Shelves L x W x H mm Heights mm 2 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 720 150, 435, 3 1015 x 635 x 805 720
Weight kg 19
WI202Y £145.00
25
WI203Y £175.00
Model
Max Load
300kg
WTS20Y
£443.70
WTP12Y
Manufactured Manufacture d
WTS20Y
MOBILE WORK BENCHES WTS30Y
● Worktops have a Steel retaining lip Strong welded construction Constructed from 40 mm Steel square section Mobile, on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm Nylon castors, & have a tubular Steel push handle to aid manoeuvrability ● Bottom shelf comes complete with a 40mm surround to 3 sides & a 40mm drop edge to the front ● ● ●
Description
Overall Size WxDxH
208
18mm Plywood Work Top
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
39 kg
WTS10Y
£371.20
49 kg
WTP12Y
£415.70
1130
50 kg
WTS20Y
£443.70
60 kg
WTP22Y
£523.10
x 670
55 kg
WTS30Y
£438.20
65 kg
WTP32Y
£519.50
66 kg
WTS40Y
£547.35
76 kg
WTP42Y
£628.05
Mobile Work Bench Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer Mobile Work Bench with Cupboard Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer & Cupboard
2mm Steel Work Top Weight
x 1000 mm
WTP42Y
Price
161_161 06/01/2012 16:33 Page 1
Industrial Weight Scales ELECTRONIC BENCH/FLOOR SCALES
PRICES HELD
Accurate, easy to read display Large 25.4mm Backlit LCD display ● Functions include: ● On/Off ● Zero ● Tare ● Auto shutdown feature turns off the weight display after 2 minutes of none use ● Battery alert will display ‘LO’ when the battery is weak ● This unit continues to display the weight after the item has been removed. Ideal for weighing oversized goods ● ●
Overall Size mm 278 x 318 x 56
Capacity
Model
Price
45kg x 100g & 100lbs x 0.2lbs
GP45
£99.50
110kg x 200g & 250lbs x 0.5lbs
GP110
£99.50
Workshop Equipment
PRICES HELD
Max Load
2500kg
IDEAL FOR PALLETS, CONTAINERS & STILLAGES ETC
PORTABLE BEAM SCALES
INDICATOR
Place the beams up to 2 metres apart Both beam are fitted with a lifting handle & adjustable feet ● Functions include: ● On/Off ● Net/Gross ● Tare ● Print ● Ideal for Pallets, Long Loads, Containers etc
●
● ●
Weights are clearly displayed in 7 x 20mm high digits which is Backlit LCD for excellent viewing ● Scales will display Low Battery when the unit requires recharging. The battery lasts 15 hours of continuous use & is charged via the charger. The display turns itself off after 2 minutes Overall Size mm
Capacity
Model
Price
2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams
2500kg x 0.5kg
DP1200
£650.00
209
162_162 06/01/2012 16:32 Page 1
Industrial Weight Scales ED JUNIOR CRANEWEIGHER IP55 rated for outdoors Sleep mode - maximise battery life PRICES ● Display - 6 digit LCD 26mm high digits HELD ● Power - 2 x C cell replaceable batteries ● Units of measure - kg, tonnes, lbs & newtons ● Compact construction - minimal headroom loss ● Hooks & shackles - a choice of top & bottom fittings ● Peak hold facility - enables capture of peak readings of each weight ● ●
Workshop Equipment
SLEEP MODE TO MAXIMISE THE BATTERY LIFE
Top Shackle Bottom Shackle
Capacity
Top Shackle Bottom Hook
Model
Price
Model
Price
1000kg x 1kg
36190-0038
£630.00
EDjr-2.5K-OS-NS-WC
£672.00
2000kg x 2kg
36190-0046
£663.00
EDjr-5K-OS-NS-WC
£744.00
5000kg x 5kg
36190-0053
£705.00
EDjr-10K-OS-NS-WC
£840.00
10,000kg x 10kg
36190-0103
£1032.00
EDjr-25K-S-NS-WC
£1338.00
PRICES HELD Max Load
3000kg PRICES HELD
BP PLATFORMS FLOOR & DRUM WEIGHING SCALE Ideal for the weighing of Drums, Sack Trucks & Trolleys etc where ease of operation & accuracy is essential ● 6 digit 20mm (0.8") LED Display ● Powered by internal rechargable batteries which gives up to 30 hours of continuous use ● Functions include: ● On/Off ● Zero ● Tare ● Hold/Print ●
Capacity 500kg x 0.2g
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1050 x 1050 x 46
Indicator/Readout Stand
210
Low profile design: 90mm high Hard wearing powder coated finish ● Fitted with four swivel feet shear beam loadcells ● Top access holes for installing, lifting & leveling ● Links to an indicator DP90: ● Give the ability to connect to a printer ● Functions include: ● On/Off ● Zero ● Tare ● Piece Counting DP90 ● Mains or battery operated ● CE marked & WEE Directive compliant ● ●
DS1000
£795.00
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1250 x 1250 x 90
816965002061
£90.00
1500 x 1500 x 90
Model
Price
Weight kg 111
Model
Price
BP-1250
£830.00
153
BP-1500
£850.00
163 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:06 Page 1
Drum & Cylinder Equipment FOR ALL yOUR DRUM & CyLINDER NEEDS... Drum Handling Drum Transporters Drum Lifters Drum Storage IBC Storage Spill Control Cylinder Trolleys Cylinder Storage Security Cages
212 & 213 214 to 216 217 to 220 221 to 234 233 & 235 236 & 237 238 & 239 240 to 242 242
DRUM LIFTER - TONGSA Semi automatic operation for lifting & lowering drums ● 350kg Load Capacity ●
ONLY
£454.00
Cylinder Storage Pages 240 to 242
SEE PAGE
217
211
164_164 10/01/2012 13:40 Page 1
Drum Handling Equipment DRUM DOLLY
DRUM DOLLY
Suitable for moving standard 210 litre drums Design allows loading by overhead lifting ● Quick & Easy Assembly ● Fitted with 4 x 75mm Polyethylene swivel castors ● Handle Height: 750mm ●
Suitable for moving standard 210 litre drums ● Easy assembly. Height: 100mm ● Fitted with 4 x 76mm Polyethylene swivel castors. ●
●
DID09Y
DID04Y
£79.95 CHEAP & EFFECTIVE WAY OF MOVING DRUMS
PRICE HELD Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
300 x 300
9
DID04Y
£49.00
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
615 x 615
10
DID09Y
£79.95
DID09Y
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
CIRCULAR DRUM DOLLIES Fully welded construction Overall Height: 100mm ● Suitable for moving 210 litre drums ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm Nylon swivel castors ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
Finish Steel Stainless Steel
Dia. mm Internal External 610
720
Weight kg
Model
Price
10
DH460Y £187.35
10
ST720N £287.80
DH460Y
ST720N
Manufactured Manufacture d
DH467Y
£254.45
DH459Z
DH458Z
DH467Y
FROM
Manufactured Manufacture d
£90.55
HIGH LIFT DRUM STAND DRUM LIFTERS ● ●
●
Simple & safe to use Remove the strain from up-ending drums Overall Size H x W mm 965 x 230 1690 x 750
212
Robust steel ‘A’ frame construction Designed to dispense liquids & chemicals ● DH467Y: mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm Rubber tyred castors ●
Weight kg 8 6
Model DH459Z DH458Z
Weight kg 13
Model
Price
Static
Overall Size L x W x H mm 870 x 800 x 1000
DH466Z
£183.75
Mobile
870 x 800 x 1150
16.5
DH467Y
£254.45
Price
Description
£90.55 £149.95
165_165 10/01/2012 13:43 Page 1
Drum Handling Equipment Manufactured Manufacture d DH440Z
DH443Z & DH439Z
£91.10
DH442S
DH440Z
DH440Z ONLY
DRUM STANDS FOR 210 LITRE DRUMS Models DH442S & DH432S: mobile on 2 x 100mm fixed wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel castors ● Model DH445S: As per DH442S but with Nylon top rollers to allow drainage from the side
Fully welded tubular Steel construction for strength & durability ● Model DH443Z: With Nylon top rollers to allow drainage from the side bung ●
Finish
Blue Painted
●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 865 x 595 x 350
Height Under Side of Drum mm 280
Wheel Dia. mm -
Roller Dia. mm -
Weight kg 5.4
DH440Z
£91.10
865 x 595 x 385
315
100mm Wheels & 75mm Castors
-
14
DH442S
£175.80
865 x 595 x 350
290
-
75mm
7.2
DH443Z
£133.90
865 x 595 x 385
325
100mm Wheels & 75mm Castors
75mm
15.4
DH445S
£219.35
DH439Z
£55.05
Drum Handle Lever - Designed for use with the above stands
Model
Price
DRUM CRADLES ● ●
Fully welded Galvanised Steel construction Ideal for use with the products on pages 226 & 227
FULL RANGE OF SUMPS SHOWN ON PAGES 226 & 227
DHC11Z
DHC22Z in Use (with a DSP04G Sump Pallet) DHC22Z
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
Single Drum Cradle
Overall Size L x W x H mm 570 x 900 x 300
DHC11Z
£155.10
Double Drum Cradle
1380 x 900 x 300
25
DHC22Z
£195.95
Description
213 157
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
DH445S
166_166 10/01/2012 13:44 Page 1
Drum Transporters
Max Load
240kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Drum handle in transit position
DH451S
ALL PURPOSE DRUM HANDLER CE Marked & Plated Designed to carry 210 litre Steel drums ● When positioned vertically, the drum handle locks onto the drum rim. On levering back, the toes engage the base of the drum ● Mobile on 2 fixed 200mm Cushion wheels & 2 swivel 75mm Nylon Castors ● ●
DH451S
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
£387.00
Overall Size L x W x H mm 800 x 635 x 450
DH451S
Weight kg 32
Model
Price
DH451S
£387.00
DRUM TRANSPORTER CE Marked & Plated Tubular Steel construction designed to carry 210 litre Steel drums ● Drum is held in position by an adjustable hook ● Mobile on 2 x 250mm Solid Rubber wheels ● Model DH483J incorporates 2 x 160mm supporting rear castors ● This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums ● ●
Max Load
400kg DH493Z
REAR SUPPORTINg CASTORS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
Painted Finish
Overall Size H x W mm 1600 x 740
DH483J
£421.40
Zinc Plated Finish
1500 x 630
20
DH493Z
£409.75
Description DH483J
PALLET LOADER DH492Z
REDUCE STRAIN & INCREASE SAFETY
Drum is held in position by the use of a sliding hook located down the centre of the trolley frame ● Designed to load & unload standard 210 litre drums safely & efficiently from a pallet ● Large hooped handles for easy handling ● This unit is produced/balanced in such a way DH482L ONLY that it should only be used with full or empty drums ● CE Marked & Plated ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
250kg Description Painted Finish Zinc Finish
214
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1800 x 610 x 1225
Weight kg 46
DH482L Wheels mm
Model
Price
2 x 200 Rubber tyred wheels 2 x 250 Rubber tyred wheels
DH482L
£452.20
DH492Z
£521.40
167_167 10/01/2012 13:46 Page 1
Drum Transporters UNIVERSAL DRUM TRANSPORTER CE Marked & Plated Suitable for use with 210 litre Steel drums ● Rear castor arrangement has a load damper incorporated to reduce the shock loading on the unit & facilitate easy transportation ● This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums ● Wheels: 2 x 350 x 75mm Cushion roller bearing & 1 x 125mm Cushion swivel castor ● ●
TO LOAD THE DRUM
Manufactured Manufacture d
Drum must be vertical enabling the clamp to be positioned with the lifting plate under the rim of the drum Push the handle to lock the clamp into position Drop the hook over the lip of the drum Pull back on the handles whilst applying foot pressure to slide the toes of the truck under the drum
DH481L
DH481L
£417.15
TO RELEASE THE DRUM
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Return the loaded unit to a vertical position Push firmly on the handle to release the toes Release the hook & move away Handle
Hook Lifting Plate
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1780 x 720 x 950
Weight kg 32
Model
Price
DH481L
£417.15
DH481L
Max Load
200kg
DH446L
DH480L
Manufactured Manufacture d DH446L
£328.75 DH462B
DH446L
DH480L
DH462B
DRUM TRANSPORTERS CE Marked & Plated DH446L: constructed from tubular Steel this unit is designed to carry 210 litre Steel drums. Adjustable drum hook enables varying sizes of drum to be carried. Max Drum Height: 1575mm ● DH480L: similar to DH446L but fitted with 125mm swivel rear castors. These castors fold away for compact storage ● DH461M & DH462B: Specially designed to suit 200 litre Steel, Plastic or Fibreboard drums. Fitted with retaining chain ● ●
DH446L, DH461M & DH462B Overall Size W x H mm 705 x 1575 700 x 1520
Model
Price
2 x 350mm Cushion
Weight kg 31
DH446L
£328.75
See Description
31
DH480L
£387.45
2 x 400mm Cushion
35
DH461M
£351.75
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
30
DH462B
£338.75
Wheels
215
168_168 10/01/2012 13:48 Page 1
Drum Handling Equipment MOBILE DRUM CARRIER CE Marked & Plated The cradle is clamped around a standard 210L Steel drum whilst stood in a vertical position ● The drum is lifted off the ground by pulling the main handle back into the horizontal position ● By the release of two sprung loaded locking levers the drum can be rotated through 360° ● Mobile on a 75 mm Nylon swivel wheel & 2 x 200mm Cast Iron Rubber tyred wheels ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
Max Load
360kg
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
DH454L
ROTATE YOUR DRUM O THROUGH 360 FOR QUICK & EASY DISPENSING Overall Height Overall Height Handle Down Handle Up 1050 mm 1700 mm
Overall Size W x L mm 870 x 1100
Wt kg 52
Model
Price
DH454L £932.75
HYDRAULIC DRUM LIFTER CE Tested Designed to allow you to pick up & transport a full or empty 210 litre Steel drum ● The foot operated hydraulic pump smoothly lifts the drum, held firm by the top rim clamp ● The retractable clamp holds the drum securely & releases automatically ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm Nylon wheels & a rear 100mm swivel Rubber castor ● ●
DL287Z shown with the drum raised
Retractable Clamp
Max Load
280kg
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Maximum Lift Height mm
Weight kg
Model
800 x 870 x 990
150
36.5
DL287Z £269.95
Price
DL287Z
DRUM HANDLER CE Marked & plated Foot operated hydraulic pump ● This unit will load / unload drums from pallets / ground with ease ● The grip holds the top rim of the drum, the user then pumps the foot pedal to lift the drum ● Wheel into position & lower accordingly ● The foot pedal hinges up helping to prevent knocked shins whilst mobile ● Easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 130mm wheels, one with brake ● Lifting Height: 500mm ●
Max Load
●
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1100 x 900
105
DLL03Z
£1166.50
216
450kg
DLL03Z
Lo o ki n
g
Pa l let T Fo r r u c ks? See pa g e 244 to s 250
DLL03Z
169_169 10/01/2012 13:51 Page 1
Drum Transporters & Lifters LEVADRUM TRANSPORTER
DRUM LIFTERS
Designed for easy handling, convenient storage & access for decanting 210L Steel drums ● Foldable push/pull handle for easy storage ● Twin rollers built in to fully rotate the drum ● Can be used with Steel & Plastic drums ● Large wheels to make it easier to manoeuvre
●
●
Semi-automatic operation of lifting & lowering drums PRICE HELD
Load Capacity 350kg
Model
Price
LEVDT
£884.00
Load Capacity 350kg
Model
Price
TONGSA
£454.00
VERTICAL DRUM CLAMPS Provide 100% positive grip throughout all lifting operations ● Opened using the hand tensioner & simply placed over the drum. Then tighten under the rim & the chain sling simply attaches to the crane hook. The drum is then lifted by the crane to the desired location ● Supplied with load test certification ●
Load Capacity
Description
Model
Price
500kg
Plastic Drum Clamp Steel Drum Clamp
SVPDC SVSBC
£359.00 £354.00
PRICES HELD
217
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
PRICE HELD
170_170 10/01/2012 13:54 Page 1
Drum Handling Equipment EVOLUTION FORK LIFT ACCESSORIES - FOR ALL YOUR DRUM HANDLING NEEDS EVOLUTION DRUM PINCER
EVOLUTION FORK LIFT ADAPTER
●
CE Marked & Plated Clamps securely to the rim of a drum ● Robust heavy gauge single leg drum pincer which lifts the drum in a vertical position
●
●
●
Max Load
CE Marked & Plated Quick slide on frame which when dropped in place secures itself to the rear of the fork tine heels ● Fixed Load Centre: 600mm ● Max Fork Width: 165mm ● Max Fork Depth: 80mm N.B: The working load of the fork lift should be considered before using the above product
250kg
Max Load
DH628Z
2000kg
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
DH628Z
NEED ADVICE.... CALL OUR SALES TEAM FOR PROFESSIONAL ADVICE DH625Z
CREATE YOUR COMPLETE DRUM HANDLING PACKAGE
EVOLUTION HORIZONTAL DRUM SLING EVOLUTION VERTICAL DRUM SLING ● ●
CE Marked & Plated Robust heavy gauge drum sling designed to lift the drum in a horizontal position
● ●
CE Marked & Plated Gives load control while lifting drums safely
Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
Max Load
250kg
ALL PRODUCTS
250kg
DH626Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm 480 x 120 x 490
Weight kg Drum Pincer 11
Model
Price
DH625Z
£222.40
DH628Z
£425.25
Fork Lift Adapter 760 x 585 x 150
30
Horizontal Drum Sling 770 x 100 x 800
10
DH626Z
DH627Z £177.05
Vertical Drum Sling 500 x 230 x 230
218
10
DH627Z
£226.15
171_171 10/01/2012 13:57 Page 1
Drum Handling DRUM LIFTERS One person operation CE Marked & Plated ● Simply attach/hang the lifter on a hook from an overhead hoist or crane, saddle around the drum & raise to the desired height & position ● For use with 210 litre Steel drums ● Model DLV02Z has a geared chain control. The 3 metre control chain can be locked to secure the drum in any position during transit & dispensing ●
Max Load
●
Description Standard Geared
Overall Size L x W x H mm 820 x 720 x 230 850 x 850 x 250
Weight kg 22 40
350kg
IDEAL FOR LOW LEVEL POURING
DLV01Z
Model
Price
DLV01Z DLV02Z
£280.70 £419.95
DLV02Z
CE Marked & Plated Can be operated without leaving the fork lift truck ● Enables your fork truck to be used as a drum handler ● Can easily lift, transport & tilt loaded drums ● The 3 metre pull chain loop allows simple control from the driver seat ● Fork Distance: 620mm apart ● Fork Pockets: 65H x 180W mm ● ●
Max Load
DLF05Z
350kg DLF05Z
EASy OPERATION FROM yOUR FORK LIFT CAB
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1000 x 770 x 510
Weight kg 76
Model
Price
DLF05Z
£563.30
DRUM POSITIONER CE Marked & Plated Lifts 210 Litre steel drums & ‘L’ ring plastic drums from a horizontal to a vertical position & vice versa ● Locks into place by pins at the rear of the fork tines ● ●
Max Load
350kg
CAN BE OPERATED WITHOUT LEAVING THE FORK LIFT TRUCK
DH629Z Horizontal
DH629Z Vertical
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size L x W x H mm 2190 x 740 x 700
Weight kg 60
Model
Price
DH629Z
£908.45
219
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
FORK LIFT DRUM TILTER
172_172 10/01/2012 13:58 Page 1
Drum Handling Equipment TAPER GRIP DRUM CLAMP CE Marked & plated Suitable for use on 210 Litre Steel drums ● The Steel jaws grip the rim of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up or set down without spaces between them ● Automatic grip lock will not open & ensures safe drum transportation ● Grip head has different positions to fit different heights ● ●
Max Load
720kg
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
DLC02Z
Max Load
360kg
N.B. It is important for the safe use of this unit that the drum ring is not damaged & is strong enough to support its own weight
DLC01Z
No. of Drums Held 1
Fork Spread 560 mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm 830 x 710 x 1000
Weight kg 60
Model
Price
DLC01Z
£501.75
2
605 mm
1030 x 850 x 1000
96
DLC02Z
£695.95
TAPER GRIP DRUM CLAMP CE Marked & plated Suitable for use on 210 Litre Steel drums ● Drive the fork lift forward, allowing the clamp to slide around the edge of the drum ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
300kg
TESTED TO 33% OVERLOAD Overall Size L x W x H mm 1370 x 665 x 140
220
Fork Sleeve Size L x W x H mm 750 x 150 x 58
DH531Z
Weight kg 55
Model
Price
DH531Z
£809.90
173_173 10/01/2012 13:59 Page 1
Drum Storage DRUM PALLETS
FROM
Can be stacked up to 4 high ● Quick & easy to assemble ● Holds 210 litre drums ● Subject to availability ●
£75.00
DRI03Z Overall Size W x D x H mm 1150 x 760 x 320 1810 x 760 x 320
No of Drums Stored 2 3
Weight kg 22 32
Model
Price
DRI02Z DRI03Z
£75.00 £99.95
DRI02Z
DRUM PALLETS 2 x DH447Z
Tubular Steel construction ● Can be stacked up to 5 high ●
DH447Z: Re-inforcing strips in fork apertures Max Load: 500kg DH448X: Fork guides for safe handling by lift truck Max Load: 700kg Overall Size W x D x H mm 1335 x 710 x 255
Fork Entry mm 205 x 90
Weight kg 14
Model
Price
DH447Z
£193.65
1770 x 710 x 150
225 x 100
11
DH448X
£195.55
2 x DH448X
DRUM STORAGE SUMP TROLLEYS
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment ● Fitted with removable Galvanised grid ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Nylon castors ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
DTG01Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
DTP01Y & DHC11Z Sump Capacity
Weight kg
Painted
Galvanised
Model
Price
Model
Price
£512.00
DTG01Y
£585.55
DHC11Z
£155.10
Drum Sump Trolleys 1550 x 640 x 1000
230 litres
80
DTP01Y
Galvanised Cradle to Suit the above Units 570 x 900 x 300
-
20
-
-
221
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
174_174 10/01/2012 14:00 Page 1
Drip Pans & Small Container Bunded Storage BUNDED DRUM TROLLEY Made from PE - 100% recycled Ideal as a mobile dispensing unit & sump ● Easy to clean, liquid drains to the front ● Double walled construction for optimum strength & security ● Easy to handle due to well balanced design ● Rubber wheels as standard ● Barrel secured with ratchet strap ● Large ribbed dispensing area, ideal for containers to sit above minor spills ● Vertical spill containment of up to 3 litres ● Locking support for easy loading & storage
SUMP CAPACITY
●
250L
●
Overall Size Capacity L x W x H mm Litre Economy Black
Description 1 x 205L Trolley
1740 x 820 x 650
250
Model
Price
PST79Y
£464.80
PST09Y
£471.45
Standard Yellow
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
1 x 205L Trolley
1740 x 820 x 650
250
LOWER PRICES
Manufactured Manufacture d
PST09Y
CONTAINER DRIP TRAYS Made from 100% recycled Polypropylene Manufactured Manufacture d Tough enough for all working environments ● Re-usable drip & leak containment ● Can be ordered in smaller quantities - Call for Details ● ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 410 x 310 x 45
NEW
CDT40Z
CDT28Z
CDT18Z Capacity Minimum Litres Order Qty 5 5
Model CDT05Z
560 x 400 x 40
9
5
CDT09Z
£9.75
790 x 400 x 40
12
5
CDT12Z
£13.80
1000 x 400 x 40
15
5
CDT15Z
£14.80
1170 x 400 x 40
18
5
CDT18Z
£16.80
600 x 600 x 70
28
5
CDT28Z
£13.80
1100 x 550 x 40
25
5
CDT25Z
£21.30
850ø x 60
40
4
CDT40Z
£29.40
CONTAINER BUNDED STORAGE Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base ● Made from 100% recycled Polypropylene ● Tough enough for all work environments ● Can be ordered in smaller quantities - Call for Details ●
PSP28Z
Manufactured Manufacture d
PSP22Z
PSP31Z Overall Size L x W x H mm 640 x 490 x 120
Capacity Litres 28
Minimum Order Qty 3
Model
Price
PSP22Z
£27.95
1000 x 550 x 150
60
2
PSP25Z
£44.70
1010 x 1000 x 120
100
2
PSP28Z
£61.45
1200 x 1200 x 120
120
2
PSP31Z
£78.20
222
Price each £7.20
Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base
PSP25Z
175_175 10/01/2012 14:01 Page 1
Sump Storage CONTAINER SPILL TRAYS Made from PE - 100% recycled Can be used with / without platform ● Stackable for easy transportation & storage ● Non slip platform surface ● Designed to fit on Euro pallets ● Easy to clean ● Can be ordered in smaller quantities - Call for Details ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
PSP99Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm 600 x 400 x 150
Capacity Litres 20
Minimum Order Qty 2
PSP98Z
Price each £55.85
800 x 400 x 150
30
2
PSP99Z
£61.45
800 x 600 x 150
40
2
PSP100Z
£67.00
1000 x 600 x 170
60
2
PSP101Z
£72.60
1200 x 800 x 170
100
-
PSP102Z
£83.75
Model
PSP102Z
A range of Polyethylene modular flooring panels, highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion, these panels are designed to protect floors from spills. 2 & 4 drum panels Easy low level loading - 150mm ● Removable grate allows easy access to sump contents ● When the sumps are linked together they can be used to create bunded work/storage areas that meet the guidelines provided by the Environment Agency, Scottish Environment Protection Agency & the Environment & Heritage Service ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS PSF54Z
IDEAL FOR USE WITH BOTH 25 & 205 LITRE DRUMS
PSF55Z
2 Drum
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1600 x 800 x 150
Capacity Litre 121
Description
Model
Price
PSF52Z
£168.65
4 Drum
1600 x 1600 x 150
239
PSF54Z
£234.55
Ramp for Above
1260 x 800 x 180
-
PSFR2Z
£111.70
4 Drum - Inline
2610 x 900 x 150
300
PSF55Z
£368.55
Ramp for Above
650 x 800 x 160
-
PSFR5Z
£128.45
PSF52Z & ramp PSFR2Z
223
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
BUNDED WORK FLOORS
176_176 10/01/2012 14:02 Page 1
Sump Storage Of Polyethylene construction, these pallets are highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion. ●
Fork pockets allowing easy positioning
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS
PSP02Z
PSP04Z
PSP72B No of Drums Held
Overall Size Capacity L x W x H mm Litre Economy Black
Model
Price
Two
1300 x 750 x 400
250
PSP72B
£184.30
Four
1380 x 1290 x 280
245
PSP74B
£212.20
Standard Yellow Two
1300 x 750 x 400
250
PSP02Z
£189.85
Four
1380 x 1290 x 280
245
PSP04Z
£223.35
PSP74B
IBC CONTAINMENT PALLETS Manufactured from Polyethylene Excellent chemical resistance ● Fork pockets allowing easy positioning ● Optional grid available for the PSP01Z - call for details ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
STORE DRUMS IN A SAFE ENVIRONMENT
Description Single Double
224
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1490 x 2000 x 770 2450 x 1450 x 580
Capacity Litre 1100 1140
PSP09Z
Model
Price
PSP01Z PSP09Z
£647.70 £954.75
PSP01Z
177_177 10/01/2012 14:03 Page 1
Sump Systems BUNDED DRUM RACK SYSTEM Drum Rack to be used with Drum Rack Base only Ideal for easy dispensing & storage ● Can store up to four 205 litre drums ● Compatible with most forklifts ● ●
PSP75Z
Manufactured Manufacture d
PSP07Z Overall Size L x W x H mm Economy Black
Description
Capacity Litres
Model
Price
Base Unit
1350 x 1370 x 630
500
PSP75Z
£361.80
Stacker Unit
940 x 1370 x 390
-
PSP76Z
£128.45
Base & Stacker Unit
1350 x 1370 x 1580
500
PSP77Z
£486.90
Standard Yellow Base Unit
1350 x 1370 x 630
500
PSP05Z
£368.55
Stacker Unit
940 x 1370 x 390
-
PSP06Z
£134.00
Base & Stacker Unit
1350 x 1370 x 1580
500
PSP07Z
£496.95
COVERED DRUM STORAGE SYSTEM Made from PE - 100% recycled Ideal for easy dispensing & storage ● Compatible with most forklifts ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS
PSP21Z Description 2 Drum 4 Drum
PSP21Z
Overall Size Capacity L x W x H mm Litre 1565 x 995 x 2110 250 1565 x 1620 x 2110 245
Model
Price
PSP21Z £921.30 PSP41Z £1172.55
PSP21Z
225
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
PSP06Z
178_178 10/01/2012 14:28 Page 1
Drum Sump Storage SUMP FLOORING Versatile Sump Flooring to meet your needs Flush fitting seam welded floor panels ● Safeguard the contents of the drums from potentially contaminating work areas should a drum fail ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d 2 x SF1001, SF2301 & SR1051
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001 Sump Capacity
Overall Size L x W x H mm Sump Flooring
Model
Price £572.85
263 Litres
1400 x 1250 x 160
SF1001
347 Litres
2200 x 1050 x 160
*SF2301
£903.60
525 Litres
2800 x 1250 x 160
*SF2831
£1158.90
-
1000 x 500 x 160
SR1051
£204.25
Optional Ramp Optional Safety Rail -
1000 x 40 x 1000
SR1000
£79.40
-
1250 x 40 x 1000
SR1250
£89.35
SF1001, SR1051 & 2 x SR1000
*A fork lift will be needed to unload these units
FLOOR SUMP PALLETS Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment ● Available with/without a Galvanised grid ● Suitable for use with our single & double drum cradles ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
DSP04G & DHC22Z
DSG02Z DSP04G Overall Size L x W x H mm
Description 2 Drum Units 4 Drum Units
226
Without Grid With Grid Without Grid
1400 x 625 x 300
Sump Capacity 230 litres
Painted
Galvanised
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
40
DSP02Z
£240.95
DSG02Z
£287.85
70
DSP02G
£344.25
DSG02G
£391.15
60
DSP04Z
£281.35
DSG04Z
£349.70
120
DSP04G
£489.25
DSG04G
£553.90
1400 x 1250 x 175
260 litres
Single Drum Cradle
570 x 900 x 300
-
20
-
-
DHC11Z
£155.10
Double Drum Cradle
1380 x 900 x 300
-
25
-
-
DHC22Z
£195.95
With Grid
179_179 10/01/2012 14:27 Page 1
Drum Storage DRUM STORAGE SUMP PALLETS Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment When not in use the fork guides give a safe & secure lift ● Fitted with removable Galvanised grid for ease of cleaning ● Suitable for use with our single & double drum cradles - see previous page for prices & specification ● ●
DHC33Z
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
Manufactured Manufacture d
Painted
Galvanised
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Sump Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
2 Drum Units
1400 x 625 x 445
230 litres
80
DSP06Z
£411.35
PSG02Z
£482.00
4 Drum Units
1400 x 1250 x 330
260 litres
130
DSP08Z
£559.75
PSG04Z
£655.40
-
-
23 litres Drum Dispensing Unit - To fit onto the 2 or 4 Drum Units -
1270 x 560 x 560
-
20
DHC33Z
£188.00
Manufactured Manufacture d
DH941Z
DH274Z
HORIZONTAL DRUM STORE
VERTICAL DRUM STORE ● ●
Manufactured from Heavy Duty corrugated Steel ● Manufactured from Heavy Duty corrugated Steel Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination ● Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination ● Can be stacked 2 high Sump Capacity
250 Litres
Overall Size Weight W x D x H mm kg 1 Drum Unit 820 x 820 x 1375 110
Model
Price
Sump Capacity
DH941Z
£691.40
490 Litres
Overall Size Weight W x D x H mm kg 4 Drum Unit 1645 x 1360 x 1900 175
Model
Price
DH274Z
£1113.40
227
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
DSP08Z
PSG02Z
180_180 10/01/2012 14:26 Page 1
Drum Storage DRUM STORAGE UNITS
DRUM RACK UNITS
●
Strong welded construction Stackable up to 4 sections high ● Suitable for loading/unloading with a Fork Lift Truck ● Base unit should be bolted to a concrete foundation
●
●
●
Strong welded construction Stackable up to 4 high ● Suitable for unloading / loading with a Fork Lift Truck ● Unloaded base unit can be easily lifted by a saddle truck
Manufactured Manufacture d DHB62Z with 2 x DHS02Z No of Drums
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm Drum Rack Units
Weight kg
Model
Price
Base Unit
2
1400 x 734 x 350
26
Stacking Unit
2
1400 x 734 x 850
27
DHB62Z £190.75 DHS02Z £216.05
Base Unit
3
2112 x 734 x 350
34
DHB63Z £221.00
Stacking Unit
3
2112 x 734 x 850
35
DHS03Z £281.65 DHB02Z £213.35
Drum Storage Units
DHB03Z with 2 x DHS03Z, DHR03Z & DHD03Z
Base Unit
2
1400 x 734 x 350
24
Stacking Unit
2
1400 x 734 x 850
27
DHS02Z £216.05
Roof Unit to Suit Above
-
1400 x 734 x 800
42
DHR02Z £312.45
Drip Tray to Suit Above
-
1250 x 750 x 200
19
DHD02Z £232.60
Base Unit
3
2112 x 734 x 350
32
DHB03Z £263.25
Stacking Unit
3
2112 x 734 x 850
35
DHS03Z £281.65
Roof Unit to Suit Above
-
2112 x 734 x 800
45
DHR03Z £394.40
Drip Tray to Suit Above
-
2000 x 750 x 200
28
DHD03Z £269.75
Hook on Drainage Stand
-
500 x 410 x 300
5
DHH01Z
£50.65
Manufactured Manufacture d
DH494G shown with DH496G
DH488Z shown with DH489Z
Two tier drum storage racks constructed of heavy duty angle Iron & rectangular tube ● Easily loaded by forklift Units can be supplied with optional corrugated roof & drip trays FOUR DRUM RACKS SIX DRUM RACKS ●
●
Overall Size
Painted Version
Galvanised Version
W x H Front/Back x D
Model
Price
Model
Price
75
1467 x 1848/1788 x 721 mm
DH484Z
£474.45
DH494G
With Roof
85
1671 x 1924/1864 x 1550 mm
DH485Z
£727.20
Drip Tray
20
1365 x 145 x 890 mm
DH486Z
£225.40
Description
Weight kg
Without Roof
228
Description
Weight kg
£571.85
Without Roof
DH495G
£803.95
DH496G
£258.00
Overall Size
Painted Version
Galvanised Version
W x H Front/Back x D
Model
Price
Model
Price
110
2135 x 1848/1788 x 721mm
DH487Z
£685.15
DH497G
£814.30
With Roof
125
2339 x 1924/1864 x 1550 mm
DH488Z
£968.55
DH498G
£1092.35
Drip Tray
30
2003 x 145 x 890 mm
DH489Z
£269.10
DH499G
£285.20
181_181 10/01/2012 14:25 Page 1
Drum Storage Sumps DRUM STORAGE SUMP SYSTEMS Fully welded sump construction with a bolted top frame ● Available in either Blue powder coated or Galvanised finish ● Fitted with a removable Galvanised grid for ease of cleaning ● Fork guides give a safe & secure lift when stacking ● Stackable up to 3 units high ● Supplied with removable cross brace to secure the drums in position ● Suitable for use with our single & double drum cradles ●
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
Manufactured Manufacture d
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
2 x DHS94G & DHC22Z
DHC22Z Double cradle
DHC94G
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Sump Capacity
Painted
Weight kg
Galvanised
Model
Price
Model
Price
Units with a Skeletal Frame 2 Drum Units
1480 x 705 x 1385
230 litres
110
DHS92P
£663.30
DHS92G
£757.35
4 Drum Units
1480 x 1330 x 1300
260 litres
150
DHS94P
£824.70
DHS94G
£933.25
Clad Side Units 2 Drum Units
1480 x 705 x 1385
230 litres
135
DHC92P
£768.90
DHC92G
£862.90
4 Drum Units
1480 x 1330 x 1300
260 litres
185
DHC94P
£943.30
DHC94G
£1051.90
-
570 x 900 x 300
-
-
DHC11Z
£155.10
-
-
DHC22Z
£195.95
Single Drum Galvanised Cradle -
20
Double Drum Galvanised Cradle -
1380 x 900 x 300
-
25
229
182_182 10/01/2012 14:24 Page 1
Drum Storage
Manufactured Manufacture d
DH204Z
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
DH244Z
FULLY ENCLOSED DRUM STORES For use outside or where security is of importance. One drum units are fitted with one door & 2 & 4 drum units have 2 doors - all with 3 point locking ● Vertical units are fitted with Galvanised grid floors & horizontal units have an open topped sump ●
N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.
No of Drums Stored
Storage Type
1 2
Vertical
4 1 2
Horizontal
4
Sump Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D X H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
234
800 x 800 x 1470
80
DH241Z £1021.30
263
1510 x 750 x 1470
125
DH242Z £1152.95
439
1510 x 1250 x 1470
150
DH244Z £1751.70
233
1250 x 800 x 1280
80
DH201Z £1161.50
439
1510 x 1250 x 1280
110
DH202Z £1434.10
439
1510 x 1250 x 2170
150
DH204Z £1540.80
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (ENGLAND) 2001
DRUM STORES For use outside or where security is of importance. Doors have high & low level venting - with 3 point locking ● Drums are set back to allow space to dispense liquids
DH296Z
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.
230
No of Drums Stored
Sump Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D X H mm
Weight kg
6
631
2250 x 1350 x 2275
220
Model
Price
DH296Z £3251.40
183_183 10/01/2012 14:24 Page 1
Drum Storage DRUM STORAGE vAULT Available in either Blue powder coated or Galvanised finish ● Fitted with Gas struts for ease of opening ● 3 point lockable re-inforced doors making these units secure
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
WEAThERPROOF
SSV05G
SSV04P
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units Painted
Galvanised
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Sump Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
Storage Vault
1440 x 1400 x 1760
260 litres
330
SSV04P
£1735.75
SSV05G
£2002.90
DRUM STORAGE UNITS ●
Ground Clearance: 150mm
Fork centres: 760mm Heavy duty Drum Storage units of fully welded construction ● Safe storage for 8, 10, 16 or 20 standard 210 litre drums, either Manufacture Manufactured d palletised or loose loaded ● Heavy duty frame is rated at 3 tonnes distributed load over a 3 metre bay ● The 8 & 10 drum units are single tier & the 16 & 20 drum units are double tier ● Swaged & re-inforced robust sheet Steel walls on 3 sides ● The sump units can be removed for steam cleaning & have removable Galvanised grid floor panels ● Fork guides ensure safe & CONTROL OF POLLUTION (OIL STORAGE) (ENGLAND) secure movement REGULATIONS 2001 ● Finish: Stove enamel Blue ● ●
DH916Z
N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units. No of Drums
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Sump Weight Capacity kg Litres
Model
Price
8
3000 x 1275 x 1535
865
420
DH908Z
£1902.55
10
3715 x 1275 x 1535
1112
440
DH910Z
£2458.10
16
3000 x 1275 x 3070
1729
830
DH916Z
£3724.10
20
3715 x 1275 x 3070
2223
860
DH920Z
£4415.20
DH910Z
231
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
REMOvABLE 2 PART ShELF
184_184 10/01/2012 14:23 Page 1
Polyethylene Storage Cabinets POLYETHYLENE STORAGE CABINETS Rotationally moulded from medium density Polyethylene Lightweight yet robust ● Lockable ● Broad band chemical compatability ● Polyethylene shelves & grids Manufactured Manufacture d ● ●
PEC07Z
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
LOWER PRICES PEC03Z PEC25Z
1 Door & 2 Shelves
External Size L x W x H mm 545 x 440 x 990
Sump Capacity 30 Litres
1 Door & 3 Shelves
650 x 570 x 1650
70 Litres
Description
1 Door & Mesh Grid 1 Door & Mesh Grid 1 Door, 1 Shelf & Mesh Grid
Colour Options White body with either Red, Blue, Green or Yellow Doors or entire cabinet in Yellow or Red
920 x 720 x 1520
100 Litres
White body with either Red, Blue, Green or Yellow Doors or entire cabinet in Blue or Green
920 x 720 x 1835
250 Litres
Entire cabinet in Blue or Green
Weight kg 14
Model
Price
PEC03Z
£254.35
32
PEC07Z
£391.90
60
PEC10Z
£572.50
60
PEC25Z
£636.00
68
PEC25ZS
£678.85
POLYETHYLENE VAULTS ●
Gas struts allow the lid to open easily & also hold the lid in place when open LOWER PRICES
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (ENGLAND) 2001
PEC26H
PEC26Z
Manufactured Manufacture d PEC26S Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Sump Capacity
Colour Options
2 x 205 Litre Vertical Drum 1 x 205 Litre Drum on a Cradle Full Grid Mesh Cover with a Shelf (ideal for 5 & 25 Litre Drums)
232
1630 x 940 x 1420
260 Litres
Blue
Weight kg 95
Model
Price
PEC26Z
£814.80
110
PEC26H
£906.85
120
PEC26S
£908.45
185_185 10/01/2012 14:22 Page 1
Drum & IBC Storage DRUM STORAGE ●
780 litre sump flooring
IBC STORAGE ●
1200 litre sump flooring
GENERAL SPECIFICATION Weatherproof for outside storage ● Constructed from RHS frame Galvanised sheet cladding ● Padlockable dual sliding doors for ease of access (padlock not included) ● Benches & Spill Trays are available - see below for details ●
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit
WCD02Z
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
Manufactured Manufacture d
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
WCG03Z WCI03Z WCG02Z
Overall Size Weight Model L x W x H mm kg Drum Storage Unit - with Sump Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360
950
WCD02Z
Price
970
WCI03Z
Weight kg
Model
Price
Bench (priced individually) 1990 x 500 x 960
£3949.35
IBC Storage Unit - with Deep Sump Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360
Overall Size L x W x H mm
62
WCG02Z
£277.80
Spill Tray (priced individually) - Capacity - 48 Litres 1990 x 500 x 50
-
WCG03Z
£93.15
£4068.85
233
186_186 10/01/2012 14:19 Page 1
External Drum Storage Cabinets When choosing the right cabinet, it is particularly important to consider minimising investment costs per storage place. This tried & tested cabinet range includes a large selection of containers shown in more detail on the following pages:
EARThING ACCESSoRY kIT All Drum/IBC stores are naturally ventilated. As an accessory a static discharge / earthing point is available.
EXTERNAL CABINETS ●
Ideal for storing drums directly inside the container
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Set of accessories for the storage of flammable liquids, Model: SC-EARTH
£102.70
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
£5216.30
Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
Manufactured Manufacture d
SC1-WIN
LOWER PRICE Optimal dimensions for storing drums directly inside the container, or storing them on chemical/euro pallets. The maximum storage capacity is 72 drums, each holding 205 litres.
£14,862.35 SC4-SLI
Drum Stores can be accessed from one side. Double depth drum stores are available on request
INTERNAL CABINETS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS Model
SC1
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Capacity - holding 205 Litre Drums
SC2
SC3
SC4
3120 x 1460 x 3000 5600 x 1460 x 3000 8040 x 1460 x 3000 8040 x 1460 x 4400 3000 x 1310 x 1250 3000 x 1340 x 1225 3900 x 1340 x 1225 3900 x 1340 x 1240 1060 2175 2800 4000 1000 1000 1000 1000 20 Stored directly on Grid 40 Stored directly on Grid 48 Stored directly on Grid 72 Stored directly on Grid 16 on a Chemical Pallet 32 on a Chemical Pallet 48 on a Chemical Pallet 72 on a Chemical Pallet
Model with Wing Doors Price
SC1-WIN £5387.45
-
-
-
Model with Sliding Doors Price
SC1-SLI £5594.85
SC2-SLI £8009.45
SC3-SLI £9992.80
SC4-SLI £14862.35
234
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
187_187 10/01/2012 14:16 Page 1
IBC Storage Cabinets EXTERNAL CABINETS 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
EARThING ACCESSoRY kIT All Drum/IBC stores are naturally ventilated. As an accessory a static discharge / earthing point is available.
Set of accessories for the storage of flammable liquids, Model: SC-EARTH
£102.70
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
£9992.80 SC4-IBC-S
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOWER PRICES
These IBC Stores can be supplied as a double depth unit, thus doubling the storage capacity
£4765.20 SC1-IBC-W
Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
IBC Stores accessible from one side. Also available as double depth units, to be loaded from one or both sides
INTERNAL CABINETS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS Model
SC1-IBC
SC2-IBC
SC3-IBC
SC4-IBC
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Capacity - 1000 Litre IBC’s
2820 x 1460 x 3500 2700 x 1310 x 1500 1100 1250 4 IBC’S
3500 x 1460 x 3500 3380 x 1310 x 1500 1500 1250 6 IBC’S
5600 x 1460 x 3500 2700 x 1310 x 1440 2000 1250 8 IBC’S
7000 x 1460 x 3500 3380 x 1310 x 1445 3000 1250 12 IBC’S
Model with Wing Doors Price
SC1-IBC-W £4765.20
SC2-IBC-W £5802.25
-
-
Model with Sliding Doors Price
SC1-IBC-S £5180.00
-
SC3-IBC-S £8415.25
SC4-IBC-S £9992.80
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
235
188_188 10/01/2012 14:12 Page 1
Universal Absorbent Products GENERAL PURPOSE
NEW
BX0004
BX0003
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
BX0005
BX0002
Description
Sheet/Roll Size L x W mm
Centre-feed Roll in a Dispenser Box
200 x 380
Quantity
Model
Price
175 Sheet BX0002 £14.18 Roll
Dispenser box with 2-ply perforated Paper Roll
200 x 15,000
1 Roll
BX0003
Dispenser box of Quick-rip perforated Absorbent Roll
310 x 3100
1 Roll
BX0004 £22.05
£3.68
Dispenser box of Absorbent Pads
310 x 380
75 Pads
BX0005 £22.05
Quantity
Model
Price
OIL & FUEL
IDEAL FOR OIL & FUEL SPILLS
NEW BX0665
BX0664
Description
Sheet/Roll Size L x W mm
Dispenser box of Quick-rip perforated Absorbent Roll
310 x 3100
1 Roll
BX0664
£22.05
Dispenser box of Absorbent Pads
310 x 380
75 Pads
BX0665
£22.05
Quantity
Model
Price
CHEMICAL
IDEAL FOR CHEMICAL SPILLS
NEW BX0775 BX0774
236
Description
Sheet/Roll Size L x W mm
Dispenser box of Quick-rip perforated Absorbent Roll
310 x 3100
1 Roll
BX0774
£25.20
Dispenser box of Absorbent Pads
310 x 380
75 Pads
BX0775
£25.20
189_189 10/01/2012 14:12 Page 1
Spill Control & Containment TANKER & VEHICLE SPILL KIT ● ●
SHOULDER BAG SPILL KIT
20 Litre or 30 Litre Capacity Contains: ● 2 (120cm) Socks ● 12 Pads ● 1 Disposal Bag
● ●
50 Litre Capacity Contains: ● 2 (300cm) Socks ● 20 Pads ● 3 Disposal Bags
Manufactured Manufacture d
NEW
Description
Oil & Fuel Kit
General Kit
OSK50
Chemical Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
20 Litre Kit
OSK20
£17.85
GSK20
£16.80
CSK20
£22.00
30 Litre Kit
OSK30
£26.25
GSK30
£22.00
CSK30
£30.00
WORKSHOP SPILL KIT ● ●
Description 50 Litre Kit
Oil & Fuel Kit
General Kit
Chemical Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
OSK50
£66.15
GSK50
£61.95
CSK50
£71.40
OIL STORAGE AREA SPILL KIT
90 Litre capacity Contains: ● 4 (300cm) Socks ● 30 Pads ● 3 Cushions ● 3 Disposal Bags
● ●
200 Litre capacity Contains: ● 8 (300cm) Socks ● 100 Double-weight Pads ● 4 Disposal Bags
Manufactured Manufacture d
NEW
OSK200
OSK90
Description 90 Litre Kit
Oil & Fuel Kit Model
Price
General Kit Model
Price
Chemical Kit Model
OSK90 £139.65 GSK90 £119.70 CSK90
Price £152.25
Description
Oil & Fuel Kit Model
Price
General Kit Model
Price
Chemical Kit Model
Price
200 Litre Kit OSK200 £187.95 GSK200 £171.15 CSK200 £207.90
237
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
OSK20
190_190 10/01/2012 14:11 Page 1
Cylinder Equipment OXYGEN CYLINDER TROLLEYS
CYLINDER TROLLEYS
Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979 Especially designed for carrying Oxygen cylinders, ideal for use in hospitals ● The tubular frame has a sheet steel base & retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position ● Fitted with anti-static Metal centred wheels & front 100mm non marking corner buffers
●
● ●
Models TS177L & CT277L are designed to carry a maximum cylinder size of 286mm dia x 1575mm height. Tubular steel frame fitted with two 125mm Rubber tyred rear support castors & 265mm Steel centred Rubber tyres ● Cylinders are held in place with a retaining chain for added security when in use ● Models CT277L, CT201L & CT201P are Zinc Plated for use in damp environments
TS179L
Manufactured Manufacture d
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
TS180L
TS178L
CT277L
CT201L Maximum Cylinder Size mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Retaining Wheels Weight Strap mm kg Heights mm
Model
140
420 x 400 x 1100
220 / 675
125
8
TS178L £232.80
175
460 x 410 x 1100
220 / 675
250
13
TS179L £320.55
230
470 x 480 x 1100
270 / 920
250
14
TS180L £332.35
Price
TS177L
Cylinder Dia. mm 286
Cylinder Cap Ltr 40
265 - 125 Cushion
Painted
TS177L £325.65
286
40
265 - 125 Cushion
Zinc Plated
CT277L £350.55
140 - 250 10 / 20 / 40
200 Cushion
Zinc Plated
CT201L £163.60
140 - 250 10 / 20 / 40
200 Pneumatic
Zinc Plated
CT201P £198.45
Wheels mm
PROPANE CYLINDER TROLLEYS
WELDERS TROLLEY
Tubular Steel powder coated trucks designed to safely manoeuvre 47kg Propane cylinders ● The max diameter of cradle supports is 380mm ● Model CT103L is able to carry one 380mm cylinder & one 230mm cylinder ● Models CT102L & CT103L are fitted with a rear castor which supports the laden trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring
●
●
Max Load
CT101L Overall Size L x W x H mm 570 x 550 x 1310
Wheels mm Front / Rear 265
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
CT101L
£206.70
730 x 530 x 1310
265 / 150
26
CT102L
£302.40
920 x 810 x 1440
400 / 200
50
CT103L
£499.70
Price
2 REAR CASTORS FOR EXTRA STABILITY
CT102L
CT103L
238
Model
2 rear castors provide extra stability, support & full operator control ● Steel tubular frame is fitted with cylinder retaining chains & a welding rod holder ● This unit is suitable for carrying 2 cylinders: 1 x Oxygen cylinder 230mm dia x 1560mm high & 1 x Acetylene cylinder 236mm dia x 1200mm high
Manufactured Manufacture d
150kg
Frame Finish
Rear castors
TS171L Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
760 x 760 x 1090
350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing
31
TS171L
£359.40
191_191 10/01/2012 14:10 Page 1
Cylinder Equipment Manufactured Manufacture d Close up of unique lifting toe plate
LIFTINg TOE pLATE ALLOWS EASY UNLOADINg
CYLINDER TROLLEYS
CT209Y
This cylinder trolley incorporates a unique lifting toe plate, sliding upwards when the truck is placed up against a pallet to make the cylinders easier to slide off ● The support frame is fitted with 2 swivel castors, making the unit easily manoeuvrable ● The large wheels on the front of the unit make it easier to go over rough terrain ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
240
700 x 610 x 1375
350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing 2 x 100mm Nylon Castors
30
CT209Y
£330.70
CYLINDER pALLET CAgE GCP01Z Fully welded construction with supporting sides & central sections ● Non-slip Steel floor to aid the safe loading & unloading of cylinders Manufactured Manufacture d ● Complete with retaining chain / strap ● Models GCP01/2Z are suitable for transporting cylinders by pallet truck with width across forks of 680mm. Model GCP03Z is suitable for transportation by fork lift only ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Qty of cylinders held
Weight kg
Model
Price
555 x 480 x 1010
2 - Max Dia. 275mm
20
GCP01Z
£304.05
1100 x 480 x 1010
4 - Max Dia. 275mm
40
GCP02Z
£379.70
1200 x 1050 x 995
9 x 286mm / 12 x 229mm / 20 x 178mm
120
GCP03Z
£817.30
GCP03Z
CYLINDER TROLLEYS - Choose the correct trolley for your cylinders Trolley
CT209Y
TS177L & CT277L
CT201L/P
Cylinder
CT101L
CT102L
CT103L
TS171L
TS178L
Cylinder
Industrial Gas
940 x 140
Trolley
✔
✔
✔
430 x 89
✔
✔
✔
535 x 102
✔
1640 x 230
✔
✔
865 x 102
✔
132 x 229
Carbon Dioxide 940 x 140 1500 x 230
455 x 100
✔ ✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
1050 x 210
1320 x 178
✔
1200 x 260
✔
✔ Propane
1250 x 380
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Propylene 1250 x 380
✔ ✔ ✔
✔ Hydrogen
1460 x 230
✔ ✔
670 x 175 930 x 140
Acetylene
TS180L
Medical Oxygen
290 x 106
1400 x 230
930 x 200
TS179L
✔
USE THIS MATRIX TO FIND THE TROLLEY WHICH MEETS YOUR REQUIREMENTS 239
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Max Cylinder Dia. mm
192_192 10/01/2012 14:09 Page 1
Cylinder Storage CAMBUCKLE CLAMPING WALL RACKS ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Individual quick release webbing straps with adjustable cambuckle These units can be used in pairs, top & bottom, for secure movement in transit Cylinder Dia. mm 180 - 270 205 - 305
No of Cylinders Held 2 3 4 2
Overall Size W x D mm 720 x 190 1036 x 190 1352 x 190 835 x 230
Model
Price
CB200Z CB300Z CB400Z CB210Z
£105.80 £146.10 £179.65 £117.05
CYLINDER STORAGE Fully welded complete with individual securing chains SINGLE OR DOUBLE SIDED FLOOR STANDS ● Suitable for use with full height cylinders LOW HEIGHT FLOOR STAND ● For use with smaller type cylinders ●
CB200Z
WALL FIXING STORAGE RACKS & DOUBLE SIDED FLOOR STANDS ●
Fully welded complete with individual securing chains
Manufactured Manufacture d
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
CR725Z
CR353G CR452G/CR454G
CR740Z Cylinder Dia. mm 180 - 270
CR765Z
No of Overall Size Cylinders Held W x D x H mm Single Sided Floor Stand
Model
No of Cylinder Overall Size Cylinders Dia. mm W x D mm Held
2
618 x 350 x 922
CR725Z
£146.35
924 x 350 x 922
CR735Z
£182.30
Low Height Double Sided Floor Stand 100 - 180
4
440 x 465 x 610 656 x 465 x 610
6
CR740Z CR760Z
£218.35
180 - 270
CR745Z
£215.10
6
924 x 544 x 922
CR765Z
£251.20
Model
Price
Price
2
720 x 190
3
1036 x 190 CR302Z £88.80 CR352G £122.55
CR301Z £71.95 CR351G £94.55
Up To 270
2
720 x 190
3
1036 x 190 CR304Z £91.70 CR354G £125.30
CR303Z £74.90 CR353G £97.30
Storage Stand - 1000mm in Height
Double Sided Floor Stand 618 x 544 x 922
Model
Up To 180
£183.80
4
Galvanised Finish
Storage Racks
Price
3
Painted Finish
Up To 180
4
410 x 500
CR401Z £242.15 CR451G £300.75
6
590 x 500
CR402Z £277.80 CR452G £344.95
Up To 270
4
590 x 500
CR403Z £258.85 CR453G £317.75
6
860 x 500
CR404Z £294.45 CR454G £361.70
CYLINDER STAND
CYLINDER STORAGE UNITS
Base Size: 520 x 400mm Flat steel construction with solid sheet Steel base ● Hinged latches to enable easy positioning of the cylinder
Each storage unit can store 6 to 11 cylinders Four way entry for loading & unloading via fork lift ● The base unit will hold up to 4 stacked storage unit ●
●
●
●
N.B. Cylinders containing dissolved / liquified gases should be stored vertically
Manufactured Manufacture d CS202Z
Manufactured Manufacture d Cylinder Dia. mm 178
Height mm
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
CS201Z
£189.75
230
605
21
CS202Z
£199.60
23
CS203Z
£210.15
285
240
Description
Overall Size W x L x H mm
Base
875 x 1590 x 200/360
Storage Unit 880 x 1590 x 385
CBU01Z & 2 x CSU11Z Weight Cylinder Cylinder Model kg Dia. mm Length mm 35 50
-
-
Price
CBU01Z £344.90
100 to 178 1220 Max CSU11Z £360.85
193_193 10/01/2012 14:07 Page 1
Cylinder Storage GAS CYLINDER CAGES Provision for a padlock Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ Sign ● Useable distance between shelves: 720mm ● ●
FROM
£861.20
GCC12G
Description Static Unit
Finish Painted
1610 x 940 x 1800
Painted Mobile Unit 200mm Nylon Galvanised
1690 x 890 x 1900
Manufactured in angle Iron with sides, end & top infilled with Metal strip. Base of inverted angle ● Mobile models have a push Weight Model Price handle at one end kg 80 GCC02Z £861.20 ● Designed to carry up to 16 80 GCC12G £1127.45 ‘calor gas’ type cylinders 80 GCC01N £918.85 ● Hinged lockable doors ●
Overall Size Internal Size W x D x H mm W x D mm 1610 x 890 x 1800
Galvanised
GCC01N
1560 x 840
80
1690 x 940 x 1900
GCC11G £1187.35
N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units
CYLINDER STORAGE LOCK-UP CAGES
FROM
£1047.00 Manufactured Manufacture d
CP601Z
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Permanently fixed or Pallet Base Units ● Complete with ‘Highly Galvanised Finish Flammable’ Sign Model Price ● Manufactured in angle Iron CS511G £1225.80 infilled with tough Iron mesh CP611G £1714.55 ● Cylinders held by retaining chain CS512G £1402.00 ● Base is drilled for fixing points
●
CS511G Painted Finish Model Price
Cage Only
1360 x 1095 x 1840
CS501Z
£1047.00
Cage with Pallet Base
1360 x 1095 x 1990
CP601Z
£1333.70
Cage Only
1360 x 1715 x 1840
CS502Z
£1214.70
Cage with Pallet Base
1360 x 1715 x 1990
CP602Z
£1630.10
CP612G
£2015.30
N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units
241
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
194_194 10/01/2012 14:07 Page 1
Security Cages
Drum & Cylinder Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
SCS05Z fitted with SCS001
FROM
£387.65 IDEAl foR SECURE SToRAGE of boTh hAzARDoUS & vAlUAblE mATERIAlS Max Load
500kg
SECURITY CAGES All welded units constructed from Steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh ● Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Units are load tested & CE certified ● Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials ● Cranage Eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the Cranage Eyes, we recommend using a spreader) ● A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted optional extra ● Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon 2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height) ● Two finishes available: Stove Enamel Yellow or Galvanised body with Stove Enamel Yellow doors ● ●
Stove Enamel Yellow
Galvanised - Yellow Doors
Shelf to suit Factory Fitted (one per unit)
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
700 x 700 x 880
690 x 690 x 790
37
SCS01Z
£387.65
SCS01S £424.85
SCG01Z
£417.25
SCG01S
£454.45
-
-
1400 x 700 x 880
1380 x 690 x 790
52
SCS02Z
£627.40
SCS02S £664.60
SCG02Z
£672.00
SCG02S
£709.15
-
-
700 x 700 x 1680
690 x 690 x 1585
55
SCS03Z
£660.10
SCS03S £697.35
SCG03Z
£704.15
SCG03S
£741.30
SCS003
£53.10
1400 x 700 x 1680
1380 x 690 x 1585
110
SCS04Z £1008.65 SCS04S £1044.90 SCG04Z £1124.05 SCG04S £1161.25
SCS004
£89.25
2070 x 700 x 1680
2040 x 690 x 1585
124
SCS05Z £1218.00 SCS05S £1255.15 SCG05Z £1354.10 SCG05S £1391.35
SCS005
£118.30
SCS001
£40.75
Static
Mobile Model
Price
Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted
242
Static
Mobile
195 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:08 Page 1
Lifting Equipment FoR ALL yoUR LIFTING EQUIPMENT NEEdS... Pallet Trucks Weighing Pallet Trucks Specialist Pallet Trucks Scissor Lift Tables Stackers & Lifters Fork Lift Equipment Ratchet Strapping Web Slings Chain Hoists
Pallet Trucks Pages 244 to 246
244 to 246 247 & 248 249 & 250 251 & 252 253 to 258 259 260 261 262
WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK - GTPWN Large 25mm LCD display, keyboard with Zero & Tare functions ● Powered by 4 x AA batteries ● Operating time of approximately 80 hours in continuous use or 3 months in normal use thanks to its auto switch-off function ● Polyurethane coated steering wheels & front rollers ● 2000kg Load Capacity ●
ONLY
£995.00 SEE PAGE
247
243
196_196 10/01/2012 14:32 Page 1
Pallet Trucks HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS WITH TANDEM ROLLERS Fork Width: 160mm Raised Height of Forks: 195mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Complete with entry & exit rollers ● Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 200mm Nylon steering wheels & 80 x 70mm Nylon tandem rollers ● ●
Max Load
2500kg
A MASSIVE
2500KG
LOAD CAPACITY REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS
Lifting Equipment
Ergonomically designed handle with 3 position control lever
GZ204N
Close up of Entry/Exit Roller & Tandem Rollers
NARROW AISLE PALLET TRUCKS 2000kg Capacity Fork Width: 160mm ● Overall Height: 1160mm ● Raised Height of Forks: 200mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm o ● Highly manoeuvrable through full 180 ● ●
Fork Length mm 810
Width over Forks mm 450
Weight kg 58
Model
Price
GX205N
£316.85
910
450
58
GX206N
£316.85
1000
450
59
GX207N
£316.85
1220
450
60
GX209N
£316.85
244
Fork Length mm 1000
Width over Forks mm 520
Weight kg 80
Model
Price
GZ201N
£309.95
1000
685
83
GZ202N
£319.95
1150
520
81
GZ203N
£329.95
1220
685
84
GZ204N
£329.95
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum . BRONZE SERVICE LEVEL One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £57.50 per truck & per annum . SILVER SERVICE LEVEL Two service visits per annum - no call out Price: £85.00 per truck & per annum . GOLD SERVICE LEVEL Two service visits plus one free call out per annum Price: £99.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments & replacement of any badly worn wheels
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
197_197 10/01/2012 14:36 Page 1
Pallet Trucks GENERAL PURPOSE PALLET TRUCKS Fork Width: 150mm Raised Height of Forks: 190mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 75mm ● Complete with entry & exit rollers ● Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 160mm Nylon steering wheels & 70mm Nylon front rollers ● ●
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE PAGE 244
£238.75
Max Load
2000kg
2000KG LOAD CAPACITY
GZE11N
GZE11N
Fork Length mm 1000
Width over Forks mm 520
Weight kg 55
Model
Price
GZE11N
£238.75
1000
685
58
GZE12N
£258.55
1150
520
56
GZE13N
£246.05
1220
685
59
GZE14N
£265.20
245
Lifting Equipment
FROM ONLY
198_198 10/01/2012 14:35 Page 1
Pallet Trucks LOW PROFILE PALLET TRUCK Fork Width: 160mm Raised Height of Forks: 142mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 52mm ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 150 x 47mm Red Polyurethane steering wheels & 93 x 50mm Steel front rollers ● ●
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE PAGE 244 Max Load
1500kg
Fork Length mm GN811L
1000
Width over Forks mm 520
Weight kg 80
Model
Price
GN811L
£466.35
685
85
GN812L
£485.75
BRAKED PALLET TRUCK Fork Width: 160mm Raised Height of Forks: 200mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Complete with entry & exit rollers ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 200 x 50mm Black Polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 70mm Polyurethane front rollers ● Progressive braking system & parking brake facility
Lifting Equipment
● ●
Max Load
2000kg
Fork Length mm
GN709B
1000
Width over Forks mm 550
Weight kg 95
Model
Price
GN709B
£499.95
685
100
GN710B
£519.95
TRAVERSE PALLET TRUCK Fork Width: 160mm Longitudinal: 180mm ● Traverse: 185 - 205mm ● Raised Height of Forks: 205mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 180 x 50mm Black Nylon steering wheels & 80 x 70mm Nylon front rollers ● Have the ability to traverse at 90o. Simply pump the truck to maximum height, turn the handle to 90o & engage steering wheel lock ● Load Capacity: 1000kg in Traverse mode ● ●
Max Load
2000kg Traverse Rollers
Fork Length mm GN505T
246
1000
Width over Forks mm 520
Weight kg 90
Model
Price
GN505T
£509.95
685
95
GN506T
£529.95
199_199 10/01/2012 14:34 Page 1
Weigh Scale Pallet Trucks ROBUST WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK Large 25mm LCD display for easy reading, keyboard with Zero & Tare functions ● Powered by 4 x AA easily available batteries ● Operating time of approximately 80 hours in continuous use or 3 months in normal use thanks to its auto switch-off function ● Polyurethane coated steering wheels & front rollers ●
Large 25mm LCD Display with 4 easily available AA batteries
NEW
MAX CAPACITY OF 2000KG BY 1KG INCREMENTS Fork Length mm 1150
Width over Forks mm 550
Weight kg 120
Model
Price
GTPWN
£995.00
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
ISO-CERT
£35.00
GTPWN
HEAVY DUTY WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK Extremely accurate, triple weigh range, which changes automatically: 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments ● Large swivelling LCD display in IP65 rated waterproof indicator housing ● Supplied with 230Vac battery charger which gives an operating time of approx. 50 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function ● Rubber steering wheels & Polyurethane double loading front rollers ● Optional built in Thermal Printer with low power consumption available - Call for Details ●
Width over Forks mm 550
Weight kg 125
Model
Price
GTPWA
£1395.00
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
ISO-CERT
£35.00
Lifting Equipment
Fork Length mm 1150
ATEX MODELS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS Max Load
2000kg
NEW
Large 25mm LCD Display with optional thermal printer GTPWA
STAINLESS STEEL WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK Constructed from High Grade Stainless Steel Extremely accurate, triple weigh range, which changes automatically: 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments ● Supplied with 230Vac battery charger which gives an operating time of approx. 40 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function ● Nylon steering wheels & double loading front rollers ● Optional built in Thermal Printer with low power consumption available - Call for Details ● ●
Fork Length mm 1182
Width over Forks mm 550
Weight kg 135
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
Model
Price
GTPWI
£4230.00
ISO-CERT
£35.00
IDEAL FOR FOOD, HEALTHCARE & PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRIES Max Load
2000kg
NEW
Large 25mm LCD Display
GTPWI
247
200_200 11/01/2012 16:50 Page 1
Pallet Trucks & High Lift Pallet Trucks WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK Fork Width: 180mm Raised Height of Forks: 200mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● PWS57H: mobile on 180 x 50mm Polyurethane steering wheels & 64 x 70mm front rollers ● PWS69H: mobile on 180 x 50mm Polyurethane steering wheels & 74 x 70mm front rollers ● Large click quality facia with high contrast display. High battery autonomy with 70 hours of use. Water & dust proof to norm IP65 ● Optional built in Thermal Printer with low power consumption available - Call for Details
WEIGHING ACCURACY TO +/- 0.1%
● ●
Max Load
2000kg
PWS57H
Fork Length mm 1150
Width over Forks mm 572
Model
Price
PWS57H
£1148.15
1220
692
PWS69H
£1213.25
HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK
Lifting Equipment
Max Load
Fork Width: 160mm Raised Height of Forks: 800mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 180 x 50mm Nylon steering wheels & 74 x 50mm front rollers ● Stabilising bars automatically come into operation to prevent the unit moving ● Automatically slow descending speed to prevent damage of your goods ●
1000kg
●
Fork Length mm GN403H
1150
MANUAL & ELECTRIC LIFT/LOWER FOR PRECISE POSITIONING
Max Load
1000kg
PHL54H
248
Width over Forks mm 520
Weight kg 95
Model
Price
GN403H
£639.95
685
115
GN404H
£677.50
ELECTRIC HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCK Fork Width: 160mm Raised Height of Forks: 800mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Mobile on 180 x 55mm steering wheels & 75 x 50mm front rollers ● Adjustable stabilising bars come into operation to prevent the unit moving ● Battery & charger included: ● Battery - 12v/60Ah ● Lifting Motor Power: 0.8kw ● Manual operation included ● ●
Fork Length mm 1170
Width over Forks mm 540 680
Weight kg 169
Model
Price
PHL54H
£1600.55
PHL68H
£1675.60
201_201 10/01/2012 14:33 Page 1
Pallet Trucks MECHANICAL FOLDING PALLET TRUCK Fork Width: 120mm Raised Height of Forks: 148mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Overall Size: 760H x 420W x 800Dmm - in use 200H x 420W x 800Dmm - folded ● Easy to Use - simply pull the handle back & the forks will raise ● Mobile on 75mm Nylon steering wheels & 75mm Nylon front rollers ● Low maintenance ● ●
GZM41N Folded
PRICE HELD
Max Load
400kg
Width over Forks mm 425
Weight kg 25
Model
Price
GZM41N
£159.95
GZM41N
GALVANISED PALLET TRUCK
STAINLESS STEEL PALLET TRUCK
●
Raised Height of Forks: 200mm Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Complete with entry & exit rollers ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 180 x 50mm Nylon steering wheels & 80 x 70mm Nylon front rollers ● Corrosion Resistant - ideal for use in wet & damp conditions
●
●
●
Max Load Raised Height of Forks: 200mm 2000kg Lowered Height of Forks: 85mm ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Mobile on 200 x 50mm Nylon steering wheels & 78 x 90mm front rollers ● Ideal for use in wet & damp conditions ● Subject to availability
ADDITIONAL FOOT OPERATED LEVER
Max Load
2000kg
GN607G
Fork Length mm
Fork Width mm
1000
160
PRICE HELD
Width over Forks mm 520
Weight kg 80
Model
Price
GN607G
£519.95
685
85
GN608G
£539.95
Fork Length mm 1220
GN913S Fork Width mm 160
Width over Forks mm 685
Weight kg 85
Model
Price
GN914S
£1575.00
249
Lifting Equipment
Fork Length mm 800
202_202 16/01/2012 16:29 Page 1
Specialist Trucks ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK Adjustable forks from 220mm to 740mm Ideal for rough terrain outdoor applications such as building sites, agricultural environments etc ● Raised Height of Forks: 240mm ● Lowered Height of Forks: 70mm ● Mobile on 250mm steering wheels & 380mm front fork wheels ● Low maintenance ● ●
NEW Max Load
1500kg
Lifting Equipment
IDEAL FOR ROUGH OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS
GZR01N
Overall Size W x H mm 1605 x 1270
Fork Length mm 800
Weight kg 192
Model
Price
GZR01N
£1329.95
LARGE LOAD MOVER Load is raised & can be easily moved around in any direction, even in the tightest of areas ● Incorporates a 5M securing strap to secure your loads to the units ●
NEW IDEAL FOR BULKY & HEAVY WEIGHT ITEMS LLM18H LLM06M Load Capacity kg 600 1800
250
Manual
Max Lift Height mm 300
Toe Plate Size D x W mm 120 x 225
Hydraulic
250
60 x 600
Lift
125mm Polyurethane
Overall Size L x W x H mm 570 x 390 x 780
Weight kg 25
Model (pairs) LLM06M
Price (pairs) £492.50
150mm Polyurethane
680 x 420 x 1070
86
LLM18H
£785.75
Wheels
203_203 10/01/2012 14:52 Page 1
Scissor Lift Tables These units are elevated by pump action foot pedal & lowered by hand operated release trigger ● Comply to EN1570:1998 ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked castors with wheel guards ● Handles supplied loose ● CE Marked ●
Max Load
150kg
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS
Lifting Equipment
SL150Y
Max Load
300kg
Max Load
350kg SL300Y Part Elevated
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND SCISSOR LIFT TABLE One service visit per annum Price: £62.50 per truck, per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments & replacement of any badly worn wheels
SLD35Y
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND Load Capacity
Platform Size mm
Pedal Strokes to Elevate
Lowered Max Lift Height mm Height mm Single Scissor
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
150 kg
800 x 450
25
225
300 kg
850 x 500
32
340
740
100mm PVC Tyre with a Nylon Centre
49
SL150Y
£379.95
900
127mm Polyurethane Tyre with a Steel Centre
87
SL300Y
500 kg
850 x 500
45
340
900
£475.00
91
SL500Y
£499.00
115
SLD35Y
£569.95
Double Scissor 350 kg
980 x 500
55
348
1300
127mm Polyurethane Tyre /Steel Centre
251
204_204 11/01/2012 16:51 Page 1
Static Lift Tables STATIC LIFT TABLES (MAINS OPERATED) Comply to BS EN 1570 & BS EN 60204-1 Remote power system, easy for controlling, convenient for maintenance ● Electronic Control Box with Up, Down & Emergency buttons ● PSL82U: Specially designed in ‘U’ shape for handling pallets & boxes Platform Cut Out - 1050L x 585Wmm ● Lifting Speed with Load: 42mm/sec ● ●
Lifting Equipment
PSL80F
PSL80F Lowered Ramp Size: 1140L x 890W mm
PSL82U
Load Capacity kg 1000
Lowered Platform Height mm 80 82
Raised Platform Height mm
Platform Size L x W mm 1450 x 1140
760
Lifting Time 18 secs.
Motor kw 0.75
Weight kg 235
Model
Price
PSL80F
£1876.10
250
PSL82U
£1831.80
STATIC LIFT TABLES (MAINS OPERATED) Comply to BSEN 1570 & EN 60204-1 Can be floor or pit mounted ● Robustly constructed for arduous applications ● Emergency check valve for controlled descent in system failure ● Fully interlocked arrestors ● ●
HELP ALLEVIATE MUSCULOSKELETAL INJURIES
PSL29D Lowered Load Capacity kg 1000
Min. Platform Height mm 190
2000
190
3000
220
1020
2000
360
1780
252
Max. Platform Height mm 1010
PSL29D
Platform Size L x W mm
Lifting Time 25 secs.
Lowering Time 20 secs.
1300 x 800
40 secs.
30 secs.
26 secs.
22 secs.
40 secs.
35 secs.
1300 x 850
Motor kw
Weight kg 220
Model
Price
PSL22S
£2391.80
280
PSL28S
£2391.80
1.5
320
PSL32S
£3080.40
2.2
295
PSL29D
£2970.40
0.75
205_205 24/01/2012 17:43 Page 1
Lifters & Transporters LIFTERS / TRANSPORTERS Comply to EN 1757-2:2001 Compact, lightweight & manoeuvrable ● PLE17H: overload protection, maintenance free battery & built in charger ● Auto brake system prevents uncontrolled lowering ● Mobile on 125mm steering wheels & 75mm load wheels, 4 swivel ● ●
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Call for Details Reel Rotator
Double Spindle
‘V’ Block
Manual
Load Capacity kg 200
Electric
100
Description
PLE17H
Overall Size Load Min. Platform Max. Platform Platform Size L x W x H mm Centre mm Height mm Height mm L x W mm 1500 870 x 600 x 1920 235 130 470 x 600 870 x 600 x 1790 1700
Motor kw -
Model
Price
PLM15H
£576.75
24v/12Ah
PLE17H
£1173.25
ELECTRIC LIFTER / TRANSPORTER Comply to EN 1757-2:2001 Minimum Lift Height: 130mm ● Maximum Lift Height: 1420mm ● Compact, lightweight & manouverable ● This unit has overload protection, a maintenance free battery & a built in charger ● Auto brake system prevents uncontrolled lowering ● Mobile on 100 x 32mm steering wheels & 75 x 32mm load wheels, 4 swivel ● ●
Max Load
150kg
AUTO BRAKE SYSTEM TO PREVENT UNCONTROLLED LOWERING OF THE PLATFORM
Overall Size L x W x H mm 880 x 520 x 1870
Platform Size L x W mm 470 x 520
Model
Price
PLE14H
£1405.30
PLE14H
253
Lifting Equipment
PLM15H
206_206 10/01/2012 14:47 Page 1
Lifters & Van Loaders GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS Manufactured Manufacture d
Hand operated gear box is self sustaining at all heights Complete with load retention frame & fully braked castors ● Machines are fully guarded at rear ● ●
FROM
£747.40
Lifting Equipment
GL126W Load Capacity kg 125
900 1070
1295
1510
37
GL126W
£785.55
1220
1450
1660
39
GL127W
£829.70
1145
1355
37
GL250W
£778.15
1070
1295
1510
38
GL251W
£802.40
1220
1450
1660
40
GL252W
£847.90
Load centre mm
900 250
Lowered Height of Forks
30 mm
65 mm
GL0001
GL0003
GL0002
GL0004
GL252W Overall Size mm Fully Height Width Depth Raised 1145 1355
Max Lift mm
Fork Width
305
550
Weight kg
Model
Price
36
GL125W
£747.40
870
Description
Model
Retention Strap Platform (485W x 470D mm) Boom (500L x 50mm dia.) - factory fitted Jib (with swivelling hook) - factory fitted
Price
GL0001 £8.65 GL0002 £59.00 GL0003 £48.65 GL0004 £60.40
MINI LIFTERS ● Safe & Versatile ● Virtually maintenance free No Electrics Fully enclosed sprocket & chain drive system ● Fully guarded at rear ● GV200S: double castor load support unit. Activated by depressing a pedal leaving both hands free to control the lifter. Unique gas spring activates the rear assembly which locks out from the body frame. ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d FROM
£803.20
GV200R Load Capacity kg
GV200S Max Lift mm
Load centre mm
Fully Raised
125 200
1070
305
Width
Depth
Platform Size W x D mm
Frame Width mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
630
730
485 x 470
370
52
GV125R
£803.20
62
GV200R
£843.45
67
GV200S
£1005.45
76
GV200H
£1222.10
GV0001
£8.65
Overall Size mm Height 1350
1515
720
1440 Retention Strap
254
GV200H
790
575 x 470
460
207_207 10/01/2012 14:46 Page 1
Industrial Stackers WIDE BASED STACKERS Fully guarded at rear Comply to ‘The Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992:3073’ & the subsequent amendment ‘1994:2063’ ● CE Marked & Fully Tested ● Fixed weld mesh cable guard & total stop brakes fitted as standard ● Supplied with instructions, labels showing the maximum load & load centre & a test certificate ● ●
Hand Winch
HAND WINCH ● ●
Virtually no maintenance, no electrics, no hydraulics Self sustaining hand winch at all heights
HAND HYDRAULIC Approved hydraulic components Long life, minimum maintenance ● Overload valve & flow control on return travel ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC Enclosed components with an easily removable cover Single lever raise & lower operation ● External plug socket to allow charging without removing cover ● Overload valve & flow control on return travel ●
Lifting Equipment
●
GS300W
Wheel Size: Polyurethane tyred Nylon wheel 200mm, except the GS300W - 160 mm ● Cast Iron straddle rollers ●
SUPPLY OF MACHINERY (SAFETY) REGULATIONS 2001
GS0301
GS0303
GS0302
GS0304
GS502E Description
To Fit
Model
Price
Forged Forks
All Models
GS0301
£128.65
Removable Platform BATTERY: (supplied with m/c) 1 x 12v, 75ah Merlin, 5hr Rating, 2 Year Warranty CHARGER: (on request) LC Traction, RCL 100 Type Hand Winch Hand Hydraulic Electro Hydrualic
Load Capacity kg
Max Lift mm
300
1500
500
1725
GS300W
GS0302
£70.30
All Other Models
GS0502
£74.55
Retention Frame
GS300W Only
GS0303
£27.50
All Other Models
GS0503
£35.30
Retention Strap
All Models
GS0304
£8.65
Overall Size mm Fabricated Forks nest over Straddles Fully Overall Distance Actual Lowered Width Depth Length Raised Width Between Width Height 1930 1930 585 1125 555 370
Height
2130
2130
705
1210
600
675
490
93
100
Weight kg
Model
Price
116
GS300W £1278.05
134
GS500W £1446.30
143
GS501H
£1715.85
171
GS502E
£2194.25
255
208_208 24/01/2012 17:43 Page 1
Hydraulic Stackers HYDRAULIC STACKERS Tested to EN-1757-1:2001 Lowered Fork Height: 90mm ● Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which can be either hand operated or foot operated ● Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm braked Nylon castors with wheel guards & 2 tandem 80mm front Nylon rollers ● ●
N.B. Appropriate facilities will be required to unload these units on delivery
Lifting Equipment
Adjustable Forks
STI01Y
STI02Y
EASILY LIFT & MANOEUVRE PALLETISED LOADS AT HEIGHT
STI03Y In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND STACKER TRUCK One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £112.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments & replacement of any badly worn wheels
STI05Y
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
Load Cap. kg 1000
Fork Type Fixed
Lifting Height mm 1600
Overall Size H x W x L mm 2050 x 740 x 1640
Fork Length mm 1150
Width over Forks mm 540
Load Centre mm -
Weight kg 230
Model
Price
STI02Y
£1099.00
1000
Adjustable
1600
2095 x 1000 x 1340
800
up to 950
-
251
STI01Y
£1099.00
1000
Fixed
1000
1490 x 740 x 1640
1100
550
600
185
STI04Y
£899.00
1000
Fixed
2500
1800 x 860 x 1640
1100
550
600
276
STI05Y
£1399.00
1500
Fixed
1600
2090 x 1000 x 1340
1100
550
400
255
STI03Y
£1379.00
256
209_209 13/01/2012 09:38 Page 1
Hydraulic Stackers HYDRAULIC STACKERS Conforms to EN ISO3691-5:2009 based on directive 2006/42/EC ● Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which can be either hand operated or foot operated ● Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm braked Nylon castors with wheel guards & 2 tandem 80mm front Nylon rollers ●
N.B. Appropriate facilities will be required to unload these units on delivery
Adjustable Forks
NEW
Lifting Equipment
STI18Y
STI19Y
STI19Y HAS STRADDLE LEGS, ALLOWING PALLETISED LOADS TO BE LIFTED FROM THE FLOOR
STI17Y
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND STACKER TRUCK One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £112.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments & replacement of any badly worn wheels
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND Load Cap. kg 500 1000
Stacker/Fork Type Fixed Adjustable Adjustable Straddle
Lifting Height mm
1600
STI16Y
Overall Size H x W x L mm 2080 x 755 x 1705
Fork Length mm 1150
Width over Forks mm 550
2010 x 805 x 1640
1060
up to 745
2925 x 750 x 1640
1060
up to 950
2155 x 1450 x 1560
1060
up to 950
Load Centre mm 600 500
Weight kg 205
Model
Price
STI16Y
£943.00
161
STI17Y
£917.00
316
STI18Y
£1278.00
336
STI19Y
£1472.00
257
210_210 11/01/2012 16:54 Page 1
Powered Stackers MINI STACKER Smooth operating foot pump Position Lifting ● Pressure/overload valve PMS75H ● Smart Chromium Plated frame ● Mobile on smooth braked 127mm steering wheels & 75mm load wheels ● CE Marked & Plated ● Platform safely locates onto forks ● ●
Max Load
400kg
SUITABLE FOR EVERYDAY INTERNAL JOBS Load Lowered Fork Capacity Height mm 400 kg
85
Raised Fork Height mm 850
Platform Size L x W mm
Weight kg 75
PMS75H £570.40
1200
650 x 576
81
PMS81H £604.65
91
PMS91H £658.95
1500
Model
Price
PMS75H
MANUAL STRADDLE STACKER WITH ADJUSTABLE FORKS ● Tandem lift chains with full guarding Brake & pulling handle Adjustable forks give an overall width of: 1080 to 1360mm ● Mobile on 150mm steering wheels with foot guards & 80mm load wheels ●
Lifting Equipment
●
Max Load
1000kg
ADJUSTABLE STRADDLE LEGS SUITABLE FOR MOST PALLETS
Fork Length mm 915
PSS21M
Lowered Fork Height mm 85 75
Raised Fork Height mm 1600 2500 3000
Fork Width mm 330 to 700 210 to 800
Overall Size L x H mm 1580 x 2020
Model
Price
PSS21M
£1458.95
1480 x 1770
PSS30M
£1852.90
1480 x 2020
PSS35M
£1870.40
SEMI ELECTRIC STRADDLE STACKER WITH ADJUSTABLE FORKS ● Tandem lift chains with full guarding Brake & steering/pulling handle Manual push/electric lift ● PSS30E: Lowered Mast Height: 1790mm ● PSS35E: Lowered Mast Height: 2040mm ● Load Centre: 600mm ● Turning Radius: 1350mm ● Adjustable forks & straddle legs giving an overall width of: 1100 to 1380mm ● Mobile on 180mm steering wheels with foot guards & 100mm load wheels ● 12v 150Ah battery with built-in automatic charger ●
Max Load
1000kg
●
HEAVY DUTY 1500W ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC POWER PACK Fork Length mm PSS30E
258
1150
Lowered Fork Height mm 70
Raised Fork Height mm 2500 3000
Fork Width mm 200 to 800
Overall Size L x H mm 1800 x 3030
Model
Price
PSS30E
£2738.10
1800 x 3530
PSS35E
£2887.85
211_211 10/01/2012 14:43 Page 1
Fork Lift Equipment FORK EXTENSIONS
FKE1815 PREVIOUSLY £239.00
Simple & effective way of extending your Fork Lift Truck to handle longer loads ● Fully welded Steel construction with a Steel retaining strap to prevent the fork extensions from sliding off the forks during use ● Fits onto forks up to 50mm thick ● Fork Extensions should not exceed the length of the fork, on which they are installed, by more than 50% ● Subject to availability ●
NOW £149.95
FKE1512
Fork Extension Length mm 1830
●
Robust construction jibs which convert fork lift trucks into mobile cranes Jibs are locked into place by pins behind the heel of the fork tines Load Capacities in pre-set hook positions
Overall Size L x W x H mm
1st @ 1240mm
2nd @ 1490mm
3rd @ 1740mm
2050 x 640 x 750
2000 kg
1500 kg
2050 x 655 x 755
3000 kg
2500 kg
Weight kg 63
Model (pairs) FKE1815
Price (pairs) £149.95
DH623Z Hook shown in 3rd @ 1740mm
Manufactured Manufacture d
FORK MOUNTED JIBS ●
Fit Fork Width mm 152
CE Marked & Plated Give greater versatility
● ●
4th @ 1990mm
Weight kg
Model
1000 kg
500 kg
100
DH622Z
£982.75
2000 kg
1500 kg
150
DH623Z
£1309.00
PALLET PULLERS
Price
Pulling Capacity
Simple mechanism makes the unit quick & easy to use. Open the jaws & clamp onto one side of a pallet. The force in the jaws will clamp onto the pallet making it easy to pull ● Incorporates heavy duty chain & large multi-directional teeth ● Subject to availability
2270kg
●
COST EFFECTIVE WAY OF MOVING HEAVY PALLETS
LOW PRICES HELD
GPAL12
Description Single Scissor Action Double Scissor Action
Overall Size L x W mm 355 x 380 450 x 340
Jaw Opening 140 mm 110 mm
Model
Price
GPAL12 GPAL21
£45.00 £52.50
GPAL21
259
Lifting Equipment
DH622Z Hook shown in 3rd @ 1740mm
Minimum Fork Length mm 1220
212_212 10/01/2012 14:41 Page 1
Ratchet Strapping RATCHET STRAP WITH 25MM LASHING & CLAW HOOKS Minimum Breaking Strength: 1000kg Rated Assembly Strength: 500kg ● Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 ● ●
PRICES HELD
FOR ALL YOUR STRAPPING NEEDS Overall Size WxL 25mm x 4M 25mm x 6M
Model
Price
SRS4CH SRS6CH
£8.30 £9.15
Lifting Equipment
RATCHET STRAP WITH 50MM LASHING & CLAW HOOKS Minimum Breaking Strength: 5000kg Rated Assembly Strength: 2500kg ● Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 ● ●
PRICES HELD
BESPOKE SIZES ARE AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS Overall Size WxL 50mm x 4M
Model
Price
RS4CH
£10.25
50mm x 6M
RS6CH
£11.25
50mm x 10M
RS10CH
£12.25
50mm x 12M
RS12CH
£15.25
RATCHET STRAP WITH 50MM LASHING & DELTA RINGS Minimum Breaking Strength: 5000kg Rated Assembly Strength: 2500kg ● Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 ● ●
PRICES HELD
FOR ALL YOUR STRAPPING NEEDS Overall Size WxL 50mm x 4M
Model
Price
RS4DR
£10.95
50mm x 6M
RS6DR
£11.95
50mm x 10M
RS10DR
£13.95
50mm x 12M
RS12DR
£15.95
260
Bespoke sizes are available - Call for Details
213_213 10/01/2012 14:40 Page 1
Web Slings CIRCULAR POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS Manufactured from high tenancy 100% Polyester fibre ● Round Slings are supplied in pairs ● Supplied with a clearly defined label, individual ID number & colour code for relevant SWL ● Manufactured to BS EN 1492-2:2000 from material with CE Factor of Safety of 7:1 ● Supplied with Certificate of Conformity ● N.B. The effective working length of each sling is half the circumference length ● Up to 50 Tonne SWL slings available - Please Call for Details ●
1 TONNE
PRICES HELD
2 TONNE
3 TONNE
Sling Size
Model
Price
Sling Size
Model
Price
Sling Size
Model
Price
1M
CPRS1X1
£8.25
1M
CPRS2X1
£9.35
1M
CPRS3X1
£10.75
2M
CPRS1X2
£9.35
2M
CPRS2X2
£10.75
2M
CPRS3X2
£12.85
4M
CPRS1X4
£11.75
4M
CPRS2X4
£16.25
4M
CPRS3X4
£20.85
6M
CPRS1X6
£15.25
6M
CPRS2X6
£20.85
6M
CPRS3X6
£27.75
Model
Price
Polyester Duplex Web Slings with re-inforced eyes ● Web Slings are supplied in pairs ● Supplied with a clearly defined label, individual ID number & colour code for relevant SWL ● Manufactured to BS EN 1492-1:2000 from material with CE Factor of Safety of 7:1 ● Supplied with Certificate of Conformity BESPOKE SIZES ● Up to 12 Tonne SWL slings ARE AVAILABLE available - Call for Details
Lifting Equipment
DUPLEX WEB SLINGS ●
PRICES HELD
CALL FOR DETAILS
1 TONNE Sling Size
2 TONNE Model
Price
Sling Size
3 TONNE Model
Price
Sling Size
1M
DWS1X1
£10.35
1M
DWS2X1
£12.65
1M
DWS3X1
£19.50
2M
DWS1X2
£13.75
2M
DWS2X2
£18.35
2M
DWS3X2
£26.45
3M
DWS1X3
£17.25
3M
DWS2X3
£22.95
3M
DWS3X3
£34.45
5M
DWS1X5
£22.95
5M
DWS2X5
£33.35
5M
DWS3X5
£49.45
FOR ALL YOUR STRAPPING NEEDS
Bespoke sizes are available - Call for Details
261
214_214 10/01/2012 14:39 Page 1
Hoists CHAIN HOISTS ● ●
Robust Steel construction Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE Marked & Plated
LIFT UP TO 10 TONNE Capacity kg 500
Standard Lift mm
Weight kg 8.5
Model
Price
CCH08C
£73.85
1000
2500
11.5
CCH11C
£77.10
21.5
CCH21C
£102.80
22
CCH22C
£139.85
40
CCH40C
£193.05
66
CCH66C
£365.50
2000 3000 5000
3000
10,000
Lifting Equipment
NCH10C
CCH66C
CCH08C
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
NCH30C
NLH15L
NLH07L
CHAIN HOISTS
LEVER HOISTS
●
Robust Steel construction Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE Marked & Plated ● Electroplated load chain to help resist wear ● Strong forged hooks - both are fitted with safety latches & rotate 360o
●
●
●
Capacity kg 500
Standard Lift mm
1000
2500
No of Columns of Load Chain 1
Weight kg 9.5
Model
Price
NCH05C
£87.50
Robust Steel construction Rubber safety grip handle ● Fully enclosed brake system ● Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE Marked & Plated ● Free wheeling feature eliminates the need to use the lever to take up slack
1
9.5
NCH10C
£96.30
Capacity kg 750
2000
2
12.5
NCH20C
£132.15
1500
3000
2
22.5
NCH30C
£156.75
3000
2
36
NCH50C
£208.05
6000
5000
3000
Standard Lift mm
No of Columns of Load Chain 1
Weight kg 7
Model
Price
NLH07L
£105.75
1
11
NLH15L
£133.75
1
21
NLH30L
£198.50
2
31
NLH60L
£282.10
1500
PUSH TRAVEL TROLLEY LOWER PRICES
NPT05P
262
Robust Steel construction Sealed maintenance free bearings ● Each trolley is issued with its own certification & is CE Marked & Plated ● To be used with hoists to transport loads ● Subject to availability ● ●
Capacity kg 500
Beam Width mm 64 - 220
Weight kg 8.5
NPT05P
£59.95
2000
88 - 220
18
NPT20P
£119.95
5000
114 - 220
42.5
NPT50P
£269.95
Model
Price
215 - Leader Page_Page Design 24/01/2012 16:53 Page 1
Handling equipment FoR ALL yoUR HANDLING NeeDS...
Tilt Trucks
Sack Trucks Folding Box Trucks Platform Trolleys Shelf Trolleys Platform Trucks Distribution Trucks Hygienic Equipment Rolcontainers Dollies Cash & Carry Trolleys Wheelbarrows General Purpose Trucks Container Trucks Wheels & Castors
Page 357
264 to 278 279 280 to 287 288 to 308 309 to 315 316 to 317 318 to 322 326 to 329 330 & 331 332 to 339 340 & 341 342 to 351 352 to 364 365 to 372
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK - GI270H Quickly & easily folds for compact storage & transportation. The toe plate, wheels & handles fold into the sack truck with a simple move of the handles ● 200mm puncture-proof Rubber wheels ● Folding Toe Plate Size: 310W x 310D mm ● Heavy Duty 270kg Load Capacity ●
ONLY
£136.50 SEE PAGE
265
263
216_216 10/01/2012 14:53 Page 1
LightweightCompactTrucks SUPERCOMPACTTRUCKS Unfold in seconds Lightweight, simple to use & easy to carry ● Three versions available: ● GI025Y - the ‘mini’ model ● GI033Y - the ‘super’ model ● GI043Y - the ‘heavy duty’ model ● All units are of Aluminium construction ● These units can be stored or transported in confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries ● ●
FROM ONLY
£49.95
HandlingEquipment
‘MINI’ COMPACT TRUCK
‘SUPER’ COMPACT TRUCK
GI025Y
‘HEAVYDUTY’ COMPACT TRUCK
GI033Y GI043Y
Fitted with elasticated load retaining straps
Fitted with elasticated load retaining straps
Large folding toe
IDEALFORUSE INSCHOOLS, OFFICESETC
GI033Y
Padded handles on the GI043Y which fold flat for compact storage
GI025Y Folded
Description
GI033Y Folded
GI043Y Folded
GI043Y
Load Capacity kg
Overall Size H x W x D mm when folded
Overall Size H x W x D mm when open
Toe Plate W x D mm
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price £49.95
Mini Compact
60
650 x 390 x 60
1000 x 400 x 420
390 x 240
2 x 120
3
GI025Y
Super Compact
100
700 x 490 x 60
1000 x 490 x 450
490 x 270
2 x 180
4
GI033Y
£73.75
Heavy Duty Compact
200
1010 x 595 x 97
1255 x 620 x 600
590 x 335
2 x 200
10
GI043Y
£186.75
264
217_217 16/01/2012 11:54 Page 1
Folding Sack Trucks ‘THE PRO’ HEAVY DUTY FOLDING ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK Quickly & easily folds for compact storage & transportation The toe plate, wheels & handles fold into the sack truck with a simple move of the handles ● 2 x 200mm puncture-proof Rubber wheels ● Folding Toe Plate Size: 310W x 310D mm ●
Fitted with large wheel guards
Max Load
NEW 270kg FOLDS IN ONE SWIFT MOVEMENT
THIS
TO THIS
TO THIS
Easy tilt mechanism
Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm H x W x D mm 1150 x 480 x 520 1165 x 435 x 145
Weight kg 6
Model
GI270H
Price
GI270H £136.50
COMPACT SACK TRUCK Aluminium frame with a folding Steel toe plate Easily folded to fit in your car/van boot ● Easily carried & stored once folded Max Load ● 2 x 150mm solid Rubber wheels 90kg ● ●
GI960Y
£44.95
FOLDED IN SECONDS, EASY TO CARRY & STORE MANUAL HANDLING OPERATIONS REGULATIONS 1992 recommends helping to reduce the risk of injury from those operations so far as is reasonably practicable i.e where possible provide mechanical assistance, for example a sack truck Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm 1090 x 412 x 406
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 715 x 412 x 190
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 360 x 250
GI960Y Folded
Weight kg 7
PRICE HELD
Model
Price
GI960Y
£44.95
265
Handling Equipment
Simply turn the handles towards the sack truck. This will then allow the toe plate to lift & the wheels to fold in to the compact mode - ideal for storage/transportation
218_218 10/01/2012 15:05 Page 1
Folding Sack Trucks IDEAL FOR STORING IN CAR BOOTS/VANS
Max Load
100kg FROM
£59.95
Handling Equipment
GI162Y
GI151Y
GI161Y
GI163Y
GENERAL FOLDING SACK TRUCKS
Overall Size Weight H x W mm kg
Description
Toe Plate Size: 300 x 380mm Wheels: 150 x 40mm Rubber Plain Bearing ● Ideal for storing in a car boot or van ● GI162Y & GI163Y have telescopic handles with 3 positional heights - 800, 930 & 1060mm ●
Straight Frame
●
1020 x 360
Cranked Handle Straight Frame, Telescopic Handle Cranked Telescopic Handle
1060 x 360
Model
Price
5
GI151Y £59.95
5
GI161Y £61.75
5
GI162Y £64.80
5
GI163Y £66.95
FOLDING TOE SACK TRUCKS Max Load
150kg
Max Load
250kg
TCS82Y
TCS66Y
TCS58Y
● Pneumatic wheels for a smooth ride
● Toe plate folds for compact storage
● Fixed Toe Plate: 460 x 150mm deep
protect your knuckles ● Toe Plate: 460 x 360mm deep ● Mobile on 200mm Rubber Nylon centre wheels
● Extra folding toe gives versatility
● Folding Toe Plate: 330 x 330mm deep ● Mobile on 260mm Pneumatic
Plastic centre wheels
Height mm 1150
266
Width mm 560
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
TCS66Y
£140.60
● Knuckle guard hand grips -
Height mm 1200
Width mm 480
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
TCS82Y
£153.60
● Toe plate folds for compact storage ● Large toe plate makes moving
bulky items simple & easy
● Toe Plate: 300 x 460mm deep ● Mobile on 200mm Cushion
roller bearing wheels
Height mm 1050
Width mm 420
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
TCS58Y
£152.45
219_219 10/01/2012 15:04 Page 1
Sack Trucks ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
HEAVY DUTY FOLDING STEEL SACK TRUCK
●
260mm Pneumatic wheels Knuckle Guard hand grips ● GI886P - Aluminium straight cross members ● GI996P - Wheel guards & straight Aluminium cross members
●
●
●
Fully welded, strong & robust 2 Colour Options available:
Manufactured Manufacture d
Blue Red Please specify when ordering ● 200mm Rubber tyred wheels Max Load
200kg
Max Load
100kg Max Load
120kg
GI996P
GI886P
Overall Size Toe Plate Size H x W x D mm W x D mm 1085 x 505 x 475 308 x 200
Wt kg 7
GI886P £115.00
1150 x 550 x 480
8
GI996P
205 x 300
Model
FJ182H
Price
Overall Size H x W mm 960 x 500
£99.95
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 310 x 330
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
FJ182H
£95.10
LARGE FOLDING TOE ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK
260mm rough terrain Pneumatic wheels ● ‘P’ handle to enable this unit to be placed horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ●
Mobile on 260 x 85mm Pneumatic wheels Fixed Toe Plate Size: 440W x 140D mm ● Folding Toe Plate Size: 300W x 500D mm ● ●
Max Load
200kg
Max Load
80kg
GI991P
GI995P Overall Size Toe Plate Size H x W x D mm W x D mm 1180 x 560 x 480 220 x 350
Wt kg 8
Model
Price
GI995P
£99.95
Overall Size H x W mm 1260 x 430
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
GI991P
£213.30
267
Handling Equipment
FJ182H Folded
220_220 10/01/2012 15:03 Page 1
Sack Trucks STEEL SACK TRUCKS
BUDGET SACK TRUCKS
Wheel guards ● Knuckle guard hand grips ● Hardwearing finish ●
Lightweight 200mm Rubber wheels ● Hardwearing finish ● ●
Max Load
100kg FROM
Max Load
Max Load
£59.95
120kg
150kg
FROM
Handling Equipment
£39.95
Wheels
GI523P GI521H Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
Model
Price
200mm Cushion
1135 x 480 x 445
350 x 200
11.5
GI521H £59.95
250mm Pneumatic
1120 x 545 x 435
350 x 185
11
GI523P £61.95
GI256H
GI258H Overall Size Toe Plate Size H x W x D mm W x D mm 1120 x 470 x 410 350 x 228 1000 x 470 x 410 350 x 180
Weight kg 11 10
£43.15 £39.95
Grey paint finish 200mm Rubber wheels ● Knuckle guard hand grips ●
Max Load
100kg
Max Load
GI662H
200kg
268
GI256H GI258H
●
Toe Plate Size: 255 x 295mm ● Ideal for storing in vans/car boots ● Telescopic handle slides in Nylon sleeves for smooth operation ● Incorporates knuckle guard hand grips, wheel guards & a large toe plate to help support the load & increase safety ● Large 250mm Pneumatic wheels help give a smooth ride over rough & uneven terrain ●
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1130 x 488 x 550
Price
GREY STEEL SACK TRUCK
TELESCOPIC TRUCK
GI405P
Model
£59.95
GI405P shown folded Overall Size - Folded Weight Model Price H x W x D mm kg 773 x 488 x 295 13 GI405P £97.70
GI662H Overall Size H x W x D mm 1085 x 505 x 475
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 350 x 260
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
GI662H
£59.95
221_221 10/01/2012 15:02 Page 1
Sack Trucks SACK TRUCK WITH HIGH BACK
Max Load
200kg
Straight cross members Hardwearing finish ● Chequer Grip Toe Plate ● Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips & 250mm Pneumatic wheels ● ●
Max Load
150kg
HIGH BACK FOR CARRYING LARGER ITEMS
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC COATED SKIDS
GI661P
£119.95
GI183P
£79.95
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1170 x 495 x 510
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 305 x 234
Weight kg 9
GI183P
Model
Price
GI661P
£119.95
STEEL SACK TRUCK
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1260 x 610 x 550
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 280 x 250
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
GI183P
£79.95
HEAVY DUTY STEEL SACK TRUCK Max Load
Concave cross members ● The Plastic guarded skids enable the unit to be laid horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ● Large 250mm Pneumatic wheels give this unit a smooth ride over rough & uneven terrain ● Knuckle guard hand grips ●
Manufactured in mild Steel ● Large 260mm Pneumatic or Cushion wheels
Max Load
●
150kg
200kg
LOAD THESE SACK TRUCKS HORIZONTALLY USING THE SKIDS
GI669P
£59.95
Manufactured Manufacture d
TS872G
Extra Large toeplate
TS871G
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1185 x 504 x 535
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 305 x 220
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
GI669P
£59.95
Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight H x W mm W x D mm kg
Description
Wheels
Fixed Toe & Skids
Pneumatic
14
TS871P £244.20
Solid Cushion
16
TS871G £235.80
Pneumatic Folding Toe & Skids Solid Cushion
1300 x 500
280 x 280
Model
Price
14
TS872P £279.35
16
TS872G £271.70
269
Handling Equipment
GI661P
Skids enable this unit to be placed horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ● 250mm Pneumatic wheels & wheel guards ●
222_222 10/01/2012 15:02 Page 1
Heavy Duty Sack Trucks Manufactured Manufacture d TS140H
£155.40
TS139H & TS149H BLUE ONLY
TS140H TS149H
TS143H
TS139H
Handling Equipment
SACK & CASE TRUCKS ● ●
● Concave Back Lightweight 2 Colour Options Available: Blue Red
Please specify colour when ordering
Max Height Width Toe Plate Size Weight Wheels Load kg mm mm W x D mm kg mm 11 200 x 50 420 410 x 200 250 1100 11 Cushion Roller 510 360 x 200 12 Bearing 200 1168 495 400 x 483 12.5
Model
Price
TS139H
£161.90
TS140H
£155.40
TS149H
£166.55
TS143H
£177.45
ROUGH TERRAIN SACK TRUCKS ● ●
Robust Welded Construction 2 Colour Options Available: Blue
Red
Please specify colour when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d
FROM
£192.80
TS157H & TS157P BLUE ONLY
TS146K
TS157P Max Load
Height mm
TS157H Width mm
Toe Plate Size W x D mm
Weight kg
Wheels mm
Model
Price
TS146K
£289.25
TS146L
£293.10
TS240Z
£18.15
TS157H
£201.90
300kg
1140
585
380 x 130
24
350 x 75 2 ply Pneumatic
300kg
1140
585
380 x 130
27
350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing
Extended Foot Iron
380 x 300
For TS146L & TS146K 200 x 50 Cushion Roller Bearing
300kg
1160
550
390 x 300
19.5
300kg
1160
575
390 x 300
19.5
260 x 85 Pneumatic
TS157P
£265.15
250kg
1130
540
420 x 300
17
200 x 50 Cushion Roller Bearing
TS168H
£192.80
300kg
1200
430
320 x 200
22
200 x 50 Steel Centre Cushion Roller Bearing
TS169P
£230.40
270
TS146L fitted with TS240Z
TS169P
TS168H
223_223 10/01/2012 15:01 Page 1
Sack Trucks
TS196L
TS198H
TS193H
MESH/SOLID BACK SACK TRUCKS TS183H Fully welded tubular Steel unit for increased strength TS199H ● 50 x 50mm mesh or Steel infil means the unit can hold smaller items ● These units come complete with knuckle guard hand grips to protect your knuckles ● 2 Colour Options available: ●
IDEAL FOR CARRYING SMALL INDIVIDUAL ITEMS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Description
Max Load kg
Overall Size H x W mm
Toe Plate Size W x D mm
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Concave Back & Mesh Infil
250
1100 x 420
410 x 200
200 x 50 Cushion
12
TS159H
£187.55
Concave Back, Mesh Infil & Folding Foot
200
1168 x 495
400 x 483
200 x 50 Cushion
13
TS183H
£220.80
Concave Back & Mesh Infil
200
1168 x 495
400 x 483
200 x 50 Cushion
13
TS193H
£203.70
Concave Back & Mesh Infil
300
1140 x 585
380 x 300
350 x 75 Pneumatic
25
TS196K
£333.95
Concave Back & Mesh Infil
300
1140 x 585
380 x 300
350 x 75 Cushion
28
TS196L
£337.15
Straight Back & Mesh Infil
250
1130 x 540
420 x 300
200 x 50 Cushion
18
TS198H
£218.10
Straight Back & Sheet Steel Infil
250
1100 x 420
410 x 200
200 x 50 Cushion
18
TS199H
£188.15
ANGLE IRON SACK TRUCK
HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCK
200mm Rubber wheels with Steel centres ● Hardwearing powder coat finish ● Knuckle guard hand grips & wheel guards
●
Hardwearing powder coat finish Knuckle guard hand grips & wheel guards ● Toe Plate: 390W x 300D mm
●
●
Max Load
300kg
Max Load
250kg
CONCAVE BACK FOR CARRYING AWKWARD & HEAVY LOADS
GI157P
GI157H TCS57Y Overall Size H x W x D mm 1220 x 450 x 350
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 320 x 240
Weight kg 19
Model
Price
TCS57Y
£164.45
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
200mm Rubber Wheels
1168 x 550 x 550
19.5
GI157H
£89.95
260mm Pnuematic Wheels
1168 x 550 x 610
19.5
GI157P
£99.95
271
Handling Equipment
Blue Red Please specify when ordering
224_224 10/01/2012 15:00 Page 1
Aluminium Sack Trucks
Max Load
Handling Equipment
120kg
GI802P
GI801P Overall Height mm 1595
Overall Toe Plate Size Width mm W x D mm 515
1250 1345
470
355 x 225
1320
GI804P
GI803P
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
GI801P
£149.95
9
GI802P
£147.15
10
GI803P
£149.00
●
10
GI804P
£156.85
●
Strong, robust & lightweight 250mm Pneumatic wheels for rough terrain
Concave cross members & knuckle guard hand grips 260mm Pneumatic wheels for rough & uneven terrain ● 4 models available: ● GI887P - fixed toe plate ● GI997P - fixed solid toe plate & wheel guards ● GI888P - fixed toe plate & high back ● GI998P - folding solid toe plate & wheel guards. Also fitted with skids to enable this unit to be placed horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ● ●
Max Load
100kg
Max Load
80kg
GI888P
GI998P
GI997P
272
GI887P
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1215 x 480 x 492
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 205 x 355
Weight kg 9
Model
Price
GI887P
£99.95
1160 x 500 x 480 1310 x 500 x 470
205 x 315
7
GI997P
£109.95
205 x 355
10
GI888P
1310 x 470 x 610
£109.95
250 x 270
11
GI998P
£159.95
225_225 10/01/2012 14:58 Page 1
Steel Sack Trucks HEAVY DUTY ‘BULKY’ SACK TRUCK Heavy duty ‘Bulky’ load sack truck is a massive 1310Hmm x 560Wmm ● Fixed & folding toe plates Max Load ● Folding Toe Plate Size: 400kg 790D x 480Wmm ● Large robust, puncture proof semi-pneumatic 350mm wheels give this unit a smooth ride over uneven terrain ● Ideal for Rough & Tough applications
STEEL SACK TRUCK Concave cross members Toe plate size:350 x 220mm ● ‘P’ handle to allow the unit to be laid horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ● Large 250mm Pneumatic wheels to give these units a smooth ride over rough & uneven terrain
●
● ●
‘P’ HANDLE SACK TRUCK TO ENABLE LOADING OF GOODS VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY
GI400P
£99.95
Max Load
200kg
GI203P
GI400P
£45.00
GI400P
Overall Size Fixed Toe Plate H x W x D mm Size W x D mm 1310 x 560 x 470 560 x 230
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
Description
GI400P
£99.95
Sack Truck
GI203P
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1310 x 550 x 460
HEAVY DUTY STEEL SACK TRUCK
STEEL SACK TRUCKS
●
Concave cross members ‘P’ handle to allow the unit to be laid horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ● Large 300mm Pneumatic wheels to give this unit a smooth ride over rough & uneven terrain ● Wide toe plate & extended wheel guards help support the load
●
●
●
Weight kg 9
Model
Price
GI203P
£45.00
Concave cross members Toe plate size:350 x 220mm ● ‘P’ handle to allow the unit to be laid horizontally for ease of loading & unloading ● Large 250mm Pneumatic wheels to give these units a smooth ride over rough & uneven terrain
Max Load
Close up of Extended Wheel Guard
250kg
Max Load
300kg
Close up of Extended Wheel Guard
GI200P
GI202P
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1260 x 570 x 460
GI300P Toe Plate Size Weight W x D mm kg 350 x 230 15
Description Model
Price
GI300P
£99.95
Sack Truck Sack Truck with Wheel Guards
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1310 x 550 x 460
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
GI200P
£66.65
12.5
GI202P
£81.45
273
Handling Equipment
PRICE HELD
226_226 10/01/2012 14:56 Page 1
Sack Trucks WHITE GOODS SACK TRUCK
WHITE GOODS SACK TRUCKS
Fitted with Plastic tube protectors this unit is ideal for use with electrical goods ● The unit has a wide toe plate & wheel guards Max Load ● Fitted with 250mm 250kg Pneumatic wheels
●
Especially designed for moving electrical goods Fitted with heavy duty Rubber tubing to protect your load from damage ● Toe Plate: 410 x 200mm
●
●
Max Load
200kg
PRICE HELD TS340H
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size H x W mm
Handling Equipment
GI340Y Overall Size H x W x D mm
Toe Plate W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1315 x 550 x 495
510 x 190
14
GI340Y
£69.95
Weight kg 11
1100 x 420 11
Wheels mm
Model
Price
200 x 50 mm TS340H £204.00 Cushion Roller Bearing 200 x 50 mm TS340P £263.95 Pneumatic
DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS
HIGH BACK SACK TRUCKS Knuckle guard hand grips A specialist lightweight unit constructed from tubular steel ● The high back enables boxes to be transported easily & securely ● Toe Plate Size: 350 x 305mm
Fully welded tubular Steel frame Load Area: 800H x 470W x 270D mm ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm Cushion Roller bearing castors
●
●
●
●
Max Load
250kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Manufactured Manufacture d
Max Load
150kg TS233Y Overall Size H x W mm 1555 x 530
Wheels mm 200 x 50 Solid Rubber
Weight kg 14
Model
Price
TS233Y
£204.55
260 x 85 Pneumatic
14
TS234Y
£233.40
TS232Y Overall Size Description H x W mm 25 x 25mm Mesh 1070 x 510 18g Sheet Steel
TS231Y
Weight kg 15
Model
Price
TS231Y
£229.55
19
TS232Y
£236.95
LIGHTWEIGHT STAIRCLIMBERS Toe Plate Size: 345 x 260mm Mobile on 160 x 40mm Rubber wheels ● Max Load: 50kg on stairs ● Max Load: 110kg in sack truck mode ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
TS260Y
TS265Y Folded Folded Height: 550mm
274
Weight kg 13
Model
Price
Standard
Overall Size H x W mm 1092 x 432
TS260Y
£270.95
Compact
1092 x 432
14
TS265Y
£303.75
Description
227_227 10/01/2012 14:55 Page 1
Stairclimbers
For safe use of Stairclimbers please ensure the load does not overhang the leading edge of the toe plate
TELESCOPIC STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS
WIDE STAIRCLIMBER Fixed & folding toe plates ● Complete with adjustable strap ● Folding Toe Plate Size: 395 x 460mm ● Mounted on 160mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system ● Max Load: 50kg on stairs 150kg as truck
Toe Plate Size: 290 x 350mm ● Mounted on 150mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system ● Max Load: 50kg on stairs 150kg as a sack truck ● Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips & wheel guards
●
●
PRICE HELD
GI390Y Folded
GI390Y Overall Size H x W x D mm 1230 x 500 x 680
Folded Size H x W x D mm 830 x 500 x 430
Weight kg 15.5
Model
Price
GI390Y
£98.95
STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1160 x 605 x 795
GI360Y
Fixed Toe Plate Size W x D mm 410 x 200
Model
Price
GI360Y £129.95
ALUMINIUM STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS
Toe Plate Size: 395 x 460mm ● Mounted on 150mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system ● Max Load: 60kg on stairs 150kg as a sack truck ● Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips & wheel guards ●
Toe Plate Size: 395 x 460mm ● Mounted on 150mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system ● Max Load: 60kg on stairs ● Max Load: 150kg in sack truck mode ● Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips & wheel guards ●
SKIDS ENABLE THESE STAIRCLIMBERS TO BE LOADED OR UNLOADED HORIZONTALLY & VERTICALLY
PRICE HELD
GI380Y
GI370Y Overall Size H x W x D mm 1180 x 480 x 600
Weight kg 22
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
GI370Y
£79.95
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1180 x 500 x 550
Weight kg 8.5
Model
Price
GI380Y
£114.95
275
Handling Equipment
Adjustable Strap holding items in place
228_228 10/01/2012 15:30 Page 1
Multi Purpose Trucks TWO WAY TRUCK ● ●
Converts from a sack truck to a platform truck in seconds Mobile on 250mm Pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors Max Load
200kg
CONVERTS IN SECONDS GI358Y as Platform Truck
Overall Size - L x W x H mm Sack Truck Platform Truck Mode Mode 450 x 550 x 1240 980 x 550 x 890
GI358Y as Sack Truck
Toe Plate Size D x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
180 x 350
12
GI358Y
£74.50
TWO WAY CARGO TRUCK Converts from a sack truck to a platform truck in seconds Mobile on 250mm Pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors ● Load Capacity: 150kg in Platform Truck mode & 250kg in Sack Truck mode
Max Load
Handling Equipment
●
150kg
●
Max Load
250kg
CONVERTS IN SECONDS
Close up of clasp holding the handle in position when the unit is in sack truck mode
GI352Y as Sack Truck
GI352Y as Platform Truck
Overall Size - L x W x H mm Sack Truck Platform Truck Mode Mode 585 x 390 x 1175 1175 x 390 x 930
Toe Plate Size D x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
335 x 310
14
GI352Y
£94.95
HEAVY DUTY THREE WAY TRUCKS A heavy duty truck which easily & quickly converts from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck Max Load ● Fitted with 2 x 200mm 400kg rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors ● Horizontal Platform Height: 170mm ● Toe Plate Size: 470 x 190mm ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
TS133Y
FOR HEAVY DUTY USE Description
Close up of the mechanism which keeps the rear wheels in position
TS134Y TS132Y As Platform Truck H x L mm
As 4 Wheel Sack Truck H x L mm
As Basic Sack Truck H mm
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
TS132Y
£277.15
795 x 1270
890 x 1190
1270
26
TS133Y
£287.50
24
TS134Y
£258.55
Bright Zinc Plated 9mm Exterior Plywood Platform Blue Powder Coated
276
229_229 10/01/2012 15:29 Page 1
Three Way Trucks MEDIUM DUTY THREE WAY TRUCK A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck ● Fitted with 2 x 200mm Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors ● Horizontal Platform Height: 260mm CONVERTS ● Toe Plate Size: 470 x 190mm ●
Max Load
250kg
QUICKLY & EASILY TO 3 POSITIONS
PRICE HELD
GI135Y
GI135Y
£99.95 GI135Y
As Platform Truck As 4 Wheel Sack Truck H x L mm H x L mm 710 x 1280 840 x 1205
As Basic Sack Truck H mm 1280
Weight kg 19
Model
Price
GI135Y
£99.95
HEAVY DUTY THREE WAY TRUCK A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck ● Fitted with 2 x 200mm Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors ● Horizontal Platform Height: 170mm ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
FJ135Y
FJ135Y
£172.70
FJ135Y
Max Load
300kg ●
FJ135Y As Platform Truck As 4 Wheel Sack Truck H x L mm H x L mm 795 x 1270 890 x 1190
As Basic Sack Truck H mm 1270
Weight kg 28
Model
Price
FJ135Y
£172.70
2 Colour Options available: Black Blue Please specify colour when ordering
277
Handling Equipment
GI135Y
230_230 10/01/2012 15:28 Page 1
Aluminium Sack Trucks ALUMINIUM TWO WAY TRUCKS
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
Strong, robust & lightweight 250mm Pneumatic wheels ● Use as a sack truck or platform truck ● Toe Plate Size: 455W x 225D mm ●
Mobile on 260 x 85mm Pneumatic wheels ● Fixed solid toe plate & Rubber hand grips ● Subject to availability ●
●
Max Load
150kg
ONLY
LOWER PRICE WHILST STOCKS LAST
£125.00
GI806P
GI806P Folded
Max Load
Handling Equipment
200kg
Max Load
150kg
LOWER PRICE GI805P GI805P Folded GI992P Overall Size H x W mm 1240 x 450
Toe Plate Size W x D mm 412 x 220
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
GI992P
£119.95
Overall Height mm Folded: 1310 Unfolded: 1020 Folded: 1560 Unfolded: 1150
Overall Width mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
20
GI805P
£219.95
20
GI806P
£189.95
510
ALUMINIUM THREE WAY TRUCK A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck ● Incorporates 2 Toe Plates. A fixed Toe Plate & a large Folding Toe Plate ● Fixed Toe Plate Size: 457W x 190Dmm CONVERTS ● Folding Toe Plate Size: 228W x 686Dmm QUICKLY & EASILY ● Mobile on 2 x 250mm Pneumatic wheels & TO 3 POSITIONS 2 x 125mm Polyurethane castors ●
Max Load
350kg GI935P Sack Truck
GI935P Platform Truck Overall Size - As Platform Truck L x W x H mm 1500 x 530 x 980
278
GI935P 4 Wheel Sack Truck
Overall Size - As Sack Truck L x W x H mm 470 x 530 x 1325
Weight kg 18
Model
Price
GI935P
£299.95
231_231 16/01/2012 12:01 Page 1
Folding Box Trucks LARGE FOLDING BOX TRUCKS Max Load
For all your cleaning needs
Durable Plastic construction 35kg ● Opens & folds in seconds ● Folds flat for easy carrying & storage ●
FROM
£26.95
NEW GI045Y
Carry & store your tools
STRONG CANVAS BAG
Handling Equipment
BI045Y
GI041Y
HOLDS FOOLSCAP & LEVER ARCH FILES & BOX FILES PI041Y
BI041Y Folded
GI041Y Folded Description Blue/Yellow
PI041Y Folded
Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm H x W x D mm
GI042Y with removable lid Internal Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg 4
GI041Y
Price Price (each) 1+ (each) 3+ £29.95 £26.95
5
Model
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
GI045Y
£37.65
£34.50
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
4
BI041Y
£29.95
£26.95
5
BI045Y
£37.65
£34.50
Pink
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
4
PI041Y
£29.95
£26.95
Grey/Red with removable lid
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
5
GI042Y
£34.65
£29.95
BI005Z
£10.95
£9.50
Blue/Yellow with Compartment Bag Black Black with Compartment Bag
990 x 460 x 390
Compartment Canvas Bag
279
232_232 10/01/2012 15:21 Page 1
Folding Platform Trolleys MULTI POSITION TROLLEY Manufactured from Aluminium Telescopic handle ● Expanding & contracting base ● Fits easily into a car boot/van ● Corner buffers for added protection ● Mobile on 100mm castors ● ●
Max Load
150kg
GI001Y Folded
Handling Equipment
PRICE HELD
GI001Y GI001Y Overall Size - Open L x W x H mm 725 x 420 x 960
MULTI POSITION TROLLEY Manufactured from Aluminium Telescopic handle ● Expanding & contracting base ● Fits easily into a car boot/van ● Fully moulded Plastic ends ● Mobile on 100mm castors ● ●
Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm 570 x 420 x 230
Weight kg 8.5
Model
Price
GI001Y
£65.00
ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEY PRICE HELD
Ergonomically designed folding handles Fits easily into a car boot/van ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 180mm castors ● ●
GI066Y Folded
GI111Y Folded
Max Load
300kg
Quick Release Mechanism
GI066Y
GI111Y
Max Load
150kg Overall Size Open L x W x H mm
Overall Size Folded L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size Folded L x W x H mm
760 x 440 x 930
570 x 440 x 240
8
GI111Y
£99.50
900 x 610 x 395
280
Platform Size Handle Weight L x W mm Height mm kg 900 x 610
1040
19
Model
Price
GI066Y £217.50
233_233 10/01/2012 15:16 Page 1
Folding Platform Trolleys
GI209Y part Folded
Max Load
150kg
GI209Y
GI207Y GI208Y
ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEY Weight Platform Size Folded Handle Wheels L x W x H mm Height mm Height mm 2 Fixed & 2 Swivel kg 740 x 470 x 160 250 830 100mm Blue Non-marking 10
Model
Price
GI207Y
£127.65
900 x 620 x 160
290
900
125mm Non-marking
14
GI208Y
£175.85
740 x 470 x 165
260
810
100mm Non-marking
10
GI209Y
£104.95
GALVANISED PLATFORM TROLLEY ●
Chrome handle & Galvanised deck ● All round PVC buffer ● Handle Height: 860mm ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Rubber castors
ZINC COATED FOLDING TROLLEY Zinc Coated base with PVC surface Chrome Plated folding handle ● Mobile on 100mm non-marking castors ● ●
Max Load
170kg
Max Load
GI008Y Folded
300kg
HYGIENIC ZINC COATED PLATFORM & HANDLE GI064Y
GI064Y Folded Platform Size L x W x H mm 880 x 590 x 185
Folded Height mm 330
Weight kg 25
GI008Y
Model
Price
GI064Y
£137.30
Overall Size L x W x H mm 735 x 475 x 860
Folded Height mm 240
Weight kg 13
Model
Price
GI008Y
£68.15
281
Handling Equipment
Model GI209Y has handles which fold into the base ● Folding handles for easy storage in the office or home ●
234_234 17/01/2012 15:49 Page 1
Platform Trolleys GI105Y
£86.95
GI104Y
£54.95
GI105Y Folded
NEW
Max Load
150kg
Max Load
Handling Equipment
300kg
GI104Y
GI105Y
FOLDING TROLLEYS WITH FOAM COVERED HANDLES Black Foam handle for your comfort Flat pressed sheet Steel base with PVC surface ● GI104Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Rubber castors ● GI105Y - mobile on 125mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Rubber castors ● ●
MESH SURROUND TROLLEY
Overall Size L x W x H mm 745 x 475 x 830
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
GI104Y
£54.95
910 x 610 x 890
14
GI105Y
£86.95
●
LARGE WHEELED FOLDING TROLLEY WITH A FOAM COVERED HANDLE
●
●
Flat pressed sheet Steel base with PVC surface 50 x 100mm mesh sides & ends (sides are half drop) ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 127mm non-marking Rubber castors
●
Foldable handle makes this unit easy to store Heavy duty 200mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Pneumatic wheels - ideal for rough terrain
Max Load
300kg Max Load
350kg
GI009P Folded
GI213Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm 870 x 560 x 900
282
Weight kg 32
GI009P
Model
Price
GI213Y
£249.95
Overall Size L x W x H mm 870 x 560 x 900
Platform Height mm 300
Weight kg 22
Model
Price
GI009P
£139.95
235_235 16/01/2012 11:44 Page 1
Platform Trolleys DELUXE FOLDING TROLLEYS Yellow Foam handle for your comfort Flat pressed sheet Steel base with PVC surface ● GIK02Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Polyurethane castors ● GIK03Y - mobile on 125mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Polyurethane castors ● ●
IMPROVED DESIGN Max Load
300kg Max Load
160kg GIK02Y Folded
Mechanism Protector
Overall Size L x W x H mm 720 x 470 x 830
Weight kg 9.5
Model
Price
GIK02Y
£68.65
904 x 604 x 870
16.5
GIK03Y
£99.95
GIK03Y
PRICES HELD
HIGH QUALITY SMOOTH RUNNING CASTORS
GI103Y
£79.95
GI102Y
£49.95
Max Load
250kg
Max Load
150kg
GI102Y GI103Y
FOLDING TROLLEYS Flat pressed sheet Steel base with PVC surface ● GI102Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Rubber castors ● GI103Y - mobile on 120mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel Rubber castors ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 730 x 470 x 830
Weight kg 9.5
Model
Price
GI102Y
£49.95
910 x 610 x 880
16.5
GI103Y
£79.95
283
Handling Equipment
GIK02Y
236_236 10/01/2012 15:12 Page 1
Plastic Trolleys PLASTIC PLATFORM TROLLEY Constructed from injection moulded, lightweight & hygienic Plastic Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Rubber castors ● 4 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow ●
IDEAL FOR COLOUR CODED DEPARTMENTS
●
please specify when ordering
GI152Y
Handling Equipment
£59.95
PRICE HELD
Max Load
120kg
GI152Y
Platform Size L x W x H mm 710 x 460 x 140
Handle Height mm 825
Weight kg 8.5
Model
Price
GI152Y
£59.95
‘MINI’ PLASTIC PLATFORM TROLLEY/DOLLY Constructed from injection moulded, lightweight & hygienic Plastic GI153Y - mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Rubber castors ● GI154Y - mobile on 4 swivel 80mm Plastic castors ● 4 colour options available: Max Load Red Grey Blue White 120kg
PRICES HELD
● ●
please specify when ordering Max Load
100kg GI153Y
GI154Y Easy carrying Handle Description Folding Handle - Blue, Red & Grey Folding Handle - White Dolly - Blue, Red & Grey Dolly - White
284
Platform Size Handle Weight L x W x H mm Height mm kg 600 x 385 x 150 600 x 400 x 110
820 -
6 3.5
Model
Price
GI153Y
£59.50
GI153YW
£59.50
GI154Y
£43.30
GI154YW
£43.30
IDEAL FOR HOMES & OFFICES
237_237 10/01/2012 15:11 Page 1
Plastic Platform Trolleys ‘FOLDAWAY’ PLATFORM TRUCK Unique wheels which fold underneath the platform when the handle is folded ● Plastic platform with integral carry handles ● Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720/820/920mm ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors ●
Rubber Handle
GI222Y being carried Telescopic Handle
Max Load
120kg PRICE HELD
GI222Y folded
Overall Size - Open H x W x L mm 920 x 410 x 680
GI222Y handle recess Overall Size - Folded H x W x L mm 80 x 410 x 680
Handling Equipment
GI222Y folded
Handle Recess
GI222Y
Handle Heights mm 720 / 820 / 920
Weight kg 7
Model
Price
GI222Y £99.95
PLASTIC PLATFORM TROLLEY 3 position handle: ● Upright - for pushing ● Angled - for towing ● Flat - for use as a Dolly ● Manufactured from rugged structural foam Plastic ● 2 fixed & 2 swivel non-marking 125mm Rubber castors ●
Easy to Carry
3 POSITION HANDLE HI914C Folded for use as a Dolly
Max Load
180kg
HI914C
HI914C - Angled
Platform Size L x W x H mm 790 x 500 x 150
Handle Height mm 800
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
HI914C
£99.95
285
238_238 10/01/2012 15:10 Page 1
Platform & Shelf Trolleys FORT FOLDING PLATFORM TRUCKS Max Load
500kg
WOODEN DECK TROLLEY
This trolley has a high quality Wooden deck & Chrome Plated Fitted with parking brakes in accordance folding handle with the recommendations of EuroNorm ● Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel BS EN 1757-3, 2002 100mm non-marking ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked PRICE Rubber castors 200mm Rubber tyred castors HELD ●
●
GI110Y Folded FT119H Folded
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Max Load
Handling Equipment
150kg
FT119H
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size L x W x H mm 830 x 460 x 910 1000 x 600 x 960
Folded Size L x W x H mm 760 x 460 x 290 930 x 600 x 340
Weight kg 14 21
GI110Y
Model
Price
FT119H FT319H
£202.00 £240.20
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
740 x 480 x 860
11
GI110Y
£89.95
TWO & THREE TIER TROLLEYS ● ●
Flat pressed sheet Steel base with PVC surface GI004/5Y - 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors Max Load
170kg
● ●
All round buffering to protect walls & doors GI006/7Y - 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors
Max Load
300kg
FROM ONLY
£119.95
Max Load
170kg
HIGH QUALITY FINISH
LOWER PRICE
GI006Y
GI004Y
NON-MARKING WHEELS Description GI005Y
Two Tier Trolley Three Tier Trolley
286
Overall Size L x W x H mm 755 x 480 x 890
Load Capacity 170
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
GI004Y
£119.95
960 x 610 x 950
300
31
GI006Y
£172.75
755 x 480 x 890
170
26
GI005Y
£167.65
960 x 610 x 950
300
40
GI007Y
£228.95
239_239 10/01/2012 15:09 Page 1
Plastic Platform Trolleys PLASTIC PLATFORM TROLLEYS Resistant to Acids & Alkalies Lightweight, hygienic & easy to clean ● Constructed from injection moulded re-inforced Plastic with handles of Chromed Steel ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors ●
PRICE HELD
●
Max Load
200kg
GI916Y
GI911Y Folded
Handling Equipment
GI911Y GI915Y Description
Platform Size L x W mm
Platform Height mm 190
810 x 500
190/710
Single Folding End 2 Tier Platform 3 Tier Platform
Handle Weight Height mm kg 860 14 930
190/450/710
Model
Price
GI911Y
£125.95
20
GI915Y
£179.95
25
GI916Y
£226.75
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC BASED TRUCKS Manufactured from Polypropylene structural Foam moulded base with Silver coloured, powder coated handles ● The base is strong, durable, easily cleaned, hygienic & unaffected by most substances ● Mesh Size: 50 x 50mm ● Platform Size: 1000 x 700mm ●
FL232H
Max Load
500kg
FL235H
Manufactured Manufacture d
FL231H
Description
Overall Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Single Mesh End 2 Mesh Ends 3 Mesh Sides (Box Body) 4 Mesh Sides (Box Body) Table Top Unit
995 995 995 995 915
31 38 41 44 39
FL231H FL232H FL233H FL234H FL235H
£375.20 £442.75 £492.25 £543.60 £540.00
GENERAL SPECIFICATION Handle Height: 980mm Platform Height: 275mm Mesh Side Depth: 500mm Wheels: 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm rubber castors
287
240_240 17/01/2012 17:54 Page 1
‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys Max Load
Max Load
100kg
150kg
NEW HI299Y
£178.05
HI375Y
£139.95
HI375Y
HI299Y
Handling Equipment
Red Comfort Grip Handles
ALL SHELVES HAVE RETENTION LIPS ON 3 SIDES
Max Load
150kg HI351Y
HI346Y
£272.75
£179.95
HI346Y
HI351Y
‘PROPLAZ’ SHELF TROLLEYS High quality hardwearing Black Plastic shelves with Grey Aluminium uprights Ideal for most environments including warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc ● Lightweight & easy to clean ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes) ● ●
Description 2 Shelf Trolley 3 Shelf Trolley 3 Shelf Trolley with high quality Plastic Sides
288
Overall Size L x W x H mm 750 x 460 x 940 990 x 515 x 970
Size between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 560
Load Capacity kg 100
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
HI275Y
£117.95
15
HI299Y
£178.05
750 x 460 x 980
13
HI375Y
£139.95
990 x 515 x 1010
21
HI399Y
£219.95
15
HI346Y
£179.95
25
HI351Y
£272.75
750 x 460 x 980 990 x 515 x 1010
280 / 280
150
241_229 17/01/2012 17:52 Page 1
‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys Lockable Drawer
Max Load
100kg
Max Load
100kg
NEW
HI292Y
HI291Y
£239.95
£269.95
HI291Y
HI292Y
Handling Equipment
ALL SHELVES HAVE RETENTION LIPS ON 3 SIDES Red Comfort Grip Handles Smooth running drawers on all units
Max Load
150kg Lockable Drawer & Cupboard
HI393Y
£394.40
HI393Y with the cupboard open
HI393Y with the cupboard closed
‘PROPLAZ’ SHELF TROLLEYS WITH DRAWERS / CUPBOARDS High quality hardwearing Black Plastic shelves with Grey Aluminium uprights Ideal for most environments including warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc ● Lightweight & easy to clean ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes) ● All these units incorporate smooth running drawers & model HI393Y also has a cupboard which cleverly opens like a garage door saving space when the unit is in use ● ●
Description 2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer 2 Shelf Trolley with a 2 x Steel Drawers 3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Size between Shelves Top / Bottom mm
Load Capacity kg
750 x 460 x 940
4 x 560
100
750 x 460 x 980
8 x 280
150
Weight kg 16
Model
Price
HI291Y
£239.95
20
HI292Y
£269.95
24
HI393Y
£394.40
289
242_242 10/01/2012 15:49 Page 1
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys SHElf TrollEyS ● Clearance between shelves: 280mm Easy to clean Models HI414/424Y have a 25mm lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side ● HI524Y has a full 25mm lip surround ● Mobile on 4 swivel non-marking Rubber castors ● Optional Plastic buckets are available ● ●
Max Load
100kg
Max Load
100kg
Handling Equipment
HI424Y
HI004Z
Max Load
130kg HI414Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheel Size mm
Grey 3 Shelf Trolley
800 x 410 x 790
75
Grey 3 Shelf Trolley
1030 x 510 x 960
Optional Buckets to fit above models
332 x 232 x 172 336 x 236 x 562
Description Buttermilk 3 Shelf Trolley
HI524Y
Weight kg
Model
Price
8
HI414Y
£109.95
8
HI424Y
£109.95
100
19
HI524Y
£142.50
-
-
HI004Z
£30.85
DEEP TrAy TrollEyS 70mm deep trays Strong Polyethylene moulded trolleys ● Non-conductive & resistant to most substances ● GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm ● GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm ● Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
frEE! Description 2 Tray Unit 3 Tray Unit
290
Max load
150kg
10 yEAr GUArANTEE Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 460 x 980 610 x 460 x 1000
Weight kg 10.5 14
GI637L Model
Price
GI627L GI637L
£122.10 £149.95
GI627L
243_243 10/01/2012 15:48 Page 1
Shelf Trolleys SHELF TROLLEYS Clearance between shelves: 280mm Hardwearing Black Plastic shelves & Grey Aluminium uprights ● 25mm lip on 3 sides for added item safety ● Mobile on 4 swivel 75mm non-marking Rubber castors ● ●
Max Load
90kg
HI834Y
£116.70
Description 3 Shelf Trolley Optional Buckets
Handling Equipment
HI834Y
HI834Y shown complete with Optional Buckets - HI004Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm 840 x 430 x 910
Weight kg 9
Model
Price
HI834Y
£116.70
332 x 232 x 172 336 x 236 x 562
-
HI004Z
£30.85
IDEAL FOR USE IN THE OFFICE, SCHOOLS ETC
SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH COLOURED LEGS Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip ● 4 Colour Leg Options Available: ● ●
Blue Green Red Yellow Please specify colour when ordering ● Ideal for use in offices, schools, storerooms etc ● Resistant to most substances ● Mobile on 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
GI841L
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Max Load
150kg
FREE!
GI835L
Choose from 4 Coloured Legs
GI834L Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 305 / 305
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
3 Shelf Trolley
Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 458 x 840
GI841L
£141.75
2 Shelf Trolley
890 x 610 x 880
650
16
GI834L
£207.10
3 Shelf Trolley
890 x 610 x 865
292 / 292
22
GI835L
£245.35
Description
291
244_244 10/01/2012 15:46 Page 1
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys 10 YEAR GUARANTEE Max Load
90kg
FROM
£99.95
GI343W
GI425W
Handling Equipment
Super Strong Thermoplastic Moulded Trolleys Versatile & easy to clean ● Ideal for offices, schools & hospitals etc ● Resistant to most substances ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm castors, 2 with brake
GI344CW
●
●
●
●
GI262CW
Will not rust, dent or chip Available in 4 colours: FREE!
Red Blue Beige Green Please specify when ordering
2 shelf Trolley
Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 457 x 660
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 470
Weight kg 10
GI261W
£99.95
3 shelf Trolley
610 x 457 x 864
216 / 419
13
GI343W
£129.40
Description
Model
Price
3 shelf Trolley
610 x 457 x 1067
419 / 419
13
GI425W
£134.25
1 shelf Trolley with Cabinet
670 x 457 x 660
419
18
GI262CW
£247.85
2 shelf Trolley with Cabinet
670 x 457 x 864
216 / 419
21
GI344CW
£274.75
2 shelf Trolley with Cabinet
670 x 457 x 1067
419 / 419
22
GI426CW
£279.50
SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH COLOURED SHELVES Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip ● 3 Colour Shelf Options Available: ● ●
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Blue Red Yellow Please specify colour when ordering ● Ideal for colour coded departments ● Resistant to most substances ● Mobile on 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
Max Load
90kg
FREE!
GI844CW
GI826CW GI843W
Description 3 Shelf Trolley 2 Shelf Trolley with Cupboard
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Size between Shelves Top / Bottom mm
610 x 457 x 864
216 / 419
3 Shelf Trolley
610 x 457 x 1067
2 Shelf Trolley with Cupboard
615 x 457 x 1067
292
419 / 419
Weight kg 13
Model
Price
GI843W
£129.40
21
GI844CW
£274.75
14
GI825W
£134.25
22
GI826CW
£279.50
245_245 16/01/2012 12:06 Page 1
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH STRONG SQUARE LEGS Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolley Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip ● Manufactured from a non-conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
NEW
ONLY
£119.95 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
FREE!
90kg
Description 3 Shelf, 3 Flat Shelves
Overall Size LxWxH 610 x 458 x 864
GI391L
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 305 / 305
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
GI391L
£119.95
SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH COLOURED LEGS & SHELVES Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip ● 3 Colour Options Available: ● ●
Blue Green Red Please specify colour when ordering ● Manufactured from a non conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes GI862L
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
GI852L
FREE!
Max Load
150kg Overall Size LxWxH
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 660
Weight kg 11
Model
Price
GI851L
£155.45
610 x 458 x 980
305 / 305
12
GI852L
£186.70
3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays
305 / 305
13.5
GI853L
£194.50
2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays
635
19.5
GI861L
£299.95
280 / 280
26
GI862L
£363.25
280 / 280
28
GI863L
£415.45
Description 2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays 3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays
3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays 3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays
813 x 610 x 915
293
Handling Equipment
Max Load
246_246 10/01/2012 15:42 Page 1
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GI334L
Max Load
£187.40
150kg GI335L
£229.45
Handling Equipment
GI334L GI335L
Max Load
150kg
Max Load
175kg
GI337L
GI488CL
GI237L
Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys FREE! Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip ● Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses, chemical & pharmaceutical industries ● Manufactured from a non conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions ● Models GI337L & GI237L have a higher load capacity as the shelves are re-inforced with a Steel bar ● Depth of storage trays: 100mm ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking Rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 650
Weight kg 16
Model
Price
2 Shelf Trolley
Overall Size L x W x H mm 890 x 610 x 880
GI334L
£187.40
3 Shelf Trolley
890 x 610 x 865
292 / 292
22
GI335L
£229.45
Top flat shelf, cupboard with flat shelf
895 x 615 x 1230
480 / 388
39
GI488CL
£459.65
2 Storage Trays
920 x 640 x 960
635
20
GI237L
£239.75
3 Storage Trays
920 x 640 x 975
280 / 280
24
GI337L
£323.80
Description
294
247_247 10/01/2012 15:41 Page 1
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GI341L
£129.95 GI409L
£190.65
Handling Equipment
GI409L
GI341L
FREE! Max Load
150kg
GI347L
GI346L
GI332CL
GI343L
● Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses, automotive & electronics industries ● Manufactured from a non conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions ● Depth of trays: 95mm ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking Rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 235 / 445
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
Top storage tray, cupboard with flat shelf
Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 470 x 1030
GI332CL
£349.95
3 Shelf, Top & Middle storage tray, bottom flat shelf
610 x 468 x 864
235 / 235
14
GI343L
£199.95
3 Shelf, Top storage tray, Middle & Bottom flat shelves
610 x 468 x 864
235 / 280
14
GI346L
£178.15
2 Shelf, Top storage tray, Bottom flat shelf
610 x 468 x 864
598
12
GI347L
£161.35
3 Shelf, Top & Bottom flat shelves, middle storage tray
610 x 477 x 1025
290 / 405
16
GI409L
£190.65
3 Shelf, 3 flat shelves
610 x 458 x 840
305 / 305
11
GI341L
£129.95
Description
295
248_248 10/01/2012 15:40 Page 1
Plastic multi Purpose Trolleys
10 YEAR GUARANTEE Max Load
350kg
Handling Equipment
GI734L
GI732L
LARGE HEAvY DUTY FoAm FiLLED RUbbER WHEELs
GI739L
GI733L
GI735L
FREE! Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip ● Mobile on large 200mm wheels, 2 braked. These units are ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses, electronic, chemical & pharmaceutical industries ● Manufactured from a non conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions ● Available in a combination of flat shelves & deep storage trays ● Depth of storage trays: 70mm ● Two Aluminium bars re-inforce all the shelves / storage trays on models GI732L, GI733L & GI739L ● Models GI734L & GI735L have re-inforced top shelves ● ●
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
2 Shelf Trolley (Flat Shelves)
890 x 610 x 1000
3 Shelf Trolley (Flat Shelves)
890 x 610 x 985
2 Shelf, Top Flat Shelf, Bottom Storage Tray
920 x 640 x 1038
2 Storage Trays 3 Storage Trays
296
920 x 640 x 1100
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
650
27
GI734L
£299.95
292 / 292
32.5
GI735L
£364.60
630
29.5
GI739L
£385.20
635
31
GI732L
£353.75
280 / 280
38
GI733L
£423.30
249_249 10/01/2012 15:39 Page 1
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys Super Strong Black Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip ● Constructed from a non-conductive material, resistant to most substances ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking Rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake ● ●
FREE! Max Load
150kg
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
GI645L
GI644L
GI643L
Description Top & middle storage trays, bottom flat shelf. Lockable hinged lid Top & bottom storage trays, middle flat shelf
AVAILABLE WITH LARGE WHEELS FOR EXTRA STABILITY
610 x 460 x 970
FREE!
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 235 / 235
Weight kg 14
Model
Price
GI643L
£253.80
13
GI644L
£142.75
13
GI645L
£142.75
300 / 300
Max Load
175kg
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
GI653L
GI654L
Depth of trays: 70mm Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys ● Will not rust, dent or chip - versatile & easy to clean ● Multi purpose trolleys constructed from a non-conductive material, resistant to most substances ● Ideal for use in the automotive & electronics industry, workshops, maintenance departments etc ● Fitted with 4 x 100mm non marking Rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake, except models GI654L & GI655L which have 2 braked swivel castors & 2 large 200mm wheels helping to give a stable ride ●
●
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom 200 / 460 mm
Weight kg 21.5
Model
Price
2 Shelf, plus additional half shelf storage tray
Overall Size L x W x H mm 810 x 610 x 997
GI652L
£264.05
3 Shelf, plus additional half shelf storage tray
810 x 610 x 1156
200 / 250 / 250 mm
23
GI653L
£361.50
2 Shelf, additional half shelf storage tray, 2 large wheels
895 x 725 x 997
200 / 460 mm
28
GI654L
£318.85
3 Shelf, additional half shelf storage tray, 2 large wheels
895 x 725 x 1156
200 / 250 / 250 mm
29.5
GI655L
£416.20
Description
297
Handling Equipment
Top flat shelf, middle & bottom storage trays
Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 400 x 840
250_250 10/01/2012 15:37 Page 1
Plastic Trolleys PLASTIC SERVICE TROLLEYS 70mm deep trays Heavy duty Plastic construction ● Push/pull handle has integral storage facility ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors ●
Max Load
●
225kg
FROM
£133.90
Handling Equipment
HI924C HI935C Overall Size L x W x H mm
Description 2 Tray Unit
950 x 440 x 850
3 Tray Unit 2 Tray Unit
1100 x 650 x 850
3 Tray Unit
Weight kg 18
Model
Price
HI924C
£133.90
22
HI934C
£189.65
23
HI925C
£169.95
30
HI935C
£239.95
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC PLATFORM TROLLEYS ● ●
PRICES HELD
● ●
Removable handles & anti-slip platform Manufactured from heavy duty, industrial grade honeycomb Plastic Mobile on 160mm Polypropylene castors Subject to availability
WILL NOT RUST, DENT OR CHIP Max Load
Max Load
1500kg
1000kg
HI976C
Description Single End Double End
HI904C
Platform Size L x W mm
1510 x 750
Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm kg 4 Wheeled Units
Model
Price
1700 x 750 x 965
62
HI904C
£299.95
1780 x 750 x 965
64
HI974C
£322.00
1700 x 750 x 965
67
HI906C
£315.00
1780 x 750 x 965
69
HI976C
£332.00
6 Wheeled Units Removable Handles
298
Single End Double End
1510 x 750
251_251 10/01/2012 15:36 Page 1
Shelf Trolleys 10 yEAr GuArANTEE
GI534L
Max Load
150kg
GI541L
GI538L
GrEy SHElF TrollEyS Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean ● These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in offices, schools, workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms etc FREE! ● Constructed from a non conductive material which is resistant to most substances ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● ●
GI536L
lArGEr rANGE
STANdArd rANGE Weight kg
Model
Price
No of Shelves 2
890 x 610 x 880
650
16
GI534L
£197.05
11
GI541L
£142.90
3
890 x 610 x 865
292
22
GI535L
£241.00
222 mm
13
GI542L
£184.95
4
813 x 610 x 915
203
24
GI536L
£323.55
610 x 458 x 915
159 mm
17
GI543L
£201.95
5
813 x 610 x 1220
203
29
GI537L
£387.10
610 x 458 x 1143
159 mm
19
GI544L
£235.25
6
813 x 610 x 1423
203
34
GI538L
£459.50
No of Shelves 3
610 x 458 x 840
Clearance Between Shelves 305 mm
4
610 x 458 x 915
5 6
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Clearance Between Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
Four & FivE SHElF TrollEyS Clearance between shelves: 280mm Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking swivel Rubber castors ● These trolleys are available in 2 colours - Buttermilk & Grey ● Both colours come with Grey Aluminium uprights ● ●
Description Buttermilk 4 Shelf Trolley Grey 4 Shelf Trolley Buttermilk 5 Shelf Trolley Grey 5 Shelf Trolley
Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm kg
Model
Max Load
160kg
Price
863 x 500 x 1200
26
HI614Y £285.50
26
HI624Y £285.50
863 x 500 x 1555
32
HI714Y £350.50
32
HI724Y £350.50
HI624Y
HI714Y
299
Handling Equipment
GI543L
252_252 10/01/2012 15:34 Page 1
Service Trolleys SHELF TROLLEYS Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys 12mm retaining lip & self adhesive safety strips help prevent equipment from sliding off the unit ● Top shelf has been re-inforced with two Steel bars for extra strength ● Integral safety push/pull handle ● Mobile on 4 x 100 mm swivel FREE! castors 2 with brakes ● ●
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
GI436L
Overall Size L x W x H mm 4 Shelf Trolley 610 x 457 x 1185
Clearance Between Shelves mm 305
Weight kg 18
Model
Price
GI436L
£169.10
5 Shelf Trolley 810 x 610 x 1525
295
40
GI437L
£361.00
Description
LARGE SHELF TROLLEYS
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT BLACK TROLLEYS
Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys ● Will not rust, dent or chip ● Retaining lip & textured surface help prevent equipment from sliding. A removable Laminate inlay gives a smooth writing surface to the top shelf ● Integral safety push/pull handle ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Max Load castors, 2 with brakes
●
Steel construction Adjustable top shelf from 660 up to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with ribbed Rubber mat ● Model GI953CW comes complete with a lockable Steel cupboard. Internal Size: 406H x 610W x 445Dmm ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
●
Handling Equipment
GI437L
180kg
REMOVABLE LAMINATE INLAY
●
Max Load
150kg
FREE!
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
GI719CW Description Shelf Trolley Shelf Trolley & Cupboard
Overall Size L x W mm 800 x 600 x 1350
Size Between Shelves mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
230 / 410 / 510
35
GI709W
£384.10
230 / 410
48
GI719CW
£516.00
Description Trolley Only Trolley & Cupboard
LONG SHELF TROLLEYS
Overall Size L x W mm 610 x 460
Weight kg
Model
Price
20
GI952W
£155.85
24
GI953CW
£237.45
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys ● Easy to clean ● Ideal for use in storerooms, warehouses etc ● Model GI438L: mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked ● Model GI439L: mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 125mm plate fixing castors ●
Max Load
200kg
GI439L GI438L
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 610 x 915
Shelf Heights mm 140 / 458
Wheels mm 100
Weight kg 33
Model
Price
GI438L
£429.20
1220 x 610 x 940
165 / 483
125
36
GI439L
£468.15
300
GI953W
GI952W
GI709W
FREE!
253_253 10/01/2012 16:00 Page 1
Tray Trolleys Folding TrollEy
AdJUSTABlE HEigHT TrollEyS
Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store Ideal for use in shops, schools etc ● Can be folded in one simple move ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Rubber tyred castors, 2 with brakes ● Size when folded: 580L x 100W x 1080H mm ● Clearance between shelves: 300mm
●
●
3 colour options available:
Max Load
150kg
●
Red Blue Green Please specify colour when ordering ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked ● Perfect for colour co-ordinating company depts etc ● Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge Steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge Steel ● Top shelf is easily adjustable from 660 up to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed Rubber mat
Max Load
80kg
Overall Size L x W x H mm 580 x 450 x 890
Weight kg 14
Model
Price
CI203Y
£119.95
Overall Size L x W mm 610 x 460
GI942W Weight kg 20
Model
Price
GI942W
£172.40
rEVErSiBlE TrAy/SHElF TrollEyS
HEAVy dUTy TrAy TrollEyS
Reversible shelves enable use as either a smooth shelf or as a tray with surrounding lip ● The height of the centre shelf on the 3 shelf model is adjustable ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100mm grey non-marking castors
●
Chassis is of square tubular Steel with round tubular Steel handles ● Three Steel shelves with a 40mm lip ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel roller bearing Cushion castors ● Platform Size: 900L x 500W mm
●
Max Load
350kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
150kg
KT832Y TI246Y Description 2 Shelf 3 Shelf
KT831Y
TI357Y
Total Height mm 850
Wheels mm 150
Weight kg 40
Model
Price
£145.50
Tray Heights mm 210/520/810
KT831Y
£369.75
£167.55
265/570/860
900
200
43
KT831H
£372.25
TI346Y
£161.50
215/665/1110
1150
150
42
KT832Y
£377.05
TI357Y
£186.05
265/715/1160
1200
200
45
KT832H
£379.55
Overall Size L x W x H mm 670 x 400 x 910
Weight kg 17
Model
Price
TI246Y
820 x 500 x 910
20
TI257Y
670 x 400 x 910
20
820 x 500 x 910
23.5
301
Handling Equipment
10 yEAr gUArAnTEE
CI203Y CI203Y Folded
254_254 10/01/2012 15:59 Page 1
Tray Trolleys TRAY TROLLEYS Easy to wipe clean - suitable for kitchen & canteen use Trays are open on one side for easy access & cleaning ● Height between Shelves: 457mm ● Mobile on 4 swivel castors ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Handling Equipment
IDEAL FOR USE WHERE HYGIENE IS OF IMPORTANCE
TT3366
TT3343
TT3363
Tray Size 785 x 590 mm
No of Trays
Tray Height mm
Wheels
2
240 736
125mm Cushion
Vinyl
Melamine
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
23
TT3343
£315.40
TT3363
£302.55
TT3366
£289.60
TRAY TROLLEYS
IDEAL FOR USE WHERE HYGIENE IS OF IMPORTANCE
Tubular Steel frames with easy to clean, detachable trays Plastic trays available in the smaller size only ● Handle Height: 980mm Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load 125kg ● ●
WT1303
Tray No of Height Wheels Weight Trays mm kg
2
3
165 830
165 500 830
302
Galvanised
Weight kg
BT1403
PT1223
Tray Size 755 x 450 mm Plastic Model
Price
Blue Enamel Model
Price
Tray Size 1065 x 610 mm
Plywood Model
Price
Cream Enamel Model
Price
Weight kg
Blue Enamel Model
Price
Plywood Model
Price
Cream Enamel Model
Price
127mm Cushion
24
PT1203 £266.75 BT1403 £333.40 WT1303 £232.15 TT1003 £352.50
37
BT1413 £373.35 WT1313 £260.10 TT1013 £394.15
127mm Nylon
22
PT1204 £275.15 BT1404 £346.70 WT1304 £248.35 TT1004 £366.70
35
BT1414 £386.60 WT1314 £276.35 TT1014 £408.30
127mm Cushion
28
PT1223 £320.20 BT1423 £410.00 WT1323 £331.40 TT1023 £433.95
46
BT1433 £462.95 WT1333 £373.00 TT1033 £489.10
127mm Nylon
26
PT1224 £328.55 BT1424 £423.25 WT1324 £349.55 TT1024 £448.10
44
BT1434 £476.30 WT1334 £391.20 TT1034 £503.25
255_255 13/01/2012 09:27 Page 1
Shelf Trolleys SHELF TROLLEYS FROM
Super quality heavy duty Veneer shelves ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm heavy duty Rubber castors ●
£206.20
NEW
Handling Equipment
CI311Y CI311Y Description 2 Shelf 3 Shelf
Load Capacity kg 100 150
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Platform Size W x D mm
1130 x 780 x 470
770 x 470
Weight kg 24 28.5
Model
Price
CI211Y CI311Y
£206.20 £219.40
WHI04Y WAS £249.95
NOW £159.95 Max Load
200kg
PI901Y
WHI04Y PI902Y
SWAN NECK TROLLEYS
MOBILE WORK STATION
Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 120mm castors. Along with the ergonomic swan neck handle these units are extremely manoeuvrable ● The distance between the shelves on the PI902Y is 580mm ●
Platform Size W x D mm 450 x 600
Overall Size H x W x D mm 830 x 450 x 860 830 x 450 x 880
Weight kg 9 14
Model
Price
PI901Y PI902Y
£106.95 £129.95
Braked Castors
Manufactured from 45 x 45mm Steel angle Ideal for transferring equipment between workbenches Max Load ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 500kg braked 150mm castors ● Subject to Availability ● ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 755 x 1220
Worktop Height mm 840
Weight kg 58
Model
Price
WHI04Y
£159.95
303
256_256 10/01/2012 15:56 Page 1
Order Picking Trolleys
Max Load
300kg KTI13Y
Max Load
£219.85
250kg
GI230H
KTI13Y
GI230H
£261.50
ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Manufactured in angle steel with fixed painted Steel trays ● Tray Sizes: KTI13Y - 900 x 500mm KTI14Y - 1000 x 700mm ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked castors
Handling Equipment
2 TIER SHELF TROLLEY ● ●
●
This unit has a push/pull handle Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm Rubber castors Overall Size L x W x H mm
Platform Size mm
1100 x 700 x 980 1000 x 700
Shelf Heights mm
Weight kg
Model
320 / 960
55
GI230H
Shelf Heights mm
1330 x 500 x 1070
£261.50
ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS ● ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Price
1430 x 700 x 1070
220/800
Wheels 125mm Rubber
Weight kg
Model
Price
43
KTI13Y
£219.85
53
KTI14Y
£252.95
HEAVY DUTY ORDER PICKING TROLLEY
Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm castors See pages 99 to 102 for suitable containers
No. of Trays: 4 Tray Size: 1270 x 615mm ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm Rubber castors ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
400kg
Max Load
250kg
MS5702 (containers not included)
IDEAL FOR 600 x 400MM CONTAINERS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Containers Overall Size Tray Held L x W x H mm Size mm 4 1360 x 620 x 1230 820 x 620 6
304
1760 x 620 x 1230 1220 x 620
Weight Model Price kg 40 MS5701 £547.80 51
MS5702 £596.90
MS5722
No of Steps
Tray Type
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
4
Galvanised
1650 x 615 x 1950
107
MS5722
£980.30
257_257 11/01/2012 14:28 Page 1
Order Picking Trolleys ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Ergonomically designed handrails positioned 580mm higher than the top step for increased safety & comfort ● Top Step Size: 350W x 210Dmm ● Top Step Height 3 Step Units: 720mm 4 Step Units: 960mm ● Sprung loaded steps with ribbed Rubber treads ●
STANDARD ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS ●
Mobile on 4 x 125mm Rubber tyred swivel castors
GS APPROVED ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm Rubber tyred castors
Manufactured Manufacture d
ERGONOmIC HANDLES
FROM ONLY
£298.60
SPRuNG LOADED STEPS
WS5603 WS5613 No of Steps
No of Trays
Tray Material
Overall Size H x W x L mm
Shelf Heights mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Standard Order Picking Trolleys 2 3
3 2 3
Steel 1320 x 520 x 1320 Plywood
200 / 1000
29
WS5602
£298.60
200 / 600 / 1000
40
WS5603
£329.55
200 / 1000
28
WS5612
£305.90
200 / 600 / 1000
39
WS5613
£340.65
GS Approved Order Picking Trolleys 3 4 3 4
2 3 2
1320 x 520 x 1320 Steel 1560 x 520 x 1520
3 2 3 2 3
1320 x 520 x 1320 Plywood 1560 x 520 x 1520
200 / 1000
31
GS5602
£344.10
200 / 600 / 1000
42
GS5603
£374.50
200 / 1240
41
GS5622
£385.25
200 / 720 / 1240
46
GS5623
£415.55
200 / 1000
30
GS5612
£351.45
200 / 600 / 1000
41
GS5613
£385.60
200 / 1240
38
GS5632
£392.55
200 / 720 / 1240
43
GS5633
£426.70
305
Handling Equipment
●
GS5633
258_258 10/01/2012 15:53 Page 1
Security Trolleys SECURITY TROLLEYS Max Load
Lockable lid for full security Half drop gate for easy access ● Wheels: 4 x 200mm Rubber (2 fixed / 2 swivel) ● Model GIS71M has 50 x 50mm mesh sides ● Model GIS72S has a ‘pop-in’ mechanism on the lid which keeps the lid in position whilst in use ●
350kg
●
‘pop-in’ mechanism which stops the lid from closing whilst the unit is in use
Key Locking Mechanism
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Mesh Solid
1000 x 700 x 800
GIS72S
Handling Equipment
GIS71M Weight kg 81 103
Model
Price
GIS71M GIS72S
£399.95 £445.95
SECURITY BOX TROLLEYS Heavy Duty - Bigger Storage Space Handle Height: 1000mm ● Units have a lockable lid for full security, & a half drop front to aid access to the contents ● Padlock not supplied Max Load ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 500kg 200mm Rubber tyred castors ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
BT272S
BT271M
Description Steel Box Truck BT273W
Wooden Box Truck Mesh Box Truck
Overall Size W x D x H mm 1320 x 770 x 1140
Useable Body Size Weight W x D x H mm kg 130 1150 x 715 110 x 850 85
Model
Price
BT272S
£722.80
BT273W
£599.65
BT271M
£620.80
SECURITY DISTRIBUTION TROLLEY ●
4 colour options available:
Max Load
400kg
Red Blue Green Yellow Please specify colour when ordering ● Shelf Size: 1120 x 430mm ● Handle Height: 1000mm ● Constructed from Steel angle with 50 x 50mm mesh sides & centre shelf ● The trolley has a security latch with padlock facility (not supplied) Manufactured Manufacture d ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm Blue non-marking quiet running castors NA700R
306
Overall Size Shelf L x W x H mm Heights mm 1220 x 480 x 1100 180, 635, 1070 2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted
Weight kg 60
Model
Price
NA700R GM003Z
£713.20 £35.70
259_259 10/01/2012 15:52 Page 1
Shelf Trucks
PI302Y
PI303Y
£188.50
£251.60
PI303Y
PI302Y
UNITS CAN BE USED FOR MANY APPLICATIONS
Handling Equipment
PI305Y
£235.95 PI306Y
£309.85 PI306Y
PI305Y
PI307Y
PI304Y
£209.30
£226.05
PI304Y
SHELF TRUCKS - BUDGET RANGE ● ●
● Strong Manoeuvrable All models have varnished Plywood shelf decks
PI307Y ● ●
Protected Wood edges Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel Rubber castors
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1050 x 605 x 880
Load Capacity 250 kg
Wheel Size mm 125
Weight kg 31.5
Model
Price
2 Shelf
Platform Size mm 1000 x 600
PI302Y
£188.50
Description 3 Shelf
1000 x 600
1050 x 605 x 880
250 kg
125
36.5
PI303Y
£251.60
2 Shelf - Push Handle
1000 x 700
1105 x 705 x 950
500 kg
150
41.5
PI305Y
£235.95
3 Shelf - Push Handle
1000 x 700
1105 x 705 x 975
500 kg
150
53
PI306Y
£309.85
2 Shelf - Tubular End
1000 x 700
1050 x 705 x 915
400 kg
150
41
PI304Y
£226.05
2 Shelf - with 60mm Lip Surround
1000 x 600
1000 x 600 x 910
250 kg
125
36
PI307Y
£209.30
307
260_Page Design 10/01/2012 15:51 Page 1
Shelf Trucks & Trolleys FORT SHELF TROLLEYS WITH A 5 YEAR GUARANTEE These Shelf Trolleys are fitted with parking brakes in accordance with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002 ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber tyred castors except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors
Max Load
●
500kg
No. of Shelves
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Manufactured Manufacture d
FT291H
FT282H
Base Size - mm 850L x 500W Overall Size - mm 990L x 500W x 980H Shelf Heights: 240, (610) & 980
Base Size - mm Base Size - mm Base Size - mm Base Size - mm 1000L x 600W 1000L x 700W 1200L x 600W 1200L x 800W Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm 1140L x 600W x 1020H 1140L x 700W x 1020H 1340L x 600W x 1020H 1340L x 800W x 1020H Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020
Weight
Weight
Model
Price
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Handling Equipment
Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame 2
20 kg
FT181H
£279.40
23 kg
FT281H
£321.55
25 kg
FT381H
£347.95
26 kg
FT481H
£337.95
30 kg
FT581H
£378.80
3
28 kg
FT191H
£365.70
35 kg
FT291H
£427.80
39 kg
FT391H
£466.95
40 kg
FT491H
£452.20
49 kg
FT591H
£512.25
Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame 2
21 kg
FT182H
£329.35
24 kg
FT282H
£384.75
26 kg
FT382H
£433.25
27 kg
FT482H
£400.10
32 kg
FT582H
£462.90
3
29 kg
FT192H
£440.70
36 kg
FT292H
£522.75
41 kg
FT392H
£595.00
41 kg
FT492H
£545.30
50 kg
FT592H
£639.40
Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame 2
25 kg
FT183H
£409.60
31 kg
FT283H
£429.15
34 kg
FT383H
£492.90
35 kg
FT483H
£444.35
42 kg
FT583H
£522.45
3
36 kg
FT193H
£517.70
46 kg
FT293H
£589.40
52 kg
FT393H
£684.40
53 kg
FT493H
£611.90
67 kg
FT593H
£727.80
MEDIUM DUTY SHELF & PLATFORM TRUCKS
Max Load
Narrow width design makes them ideal for use in narrow aisles & for clear passage through doorways ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm non-marking Blue wheels with roller bearings & thread guards ● Tubular Steel construction with Timber shelves ● Overall Size: 1060L x 600W x 1200Hmm ● Platform Size: 1000L x 570Wmm ● 2 Colour Options Available:
250kg
●
Blue Red Please specify colour when ordering
GM624Y
Description 2 Open Ends 2 Mesh Ends 3 Mesh Ends 2 Mesh Ends 4 Shelf Sides Optional Factory Fitted Braked Castors
308
GM803Y
GM620Y
2 Shelf Trolley - 300/870mm
3 Shelf Trolley - 300/585/870mm
Weight kg 35 36 39 40 -
Weight kg 44 45 48 -
Model
Price
GM620Y GM622Y GM623Y GM624Y -
£512.80 £578.15 £637.00 £654.85 -
Manufactured Manufacture d
Model
Price
GM730Y GM732Y GM733Y -
£606.15 £677.50 £732.00 -
Platform Trolley Weight kg 28 31 -
Model
Price
GM802Y GM803Y GM003Z
£433.65 £487.45 £35.70
261_261 10/01/2012 16:13 Page 1
Platform Trucks PLATFORM TRUCKS - BUDGET RANGE Protected Wood edges Strong & manoeuvrable ● The deck & sides are of varnished Plywood supported by a Steel frame ● Sides/ends are fixed in position ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 150mm Rubber wheels. PI208Y mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber wheels ●
FROM ONLY
●
£169.95 PI208Y
PI200Y
Max Load
500kg
Handling Equipment
PI205Y PI207Y Platform Size mm
Description
Handle Height mm
Platform Height mm
Single Bar End 4 Corner Uprights
1000 x 700
2 Tubular Bar Sides 4 Plywood 1/2 Sides
880
220
850 x 500
Max Load
800kg
PI401J
£169.95
LOWER PRICE
Plywood Depth mm -
Weight kg 28
Model
Price
PI200Y
£169.95
-
27.5
PI205Y
£178.20
-
35.5
PI207Y
£196.70
250
25.5
PI208Y
£178.75
HEAVY DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS Platform Size: 1300 x 800mm Handle Height: 975mm ● Deck is of varnished Plywood & the single end has tubular Steel uprights ● Mobile on 4 x 200 mm heavy duty Rubber wheels, 2 fixed & 2 swivel ● Subject to availability ● ●
PI401J Description Heavy Duty Platform Truck
Weight kg 50
Model
Price
PI401J
£169.95
309
262_262 13/01/2012 09:33 Page 1
Platform Trucks PLATFORM TRUCKS WITH VENEER SIDES & ENDS Super Quality Heavy Duty Veneer Finish Easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked, Steel centred 200mm Rubber castors ● Sides & ends, along with the deck of heavy duty Veneer finish are supported by a Steel frame ● ●
FROM ONLY
£199.95
Heavy Duty Braked Castors
Heavy Duty Veneer Finish
Handling Equipment
PI811H
NEW
PI816H
Max Load
PI812H
500kg
PI814H
PI813H
Description
Platform Height mm
Handle Height mm
Platform Size: 1000 x 700 mm
Platform Size: 1200 x 800 mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
35 kg
PI811H
£199.95
38 kg
PI831H
£213.70
41 kg
PI812H
£218.10
44 kg
PI832H
£244.10
43 kg
PI816H
£241.90
46 kg
PI836H
£263.00
3 Veneer Sides
44 kg
PI813H
£250.10
49 kg
PI833H
£267.65
4 Veneer Sides
45 kg
PI814H
£252.45
50 kg
PI834H
£272.80
Single Veneer End 2 Veneer Ends 2 Veneer Sides
310
270
1050
263_263 10/01/2012 16:11 Page 1
Platform Trucks PLATFORM TRUCKS WITH MESH SIDES & ENDS Super Quality Heavy Duty Veneer Finish Easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked, Steel centred 200mm Rubber castors ● Sides & ends, along with the deck of heavy duty Veneer finish are supported by a Steel frame ● ●
FROM ONLY
£199.95 Heavy Duty Braked Castors
Heavy Duty Veneer Finish
PI801H
Handling Equipment
PI802H
PI806H
Max Load
500kg
PI803H
Description
Platform Height mm
PI804H Handle Height mm
Platform Size: 1000 x 700 mm
Platform Size: 1200 x 800 mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
35 kg
PI801H
£199.95
38 kg
PI821H
£213.70
41 kg
PI802H
£218.10
44 kg
PI822H
£244.10
43 kg
PI806H
£241.90
46 kg
PI826H
£263.00
3 Mesh Sides
44 kg
PI803H
£250.10
49 kg
PI823H
£267.65
4 Mesh Sides
45 kg
PI804H
£252.45
50 kg
PI824H
£272.80
Single Mesh End 2 Mesh Ends 2 Mesh Sides
270
1050
311
264_246 10/01/2012 16:10 Page 1
Fort Platform Trucks - with a 5 Year Guarantee FORT PLATFORM TRUCKS - PLYWOOD These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002 ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm Rubber tyred castors except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
FB300H
£225.85
FT300H
£258.30
FB300H
Manufactured Manufacture d FT300H
Max Load
500kg FT311H
Handling Equipment
£268.95 FT306H
£285.70
FT311H FT306H
FT313H
FT314H
£365.85
FT314H
Description
FT312H
£339.30
£312.65
FT312H
FT313H Base Size - mm 850L x 500W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1000L x 600W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1000L x 700W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 600W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 800W Overall Size - mm
990L x 500W x 980H
1140L x 600W x 1020H
1140L x 700W x 1020H
1340L x 600W x 1020H
1340L x 800W x 1020H
Base Height - mm 240
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Model
Model
Model
Model
Price
Model
Price
Price
Price
Price
Plywood Deck Units with Plywood Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame Single Plywood End
FT111H
£229.70
FT211H
£252.80
FT311H
£268.95
FT411H
£260.70
FT511H
£286.80
Double Plywood End
FT112H
£268.25
FT212H
£293.65
FT312H
£312.65
FT412H
£301.70
FT512H
£333.20
3 Plywood Sides
FT113H
£261.75
FT213H
£320.25
FT313H
£339.30
FT413H
£329.20
FT513H
£360.75
4 Plywood Sides
FT114H
£279.65
FT214H
£346.90
FT314H
£365.85
FT414H
£356.70
FT514H
£388.20
Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame Base Only
FB100H
£191.25
FB200H
£212.60
FB300H
£225.85
FB400H
£221.15
FB500H
£241.75
Single Bar End
FT100H
£216.20
FT200H
£244.00
FT300H
£258.30
FT400H
£255.00
FT500H
£277.50
2 Bar Sides
FT106H
£241.90
FT206H
£270.55
FT306H
£285.70
FT406H
£281.45
FT506H
£305.95
Adjustable Board Trolley
-
-
-
-
FT307H
£311.50
FT407H
£307.25
FT507H
£330.50
312
265_265 10/01/2012 16:09 Page 1
Fort Platform Trucks - with a 5 Year Guarantee FORT PLATFORM TRUCKS - PLYWOOD WITH MESH These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002 ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm Rubber tyred castors except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
FT307H
Manufactured Manufacture d
£311.50
Max Load
500kg
FT307H See page 312 for specification & price
Handling Equipment
FT301H
£278.15
FT305H
£419.85
FT301H
FT305H
FT303H
FT302H
FT302H
£399.25
FT303H
Base Size - mm 850L x 500W Overall Size - mm Description
FT304H
£362.20
£325.25
990L x 500W x 980H
Base Size - mm 1000L x 600W Overall Size - mm
FT304H
Base Size - mm 1000L x 700W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 600W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 800W Overall Size - mm
1140L x 600W x 1020H 1140L x 700W x 1020H 1340L x 600W x 1020H 1340L x 800W x 1020H
Base Height - mm 240
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Model
Model
Model
Model
Price
Model
Price
Price
Price
Price
Plywood Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame Single Mesh End
FT101H
£230.65
FT201H
£261.45
FT301H
£278.15
FT401H
£272.30
FT501H
£298.25
Double Mesh End
FT102H
£270.40
FT202H
£305.15
FT302H
£325.25
FT402H
£316.10
FT502H
£347.35
3 Mesh Sides
FT103H
£300.15
FT203H
£342.20
FT303H
£362.20
FT403H
£355.55
FT503H
£386.75
4 Mesh Sides
FT104H
£329.95
FT204H
£379.35
FT304H
£399.25
FT404H
£394.90
FT504H
£426.25
4 Mesh Sides & 1/2 Half Drop Side
FT105H
£349.30
FT205H
£399.95
FT305H
£419.85
FT405H
£415.55
FT505H
£446.95
313
266_266 10/01/2012 16:07 Page 1
Fort Platform Trucks - with a 5 Year Guarantee FORT PLATFORM TRUCKS - PHENOLIC
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002 ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm Rubber tyred castors except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
FT320H
500kg
£300.90 WATERPROOF & WEATHERPROOF IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR USE
FT331H
FT320H
Handling Equipment
£331.30
FT325H
FT331H
£462.65 FT325H
FT333H
FT334H
£518.75 FT334H
£389.00 FT332H
FT333H Base Size - mm 850L x 500W Overall Size - mm
Description
FT332H
£453.85
990L x 500W x 980H
Base Size - mm 1000L x 600W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1000L x 700W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 600W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 800W Overall Size - mm
1140L x 600W x 1020H 1140L x 700W x 1020H 1340L x 600W x 1020H 1340L x 800W x 1020H
Base Height - mm 240
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Model
Model
Model
Model
Price
Model
Price
Price
Price
Price
Phenolic Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame Single Mesh End
FT121H
£255.65
FT221H
£293.00
FT321H
£320.75
FT421H
£303.40
FT521H
£340.45
Double Mesh End
FT122H
£295.45
FT222H
£336.75
FT322H
£367.75
FT422H
£347.15
FT522H
£389.60
3 Mesh Sides
FT123H
£325.25
FT223H
£373.90
FT323H
£404.90
FT423H
£386.55
FT523H
£428.90
4 Mesh Sides
FT124H
£354.95
FT224H
£410.90
FT324H
£442.00
FT424H
£425.95
FT524H
£468.30
4 Mesh Sides & 1/2 Half Drop Side FT125H
£375.55
FT225H
£431.50
FT325H
£462.65
FT425H
£446.55
FT525H
£488.85
Phenolic Deck Units with Phenolic Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame Single Phenolic End
FT131H
£266.10
FT231H
£306.25
FT331H
£331.30
FT431H
£316.55
FT531H
£359.80
Double Phenolic End
FT132H
£316.15
FT232H
£363.20
FT332H
£389.00
FT432H
£375.10
FT532H
£428.40
3 Phenolic Sides
FT133H
£325.30
FT233H
£427.95
FT333H
£453.85
FT433H
£439.05
FT533H
£493.90
4 Phenolic Sides
FT134H
£363.30
FT234H
£492.90
FT334H
£518.75
FT434H
£504.60
FT534H
£559.45
Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame Base Only
FB120H
£216.15
FB220H
£244.20
FB320H
£268.55
FB420H
£252.15
FB520H
£283.80
Single Bar End
FT120H
£241.20
FT220H
£275.60
FT320H
£300.90
FT420H
£285.85
FT520H
£319.55
2 Bar Sides
FT126H
£264.40
FT226H
£299.55
FT326H
£325.75
FT426H
£309.85
FT526H
£345.20
Adjustable Board Trolley
-
-
-
-
FT327H
£349.80
FT427H
£335.20
FT527H
£368.45
314
267_267 10/01/2012 16:06 Page 1
Fort Platform Trucks - with a 5 Year Guarantee FORT PLATFORM TRUCKS - GALVANISED WITH MESH These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002 ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm Rubber tyred castors except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
●
Manufactured Manufacture d FT346H
£358.25
Max Load
500kg
FT346H
FT341H
Handling Equipment
£350.55
FT347H
£376.60 FT341H FT347H
FT342H
£471.85
£434.75
FT342H
FT343H Base Size - mm 850L x 500W Overall Size - mm
Description
FT344H
FT343H
£397.60
990L x 500W x 980H
Base Size - mm 1000L x 600W Overall Size - mm
FT344H Base Size - mm 1000L x 700W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 600W Overall Size - mm
Base Size - mm 1200L x 800W Overall Size - mm
1140L x 600W x 1020H 1140L x 700W x 1020H 1340L x 600W x 1020H 1340L x 800W x 1020H
Base Height - mm 240
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Base Height - mm 280
Model
Model
Model
Model
Price
Model
Price
Price
Price
Price
Galvanised Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame Single Mesh End
FT141H
£281.25
FT241H
£315.30
FT341H
£350.55
FT441H
£325.70
FT541H
£370.25
Double Mesh End
FT142H
£320.95
FT242H
£359.05
FT342H
£397.60
FT442H
£369.45
FT542H
£419.30
3 Mesh Sides
FT143H
£350.85
FT243H
£396.00
FT343H
£434.75
FT443H
£408.70
FT543H
£458.75
4 Mesh Sides
FT144H
£380.65
FT244H
£433.15
FT344H
£471.85
FT444H
£448.25
FT544H
£498.10
4 Mesh Sides & 1/2 Half Drop Side FT145H
£401.25
FT245H
£453.65
FT345H
£492.40
FT445H
£468.85
FT545H
£518.75
Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame Base Only
FB140H
£241.85
FB240H
£266.45
FB340H
£298.25
FB440H
£274.30
FB540H
£313.60
Single Bar End
FT140H
£266.95
FT240H
£297.70
FT340H
£330.60
FT440H
£308.05
FT540H
£349.35
2 Bar Sides
FT146H
£292.55
FT246H
£324.35
FT346H
£358.25
FT446H
£334.65
FT546H
£377.80
Adjustable Board Trolley
-
-
-
-
FT347H
£376.60
FT447H
£355.05
FT547H
£395.10
315
268_268 10/01/2012 16:05 Page 1
Fort Shelf / Distribution Trucks
Handling Equipment
FJ701H
FJ780H
FJ707H
FJ726H
Max Load
500kg
FORT STURDY TRUCKS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Mobile on 200mm Rubber castors, 2 fixed & 2 swivel ● These platform trucks are manufactured from tubular Steel with a smooth Plywood platform set within a Steel angle frame ● Model FJ780H has 3 removable rails with 7 different positions. Rail Heights (from platform) - 320, 630 & 930mm ● Model FJ726H has the addition of 3 shelves (340mm apart), which will take 40kg each, & also has 2 braked castors ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Description
Platform Size mm
Platform Height mm
Overall Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Single Bar End
1200 x 700
310
1000
32
FJ701H
£300.75
Double Bar Ends
1200 x 700
310
1000
34
FJ702H
£368.00
Single Plywood End
1200 x 700
310
1000
33
FJ811H
£370.40
Double Plywood Ends
1200 x 700
310
1000
35
FJ812H
£447.85
Tubular Sided
1200 x 700
310
1000
35
FJ707H
£379.85
Base with 3 Dividing Rails
1200 x 700
310
1240
30
FJ780H
£379.85
Shelf Truck, Base with 3 Shelves
1200 x 700
310
1800
69
FJ726H
£583.85
316
269_269 10/01/2012 16:04 Page 1
Aluminium Trucks ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TRUCK Platform Height: 220mm This single ended unit has a chequer plate Aluminium platform to help prevent items slipping during transportation ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm Polyurethane wheels ● Subject to availability ● ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 600 x 870
Weight kg 25
Model
Price
GIA88Y
£225.00
Max Load
ONLY
500kg
£225.00 LOWER PRICE
GIA88Y
FIRM LOAD ALUMINIUM TRUCKS Max Load Hygienic - easy to clean 400kg Rounded corners for damage prevention ● Platform sides & ends are constructed from Aluminium chequer plate ● Frame & superstructure of Aluminium R.H.S. ● Platform Height: 300mm ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 200mm castors ● ●
Description
GA821R
GA823R
Weight kg
Resilex Wheels
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Cushion Wheels
Price
Model
Price
£712.85
Platform Size - 1210 x 610mm Single End
33
1440 x 645 x 950
GA611R
£822.80
GA611H
Double End
42
1540 x 645 x 950
GA612R
£1036.80
GA612H
£926.90
2 Ends & 1 Removable Side
49
1540 x 645 x 950
GA613R
£1246.75
GA613H
£1136.75
2 Ends & 2 Removable Sides (box body)
57
1540 x 645 x 950
GA614R
£1450.15
GA614H
£1340.30
Platform Size - 1210 x 810mm
GA824R
Single End
44
1440 x 845 x 950
GA821R
£895.45
GA821H
£785.60
Double End
55
1540 x 845 x 950
GA822R
£1116.05
GA822H
£1005.75
2 Ends & 1 Removable Side
62
1540 x 845 x 950
GA823R
£1325.40
GA823H
£1215.55
2 Ends & 2 Removable Sides (box body)
70
1540 x 845 x 950
GA824R
£1521.45
GA824H
£1411.55
ALUMINIUM TURNTABLE TRUCKS Hygienic - easy to clean Optimum weight reduction whilst Manufactured Manufacture d giving maximum load capacity ● Aluminium turntable assembly fitted with Stainless Steel bearing plate ● Framework of fully welded Aluminium RHS ● Turntable assemblies are fitted with Stainless Steel bearings, Zinc Plated Steel axles ● ●
GA910C
Load Capacity 500 kg 750 kg 750 kg
Platform Size L x W x H mm 1210 x 810 x 330 1210 x 810 x 480 2000 x 1000 x 480
Without sides & ends
With Aluminium sides & ends
Wheels All with roller bearing
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
250 x 50mm 4-ply Pneumatic
56 kg
GA910P
£904.35
71 kg
GA930P
£1438.55
250 x 50mm Cushion
57 kg
GA910J
£910.70
72 kg
GA930J
£1456.40
400 x 100mm 4-ply Pneumatic
60 kg
GA910C
£925.30
75 kg
GA930C
£1470.80
400 x 100mm Cushion
88 kg
GA910M
£1003.75
103 kg
GA930M
£1549.10
400 x 100mm 4-ply Pneumatic
118 kg
GA920C
£1317.85
140 kg
GA940C
£1954.90
400 x 100mm Cushion
146 kg
GA920M
£1396.15
168 kg
GA940M
£2032.90
317
Handling Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
270_270 10/01/2012 16:03 Page 1
Stainless Steel Equipment STAINLESS STEEL CUPBOARD Fully welded construction Manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Adjustable feet to allow for uneven surfaces ● The unit incorporates a sliding door & 1 internal fixed shelf ● ●
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN
Manufactured Manufacture d SC1275
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 750 x 830
Shelf Heights mm
1500 x 750 x 830
140 & 460
1800 x 750 x 830
Model
Price
SC1275
£2178.00
SC1575
£2377.70
SC1875
£2622.95
Handling Equipment
STAINLESS STEEL TABLES Fully welded construction Manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Adjustable feet to allow for uneven surfaces ● Sliding Drawer: 440L x 400W x 110Hmm ● Shelf Height: 255mm from ground (static model) ● ●
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN Description
Table
Table & Drawer Optional Castors
Overall Size L x W x H mm 600 x 600 x 815
Bottom Shelf Model Size mm 485 x 545 ST420Z
900 x 600 x 815
785 x 545
ST421Z
£685.75
990 x 545
ST422Z
£787.05
900 x 600 x 815
785 x 545
ST421D £861.60
1100 x 600 x 815
990 x 545
ST422D £964.10 ST001Z
ST421D
£549.25
1100 x 600 x 815
4 Swivel 125mm, 2 Braked Rubber Castors
ST420Z & ST001Z
Price
Manufactured Manufacture d
£77.80
PREPARATION STAINLESS STEEL TABLES Fully welded construction Manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Re-inforced legs & foot rail ● Adjustable feet to allow for uneven surfaces ● Worktop: Polished 1.5mm thick sheet ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
ST1577
318
Table Only
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight
600 x 600 x 765
16
Model
Table with Bottom Shelf Price
Weight
Model
Price
ST0667 £437.65
21
ST0668
£541.80
750 x 750 x 765
19
ST0777 £504.75
29
ST0778
£641.35
1200 x 600 x 765
23
ST1267 £578.75
39
ST01268
£741.80
1200 x 750 x 765
26
ST1277 £640.20
40
ST01278
£818.85
1500 x 750 x 765
31
ST1577 £735.40
48
ST01578 £1060.90
1800 x 750 x 765
36
ST1877 £809.75
56
ST01878 £1221.30
271_271 10/01/2012 16:28 Page 1
Galvanised & Stainless Steel Trucks GALVANISED TRUCKS Hygienic - easy to clean Models GP709H & GP710H are mobile on 4 x 150mm wheels (2 fixed & 2 swivel) ● Models GP711H & GP712H are mobile on 4 x 200mm wheels (2 fixed & 2 swivel) ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d GP711H
£390.70
Single Ended Double Ended Singe Ended Double Ended
Platform Size L x W mm
Platform Height mm
1000 x 450
235
1000 x 600
400kg
Weight kg 40
Model
Price
GP709H
£354.80
45
GP710H
£431.00
45
GP711H
£390.70
50
GP712H
£455.35
285
Handling Equipment
Description
Max Load
GP712H
GP709H
GP711H
STAINLESS STEEL TRUCKS Hygienic - easy to clean Constructed from Grade 304 Stainless steel ● 50 x 50mm mesh Stainless Steel infil on sides & ends ● Sides are easily removable to allow access to the platform ● The table top model has square section Stainless Steel uprights ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 200mm Rubber tyred castors ● ●
ST680H
£675.50
ST680H
ST683H
Max Load
400kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
ST685H
Description
Overall Height mm
Weight kg
Single Mesh End Single Mesh End with Box Rail Two Mesh Ends
970
29
970
32
970
33
Three Mesh Sides
970
36
Four Mesh Sides
970
39
Table Top Unit
990
53
Handle Height
Platform Size mm
720 mm from base
1000 x 600 x 250
Model
Price
ST681H
£593.45
ST680H
£675.50
ST682H
£705.05
ST683H
£811.85
ST684H
£928.55
ST685H
£920.55
ST681H
319
272_272 10/01/2012 16:27 Page 1
Stainless Steel Tray & Shelf Trolleys STAINLESS STEEL SHELF TROLLEYS Hygienic - easy to clean Manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Mobile on 4 non-marking 100mm braked swivel castors ● Tray Size: 775L x 400Wmm ● ●
L o o k i ng
F
or St a in le s s Ste e l Be n c h e s S e e p ag e 193
Max Load
100kg
Handling Equipment
SI812Y
SI803Y
No of Shelves 3
Overall Size L x W x H mm
2 with rod surround
850 x 445 x 895
Distance Between Weight Model Shelves kg 260 14 SI803Y 345
10
SI812Y
Price £194.95 £189.95
STAINLESS STEEL TRAY TROLLEYS Grade 304 Stainless Steel Trays Handle Height: 980mm ● Tray Heights: 2 Tray Units - 165 & 830mm ● Tray Heights: 3 Tray Units - 165, 500 & 830mm ● ●
Max Load
125kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
SS1103 ST1223 No of Trays 2 3 2 3
320
Tray Size mm 755 x 450
1065 x 610
Painted Units
Stainless Units
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
127mm Cushion
24
SS1103
£479.15
ST1203
£720.90
127mm Nylon
22
SS1104
£488.55
ST1204
£730.85
127mm Cushion
28
SS1123
£656.35
ST1223
£935.90
127mm Nylon
26
SS1124
£665.75
ST1224
£945.65
127mm Cushion
37
SS1113
£554.50
ST1213
£863.95
127mm Nylon
35
SS1114
£564.00
ST1214
£873.90
127mm Cushion
46
SS1133
£769.30
ST1233
£1143.65
127mm Nylon
44
SS1134
£778.75
ST1234
£1153.35
273_273 10/01/2012 16:22 Page 1
Stainless Steel Trolleys STAINLESS STEEL SHELF TROLLEYS Manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel Useable Shelf Size: 610L x 410Wmm with a 30mm lip depth ● Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm non-marking castors ● ●
SI203Y
£221.40
Max Load
100kg
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN SI202Y
£184.95 SI203Y
SI202Y
DEEP SHELVED STAINLESS STEEL TRAY TROLLEY Manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel Useable Tray Size: 775L x 400Wmm with a 100mm tray depth ● Mobile on 4 swivel braked non-marking 100mm castors ● ●
Weight kg 7
Model
Price
SI202Y
£184.95
8.5
SI203Y
£221.40
STAINLESS STEEL SHELF TROLLEYS Food grade 304 Stainless Steel - suitable for use in the catering & food industry ● Smooth shelves are fixed in position & fitted with a rod surround to 3 sides ● Handle Height: 980mm ●
Max Load
100kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
100kg
SI822Y
£209.95 ST1302
Models ST1322 & ST1323 are fitted with a centre drawer. Size - external: 358L x 350W x 80Hmm
SI822Y Number of Trays 2
No of Shelves 2
Overall Size L x W x H mm 837 x 443 x 895
Weight kg 14
Model
Price
SI822Y
£209.95
2 with drawer 3 3 with drawer
Shelf Heights mm 165, 830 165, 500, 830
Wheels 4 x 125mm Swivel Rubber Tyred
Shelf Size: 660 x 460 mm Weight
Model
Price
18 kg
ST1302
£496.20
21 kg
ST1322
£680.20
22 kg
ST1303
£622.80
25 kg
ST1323
£806.85
321
Handling Equipment
No of Overall Size Shelf Shelves L x W x H mm Heights mm 2 170 & 780 710 x 470 x 900 3 170, 475 & 780
274_274 10/01/2012 16:21 Page 1
Container & Wire Trolleys CLEVER FOLDING TROLLEY
LOWER PRICES
Load Capacity: 20kg on top tray 40kg on bottom tray ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Manufactured from injection moulded Plastic & anodised Aluminium ● Folded Size: 110L x 470W x 670Hmm ●
COMPLETE WITH A FOLDING BOX & EVEN THIS IN SECONDS
TO THIS
FROM THIS
TO THIS
Max Load
Handling Equipment
60kg
Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push the Green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply strap the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go.... The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels. Weight kg 7
Model
Price
Clever Trolley - c/w 1 folding box
Overall Size L x W x H mm 890 x 550 x 1030
GC051Y
£179.95
Extra Folding Box
525 x 375 x 280
1.5
GC055Z
£23.30
Description
GC051Y
CHROME PLATED WIRE TRAY TROLLEY CHROME PLATED WIRE TRAY TROLLEY Hygienic - easy to clean Corner Buffers for added protection ● Mobile on 125mm rubber wheels, 2 with brakes ● Both trays have deep 130mm sides to help contain contents
Hygienic - easy to clean Removable centre shelf for bulky loads ● Mobile on 2 large fixed 200mm wheels & 2 swivel braked 125mm castors
●
●
●
●
Max Load
120kg
Max Load
150kg
SWI52Y
SWI42Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
950 x 510 x 1100
16.5
SWI42Y
£168.40
860 x 660 x 990
17.5
SWI52Y
£194.95
322
275_275 10/01/2012 16:20 Page 1
wire Trolleys 2 & 3 TIER GENERAL PURPOSE TROLLEYS
2 & 3 TIER BASkET TROLLEYS
Strong & durable Chrome wire trolley ● Adjustable shelves ● 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked
●
●
●
Versatile & adjustable 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
2 Tier
3 Tier
2 Tier
3 Tier
Overall Size W x L x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Overall Size W x L x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
460 x 610 x 850
GPT1824/2
£104.00
GPT1824/3
£119.00
460 x 610 x 850
BT1824/2
£126.00
BT1824/3
£152.00
460 x 915 x 850
GPT1836/2
£116.00
GPT1836/3
£137.00
460 x 915 x 850
BT1836/2
£138.00
BT1836/3
£170.00
EURO BOx cARTS
Handling Equipment
Fully adjustable Bolt Free assembly ● Robust Nickel Chrome Finish ● Mix & Match different height boxes ● Designed to hold 400 x 600mm & 300 x 400mm Euro Boxes Boxes are not included in the below prices ● ●
Description
120 High Box
220 High Box
320 High Box
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
2 Box - 1000H
-
-
-
-
BC2325
£122.00
3 Box - 1000H
-
-
BC3220
£134.00
-
-
4 Box - 1750H
-
-
-
-
BC4325
£146.00
6 Box - 1100H
BC6120
£170.00
-
-
-
-
6 Box - 1750H
-
-
BC6220
£170.00
-
-
8 Box - 1450H
BC8120
£194.00
-
-
-
-
10 Box - 1750H
BC10120
£218.00
-
-
-
-
PRICES HELD
EcLIPSE - SEcURITY ENcLOSURES Standard Eclipse Chrome Wire Shelving enclosed in a tough, durable Chrome wire cage ● The unit incorporates 2 hinged padlocked* doors & 4 shelves (top, bottom & 2 adjustable intermediate) *padlock not included PRICES *units delivered fully assembled HELD ●
STATIc UNIT cOMPLETE Size mm (D x L x H)
Model
Price
460 x 915 x 1625
ESC41836
£398.00
460 x 1220 x 1625
ESC41848
£457.00
MOBILE UNIT c/w 4 x 120MM cASTORS Size mm (D x L x H)
Model
Price
460 x 915 x 1750
MSC41836
£450.00
460 x 1220 x 1750
MSC41848
£509.00
323
276_276 10/01/2012 16:19 Page 1
Distribution Trucks
Manufactured Manufacture d FROM
Handling Equipment
£462.95
NA603R
NA614R
NA604R
NA612R
NA618R
NA615R
NARROW AISLE DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS Adaptable to suit every type of use in warehouses, workshops, hospitals etc ● 3 colour options available:
Overall Size: 1180L x 690W x 1850Hmm Deck/Shelf Size: 1100L x 600Wmm ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm Rubber tyred castors ● 4 shelf height options - 590, 890, 1190, 1490mm ● Load Capacity - 75kg per shelf ● Manufactured from 25mm tubular Steel, with either rod infil, mesh infil or just open ended
●
● ●
Red Blue Green Please specify colour when ordering
Model without Shelves
Model with Shelves
Description
Number of Ends / Sides
Weight
Model
Price
Shelves
Weight
Model
Price
Open Ended
2
-
-
-
2 x Zinc Plated
52 kg
NA602R
£569.30
2
43 kg
NA603R
£462.95
2 x Zinc Plated
57 kg
NA612R
£591.40
Rod Infil
3
49 kg
NA604R
£495.70
2 x Zinc Plated
63 kg
NA613R
£623.85
4
55 kg
NA605R
£528.20
2 x Zinc Plated
69 kg
NA614R
£656.50
-
66 kg
NA615R
£946.40
2 x Zinc Plated
80 kg
NA618R
£1102.05
Full Security Mesh Infil
Optional Extras - Factory Fitted
324
Bolt in Zinc Plated Rod Shelf
7 kg
NA621S
£76.20
Braked Castors - 2 off fitted to swivel castors
-
NA004Z
£62.55
277_277 10/01/2012 16:18 Page 1
Shelf / Distribution Trucks HEAVY DUTY SHELF TRUCKS Ideal for use in factories, warehouses etc. Standard unit comes with 1 x shelf but the unit can hold 2 further shelves (available as extras) ● Load Capacity Per Shelf: 30kg ● Heavy Duty Veneer Removable Shelves ● 2 fixed & 2 Swivel Castors - 200 x 50mm Rubber ● ●
Heavy Duty Veneer Finish
DT809Y
DT809Y Base / Shelf Size mm 960 x 660
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1035 x 705 x 1750
Weight kg 47.5
Model
Price
DT809Y
£437.25
1160 x 760
1235 x 805 x 1750
49
DT810Y
£469.95
Optional Shelves 960 x 660
-
12
DTS08S
£37.50
1160 x 760
-
13.5
DTS10S
£39.95
£437.25 Handling Equipment
Heavy Duty Braked Castors
DT809Y with 2 x DTS08S
HEAVY DUTY DISTRIBUTION TRUCK Lockable doors 2 fixed & 2 Swivel 200mm Rubber castors, 2 with brakes ● Standard unit comes with the base shelf but the unit can hold 3 shelves (available as extras) ● Load Capacity Per Shelf: 30kg ● These shelves can be placed DT901Y in the trolley at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights ● ●
£444.95
Max Load
500kg
DT901Y with 3 x DTS09S Base / Shelf Overall Size Weight Size mm L x W x H mm kg 1150 x 750 1270 x 750 x 1790 52
Model
Price
DT901Y
£444.95
DTS09S
£39.05
DT901Y
Optional Shelves 1150 x 750
-
-
325
278_278 10/01/2012 16:17 Page 1
Distribution Trucks FOLDING SHELF TRUCK
IMPROVED
Folding shelves & ends DESIGN enable this unit to fold flat for compact storage ● Tubular Steel construction with Steel shelves ● Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, 100mm Rubber castors ●
Bolt which holds shelf in folded position
Max Load
100kg
Handling Equipment
CI9003
CI9002
No of Shelves 2
Overall Size - Open L x W x H mm 850 x 460 x 1040
Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm 850 x 150 x 1040
Weight kg 19.5
Model
Price
CI9002
£169.80
3
850 x 460 x 1502
850 x 180 x 1502
28
CI9003
£199.95
FOLDS IN SECONDS
CI9002 Folded
HEAVY DUTY ROLCONTAINERS
3 SIDED SLOPING SHELF TRUCKS
●
Demountable units with stackable bases Constructed from tubular box section ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors
●
●
●
Fully welded construction 3 fixed sloping shelves & deck ● Constructed from tubular box section ● Vertical push/pull handles at both ends ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 150mm castors Max Load
500kg
RB9502 shown with RC9502, RH9502 & RS9502
Max Load
500kg Description Base & 2 Ends
Manufactured Manufacture d
RB9502 shown with RC9502 Overall Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
1100 x 848 x 1690
1000 x 800 x 1500
36
RB9501 £438.95
1540 x 848 x 1690
1440 x 800 x 1500
46
RB9502 £497.75
2100 x 848 x 1690
2000 x 800 x 1500
60
RB9503 £565.40
Model
Price
GP580H
Optional Extras Full Side
Half Drop Side
Rod Infil Shelf
326
990 x 25 x 1500
To Suit RB9501
9
RC9501
£77.00
1430 x 25 x 1500
To Suit RB9502
12
RC9502
£97.40
1990 x 25 x 1500
To Suit RB9503
17
RC9503 £122.30
990 x 25 x 1500
To Suit RB9501
10
RH9501
1430 x 25 x 1500
To Suit RB9502
14
RH9502 £118.70
1990 x 25 x 1500
To Suit RB9503
20
RH9503 £141.85
980 x 730 x 25
To Suit RB9501
5
RS9501
£47.85
1420 x 730 x 25
To Suit RB9502
7
RS9502
£66.00
1980 x 730 x 25
To Suit RB9503
10
RS9503
£94.30
£92.35
Shelf Size mm 915 x 559
1200 x 580 1524 x 762
Shelf Heights mm 280, 660, 1040 & 1420
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1185 x 589 x 1560
1470 x 610 x 1560 1794 x 792 x 1560
Wheels
Weight kg
Cushion
58
Nylon
58
GP560Y £734.45
Cushion
84
GP580H £791.35
Model
Price
GP559H £719.20
Nylon
84
GP581Y £806.60
Cushion
131
GP762H £897.75
Nylon
131
GP763Y £923.00
279_279 10/01/2012 16:16 Page 1
Rolcontainers HEAVY DUTY ROLCONTAINER
Max Load
600kg
3 tubular sides & sheet Steel base Rigidity bar when the unit is open ● Nestable units - ideal where space is limited ● Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, 150mm Rubber castors ● ●
Rigidity Bar
IDEAL WHERE SPACE IS LIMITED
Handling Equipment
RI2003 ready for nesting Overall Size L x W x H mm 800 x 600 x 1690
Weight kg 42
Model
Price
RI2003
£249.95
RI2003
Max Load
500kg Plastic Base re-inforced with Galvanised Steel Tubes
PRICE HELD
Max Load
300kg Rigidity Bar
WP800Y
WP600Y ready for nesting
WORKTAINER
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm 800 x 600 x 1700
3 tubular sides & re-inforced Plastic base Worktainer Nestable units - ideal for confined areas Shelf to Suit Above 735 x 565 ● Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, Worktainer 1100 x 800 x 1700 150mm Rubber castors Shelf to Suit Above 1035 x 765 ● ●
Internal Size Weight Model Price L x W mm kg 740 x 570 42 WP600Y £259.95 -
-
WS600Z
1040 x 770
53
WP800Y £389.95
£85.00
-
-
WS800Z £105.00
327
280_280 10/01/2012 16:15 Page 1
Demountable Rolcontainers Bright Zinc Electroplated finish Re-inforced wire base ● Hygienic - steam clean or pressure wash ● Detachable rod infil sides for easy storage ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors with roller bearings ● ●
Max Load
500kg
Handling Equipment
PRICES HELD
RB1692 RB1693
MANY SIZES & MODELS AVAILABLE TO SUIT YOUR APPLICATION
L o o k i ng
Fo r
M ag n e t Wra p -a ic -ro u n d Po c k e t s ? S e e p ag e 140 RB1694
RB1835 & RC7180
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Height
2 Sided & Straps
715 x 800 x 1690
1530mm
715 x 800 x 1815
1630mm
715 x 800 x 1830
1640mm
Model
3 Sided
Model
Price
RB1694
£169.95
-
-
RB1812 £119.95 RB1813 £147.50 RB1815 £169.95
RB1814
£169.95
-
-
-
-
RB1835
£339.95
RC7180
£19.95
-
Model
-
Shelf to Suit Above Rolcontainers - 715 x 800mm
328
Price
Security (50x50mm Mesh)
RB1692 £119.95 RB1693 £147.50 RB1695 £169.95 -
Price
4 Sided (1/2 Drop Side) Price
-
Model
4 Sided
Model
-
Price
-
281_281 10/01/2012 16:39 Page 1
Rolcontainers LARGE SIZE ROLCONTAINERS ● Stackable bases Bright Zinc Plated finish Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors ● Robust & durable construction ● ●
Max Load
500kg
RB8623 & 4 x RC8613
Manufactured Manufacture d
RB8621
1680 x 800
930 x 800
RB8624 & 2 x RC8611
Optional Half Side
Optional Full Side
Model
Price
Model
Price
1000
23
RB8621
£323.25
RC8611
£48.45
-
-
1500
35
RB8622
£379.25
RC8612
£60.20
-
-
2000
47
RB8623
£420.45
RC8613
£82.15
-
-
1000
23
RB8624
£282.60
-
-
RC8611
£48.45
1500
35
RB8625
£338.05
-
-
RC8612
£60.20
2000
47
RB8626
£378.80
-
-
RC8613
£82.15
‘A’ TYPE NESTABLE ROLCONTAINERS o ● RB1725: on this model the front gate opens through 270 Bright Zinc Electroplated finish ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Nylon castors with roller bearings ● Re-inforced wire base
●
FROM
£169.95 Max Load
500kg
RB1723 RB1725 & RC7383
Units Nesting 3 Sided
4 Sided
Security (50x50mm Mesh)
Shelf to Suit
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Height mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
735 x 830 x 1720
1430
RB1723
£169.95
RB1724
£185.00
RB1725
£199.95
RC7383
£19.95
329
Handling Equipment
Overall Size Internal Weight Rolcontainer (2 Ends) H x W mm Length mm kg Model Price
282_282 10/01/2012 16:38 Page 1
Dollies EASY WAY OF MOVING CONTAINERS
PLASTIC DOLLIES Strong, robust & versatile Ideal for use with 600 x 400mm containers ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors ● ●
Max Load
250kg
PD064S
Description
Handling Equipment
PDT63S Containers not Included
Dolly Dolly with Handle
Overall Size L x W x H mm 600 x 400 x 300 610 x 400 x 930
CARPETED DOLLIES
FURNITURE DOLLY
Strong & durable ● Hardwood construction with Carpeted ends
●
●
Weight kg 4 9
Model
Price
PD064S PDT63S
£69.95 £88.50
Max Load
Supplied in pairs 200kg ● Fitted with ribbed Green Carpet ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors
FD900Y
FD400Y
Overall Size L x W mm 400 x 400
Load Capacity 450 kg
Weight kg 5.5
FD400Y
£35.50
450 x 750
380 kg
8
FD750Y
£42.00
600 x 900
545 kg
10
FD900Y
£52.60
Model
Price
HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC DOLLY ● ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 600 x 300 x 130
Weight kg 5
Price (pair) £72.25
Model FD201N
HEAVY DUTY ANGLE IRON DOLLIES Max Load
Strong & durable Mobile on 4 x 75mm Poly swivel castors
FD201N
350kg
● ●
GS1912 - Complete with removable Plywood deck Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors
Manufactured Manufacture d
GS1913
Max Load
250kg PD350N GS1912
Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 405 x 125
330
Weight kg 6
Model
Price
PD350N
£78.30
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Dolly Dolly with Plywood
622 x 486 x 150
Weight kg 9 10
Model
Price
GS1913 £105.10 GS1912 £140.65
283_283 16/01/2012 12:04 Page 1
Dollies & Panel Movers NEW
‘CONNECT ‘N’ ROLL’ DOLLIES
FROM
£19.95
Each pack consists of 2 Dollies (1 Black & 1 Red). For a greater saving purchase 10 packs (10 Black & 10 Red Dollies) ● Simply ‘Snap Lock’ the Dollies together to create your required size ● Mobile on 4 x 40mm Polypropylene castors ●
1 x PD502Y
6 x PD502Y
Max Load
35kg per Dolly
1 x PD502Y 1 x PD502Y Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Pack Price (per Pair)
10 Pack Price (per Pair)
260 x 260 x 65
2
PD502Y
£24.95
£19.95
6 x PD502Y
PLATE BOGIE ● ●
LIGHTWEIGHT PANEL MOVER
Adjusts to take 115mm thick sheet Mobile on 2 x 125mm Nylon castors
Able to move 2 sheets at a time Mobile on 2 x 100mm rubber castors ● Subject to availability ● ●
Max Load
250kg ONLY
£19.95 PB100Y
IDEAL FOR MOVING PANELS & BOARD Overall Size L x W x H mm 285 x 270 x 280
Weight kg 6
Manufactured Manufacture d
Model
Price
PB100Y
£109.95
PM102Y Overall Size L x W x H mm 530 x 300 x 730
Load Capacity 100 kg
Weight kg 2
Model
Price
PM102Y
£19.95
331
Handling Equipment
SNAP LOCK THE DOLLIES TOGETHER TO CREATE YOUR REQUIRED SIZE
284_284 10/01/2012 16:36 Page 1
Board & D.I.Y. Trolleys Max Load
300kg
BOARD TROLLEY ● ●
Rubber matted platform for grip Adjustable support bar which hooks onto the top of the board & is height adjustable from 1260 to 2050mm depending on the size of your board
HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE
Rubber Matted Platform
Adjustable Support Bar Overall Size L x W x H mm 1410 x 560 x 1260/2050
Platform Size L x W mm 600 x 200
Weight kg 22
Model
Price
GIC96Y
£193.90
GIC96Y
BOARD/D.I.Y. TROLLEYS Max Load
Fit a large amount of board & panels on each unit ● GIC98Y - Incorporates a large perforated Metal tray
Handling Equipment
500kg
●
Max Load
500kg
SUITABLE FOR DOORS, FENCES, DRYWALL & PANELS GIC97Y Weight kg 36
Model
Price
Board Trolley - Metal
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 580 x 1180
GIC97Y
£319.55
D.I.Y. Trolley - Plywood
1290 x 700 x 1190
50
GIC98Y
£377.20
Description GIC98Y
IDEAL FOR A VARIETY OF USES
D.I.Y. TROLLEYS GS194/5H - Incorporates a Plastic coated basket suitable for small packets, bottles & jars etc ● GS196/7H - Heavy Duty unit suitable for large Timber products & heavy bagged / boxed materials
●
Manufactured Manufacture d
GS195H
GS194H
GS197H Overall Size L x W x H mm 915 x 685 x 1000
Platform Height mm 190
Platform Size mm 840 x 685
Basket Size mm 840 x 330 x 155
865 x 485 x 965
140
795 x 485
790 x 150 x 150 Nylon Plain Bearing
2 x 200mm Wheels & 4 x 150mm Swivel
1310 x 710 x 1055
332
255
1210 x 710
Cushion Roller Bearing
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
127mm - Cushion Swivel
Load Capacity 270 kg
GS194H
£341.50
102mm - Cushion Swivel
250 kg
16
GS195H
£281.65
GS196N
£572.60
GS197H
£511.70
Wheels
500 kg
30
285_285 10/01/2012 16:35 Page 1
Board & Beam Trolleys HEAVY DUTY DRY WALL BOARD TROLLEY Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm heavy duty castors ● Ideal for a vast range of boards from doors, fences, drywall & large sheet panels ● The platform incorporates lips either side to help make it easier to put the board on the trolley ●
Max Load
800kg DWT80Y with board
Platform Lips Overall Size L x W x H mm 1190 x 575 x 990
Weight kg 44
Model
Price
DWT80Y
£224.95
ADJUSTABLE BOARD TROLLEYS
2 WHEEL BOARD TROLLEY Platform Size: 633L x 152Wmm
●
2 support handles
●
Platform Height: 295mm
Handling Equipment
●
DWT80Y
Max Load
Max Load
250kg
100kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
GS180H GS182H
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size L x W x H mm 2134 x 455 x 1020
GS130D
Weight Model Price kg 200mm Cushion 13.5 GS130D £208.85 Wheels
Diamond Units
Model
Model
Platform Size L x W mm
Weight kg
1070 x 706 x 970
1000 x 700
47
GS182H £420.35 GS180H £433.75
1270 x 806 x 970
1200 x 800
54
GS183H £444.65 GS181H £449.95
CARPET TROLLEY ●
Firm Load Units
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Price
Price
BEAM TROLLEYS
‘V’ Cradle Height: 475mm
Fully welded Steel construction Manufacture Manufactured d Steel ‘shoes’ to prevent wear ● Top Frame Size: 1000 x 400mm ● ●
Max Load
500kg
GS860H
GS820B
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1515 x 555 x 533
Manufactured Manufacture d Weight kg 400mm Pneumatic 17 Wheels
Model
Price
GS820B £306.05
Wheels 200mm Cushion
Load Capacity 200 kg
Model
Price
GS860H
£192.15
200mm Nylon
GS861N
£211.20
350mm Cushion
GS862L
£229.70
GS863M
£240.05
GS864B
£215.15
400mm Cushion 400mm Pneumatic
400 kg
333
286_286 10/01/2012 16:33 Page 1
cash & carry Trolleys Max Load
100kg Max Load
200kg PRICE HELD
GIC81Y
RETENTION ROD
NST10Y
FOLDING TOP SHELF. IDEAL FOR MOVING LARGER ITEMS
GIC81Y
NESTAbLE TROLLEY Heavy Duty Plastic platform Folding Top Basket ● Easily nested due to the tip up tray & hinged base platform ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking swivel Rubber castors, 2 with brakes
Handling Equipment
●
STOcK TROLLEY
●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 960 x 570 x 950
Weight kg 15
3 x NST10Y Nested
Folding top shelf to allow you to fit larger goods on the bottom shelf ● Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm Rubber castors ● Load Cap: Top Shelf 50kg & Bottom Shelf 150kg ●
Model
Price
GIC81Y
£139.95
cASH & cARRY NESTAbLE
Overall Size L x W x H mm 540 x 905 x 940
Shelf Heights mm 220 / 535
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
NST10Y
£154.30
HIGH LOADING cASH & cARRY
Platform Size: 1130 x 620mm 100 nestable trolleys can be stored in the space normally occupied by 27 conventional units (37m) ● Both models with roller bearing wheels ● Load Capacity: GP1633 - 300kg GP164H - 500kg
High platform for ease of loading Rear nesting, allowing easy access to trolleys ● 100 of these trolleys can be stored in the space normally occupied by 25 conventional units (30m) ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm non-marking Cushion castors
●
●
●
●
Max Load
300kg GP166H
£351.75 NESTAbLE FOR cOMPAcT STORAGE
GP1633 & GP701A
Manufactured Manufacture d
GP164H & GP701A
GP166H Overall Size Platform L x W x H mm Height mm
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Standard 1230 x 700 x 950
215
1230 x 750 x 975
292
2 fixed - 125 2 swivel - 125
23
GP1633 £287.70
29
GP164H £336.55
Heavy Duty
Bottle Basket
334
2 fixed - 200 2 swivel - 125
500 x 203 mm
GP701A £28.95
Manufactured Manufacture d Platform Size L x W x H mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1185 x 580 x 315
1220 x 690 x 900
27
GP166H
£351.75
287_287 10/01/2012 16:32 Page 1
Cash & Carry Trolleys FOLDING PLATFORM TRUCK Folding handles - compact design Lightweight Aluminium construction ● Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel castors & 2 x 125mm centrally positioned fixed castors ● ●
Max Load
300kg
GIC82Y Folded Overall Size L x W x H mm 1500 x 457 x 940
Folded Height mm 275
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
GIC82Y
£219.95
GIC82Y
HEAVY DUTY CASH & CARRY TROLLEYS Removable handles - compact storage Steel chequer plate decks for extra grip ● Mobile on 4 x 110mm swivel Rubber castors & 2 x 200mm centrally positioned Polyurethane fixed wheels ● ●
Handling Equipment
Max Load
1000kg
IDEAL FOR HEAVY DUTY USE
Kickplate - Help avoid trapped feet
GIC83Y GIC84Y
Overall Size Platform Weight L x W x H mm Height mm kg Blue - Narrow 1610 x 410 x 1830 80 270 Grey - Wide 1520 x 610 x 1520 124 Description
Model
Price
GIC83Y
£194.25
GIC84Y
£225.65
NARROW AISLE CASH & CARRY TROLLEY ● ●
Ideal for use where there is restricted turning space Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel Rubber castors & 2 x 200mm centrally positioned fixed Rubber wheels
Max Load
250kg
IDEAL FOR NARROW PASSAGEWAYS
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1525 x 380 x 1209
Platform Height mm 230
Weight kg 39
Model
Price
GP162H
£316.35
GP162H
335
288_288 10/01/2012 16:32 Page 1
Wire Mesh Trucks WIRE MESH TRUCK Manufactured from 40mm Mesh with a half drop down front ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm castors ●
NEW
GIS73M
£299.95
Handling Equipment
IDEAL FOR HEAVY DUTY USE
Max Load
250kg GIS73M
External Size L x W x H mm 1155 x 615 x 905
Internal Size L x W x H mm 840 x 545 x 520
Weight Model Price kg 24 GIS73M £299.95
WIRE MESH TRUCKS Constructed from 50mm Mesh with 18mm Exterior Grade Plywood Base ● The lids are padlockable (padlock not included) ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors ● When the lid is shut the drop down front will not open leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit ●
Manufactured Manufacture d FROM
£292.95
GL1573
GL1263
1260L x 610W x 970H MM UNITS
1560L x 730W x 970H MM UNITS
Description
Load Weight Capacity kg
Model
Price
Description
Load Weight Capacity kg
Model
Price
4 Mesh Sides
250 kg
25
GL1243 £292.95
4 Mesh Sides
250 kg
28
GL1543 £386.50
4 Mesh Sides with Lid
250 kg
30
GL1253 £371.50
4 Mesh Sides with Lid
250 kg
35
GL1553 £470.45
4 Mesh Sides with 1/2 Drop Side
250 kg
28
GL1263 £341.15
4 Mesh Sides with 1/2 Drop Side
250 kg
33
GL1563 £424.10
4 Mesh Sides with 1/2 Drop Side & Lid
250 kg
33
GL1273 £419.70
4 Mesh Sides with 1/2 Drop Side & Lid
250 kg
40
GL1573 £507.95
336
289_289 10/01/2012 16:31 Page 1
Warehouse Trucks WIRE MESH TRUCKS 50 x 50 x 10mm gauge mesh Internal Size: 920L x 670W x 650Hmm ● End wheels move along axle & are re-centralised by 2 return springs ● GW301H & GW311H are mobile on 4 x 200mm Cushion wheels ● GW302Y & GW312Y are mobile on 4 x 200mm Nylon wheels ● ●
Max Load
300kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size L x H mm
Description 3 Sides & Half Side
Model
Price
40
GW301H
£457.30
40
GW302Y
£519.45
45
GW311H
£501.45
45
GW312Y
£556.15
970 x 890
3 Sides & Half Drop Side
970 x 890
GW311H
Handling Equipment
Weight kg
BULK HANDLING TRUCKS Fully welded construction with four rounded corners & all round bumper strip Designed for either manual or power towing using the rear towing hitch & towbar ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm Rubber castors ● Overall Height: 1190mm ● Internal Body Height: 900mm ● 18mm Plywood Deck - varnished ● ●
Max Load
500kg
FROM
Manufactured Manufacture d
£626.05
BH271H fitted with BH005Z
BH270H fitted with 2 x BS271Z, BH004Z & BH002Z Platform Size mm
Mesh Superstructure Weight
Model
Price
Tubular Superstructure Weight
Model
Price
Centre Shelf Model
Price
Optional Extras
Model
Price
Braked Castors (2 off swivel wheel lock)
BH001Z
£60.10 £43.55
1000 x 700
45 kg BH170H £650.00 37 kg BH171H £626.05 BS171Z £75.75
Rear Towing Hitch
BH002Z
1200 x 700
50 kg BH270H £689.55 44 kg BH271H £658.95 BS271Z £75.75
Towbar
BH003Z
£81.75
1200 x 1000 60 kg BH210H £726.25 50 kg BH211H £694.60 BS211Z £110.10
4th Side with Half Drop Hinged
BH004Z
£223.70
1500 x 1000 70 kg BH510H £808.95 60 kg BH511H £759.30 BS511Z £118.55
4th Half Side (not available on the Mesh Units)
BH005Z
£104.95
337
290_290 10/01/2012 16:30 Page 1
Convertible Trolleys 3 WAY CONVERTIBLE TROLLEY Versatile trolley constructed in tubular Steel with sides & base of White Melamine faced Chipboard ● Trolley sides can be pivoted to form one or two shelves ● Platform Height: 200mm ● 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm wheels ●
Max Load
250kg
GC8743
£413.40 GC8743 ONLY
Handling Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
EASILY AdApTABLE FOR dIFFERENT AppLICATIONS
GC8743 - Position 1
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1070 x 610 x 910
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Shelf & Base Size L x W mm
990 x 560 x 585
990 x 585
GC8743 Position 2
Model
Price
Nylon
Weight kg 35
GC8733
£413.40
Cushion
35
GC8743
£413.40
Wheels
GC8743 Position 3
5 WAY CONVERTIBLE TROLLEY Converts quickly & easily into 5 different trolleys Shelves convert without removing any nuts & bolts ● Versatile trolley constructed in tubular Steel with sides & base of varnished, exterior Plywood ● Single Shelf Section: 375mm x 1220mm AS A 3 TIER SHELF TROLLEY ● Shelf Size: 760 x 1220mm ● Shelf Heights: 275 / 675 / 1060mm ● Shelf Clearance: Bottom: 395mm, Top: 360mm
Max Load
●
200kg
●
Manufactured Manufacture d
GC8765 - Position 2
GC8765 - Position 3
GC8765 - Position 4
GC8765 - Position 5
GC8765 Position 1 Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels
Weight kg
1280 x 760 x 1240
200mm cushion roller bearing Firm Load
70
GC8755 £703.35
1280 x 760 x 1240
200mm & 150mm cushion roller bearing Easy Steer
70
GC8765 £703.35
338
Model
Price
291_291 10/01/2012 16:51 Page 1
Self Levelling & Security Trolleys
HELP PREVENT BACK STRAIN Manufactured Manufacture d
GS9126
GS9125
SELF LEVELLING TROLLEYS - BAG
●
Constructed from Galvanised Steel sides & ends Fully welded frame & exterior grade Plywood deck ● Unloaded Height: 800mm
●
●
●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 935 x 730 x 932
Wheels 125mm Cushion
Load Capacity 100 kg
Re-inforced Heavy Duty PVC bag Fully welded frame & exterior grade Plywood deck ● Unloaded Height: 650mm
Weight Model Price kg 50 GS9126 £649.90
Overall Size L x W x H mm 935 x 730 x 932
Wheels 125mm Cushion
Load Capacity 100 kg
Weight Model Price kg 40 GS9125 £615.95
WAREHOUSE TRUCKS ●
Strong fully welded construction
●
Firm Load Trucks: ● GW121/2Y Overall Height: 1030mm ● GW131/2H Overall Height: 1090mm
●
Balanced Trucks: ● Designed to pivot on centre wheels ● End wheels move along axle & are re-centralised by 2 return springs ● Overall Height: 1105mm ● Plywood End Depth: 680mm
GW144H GW131H
Manufactured Manufacture d
WAREHOUSE TRUCKS SUITABLE FOR USE THROUGHOUT INDUSTRY
GW121Y
GW131H ONLY Description
Load Capacity
Platform Size L x W x H mm
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
Firm Load Trucks Single End Double End Single End - Re-inforced Uprights Double End - Re-inforced Uprights
300 kg 500 kg
1065 x 600 x 230
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 160mm Nylon
38
GW121Y
£349.40
40
GW122Y
£426.45
1500 x 760 x 300
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 200mm Cushion
45
GW131H
£467.40
49
GW132H
£531.35
4 x 200mm Cushion
46
GW144H
£545.25
4 x 200mm Nylon
46
GW145Y
£562.90
Balanced Trucks - Plywood Ends Double End - Re-inforced Uprights
500 kg
1220 x 685 x 285
339
Handling Equipment
SELF LEVELLING TROLLEYS - BOX
292_292 10/01/2012 16:50 Page 1
Wheelbarrows & Balanced Trucks LARGE WHEELBARROWS Metal bodies bolted to tubular Steel frames Mobile on 2 x 400mm wheels ● Smooth Interior ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d WB656B
Handling Equipment
WB608B Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
282
1981 x 838 x 930
170
1727 x 762 x 730
Body Size L x W x D mm 1295 x 711 x 457/381 1219 x 711 x 305/229
Painted Body
Galvanised Body
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
Pneumatic
49
WB606B
£600.60
WB656B
£672.10
Cushion
62
WB606M
£634.70
WB656M
£703.95
Pneumatic
40
WB608B
£485.70
WB658B
£540.30
Cushion
54
WB608M
£518.10
WB658M
£571.90
WATER BARROWS
HEAVY DUTY WHEELBARROWS
●
Capacity: 136 Litres Overall Size: 1270 x 787 x 700mm ● Galvanised water bin with pouring lip
●
●
●
Capacity: 425 Litres Overall Size: 1956L x 889W x 1050Hmm ● Mobile on 2 x 400mm roller bearing wheels
Manufactured Manufacture d Manufactured Manufacture d WB659M WB612B Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
Pneumatic
29
WB612B
£596.40
Cushion
43
WB612M
£629.00
Body Size L x W x D mm 1524 x 838 x 457
Painted Body
Galvanised Body
Wheels
Weight kg
Pneumatic
61
WB609B £683.25 WB659B £783.35
Cushion
75
WB609M £715.85 WB659M £814.40
Model
Price
Model
Price
BALANCED TRUCKS Max Load
250kg Max Load
200kg
HB320B Platform Size L x W x H mm
Overall Size Weight Wheels L x H mm kg Single Wheel Balanced Truck
1525 x 660 x 413
Model
Price
355mm Cushion
39.5
HB320L £431.60
1525 x 660 x 440 1955 x 660 400mm Pneumatic
35.5
HB320B £417.70
1525 x 660 x 440
42
HB320M £440.25
400mm Cushion
Twin Wheel Balanced Truck with 200D mm Box Body 1020 x 610 x 413 1730 x 660
340
355mm Cushion
38
HB323L £439.80
HB323L
Manufactured Manufacture d
293_293 17/01/2012 17:03 Page 1
Wheelbarrows ‘HEFTY’ WHEELBarrOWS ● ●
100% Virgin pure HDPE Plastic body with a strong Galvanised Steel frame Mobile on a 400mm Pneumatic wheel
NEW
LOWER PRICE WB726B
PB726B
LargE 140L HEaPED CaPaCITY
£76.75 FOr HEaVY DUTY USE EVErY DaY IN aLL TraDES WB726B
Colour Pink Blue
PB726B
Body Size L x W mm
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
1450 x 580
140
12
Model
Price
PB726B
£76.75
WB726B
£76.75
WHEELBarrOWS WB710B: features Galvanised Steel rust resistant body. Mobile on a 310mm Pneumatic wheel for use over rough terrain ● WB711B: features under pan support that gives far greater strength. Mobile on a 360mm Pneumatic wheel for uneven terrain ●
NEW WB711B
FROM
£49.95 WB710B
Body Material Galvanised Steel
Capacity Overall Size Litres LxWxH 100 1200 x 600 x 680 90
1250 x 550 x 650
Body Size LxWxH 800 x 600 x 200
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
WB710B
£49.95
800 x 550 x 240
9
WB711B
£54.95
341
Handling Equipment
ONLY
294_294 10/01/2012 16:48 Page 1
Balanced Trucks PLYWOOD DECKED BALANCED TRUCKS Strong & robust Plywood decked trucks Fully welded rolled Steel & tubular sections ● Hinged sides are of Plywood & can be easily removed when required
HB342B
●
£465.60
●
Max Load
HB348B
400kg
HB349B
HIGHLY MANOEUVRABLE
Manufactured Manufacture d HB342B
Overall Size L x W mm
Description
Handling Equipment
2 Wheel Truck with Handles
2085 x 810
2 Wheel Truck without Handles
1770 x 810
2 Wheel Truck with Handles & 205mm drop down Sides
2085 x 810
2 Wheel Truck without Handles, with 205mm drop down Sides
Platform Size L x W x H mm
Side Height mm
1500 x 800 x 420
1500 x 800 x 420
-
205
1770 x 810 1470 x 710
1200 x 700 x 420
205
Model
Price
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
Weight kg 51
HB342B
£465.60
Wheels (Roller Bearing) 2 x 400mm Cushion
65
HB342M
£540.90
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
48
HB348B
£518.00
2 x 400mm Cushion
62
HB348M
£541.30
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
60
HB345B
£642.20
2 x 400mm Cushion
74
HB345M
£665.70
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
57
HB349B
£633.95
2 x 400mm Cushion
71
HB349M
£652.65
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
48
HB351B
£557.20
2 x 400mm Cushion
62
HB351M
£588.50
TIMBER DECKED BALANCED TRUCKS Strong & robust Timber decked trucks Fully welded rolled Steel & tubular sections ● Hinged sides are of Steel & can be easily removed when required ● ●
TURN THIS UNIT WITHIN ITS OWN BODY LENGTH Manufactured Manufacture d HB800J
HB650B
HB750J
HB600B
Description
Load Capacity
Overall Size L x W mm
Platform Size L x W x H mm
Side Height mm
2 Wheel Truck
400 kg
1900 x 650
1500 x 650 x 440
-
Model
Price
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
Weight kg 52
HB650B
£511.15
2 x 400mm Cushion
58
HB650M
£534.60
2 x 400mm Pneumatic
56
HB600B
£628.10
2 x 400mm Cushion
62
HB600M
£649.30
Wheels
2 Wheel Truck with Hinged Sides
400 kg
1900 x 650
1500 x 600 x 440
225
4 Wheel Truck
350 kg
1500 x 800
1145 x 800 x 420
-
2 x 250 & 2 x 200mm Rubber
52
HB800J
£553.10
300
2 x 250 & 2 x 200mm Rubber
59
HB750J
£651.55
4 Wheel Truck with Hinged Sides
342
350 kg
1500 x 800
1145 x 750 x 420
295_295 10/01/2012 16:46 Page 1
General Purpose Trucks TI207B
£124.95 TI208B
£162.75
TI207B
UNIQUE TIPPING ACTION
Locking mechanism keeps the easy clean Polyethylene body from tipping, controlled by an easy release mechanism
TI208B
PRICES HELD
TIP-A-TRUCKS
Unique Tipping Action - the trucks easily tip when lifted to make it easier to dispense the contents ● Large wheels give these units a smooth ride over rough & uneven terrain ● The easy to clean Polyethylene body is supported by a strong & durable Steel frame ●
Load Capacity 200 kg
Capacity Litres 80
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1150 x 500 x 470
Weight kg 17
400 kg
125
1180 x 580 x 630
25
Wheel Size
Model
Price
250mm
TI207B
£124.95
300mm
TI208B
£162.75
PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCK
TWO TRAY PLATFORM TRUCK
●
● 330mm Pneumatic wheels Easy to clean Frame Size: 1170L x 760W x 229Hmm ● The corners on this unit are rounded to help prevent damage to walls
●
●
●
Fitted with 250mm Pneumatic Steel centred wheels Mesh Size: 50 x 25mm Diamond Pattern ● Top Tray Height: 825mm
Max Load
350kg
Max Load
150kg
TI204B TI203B
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1315 x 765 x 1090
Weight kg 29
Model
Price
TI204B
£219.95
Platform Size L x W x H mm 980 x 510 x 335
Weight kg 30
Model
Price
TI203B
£169.95
343
Handling Equipment
As the unit is tipped, the wheels slide to the middle of the unit, giving you greater comfort when in use
296_296 10/01/2012 16:45 Page 1
Turntable Trucks UTILITY TURNTABLE TRUCKS Fully welded construction with exterior grade Plywood deck with optional factory fitted fixed Plywood sides & ends ● Friction turntable mechanism with fixed rear axle ●
FROM
£238.10
Max Load
200kg
MAKES LIGHT WORK OF FACTORY & WAREHOUSE BULK MOVEMENT
Max Load
200kg
GP902H
Manufactured Manufacture d
Handling Equipment
GP901H
Platform Size L x W mm
Truck without Sides & Ends
Truck with 200mm Sides & Ends
Platform Height mm
Wheel Size mm
Wheel Type
Weight kg
Model
Price
Weight kg
Model
Price
328
200
Rubber
21
GP901H
£238.10
28
GP902H
£290.25
900 x 500 1200 x 600 1500 x 700
398
260
Pneumatic
21
GP901P
£271.20
28
GP902P
£322.95
328
200
Rubber
28
GP903H
£267.00
37
GP904H
£338.30
398
260
Pneumatic
28
GP903P
£300.65
37
GP904P
£372.15
328
200
Rubber
35
GP905H
£329.80
45
GP906H
£433.40
398
260
Pneumatic
35
GP905P
£365.85
45
GP906P
£469.00
ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCKS The Aluminium deck model has an all tubular Steel deck surround with radiused corners & an Aluminium Chequer Plate deck ● It is fitted with a ball bearing turntable plate & the handle is spring loaded to return to upright position ● The sheet Steel & expanded Metal models have a 35mm lip all round the deck ●
Aluminium Chequer Plate
GP896K
Box Body
Sheet Steel Deck GP717J
Description
Platform Platform Size Height
Aluminium Deck
1000 x 650 mm
320mm
GP998P with GP890Z Wheels
Max Weight Load kg kg
250mm Pneumatic
500
33
Model
Price
GP716P
£540.95
250mm Cushion
500
36
GP717J
£540.95
200mm Pneumatic
180
33
GP896K
£376.00
200mm Cushion
350
35
GP897H
£337.55
250mm Pneumatic
450
36
GP898P
£383.40
250mm Cushion
450
39
GP899J
£388.85
200mm Pneumatic
180
25
GP996K
£384.00
200mm Cushion
350
27
GP997H
£339.90
250mm Pneumatic
450
28
GP998P
£390.95
250mm Cushion 450 Optional Box Body to suit Sheet Steel or Expanded Metal Models - Size: 900L x 600W x 250H mm 18 mm thick Exterior grade plywood
31
GP999J
£389.40
12
GP890Z
£109.50
Sheet Steel 910 x Deck 610 mm
Expanded Metal Deck
344
910 x 610 mm
300mm
280mm
Manufactured Manufacture d
Expanded Metal Deck
GP998P
297_297 10/01/2012 16:44 Page 1
General Purpose Turntable Trucks FOUR WHEEL ACKERMAN TRUCKS Available in 3 Wheel Options Ackerman, dual axle trolley - enables tight turning circles without threatening the stability of the load ● Detachable sides & ends are available as options ● ●
FROM ONLY
£341.70
ACKERMAN STEERING FOR TIGHTER TURNING CIRCLES
AT901J & AT901S
Description Flat Deck Unit
Wheels
AT901L
Platform Size L x W mm
250mm Pneumatic 250mm Cushion
1200 x 600
Platform Load Weight Height mm Capacity kg kg 250 38 310 250 42
350mm Cushion
Detachable Sides & Ends
-
Model
Price
AT901P
£341.70
AT901J
£353.10
435
400
60
AT901L
£374.00
-
-
-
AT901S
£118.35
HEAVY dUTY TURNTAbLE TRUCKS
ACKERMAN STEERING LINKAGE
250mm dia Rubber, Steel centred Heavy Duty wheels ● Handle Height: 1070mm ● 4 Sided Unit Sides: 180mm ● This unit incorporates a Heavy Duty handle operated park brake ● Lift the handle up & it operates the stoppers on the wheels shown on the image on the left hand side ●
IdEAL FOR THE MOST dEMANdING jObS TI802B
£421.50
TI802B
Max Load
700kg TI801B
£489.95
Handle Operated Park Brake Hard Wearing Veneer Finish
Description Flat Deck Unit 4 Sided Unit
Platform Size L x W mm 1250 x 700
Weight kg 65 86
Model
Price
TI802B TI801B
£421.50 £489.95
TI801B
345
Handling Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
298_298 10/01/2012 16:43 Page 1
General Purpose Trucks
Max Load
250kg
Handling Equipment
TI202B
FROM ONLY
£159.95 GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS IDEAL FOR USE THROUGHOUT INDUSTRY Max Load
250kg
TI206B
Description Mesh Base Plywood Base
346
Platform Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 610 x 310
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Weight kg 35
Model
Price
TI202B
£159.95
36
TI206B
£169.95
Fitted with 250mm Pneumatic Steel centred wheels TI202B - mesh size: 50 x 25mm Diamond Pattern ● TI206B - 15mm Exterior Grade Plywood ● ●
299_299 10/01/2012 16:42 Page 1
General Purpose Trucks FOR HEAVY DUTY USE WITH A MASSIVE
Max Load
400kg
400KG
LOAD CAPACITY
TI201B
£189.95
Handling Equipment
TI201B
GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS IDEAL FOR USE THROUGHOUT INDUSTRY
Max Load
400kg TI205B
£199.95
PLATFORM TRUCK WITH MESH SIDES Platform Size: 1200 x 600mm & 2 x 275mm drop down mesh sides & ends. ● TI201B - Mesh Base Diamond Pattern ● TI205B - 15mm Exterior Grade Plywood Base ● Mobile on 340mm Pneumatic Steel centred wheels ● Sides & ends interlock together
TI205B
●
Description Mesh Base Plywood Base
Platform Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 600 x 360
Weight kg 43
Model
Price
TI201B
£189.95
44
TI205B
£199.95
347
300_300 10/01/2012 16:40 Page 1
Hand Drawn Trucks
NT482B
Manufactured Manufacture d
£580.75
NT482B & 2000x1000/WG
NT482B
NT502B
£819.10
Handling Equipment
HEAVY DUTY LOAD CAPACITY UP TO 750KG
From
£372.75
NT502B
All sizes are fitted with a Friction Turntable plate assembly. Ball Bearing Turntable Plate assembly is available on all models - Call for Details ● Both Metal & Plywood sided units have removable hinged sides & fixed ends ●
FRICTION PARKING BRAKE Description Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks. Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform
Model
Price
ET709A
£168.00
WIRE MESH SUPERSTRUCTURE ● Suitable for trucks without sides & ends ● Height: 910mm infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh & a half drop side gate ● Demountable to enable wider application
NT482B & 2000x1000/TG10
TUBULAR STEEL SUPERSTRUCTURE ● Factory fitted ● Available either 500 or 1000mm high. 1000mm high comes with a half side for easy access ● Demountable to enable wider application
Platform Size mm 1220 x 610
Box with Half Drop Side Suffix / WG
£373.65
Platform Tubular Steel Suffix Tubular Steel Suffix Price Price Size mm - 500mm High - 1000mm High 1220 x 610 /TG5 £219.15 /TG10 £366.60
1220 x 760
/ WG
£382.00
1220 x 760
/TG5
£225.30
/TG10
£369.25
1500 x 760
/ WG
£427.85
1500 x 760
/TG5
£414.40
/TG10
£440.80
2000 x 1000
/ WG
£514.95
2000 x 1000
/TG5
£432.10
/TG10
£460.20
Load Capacity 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg 750 kg
750 kg
750 kg
348
Platform Platform Size mm Height mm
1220 x 610 1220 x 760 1500 x 760 2000 x 1000
Price
Without Sides & Ends Wheels
Weight kg
With Plywood Sides & Ends 300mm Deep
With Sheet Steel Sides & Ends 200mm Deep
Model
Price
Weight kg
Model
Price
Weight kg
Model
Price
430
250mm Cushion Plain Bearing
46
NT479J
£372.75
70
NT489J
£564.95
94
NT499J
£574.25
430
250mm Pneumatic Roller Bearing
42
NT479P
£400.25
66
NT489P
£592.45
90
NT499P
£601.65
405
200mm Cushion Roller Bearing
40
NT479H
£364.20
64
NT489H
£556.40
88
NT499H
£565.65
480
350mm Cushion Roller Bearing
60
NT480L
£463.30
84
NT490L
£658.15
108
NT500L
£666.50
505
400mm Cushion Roller Bearing
70
NT480M
£488.55
94
NT490M
£683.50
118
NT500M
£691.80
505
400mm Pneumatic Roller Bearing
50
NT480B
£449.80
74
NT490B
£644.70
98
NT500B
£653.05
480
350mm Cushion Roller Bearing
65
NT481L
£508.90
91
NT491L
£725.50
117
NT501L
£720.15
505
400mm Cushion Roller Bearing
75
NT481M
£532.65
101
NT491M
£749.25
127
NT501M
£743.95
505
400mm Pneumatic Roller Bearing
55
NT481B
£498.60
81
NT491B
£715.15
107
NT501B
£709.90
480
350mm Cushion Roller Bearing
85
NT482L
£596.40
119
NT492L
£846.45
153
NT502L
£834.80
505
400mm Cushion Roller Bearing
95
NT482M
£609.25
129
NT492M
£859.30
163
NT502M
£847.65
505
400mm Pneumatic Roller Bearing
70
NT482B
£580.75
104
NT492B
£830.85
138
NT502B
£819.10
301_301 10/01/2012 17:04 Page 1
Hand
Drawn Trucks
SUITABLE FOR USE THROUGHOUT INDUSTRY
TP500C, TP501M/C, TP502M/C ONLY
FROM
£560.95
TURNTABLE & ACKERMAN TRUCKS ●
● ●
Fully welded tubular Steel & angle section construction with platform of either tongue & groove Timber boards or exterior grade Plywood
TP522C
Turntable Trucks: fitted with ball-bearing turntable assembly. Easily steered when loaded Ackerman Trucks: steers from a central pivot, transmitted by adjustable track rods. No possibility of tipping whilst turning as the wheels are located underneath the corners at all times Description Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks. Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform
Model
Price
TP709A
£168.00
WIRE MESH SUPERSTRUCTURE Suitable for Turntable or Ackerman trucks without sides & ends ● Height: 915mm infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh ● Box construction with 1 lift out long side ●
TP502C
Load Platform Capacity Size mm
Platform Height mm
750 kg 1200 x 700
1000 kg
1500 x 800
505
2000 x 1000
Platform Size mm 1200 x 700
Box Suffix / WM
Box with Half Drop Price Side Suffix £353.90 / WG £385.30
1500 x 800
/ WM
£417.45
/ WG
£431.80
2000 x 1000
/ WM
£512.60
/ WG
£519.55
Price
Weight
Without Sides & Ends Timber Plywood Price Model Model Turntable Trucks
400mm Pneumatic
62 kg
TP500C
TP520C
£921.45
TP620C
£871.90
400mm Cushion
105 kg TP501M £749.50 TP601M £718.30 133 kg TP521M
£1101.80
TP621M
£1076.55
400mm Pneumatic
77 kg
£650.20 105 kg TP521C
£1030.00
TP621C
£1000.95
400mm Cushion
132 kg TP502M £906.35 TP602M £880.30 165 kg TP522M
£1292.05
TP622M
£1232.60
£805.65 138 kg TP522C
£1211.45
TP622C
£1157.60
Wheels 4 x Roller Bearing
TP501C
400mm Pneumatic 105 kg TP502C
£582.65 £681.40 £831.70
TP600C TP601C TP602C
Price
Weight
£560.95
88 kg
With Sides & Ends (300mm Deep) Timber Plywood Price Price Model Model
Two Wheel Ackerman Trucks
1000 kg
1500 x 800 2000 x 1000
505
400mm Pneumatic
79 kg
£804.60 109 kg TP523C
£1172.45
TP623C
£1113.35
400mm Cushion
106 kg TP503M £910.90 TP603M £879.75 137 kg TP523M
TP503C
£1248.10
TP623M
£1190.85
400mm Pneumatic
99 kg
£927.05 133 kg TP524C
£1302.50
TP624C
£1284.40
400mm Cushion
126 kg TP504M £1027.85 TP604M £1002.00 160 kg TP524M
£1377.35
TP624M
£1359.30
TP504C
£835.75 £953.05
TP603C TP604C
349
Handling Equipment
Manufactured Manufacture d
302_302 10/01/2012 17:02 Page 1
Industrial Trailers
Manufactured Manufacture d FROM
£735.25 IT560C
Handling Equipment
Description Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks. Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform
Model
Price
IT709A
£171.30
Towing Hitch - When several trailers are to be used in a train. A rear towing hitch can be fitted to all models
Model
Price
IT710A
£67.60
WIRE MESH SUPERSTRUCTURE Suitable for trailers without sides & ends Height: 915mm infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh ● Box construction with 1 lift out long side ● ●
Box Suffix / WM
2000 x 1000
/ WM
2500 x 1250
/ WM
Load Capacity
1000 kg
2000 kg
Platform Size mm 1500 x 800 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1250
£417.45
Box with Half Drop Side Suffix / WG
£431.80
£512.60
/ WG
£519.55
£585.45
/ WG
£607.30
Price
Platform Height mm
505
580
CE Marked & Plated Platforms of tongue & groove construction ● Loads up to 1000kg: ● Ball bearing turntable design assuring easy turning even when fully laden ● Loads up to 2000kg: ● Ring type turntables make the trailers easily manoeuvrable ● Safety Features Include: ● A ‘stop’ prevents the drawbar dropping below 230mm from the ground ● A ‘lock’ holds the drawbar vertically ● Heavy king pins & spring loaded retaining ball in the rear coupling pin ensure safe towing & eliminates self-releasing ● ●
Description
Platform Size mm 1500 x 800
INDUSTRIAL TRAILERS
Price
Without Sides & Ends
With Sides & Ends (300mm Deep)
Wheels 4 x Roller Bearing
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
400mm Cushion
110 kg
IT540M
£850.65
138 kg
IT560M
£1235.30
400mm Pneumatic
82 kg
IT540C
£735.25
110 kg
IT560C
£1151.25
400mm Cushion
138 kg
IT541M
£978.20
171 kg
IT561M
£1381.90
400mm Pneumatic
110 kg
IT541C
£894.15
143 kg
IT561C
£1298.15
460mm Cushion
243 kg
IT542N
£2096.10
283 kg
IT562N
£2731.30
460mm Pneumatic
203 kg
IT542E
£2012.45
243 kg
IT562E
£2650.15
LONG LOAD INDUSTRIAL TRAILERS CE Marked & Plated Easy steering by a ring type turntable ● Rear carriage can be moved along the centre pole to vary the length between bolsters from 2100mm to 3900mm ● ●
Max Load
2000kg
IT550 Loading Overall Height mm Width mm
Manufactured Manufacture d
350
660
1200
4 x Roller Bearing Wheels 460mm Rubber 460mm Pneumatic
Weight Model Price kg 267 IT550N £2325.15 227
IT550E £2242.65
303_303 10/01/2012 17:01 Page 1
Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers
Ball bearing turntable transmits thrust & traction forces over a large surface & does not have any friction
CE Marked & Plated Manufactured Manufacture d Towing eye diameter 50mm ● Safety features include: ● A ‘stop’ prevents the drawbar dropping below 230mm ● A ‘lock’ holds the drawbar vertically ● Heavy king pins & spring loaded retaining ball in the rear coupling pin ensure safe towing & eliminates self-releasing ● ●
ACKERMAN STEERING TRAILERS Ackerman steering for tight turning circles without destabilising the load Removable drawbar which can be used at either end of the trailers ● Heavy duty steering turrets fitted with thrust bearing & phosper bronze bushed ● ●
Wheels
Platform Type
Weight kg
Model
Price
Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers 570 3000 kg
2500 x 1250
620 570 620
460mm Pneumatic 35mm Ball Bearing 460mm Cushion 35mm Ball Bearing
Steel - Chequer Plate
300
HT873E
£2644.90
Timber - Tongue & Groove
250
HT883E
£2631.45
Steel - Chequer Plate
340
HT873N
£2756.85
Timber - Tongue & Groove
290
HT883N
£2724.95
Link Turntable steering for the above models - Add Suffix 5000 kg
2500 x 1250
420 470
Steel - Chequer Plate 300mm Cast Centred Polyurethane Tyres 32mm Taper Roller Bearing Hardwood - Tongue & Groove
/ LS3
£844.05
350
HT875P
£4296.30
350
HT895P
£4427.40
/ LS5
£1066.00
Link Turntable steering for the above models - Add Suffix 10,000 kg
3000 x 1500
495 520
Steel - Chequer Plate 300mm Cast Centred Polyurethane Tyres 32mm Taper Roller Bearing Hardwood - Tongue & Groove
550
HT8710P £5492.70
550
HT8910P £5661.65
Link Turntable steering for the above models - Add Suffix
/ LS10
£1810.75
Rear Towing Hitch for the Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers
HT710A
£243.85
Four Wheel Ackerman Steering Trailers 1000 kg
2000 x 1000
500
1000 kg
2000 x 1000
500
2000 kg
2500 x 1250
580
2000 kg
2500 x 1250
580
3000 kg
2500 x 1250
580
3000 kg
2500 x 1250
580
550 550 630 630 630 630
400mm Solid Rubber Tyred 25mm Roller Bearings 400mm Pneumatic 25mm Roller Bearings 450mm Solid Rubber Tyred 30mm Roller Bearings 450mm Pneumatic 30mm Roller Bearings 450mm Solid Rubber Tyred 30mm Roller Bearings 450mm Pneumatic 30mm Roller Bearings
Steel - Chequer Plate
243
HA571M
£2016.00
Timber - Tongue & Groove
243
HA581M
£2202.90
Steel - Chequer Plate
203
HA571C
£1948.00
Timber - Tongue & Groove
203
HA581C
£2122.55
Steel - Chequer Plate
300
HA572N
£2938.10
Timber - Tongue & Groove
300
HA582N
£3185.65
Steel - Chequer Plate
280
HA572E
£2817.80
Timber - Tongue & Groove
280
HA582E
£3096.30
Steel - Chequer Plate
350
HA573N
£3141.95
Timber - Tongue & Groove
350
HA583N
£3389.60
Steel - Chequer Plate
330
HA573E
£3045.05
Timber - Tongue & Groove
330
HA583E
£3292.55
351
Handling Equipment
Load Platform Size Platform Capacity L x W mm Height mm
304_286 10/01/2012 17:00 Page 1
Storage Containers Manufactured Manufacture d
GC5414 & GD544Y
GC5412, GC0402 & GD542Y
GC5422 & GC5421
Handling Equipment
GC5424
TAPERED & INTERSTACKING BINS Manufactured from food grade Polyethylene Resistant to most Acids & Alkalies ● Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC ● Dollies mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors ●
●
●
Overall Size Dia. x H mm Internal
External
Capacity Litres
kg
Weight kg
5 colour options available: Red Green Blue
Yellow
Natural
please specify when ordering Container Model
Price
Lid to Suit
Dolly to Suit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Storage Bins - Tapered Models 305 x 380
350 x 390
20
20
1.66
GC5411
£35.85
GC0401
£16.40
GD541Y
£79.05
400 x 510
460 x 520
45
45
2.72
GC5412
£36.70
GC0402
£17.70
GD542Y
£79.05
440 x 570
510 x 585
65
65
4.09
GC5413
£53.45
GC0403
£25.75
GD543Y
£79.05
485 x 635
540 x 645
85
85
4.54
GC5414
£56.60
GC0404
£22.40
GD544Y
£79.05
505 x 640
575 x 650
110
110
5.45
GC5415
£56.60
GC0405
£22.40
GD545Y
£90.75
480 x 765
540 x 775
110
110
5.45
GC5416
£67.65
GC0406
£22.40
GD546Y
£81.55
610 x 870
700 x 890
215
215
7.5
GC5417
£78.85
GC0407
£38.35
GD547Y
£90.75
GC0400
£16.40
GD548Y
£76.90
Storage Bins - Interstacking Models 357 x 160
440 x 175
15
15
1.82
GC5421
£32.70
357 x 280
440 x 300
25
25
2.72
GC5422
£37.45
357 x 390
440 x 405
40
40
2.27
GC5423
£39.90
357 x 620
440 x 650
60
60
3.18
GC5424
£47.10
POLYETHYLENE DOLLY Manufactured Manufacture d
For use with the above Interstacking containers Manufactured from 100% food grade Polyethylene ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors ● 5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow Natural ●
●
please specify when ordering
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN GC5422 & PD001Y
GC5424 PD001Y
352
External Size L x W mm 440 x 400
Internal Dia. mm 380
Weight kg 5
Model
Price
PD001Y
£62.35
305_288 10/01/2012 16:59 Page 1
Container Trucks Manufactured Manufacture d
BAR TRUCKS
IDEAL FOR HOTELS & BARS
BLUE ONLY
Moulded in food grade Polyethylene Fully nestable when empty, moulded in anti-jam design & fully watertight ● Mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors ● 5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow Natural ●
please specify when ordering
Overall Size - L x W x H mm
Capacity
Internal
External
Litres
kg
Weight kg
Model
Price
600 x 390 x 580
700 x 490 x 650
135
135
8
GC9414
£71.85
555 x 400 x 685
660 x 500 x 750
150
150
8
GC9424
£71.85
780 x 405 x 555
870 x 500 x 610
165
165
8
GC9434
£71.85
610 x 555 x 560
720 x 640 x 620
185
185
8
GC9444
£71.85
910 x 320 x 555
1020 x 420 x 620
165
165
8
GC9454
£71.85
PREMIUM TRUCKS Moulded in food grade Polyethylene Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC ● Tapered for easy storage ● ●
BLUE ONLY
Manufactured Manufacture d
IDEAL FOR HOTELS & BARS
●
5 colour options available: Red Green Blue Yellow
Natural
please specify when ordering Overall Size - L x W x H mm Internal
External
Capacity Litres
Wheels
410 x 410 x 410
460 x 460 x 510
72
410 x 410 x 660
460 x 460 x 760
118
560 x 465 x 580
630 x 530 x 690
740 x 410 x 645
825 x 480 x 750
905 x 575 x 590 1225 x 595 x 620
Container Model
Price
4 x 75mm swivel castors
GC0072
£65.25
4 x 75mm swivel castors
GC0118
£71.60
135
4 x 75mm swivel castors
GC0135
200
4 x 100mm swivel castors
GC0200
1010 x 685 x 725
320
1345 x 730 x 755
455
2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors
Lid to Suit Model
Price
GC0087
£13.05
£79.65
GC0088
£16.10
£96.85
GC0089
£17.75
GC0320
£146.15
GC0090
£27.30
GC0455
£185.90
GC0091
£36.00
353
Handling Equipment
●
306_287 10/01/2012 16:58 Page 1
Storage Containers MOBILE CONTAINERS ● ●
Easily Cleaned Smooth & Snag free
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
Handling Equipment
Overall Size L x W x H mm Internal
External
Capacity Weight Kg Litres Kg
560 x 455 x 455 610 x 510 x 535 100
100
● Nylon Castors
Model
6
4 x 50 mm swivel GC530Y £102.00
8
2 x 75 mm swivel GC531Y £137.80 2 x 75 mm fixed
Lid to Suit - GC530Y 585 x 380 x 590 660 x 460 x 715 130
GC030Z
130
Lid to Suit - GC531Y 730 x 370 x 580 810 x 450 x 690 160
Price
GC031Z
160 11.35
£30.30
GC032Z
£35.20
£33.95
Natural
Rotationally moulded in tough medium density food grade Polyethylene - seamless, non corrosive, non toxic & easily cleaned ● Model GC530Y - nestable with anti-jam design ● Models GC531Y & GC532Y are straight sided ● All models will withstand -20°C to +60°C ●
2 x 75 mm swivel GC532Y £141.70 2 x 75 mm fixed
Lid to Suit - GC532Y
5 Colour Options Available
Blue Red Green Primrose Please specify colour when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d ●
STRAIGHT SIDED MOBILE CONTAINERS
5 Colour Options Available
● ●
Blue Red Green Primrose Natural Please specify colour when ordering ● Rotationally moulded in food-grade Polyethylene ● Operating temperature -40°C to +60°C Overall Size - L x W x H mm Internal
External
Capacity Litres
Kg
Wheels mm
GC9701 - 3 have been fitted with moulded in mesh plates GC9704 & GC9705 have hot dipped Galvanised bases
STRAIGHT SIDED TANKS ● Weight kg
Available with Blue Steel Dollies fitted with 2 fixed & 2 swivel 75mm Nylon castors Container Model
Lid to Suit
Dolly to Suit
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Straight Sided Tanks 455 x 455 x 455
535 x 535 x 465
95
95
-
3.5
GC4921
£55.85
GC0901
£24.90
GC690Y
£90.65
610 x 455 x 610
685 x 535 x 620
170
170
-
6.5
GC4922
£76.10
GC0902
£24.45
GC691Y
£90.65
760 x 560 x 610
840 x 635 x 615
260
260
-
10.5
GC4923
£101.85
GC0903
£30.35
GC692Y
£90.65
915 x 585 x 610
990 x 660 x 615
325
325
-
14
GC4924
£130.90
-
-
GC693Y
£90.65
760 x 760 x 785
840 x 840 x 795
450
450
-
16
GC4925
£164.15
-
-
GC694Y
£96.05
Straight Sided Mobile Containers 455 x 455 x 455
535 x 535 x 520
95
95
4 x 50mm
6
GC9701
£124.60
GC0701
£34.40
-
-
740 x 380 x 585
785 x 430 x 685
160
160
4 x 75mm
10
GC9702
£175.45
GC0702
£43.40
-
-
610 x 455 x 610
685 x 535 x 710
170
170
4 x 75mm
11
GC9703
£182.25
GC0703
£20.40
-
-
760 x 560 x 610
840 x 635 x 710
250
250
4 x 75mm
24
GC9704
£350.20
GC0704
£44.25
-
-
915 x 585 x 610
990 x 660 x 735
300
300
4 x 100mm
30
GC9705
£438.00
GC0705
£55.65
-
-
354
307_289 10/01/2012 16:56 Page 1
Container Trucks TAPERED TRUCKS Smooth & snag-free interior Manufactured from food grade Polyethylene with re-inforced base ● Tapered sides for easy nesting ● 5 colour options available: ● ●
Red Green Blue Yellow Natural please specify when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d
GC4292, GC4242 & GC4252 BLUE ONLY 3 x GC4242
3 x GC4262
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity
Wt kg
Plastic Base Containers Price
Lid to Suit
External
Litres
kg
Model
Price
735 x 380 x 735
130
130
4 x 50mm (Swivel) Corner Mounted
8
8
4 x 50mm (Swivel)
GC5272 £108.35
-
-
GC0272 £25.40
785 x 430 x 660
865 x 510 x 760
220
220
4 x 65mm (Swivel) Corner Mounted
12 GC4203 £117.30 12
4 x 65mm (Swivel)
GC5203 £129.25
-
-
GC0203 £31.75
650 x 495 x 710
735 x 570 x 810
225
4 x 65mm (Swivel) Corner Mounted
12 GC4282 £112.80 12
4 x 65mm (Swivel)
GC5282 £131.60
-
-
GC0280 £19.85
760 x 510 x 660
840 x 585 x 785
250
4 x 75mm (Fixed) Diamond Pattern
16 GC4292 £146.90 16
4 x 75mm (Swivel)
GC5292 £161.30
-
-
GC0292 £36.55
840 x 660 x 510
915 x 735 x 610
270
270
4 x 75mm (Fixed) Diamond Pattern
4 x 100mm 15 GC4213 £151.65 15 (2 Fixed & 2 Swivel) GC5213 £194.15
-
-
GC0213 £48.15
915 x 610 x 610
1015 x 685 x 760
320
2 x 75 & 2 x 100mm 4 x 100mm 320 (Fixed) Diamond Pattern 19 GC4242 £159.35 19 (2 Fixed & 2 Swivel) GC5242 £212.00
-
-
GC0240 £37.40
1220 x 610 1320 x 710 x 610 x 760
425
2 x 75 & 2 x 100mm 4 x 100mm 425 (Fixed) Diamond Pattern 24 GC4252 £209.85 24 (2 Fixed & 2 Swivel) GC5252 £247.70
-
-
GC0250 £55.60
965 x 760 x 840
600
2 x 75 & 2 x 100mm 4 x 100mm 600 (Fixed) Diamond Pattern 27 GC4223 £242.25 35 (2 Fixed & 2 Swivel)
1065 x 865 x 990
Model
Galvanised Base Containers
Internal
250
Price £84.35
Wheels Corner Mounted
660 x 305 x 660
225
Model GC4272
Wt kg
Model
Price
-
-
GC6223 £329.05 GC0220 £56.20
625
4 x 100mm (Fixed) Diamond Pattern
4 x 100mm 36 GC4262 £243.95 51 (2 Fixed & 2 Swivel)
-
-
GC6262 £395.15 GC0260 £70.75
1525 x 915 1625 x 1015 1050 1050 x 760 x 955
4 x 125mm (Fixed) Diamond Pattern
4 x 125mm 53 GC4233 £450.60 68 (2 Fixed & 2 Swivel)
-
-
GC6233 £493.35 GC0230 £80.90
1370 x 760 1420 x 840 x 610 x 760
625
STRAIGHT SIDED TRUCKS Smooth & snag-free interior Manufactured from food grade Polyethylene with re-inforced base ● 5 colour options available: ● ●
Red Green Blue Yellow Natural please specify when ordering
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size - L x W x H mm Internal External 585 x 380 x 590 660 x 460 x 715 735 x 370 x 580 810 x 450 x 690 610 x 455 x 610 685 x 535 x 735 800 x 530 x 630 910 x 640 x 750 760 x 560 x 610 815 x 635 x 760 915 x 610 x 610 1015 x 710 x 760 1015 x 785 x 610 1120 x 890 x 760 1015 x 725 x 710 1090 x 785 x 840 915 x 685 x 865 1015 x 785 x 965 1295 x 635 x 760 1370 x 710 x 890 1370 x 840 x 685 1475 x 940 x 815
Capacity Litres kg 130 130 160 160 165 165 255 255 260 260 335 335 485 485 520 520 530 530 625 625 785 785
Wheels 4 x 75mm (2 fixed & 2 swivel) 4 x 75mm (2 fixed & 2 swivel) 4 x 75mm (4 fixed) 4 x 75mm (4 fixed) 4 x 75mm (4 fixed) 4 x 100mm (4 fixed) 4 x 100mm (4 fixed) 4 x 100mm (4 fixed) 4 x 75mm (2 fixed & 2 swivel) 4 x 100mm (4 fixed) 4 x 100mm (4 fixed)
Wheel Configuration Corner Mounted Corner Mounted Diamond Pattern Diamond Pattern Diamond Pattern Diamond Pattern Diamond Pattern Diamond Pattern Corner Mounted Diamond Pattern Diamond Pattern
Weight kg 8 9 13 15 10 22 27 32 25 31 41
Containers Model Price GC4373 £123.70 GC4383 £134.25 GC4313 £124.55 GC4323 £145.05 GC4393 £148.35 GC4333 £200.10 GC4304 £230.80 GC4343 £235.75 GC4314 £224.50 GC4353 £255.45 GC4363 £291.85
Lid to Suit Model Price GC0370 £31.30 GC0380 £32.05 GC0310 £19.20 GC0390 £41.75 GC0330 £48.00 -
355
Handling Equipment
Wheels
Plywood Base Containers
308_292 10/01/2012 16:55 Page 1
Container Trucks POLYETHYLENE TRUCKS Moulded from 100% recycled Polyethylene ● Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC ● Tapered for easy storage ●
PRICES HELD
MOULDED FROM 100% RECYCLED POLYETHYLENE
Manufactured Manufacture d
Handling Equipment
Overall Size - L x W x H mm Internal
External
Capacity Litres
Wheels
410 x 410 x 410
460 x 460 x 510
72
410 x 410 x 660
460 x 460 x 760
118
560 x 465 x 580
630 x 530 x 690
740 x 410 x 645
825 x 480 x 750
905 x 575 x 590 1225 x 595 x 620
Container
Lid to Suit
Model
Price
Model
4 x 75mm swivel castors
GBK072
£57.05
Price
4 x 75mm swivel castors
GBK118
£63.40
GBK087
£10.35
135
4 x 75mm swivel castors
GBK135
200
4 x 100mm swivel castors
GBK200
£69.75
GBK088
£13.50
£85.65
GBK089
1010 x 685 x 725
320
1345 x 730 x 755
455
2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors
£14.70
GBK320
£129.85
GBK090
£23.45
GBK455
£161.60
GBK091
£31.00
CONTAINER TRUCKS Max Load
250kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
GC420H BLUE ONLY
GC460Y
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN GC420H
Manufactured from food grade Polyethylene Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC ● Inert to a wide range of chemicals ● 4 colour options available: Red Blue Yellow White ● ●
GC470H
GC490H
please specify when ordering
Container & Truck with 200mm corner mounted Rubber wheels
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1065 x 745 x 855
Container Size L x W x H mm 940 x 640 x 610
Container & Truck with 200mm diamond pattern Rubber wheels
1065 x 745 x 855
940 x 640 x 610
37
GC470H
£433.60
Container with 2 x 75mm & 2 x 100mm diamond pattern fixed castors
1065 x 734 x 760
940 x 640 x 610
37
GC460Y
£204.05
Container Only
-
940 x 640 x 610
12
GC4200
£116.55
Truck with 2 Mesh Ends & Plywood Deck
1194 x 737 x 914
-
30
GC490H
£332.35
Description
356
Weight Model kg 37 GC420H
Price £351.70
309_309 24/01/2012 16:48 Page 1
Tilt & Container Trucks TILT TRUCKS ● ●
Easy tilt Polypropylene trucks Push/pull handle & 2 fixed 230mm Rubber wheels & 2 swivel 100mm Polypropylene castors which make the units extremely manoeuvrable
ERGONOMIC HANDLE
PCN95Y
450 LITRE CAPACITY
PCN95Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm Without Lid 1180 x 780 x 925
Capacity Litres
Description With Lid
1180 x 780 x 955
450
Weight Model Price kg 21 PCN92Y £299.95 23
Handling Equipment
EASY TO OPEN HALF HINGED REMOVABLE LID
PCN95Y with the lid removed for tipping
PCN95Y £349.95
350 LITRE CAPACITY 250 LITRE CAPACITY PCI09Y
IDEAL FOR BULKY ITEMS
PCI08Y
CONTAINER TRUCKS Overall Size - L x W x H mm External
Internal
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
1210 x 710 x 820
940 x 620 x 610
250
32
PCI08Y £319.95
1420 x 750 x 860 1150 x 650 x 640
350
39
PCI09Y £378.50
Model
Price
● ●
Removable Polypropylene containers Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm Rubber castors make the units manoeuvrable
357
310_293 10/01/2012 16:52 Page 1
Glass Fibre Containers
GFF06Y
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN
Handling Equipment
GFD04Y
GFB02Y
GFA01Y
Lightweight & stackable Smooth, stain resistant internal finish ● Rolled top edges that add strength & durability
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
●
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
575 x 415 x 380
508 x 356 x 254
575 x 415 x 388 610 x 457 x 610 610 x 457 x 618 610 x 381 x 760 610 x 381 x 768 610 x 457 x 745 610 x 457 x 753 914 x 381 x 605 914 x 381 x 613 914 x 610 x 760 914 x 610 x 840 686 x 457 x 542 686 x 457 x 550 610 x 457 x 430 610 x 457 x 438
358
540 x 388 x 496 546 x 318 x 635 534 x 381 x 622 851 x 305 x 483 838 x 533 x 622 610 x 381 x 419 540 x 388 x 318
GFE05Y
GFB22Y
GSF11Z Load Capacity
Wheels
Skip Only GFA01X £118.45
7 kg
6 kg
GFA01Y £147.30
6 kg
GFB02X £159.30
6 kg
GFB02Y £188.10
6 kg
GFC03X £159.30
6 kg
GFC03Y £188.10
6 kg
GFD04X £163.70
64mm Rubber
6 kg
50mm Nylon
6 kg
64mm Rubber
6 kg
200 kg
64mm Nylon
10 kg GFF06Y £346.95 11 kg GFF26Y £443.60 11 kg GSF10Y £491.20
500 kg
125mm Nylon
16 kg GFF07Z £406.35 17 kg GFF27Z £503.20 17 kg GSF11Z £550.90
50mm Nylon
6 kg
GFG08X £159.30
7 kg
GFG28X £229.65
7 kg
64mm Rubber
6 kg
GFG08Y £188.10
7 kg
GFG28Y £258.40
7 kg
GSG12Y £271.55
50mm Nylon
6 kg
GFH09X £152.25
7 kg
GFH29X £222.55
7 kg
GSH13X £235.85
64mm Rubber
6 kg
GFH09Y £181.20
7 kg
GFH29Y £251.60
7 kg
GSH13Y £264.85
200 kg 200 kg 200 kg
200 kg 200 kg
50mm Nylon
6 kg
64mm Rubber 50mm Nylon 64mm Rubber 50mm Nylon 64mm Rubber 50mm Nylon
Price
Price
Skip with Hinged Lid
Model
200 kg
Model
Skip with Removable Lid Weight
200 kg
Weight
Weight
Model
GFA21X £188.90
7 kg
GSA14X £202.10
Price
7 kg
GFA21Y £217.70
7 kg
GSA14Y £230.75
7 kg
GFB22X £229.65
7 kg
GSB15X £242.85
7 kg
GFB22Y £258.40
7 kg
GSB15Y £271.55
7 kg
GFC23X £229.65
7 kg
GSC16X £242.85
7 kg
GFC23Y £258.40
7 kg
GSC16Y £271.55
7 kg
GFD24X £234.00
7 kg
GSD17X £247.20
GFD04Y £192.45
7 kg
GFD24Y £262.80
7 kg
GSD17Y £276.10
GFE05X £169.45
7 kg
GFE25X £239.70
7 kg
GSE18X £253.00
GFE05Y £198.20
7 kg
GFE25Y £268.55
7 kg
GSE18Y £282.15
GSG12X £242.85
311_311 10/01/2012 17:21 Page 1
Excelthene & Fibreboard Trucks HEAVY DUTY ROLLING TRUNKS Manufactured from high impact 10mm Phenolic Ply finished in Black with a scuff resistant hexagon pattern ● Solid Aluminium extrusions on all edges with Steel ball corners ● 4 x 100mm castors (2 braked) ● Features include: hinged lid, 12mm Foam lining, recessed handles & padlockable Butterfly catches (padlock not included) ● Colours options available - please call for details ●
Overall Size - L x W x H mm
NEW
Model
Price
850 x 450 x 570
SA509
£340.00
950 x 450 x 690
SA510
£360.00
1000 x 600 x 600
1050 x 650 x 770
SA515
£404.00
1200 x 700 x 800
1250 x 750 x 970
SA516
£470.00
Internal
External
800 x 400 x 400 900 x 400 x 520
Handling Equipment
EXCELTHENE TRUCKS
SCUFF PROOF, WATER & IMPACT RESISTANT
EB133Y 3 x EB111Y
●
●
4 colour options available: Red Grey Green Black
Manufactured Manufacture d
Please specify colour when ordering All models have 4 x fixed 75mm Nylon castors mounted in a diamond formation Overall Size - L x W x H mm Internal
4 x EB112Y Weight kg
External
Load kg
Tapered Units Model
Lid to Suit
Price
Model
Price
1.5mm Thick Excelthene - Tapered Units 760 x 510 x 610
785 x 535 x 715
8
75
EB111Y
£95.30
EB011Y
£19.20
965 x 660 x 610
990 x 685 x 715
10
100
EB112Y
£108.40
EB012Y
£21.60
1220 x 660 x 610
1245 x 685 x 715
12
125
EB113Y
£119.10
EB013Y
£23.10
1.5mm Thick Excelthene - Straight Sided Units 760 x 510 x 610
785 x 535 x 715
10
75
EB131Y
£95.30
EB031Y
£19.20
965 x 660 x 610
990 x 685 x 715
13
100
EB132Y
£108.40
EB032Y
£21.60
1220 x 660 x 610
1245 x 685 x 715
15
125
EB133Y
£119.10
EB033Y
£23.10
359
312_312 10/01/2012 17:20 Page 1
Container Trolleys THREE TIER ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS ●
Load Capacity 150kg, 50kg per shelf (GC5000 - Load Capacity 70kg, 35kg per shelf) ● Fitted with Plywood shelves or used with a combination of Plastic containers (supplied as extras) ● Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm Rubber tyred castors (except GC5000 which has 4 x 100mm swivel braked castors)
GC5000 (holds 1 600 x 400mm container & 2 400 x 300 containers not included)
Manufactured Manufacture d GC4407 each tier fitted with a varnished Plywood shelf
2 tier trolley with upper tier able to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers 3 tier trolley with fixed tiers & drop in plywood shelves
Overall Size L x W x H mm 410 x 680 x 750/1130 850 x 520 x 1290
3 tier trolley with fixed tiers to fit 3 x drop in containers
850 x 520 x 1290
27
210 / 750 /1200
3 tier trolley with 2 upper tiers able to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers
850 x 520 x 1290
27
210 / 750 /1200
Handling Equipment
Description
GC4409 (containers not included)
Weight kg
Shelf Heights
Model
Price
18
-
GC5000
£262.35
28
210 / 750 /1200
GC4407
£347.20
GC4408
£321.95
GC4409
£374.05
GC4400
£44.80
Optional Extra - 2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted
FOLDING BOX
STACK & NEST CONTAINER
The unit easily & quickly folds & unfolds making it ideal to store ● Can be used with the Clever Folding Trolley shown opposite
●
Integral lid which when closed does not become separated & lost ● The lid flaps are hinged down the side, joined by Steel wire, making them strong ● These containers are able to be stacked & nested
●
FROM ONLY
£11.75
FROM ONLY
Max Load
£19.95
50kg
GC0009
LOWER PRICES GC059Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Folded Size L x W x H mm
Wt kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) Pack 5
530 x 360 x 280
530 x 280 x 50
1.2
GC059Z
£13.95
£11.75
360
Overall Size L x W x H mm 600 x 400 x 340
Weight kg 3
Model GC0009
Price (each) 1+ £26.35
Price (each) Pack 5 £19.95
313_313 10/01/2012 17:19 Page 1
Container Trolleys LOWER PRICES
CLEVER FOLDING TROLLEY Load Capacity: 20kg on top tray 40kg on bottom tray ● Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard ● Manufactured from injection moulded Plastic & anodised Aluminium ● Folded Size: 110L x 470W x 670Hmm ●
COMPLETE WITH A FOLDING BOX & EVEN THIS IN SECONDS
TO THIS
FROM THIS
TO THIS
Max Load
60kg
Weight kg 7
Model
Price
Clever Trolley - c/w 1 folding box
Overall Size L x W x H mm 890 x 550 x 1030
GC051Y
£179.95
Extra Folding Box
525 x 375 x 280
1.5
GC055Z
£23.30
Description
LARGE CONTAINER CARRIER ●
GC051Y
DISTRIBUTION CONTAINER CARRIER
Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Rubber castors ● For use with 4 x GC0003
●
Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Rubber castors ● For use with 2 x GC0008
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
50kg
GC4102 & 4 x GC0003 Overall Size L x W x H mm 1010 x 570 x 990
Weight kg 12
GC4103 & 2 x GC0008 Model
Price
GC4102
£228.95
NESTING CONTAINER ● ●
External Size: 520L x 350W x 200H mm Internal Size: 440L x 315W x 195H mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm 870 x 450 x 1000
Weight kg 13
Model
Price
GC4103
£224.20
STACK & NEST CONTAINER ● ● ●
External Size: 594L x 394W x 315H mm Internal Size: 510L x 338W x 280H mm Complete with an integral hinged lid
Model
Price
Weight kg
Model
Price
GC0003
£27.05
4.7
GC0008
£65.25
361
Handling Equipment
Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push the Green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply strap the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go.... The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.
314_314 10/01/2012 17:18 Page 1
Container Trolleys STOCK TROLLEY
CONTAINER TROLLEY
Adjustable shelves ● Shelf Size: 630 x 415mm ● Manufactured in square section Steel ● Mobile on 4 swivel castors (2 braked) 125mm Blue non-marking wheels
●
Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel non-marking Grey Rubber castors ● 30 containers included: ● 12 Red: 300 x 150 x 100 ● 18 Blue: 300 x 100 x 100
●
Max Load
200kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Max Load
300kg
Manufactured Manufacture d
Handling Equipment
GC669Y & 9 x GC0017 Overall Size L x W x H mm
Shelf Heights mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
700 x 530 x 1280
Shelf 1 - 200 Shelf 2 - 510, 580 & 650 Shelf 3 - 815, 890 & 960 Shelf 4 - 1270
30
GC669Y
£447.45
STOCK TROLLEY - GREY BINS Lightweight yet strong Manufactured in Polypropylene co Polymer ● C/W large label slot for quicker stock picking ●
CT230Y
●
Overall Size L x W x H mm 455 x 210 x 230
Weight kg 1
Model
Price
GC0017
£33.85
Overall Size L x W x H mm 700 x 350 x 1140
Weight kg 21
Model
Price
CT230Y
£380.50
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
Max Load
Overall Size: 1300L x 450W x 1440H mm Shelf Size: 1250 x 400mm ● 75kg U.D.L. per Shelf ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors ● Model GC666Y: c/w 20 Store Bins
300kg
● ●
GC666Y GC667Y
Manufactured Manufacture d
362
Description
Weight kg
Model
Price
Small Parts Container Trolley - c/w 20 Bins
60
GC666Y
£893.80
Narrow Aisle Trolley
54
GC667Y
£606.05
Stacking Store Bin - Blue
0.3
GC0016
£24.15
315_31510/01/201217:16Page1
Container Trolleys ● ●
ManufacturedtoahighspecificationintubularSteel CompletewithremovableheavydutyGreyPolypropylenecontainers
● ModelCT3303is
● ModelCT3306isfittedwith
fittedwith4non markingswivelcastors &comescomplete ● with3Containers
2fixed&2swivelcastors withnonmarkingBlue wheels&cornerbuffers Theunitcomescomplete with6containers
● ModelCT3305isfittedwith4
nonmarkingswivelcastors& isavailableeithercompletewith 5containersasshownorasa trolleyonlymodel-CT3405
Manufactured Manufacture d
CT3306
CT3305
Description
OverallSize LxWxHmm
ContainerTrolleyCompletewith3containers
600x455x1020
300/600/900
150
ContainerTrolleyCompletewith5containers
600x455x1610
200/490/780/1070/1360
150
ContainerTrolleyCompletewith6containers
910x650x1065
325/625/925
ContainerTrolleyonly
600x455x1610
200/490/780/1070/1360
ShelfHeightsmm
●
●
●
Model
Price
20
4x100nonmarkingSwivelCastors
CT3303
£452.25
26
4x100nonmarkingSwivelCastors
CT3305
£602.20
200
37
2xFixed,2xSwivelCastorsfitted with125nonmarkingbluewheels
CT3306
£659.35
150
18
4x100nonmarkingSwivelCastors
CT3405
£467.05
CT003Z
£31.35
2BrakedCastorsforModelCT3306(BlueWheels)FactoryFitted
CT006Z
£36.00
3ColourOptionsAvailable Blue
Red
ConTAInEr sTorAGE TroLLEYs Green
Please specify colour when ordering ●
Wheelsmm
2BrakedCastorsforModelsCT3303/CT3305+CT3405FactoryFitted
MoBILE ConTAInEr TroLLEY ●
Load Weight CapKg Kg
WeldedSteelconstructionwith4x100mm swivelNyloncastors
Fittedwithnon-slipRubbermatting onthetopshelf&4Greynonmarking 100mmswivelcastors ● CompletewithPlasticcontainers: Max Load 415Lx370Wx185Hmm 150kg ●
Supplied with10 heavyduty containers ExtSize: 600x400 x175mm IntSize: 555x355 x164mm Max Load
250kg CT404Y CT408Y DMR25Y
OverallSize Weight LxWxHmm kg 940x640x1110 53 2BrakedCastors-factoryfitted
Manufactured Manufacture d Model
Price
DMR25Y MR003Z
£695.90 £44.60
Numberof Containers 4 8
CornEr BuffErs OverallSize LxWxHmm 490x575x1120 490x1020x1120
Weight kg 22 37
Model
Price
CT404Y CT408Y
£416.70 £638.85
363
Handling Equipment
CT3303
316_316 10/01/2012 17:15 Page 1
Container/Tray Racks MOBILE TRAY RACKS - C/W TRAYS ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
4 colour options available: Red Blue Yellow Green please specify when ordering ● Stainless Steel models available ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors
IDEAL FOR USE IN BAKERIES & SUPERMARKETS
TR4110
Handling Equipment
TR3110 TR3115 & TR003Z
Overall Size Capacity Weight L x W x H mm kg kg Painted Models - c/w trays
Description
Fully welded Steel angle tray racks ● Supplied with food grade Polypropylene trays ● Tolerant between -10oC to +40oC ● Tray Size - External: 762 x 457 x 95mm ● Tray Size - Internal: 720 x 415 x 78mm ●
Model
Price
10 Tray
800 x 570 x 1240
200
43
TR3110
£599.40
15 Tray
800 x 570 x 1740
250
57.5
TR3115
£789.25
Stainless Steel Models - c/w trays 10 Tray
800 x 570 x 1240
200
47
TR4110
15 Tray
800 x 570 x 1740
250
63
TR4115 £1260.25
2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted
TR003Z
£933.00 £44.60
MOBILE CONTAINER RACKS - C/W CONTAINERS ●
3 colour options available: Red Blue Green
Manufactured Manufacture d
please specify when ordering Fully welded Steel angle ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors ● Supplied with heavy duty Grey Polypropylene containers ● Container Size - External: 600 x 400 x 175mm ● Container Size - Internal: 555 x 355 x 164mm ●
IDEAL FOR USE IN BAKERIES & SUPERMARKETS
IDEAL FOR TRANSPORTING MULTIPLE LOADS MR3205 Overall Size Capacity Weight Model Price L x W x H mm kg kg 5 Containers 640 x 500 x 1110 200 25 MR3205 £484.70 Description
8 Containers 640 x 500 x 1645
250
2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted
364
MR3208
38
MR3208 £634.50 MR003Z
£44.60
317_317 10/01/2012 17:14 Page 1
Light duty Castors LigHt dUtY tOp pLatE CastOrs ● ●
LSV Series: Top Plate fitting Swivel castors LFV Series: Top Plate fitting Fixed castors
Black Rubber Tyred Swivel Wheel Dia.
Wheel Type White Polypropylene
50mm
Grey Rubber Tyred White Polypropylene Grey Rubber Tyred
75mm
Black Rubber Tyred White Polypropylene Grey Rubber Tyred
100mm
Black Rubber Tyred White Polypropylene Black Rubber Tyred White Polypropylene Grey Rubber Tyred
160mm
Black Rubber Tyred White Polypropylene Grey Rubber Tyred
200mm
Black Rubber Tyred
Overall Height
50kg
72mm
Bearing Type
White Polypropylene Swivel
Fixing Centres
Castor Code Swivel
95mm
50kg 125kg
128mm
70kg 160kg
155mm
100kg
80 x 60
200kg 190mm
160kg
-
-
LSV050PPBR
£4.45
-
-
LSV050RPBR
£4.45
LSV075PP
£4.50
LFV075PP
£3.75
LSV075PPBR
£4.90
LSV075RP
£4.90
LFV075RP
£4.30
LSV075RPBR
£5.90
LSV075RMB
£4.20
LFV075RMB
£2.65
LSV075RMBBR
£5.50
LSV100PP
£6.05
LFV100PP
£4.80
LSV100PPBR
£9.40
LSV100RP
£7.20
LFV100RP
£5.65
LSV100RPBR
£8.20
LSV100RMB
£6.55
LFV100RMB
£5.90
LSV100RMBBR
£8.25
LSV125PP
£8.10
LFV125PP
£7.20
LSV125PPBR
£11.45
250kg 235mm
205kg
LSV125RP
£10.60
LFV125RP
£9.00
LSV125RPBR
£14.45
LSV125RMB
£11.10
LFV125RMB
£9.00
LSV125RMBBR
£15.70
LSV160PP
£14.60
LFV160PP
£13.80
LSV160PPBR
£20.60
LSV160RP
£23.25
LFV160RP
£20.00
LSV160RPBR
£28.35
LSV160RMB
£18.55
LFV160RMB
£14.80
LSV160RMBBR
£22.70
LSV200PP
£18.80
LFV200PP
£17.55
LSV200PPBR
£21.05
LSV200RP
£23.60
LFV200RP
£21.55
LSV200RPBR
£27.95
LSV200RMB
£20.75
LFV200RMB
£18.45
LSV200RMBBR
£26.75
Plain Roller
105 x 80
Plain Roller
Price
£3.65
Plain Roller
Castor Code Braked
£3.65
Plain Roller
Price
LSV050PP
55 x 42 Roller
Price
LSV050RP
36 x 36 Plain
70kg
White Polypropylene Fixed
Castor Code Fixed
LigHt dUtY BOLt HOLE CastOrs ●
LSV - BH Series: Bolt Hole fitting Swivel castors
White Polypropylene Bolt Hole Wheel Dia. 50mm 75mm 100mm 125mm
Grey Rubber Tyred Bolt Hole
White Polyproplylene
Load Capacity 55kg
Grey Rubber Tyred
50kg
White Polyproplylene
75kg
Grey Rubber Tyred
70kg
Wheel Type
White Polyproplylene
80kg
Grey Rubber Tyred White Polyproplylene
125kg
Grey Rubber Tyred
100kg
ExpandEr Fittings This range of Nylon fittings allow castors to be fitted to hollow tube equipment ● Add expander code & price to your choice of Bolt Hole Castor ● Not available with 50 & 75mm White Polypropylene castors ●
Overall Height
Bearing Type
Suits Bolts Dia.
72mm 10mm 100mm Plain 135mm 12mm 155mm Tube Size (Internal mm)
Round Code
Grey Rubber Tyred Braked Castor Code - Swivel LSV050PPBH
£3.70
Castor Code - Braked LSV050PPBHBR
LSV050RPBH
£4.60
£4.15
LSV050RPBHBR
£5.00
LSV075PPBH
£5.35
LSV075PPBHBR
£5.60
LSV075RPBH
£5.35
LSV075RPBHBR
£6.20
LSV100PPBH
£6.65
LSV100PPBHBR
£8.45
LSV100RPBH
£7.35
LSV100RPBHBR
£8.00
LSV125PPBH
£8.55
LSV125PPBHBR
£9.45
LSV125RPBH
£9.35
LSV125RPBHBR
£11.45
Square Code
Price
Min
Max
19
21.5
R19
-
£2.15
21.5
24
R21
S21
£2.15
24
27
R24
S24
£2.15
27
30
R27
S27
£2.15
31
35
R31
-
£4.10
31
35
-
S31
£4.10
36
40
-
S36
£4.10
Price
Round Expander
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
Price
Square Expander
365
Handling Equipment
Grey Rubber Tyred
125mm
Grey Rubber Tyred Braked Load Capacity
318_318 10/01/2012 17:14 Page 1
Light to Medium Duty Castors SOVEREIGN SERIES TOP PLATE CASTORS A highly versatile range of pressed Steel castors with double ball race swivel heads ● Pressed steel Top Plate fitting bracket with Zinc finish ● Industry standard top plate dimensions ● Plate size: Swivel - 100 x 80mm Fixed - 105 x 85mm ● Bolt Centres - 80 x 60mm or 76 x 44.5mm ● Suitable for 8mm dia. bolts ●
Handling Equipment
Fixed Wheel Dia.
Swivel Tread Width
Wheel Type
Load Capacity
Overall Height
Nylon 100mm
125mm
PRICES HELD
Red Polyurethane Tyre / Grey Nylon Centre Grey Rubber Tyre / Black Nylon Centre
32mm
Nylon
32mm
Blue Elastic Rubber Tyre / Black Nylon Centre
35mm
150kg 128mm
30mm
85kg 150kg
Bearing Type
Castor Code Swivel
Price
Castor Code Fixed
Price
Castor Code Braked
Price
Plain
1321720
£6.85
1321950
£5.60
1322720
£10.15
Roller
1321726
£11.85
1321986
£9.70
1322726
£14.00
1321740
£8.10
1321970
£6.85
1322740
£11.40
1321010
£8.20
1321430
£7.05
1322010
£11.60
1321068
£12.75
1321468
£11.05
1322068
£16.45
Plain 152mm
Swivel with Brake
Ball Bearing
SOVEREIGN SERIES BOLT HOLE CASTORS Pressed steel Bolt Hole bracket with Zinc finish Expanders available - see the previous page for details ● Swivel Radius: 110mm ● Suitable for 10mm dia. bolts ● ●
PRICES HELD
Swivel with Brake Wheel Dia.
Swivel Tread Width
Load Capacity
Red Polyurethane Tyre / Grey Nylon Centre Grey Rubber Tyre / Black Nylon Centre
32mm
150kg
Nylon
32mm
Blue Elastic Rubber Tyre / Black Nylon Centre
35mm
Wheel Type
Overall Height
Bearing Type
Castor Code Swivel
Plain 128mm
Roller
Nylon 100mm
125mm
366
30mm
85kg 150kg
Plain 152mm
Ball Bearing
Price
Castor Code Braked
Price
1321780
£7.10
1322780
£10.55
1321786
£10.95
1322786
£14.85
1321800
£7.95
1322800
£11.30
1321070
£8.05
1322070
£11.00
1321118
£12.75
1322118
£17.90
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
319_319 10/01/2012 17:13 Page 1
Light Duty Steel Castors eXpAnDing fitting CAStoRS ●
Double ball bearing swivel head
●
Plain Bearing type
BoLt hoLe fitting type p30 ● ● ●
Prices as plate fixing swivel castors 1. 75/100mm castors - bolt hole to suit 10mm bolt 2. 125mm castors - bolt hole to suit 10mm or 12mm bolt. ● To order add ‘BH10’ (10mm) or BH12’ (12mm) onto the castor code
When ordering Expanders please substitute P30 for the relevant suffix
PRICES HELD eXpAnDing tUBULAR ADAptoRS Effective Range Round (mm)
To suit Tubing
Colour Model
Expanding Torque Settings
/4” x 16 G /4” x 18 G /8” x 14 G
Brown
P16
15-20 lbs. ft
3
Wheel Dia.
Wheel Type Grey Rubber
80mm Nylon
100mm Nylon Grey Rubber 125mm Nylon
Load Capacity
Swivel Swivel Braked Swivel Swivel Braked Swivel Swivel Braked
50kg 107mm 70kg 60kg 127mm
Swivel Swivel Braked Swivel
100kg
Swivel Braked Swivel Swivel Braked
Overall Height
159mm 100kg
3
15.8-18.00
Model
Price
D1870PJO080P30
£11.20
D1877PJO080P30
£13.85
D1870UOO080P30
£9.35
D1877UOO080P30
£12.00
D1870PJO100P30
£11.90
D1877PJO100P30
£14.55
D1870UOO100P30
£10.00
D1877UOO100P30
£12.65
D2870PJO125P30
£17.60
D2877PJO125P30
£27.75
D2870UOO125P30
£13.60
D2877UOO125P30
£23.75
7
19.00-20.3
7
/8” x 16 G /8” x 18 G
White
P19
20-30 lbs. ft
21.8-24.5
1” x 16 G 1” x 18 G 11/8” x 14 G
Grey
P22
20-30 lbs. ft
25-28.5
11/8” x 16 G 11/4” x 16 G 11/4” x 14 G
Black
P25
15-20 lbs. ft
7
Square /8” x 16 G
White
S19
20-30 lbs. ft
21.8-24.5
1” x 16 G 17/8” x 14 G
Grey
S22
20-30 lbs. ft
25-28.5
1” x 16 G 1” x 18 G 11/8” x 14 G
Black
S25
15-20 lbs. ft
7
19-20.3
MeDiUM DUty StAinLeSS SteeL CAStoRS A range of Stainless Steel castors with double ball race heads for use in environments where there is a high level of moisture present or where hygiene requirements demand frequent washing ● Plate Size: 105 x 85mm ● Hole Centres - 80 x 60mm ●
PRICES HELD
8470UOOP62
Wheel Dia. 80mm
8477UEDP62
Wheel Type
Tread Width
Load Overall Bearing Capacity Height Type
Nylon
34mm
100kg
Nylon
Plain 108mm
Grey Polyurethane 30mm Tyre / Nylon Centre
Swivel Radius
35mm
Roller
150kg
Nylon 125mm Grey Polyurethane 40mm Tyre / Nylon Centre
300kg
128mm
Roller
Plain 155mm
Roller
Castor Code Fixed
Price
Castor Code Braked
Price
8470UAD080P62 £25.45 8478UAD080P62 £20.60 8477UAD080P62
£30.95
8470UOO100P62 £15.20 8478UOO100P62 £11.95 8477UOO100P62 £23.70 90
Roller
200kg
Price
8470UOO080P62 £19.15 8478UOO080P62 £14.85 8477UOO080P62 £22.90 80
Plain
Grey Polyurethane 100mm Tyre / Nylon Centre 30mm Elastic Rubber Tyre / Nylon Centre
Castor Code Swivel
8478UADP62
107.5
8470UAD100P62 £24.30 8478UAD100P62 £19.70 8477UAD100P62
£31.90
8470UED100P62 £33.00 8478UED100P62 £23.90 8477UED100P62
£39.55
8470UOO125P62 £19.65 8478UOO125P62 £12.25 8477UOO125P62 £26.05 8470UAD125P62 £28.20 8478UAD125P62 £22.05 8477UAD125P62
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
£35.80
367
handling equipment
Grey Rubber
Castor Type
320_320 10/01/2012 17:11 Page 1
Medium Duty steel Castors RUBBER TYRED CasToRs - ToP PLaTE ●
Brakes available on swivel castors only add suffix BR to end of castor code Price Extra: 80 = £4.10 100 = £5.10 125 = £3.05 PRICES 160 = £8.80 HELD 200 = £8.90 Wheel Dia. 80mm
Overall Height 108mm
Load Capacity 70kg
Bolt Hole Spacing
100mm 125mm
128mm
75kg
80 x 60mm
155mm
100kg
160mm
200mm
150kg
200mm
240mm
200kg
Braked
Bearing Type
Swivel Swivel Castor Model MSC080RP1B
£11.75
Fixed Castor Model MFC080RP1B
MSC100RP1B
£14.35
MFC100RP1B
£9.35
MSC125RP1B
£18.20
MFC125RP1B
£11.55
MSC160RP1B
£20.40
MFC160RP1B
£12.50
MSC200RP1B
£19.15
MFC200RP1B
£14.05
Roller 105 x 80mm
Fixed Price
Price £10.15
RUBBER TYRED CasToRs - BoLT HoLE
Handling Equipment
●
Brakes available add suffix BR to end of castor code Price Extra: 80 = £3.60 100 = £1.65 125 = £3.35 160 = £7.60
PRICES HELD Swivel with Brake
Swivel Wheel Dia. 80mm
Overall Height 108mm
Load Capacity 70kg
100mm
128mm
75kg
125mm
155mm
100kg
200mm
200mm
150kg
Bolt Hole Size
13mm
MsK / MFK RaNGE
●
Bearing Type
Roller
Model
Price
MSC080RP1BBH
£12.75
MSC100RP1BBH
£14.25
MSC125RP1BBH
£14.60
MSC160RP1BBH
£21.25
Brakes are available on swivel castors. The brake is fitted on trail side of fork, & is adjustable for different wheel types & incorporates trip release pedal. add suffix BR to swivel castor code Price Extra: 100/125mm = £9.55 160/200mm = £15.25
MFK Range MSK Range Braked
Wheel Swivel/ Overall Bolt Hole Load Bearing dia. Fixed Height Spacing Cap. 100 mm
125 mm
160 mm
200 mm
Swivel
Fixed
Swivel
Fixed
Swivel
Fixed
Swivel
Fixed
368
Plain 128 mm
80 x 60 mm
Roller Plain Roller Plain
155 mm
80 x 60 mm
Roller Plain Roller Plain
200 mm
105 x 80 mm
Ball Plain Ball Plain
240 mm
105 x 80 mm
Ball Plain Ball
-
Rubber Nylon
Price
-
-
Load Cap.
160kg MSK100RN1B £24.95 -
-
-
160kg MFK100RN1B £19.25 -
-
-
250kg
180kg MSK125RN1B £28.75 -
-
-
180kg MFK125RN1B £23.05 -
-
-
300kg MSK160RN2B £44.80 -
-
-
300kg MFK160RN2B £38.35 -
-
-
450kg MSK200RN2B £47.20 -
-
-
450kg MFK200RN2B £43.10
500kg
PRICES HELD
Nylon
Price
Load Cap.
Poly Nylon
Price
Load Cap.
Rubber Plastic
Price
MSK100NY
£12.35
MSK100PN
£21.75
-
-
-
MSK100NY1B
£13.75
MSK100PN1B £23.00
-
-
-
MFK100NY
£6.95
MFK100PN
£16.05
-
-
-
MFK100NY1B
£7.65
MFK100PN1B £14.00
-
-
-
MSK125NY
£14.75
MSK125PN
£26.20
-
-
-
MSK125NY1B
£16.45
MSK125PN1B £26.25
-
-
-
MFK125NY
£10.15
MFK125PN
£20.45
-
-
-
MFK125NY1B
£10.80
MFK125PN1B £20.65
-
-
-
MSK160NY
£31.00
MSK160PN
MSK160NY2B
£40.30
MSK160PN2B £47.90
MFK160NY
£22.70
MFK160NY2B
£34.95
MSK200NY
£39.55
MSK200NY2B
£50.85
MFK200NY
£30.95
MFK200PN
MFK200NY2B
£43.45
MFK200PN2B £48.20
250kg
MFK160PN 500kg
£38.95
£30.65
135kg 135kg
MFK160PN2B £43.00 MSK200PN
£52.60
205kg
MSK200PN2B £55.65 £45.70
205kg
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
-
MSK160RP £21.20 -
-
MFK160RP £13.30 -
-
MSK200RP £27.85 -
-
MFK200RP £14.45 -
-
321_321 10/01/2012 17:10 Page 1
Medium Duty Steel Castors FOOTBRAKE
Swivel Braked
●
ALL PRODUCTS Fixed
Brakes are available on 75 or 100mm swivel castors with RN or NY wheels The 75mm castors have a single ended brake & the 100mm castors have a double ended brake add suffix BR to swivel castor code Price Extra: 75mm = £2.50 100mm = £3.65
Swivel TRIANGULAR PLATE FITTING ●
Triangular Plate Fitting
PRICES HELD
63 & 75mm Castors Plate size: 140 x 140mm Bolts: 8mm at 73 to 102mm centres (variable), 19mm from edge of plate
Wheel dia.
Swivel/ Fixed
Available on 63 & 75mm swivel castors only. Stem M12 x 25mm LG add suffix ‘ST’ castor code Price Extra: £2.45
Overall Height
Bolt Hole Bearing Spacing
Swivel 50
64
54 x 25
Swivel
76 x 44 81
Fixed
80 x 60 95
Plain
Fixed
83 x 35
Swivel
105 x 80
100
125
150
-
-
-
MSE075PC 115kg MFE075PC 115kg
£20.45 £19.05
£2.85 £4.65 £3.35 £9.80
£4.85
-
£4.10
-
£8.80
-
£7.20
-
£11.20
-
£9.85
-
£13.75
MSE100PN 250kg
Rubber Tyred Price Nylon MSD050RN £5.05 27kg MFD050RN £4.35 27kg MSD063RN £8.30 45kg MFD063RN £6.80 45kg MSE075RN £5.75 90kg MFE075RN £4.75 90kg MSE100RN £11.25 £10.25 160kg Price
£30.50
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MFE100NY 270kg
£5.80
MFE100CI 340kg
£10.65
MFE100PN 250kg
£9.45
MFE100RN 160kg
£8.45
Plain
-
-
Roller
MFE100PC1B 250kg
£26.85
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MSE125NY 365kg
£13.10
MSE125CI 475kg
£18.60
MSE125PN 300kg
£17.15
MSE125RN 180kg
£16.05
Plain
-
-
Roller
MSE125PC1B 270kg
£44.30
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
£6.90
MFE125CI 475kg
£11.50
MFE125PN 300kg
£10.95
MFE125RN 180kg
£9.85
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
£28.55
MSE150CI 680kg
£44.40
-
-
£46.70
-
£21.85
MFE150CI 680kg
Plain
-
-
MFE125NY 365kg
Roller
MFE125PC1B 270kg
£37.25
-
100 x 48
Plain
-
Ball
MSE150PC2B 540kg
Plain
-
Ball
MFE150PC2B 540kg
140 x 105
133 x 67
MSE150NY 520kg MSE150NY2B £65.70 520kg MFE150NY 520kg MFE150NY2B £58.05 520kg
TRIANGULAR TOP PLATE CASTORS ●
£3.85
Poly Tyred Nylon
MSE100PC1B 250kg
181 Fixed
-
£1.35
MSD050CI 54kg MFD050CI 54kg MSD063CI 122kg MFD063CI 122kg MSE075CI 170kg MFE075CI 170kg MSE100CI 340kg
Price
Roller
156
Swivel
-
£1.65
Cast Iron
-
140 x 105
Fixed
-
MSD050NY 54kg MFD050NY 54kg MSD063NY 122kg MFD063NY 122kg MSE075NY 170kg MFE075NY 170kg MSE100NY 270kg
Price
-
100 x 48
Swivel
-
Nylon
Plain
125 Fixed
-
Plain 76 x 35
Swivel 75
Price
Plain
Fixed
63
Poly Tyred Cast Iron
add suffix ‘V’ to swivel castor code Price Extra: 63 & 75mm = £1.35 100mm = £2.00
To ISO Standard 3101 class 3A Plate size: 140 x 140mm Bolts: 8mm at 73 to 105mm centres (variable), 19mm from edge of plate
£39.00
-
Wheel dia.
Wheel Type
63
75
100
MSE150PN £39.40 600kg MSE150PN2B 600kg MFE150PN £32.85 600kg MFE150PN2B 600kg
Load Cap kg
Grey Rubber
30
Nylon
120
Grey Rubber
40
Nylon
125
Grey Rubber
50
Nylon
125
Overall Height mm 94
107
132
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
£56.05
MSE150RN2B £49.50 300kg
£36.75
-
-
MFE150RN2B £48.40 £41.80 300kg
Model
Price
TS3063RL03T19
£12.60
TS3063NY03T19
£9.85
TS3075RL03T19
£13.05
TS3075NY03T19
£10.60
TS3100RL03T19
£14.60
TS3100NY03T19
£12.60
369
Handling Equipment
100mm Castors Plate size: 150 x 150mm Bolts: 10mm at 96 to 114mm centres (variable), 19mm from edge of plate
THREADED STEM & NUT FITTING ●
Available on RN & NY swivel wheels
322_322 10/01/2012 17:10 Page 1
Heavy Duty Castors HEAVY DUTY CASTORS ● ●
Manufactured from heavy gauge Zinc Plated pressed Steel. Robust range of castors are all fitted with double ball races & hardened Steel tracks in the swivel heads
KS125PCB300 Wheel Dia. 125
KF150NYB380
Wheel Type
Tread Load Overall Width Cap kg Height
Nylon
250
Blue Elastic Rubber Poly Tyred Cast Iron
Handling Equipment
150
40
380
Blue Elastic Rubber
300
50 60
Nylon Blue Elastic Rubber
250 300
Poly Tyred Cast Iron
185
550 800
50
400
1200 1100 1500 70
1800
140 x 110
Bolt Centres
Suits Bearing Bolt Type
80 x 60 105 x 80
M8
Ball Journal
Ball M10 Journal
KS125RNB180SWB
KS250PCB1800A
Swivel Model
Price
Fixed Model
Braked Model
KS125NYB250
£36.20
KF125NYB250
£24.90 KS125NYB250SWB £51.40
KS125RNB180
£36.50
KF125RNB180
£25.15 KS125RNB180SWB £51.65
KS125PCB300
£48.15
KF125PCB300
£36.85 KS125PCB300SWB £63.30
KS150NYB380
£44.10
KF150NYB380
£28.05 KS150NYB380SWB £66.75
KS150RNB300
£48.65
KF150RNB300
£32.90 KS150RNB300SWB £76.25
£60.20
KF150PCB550
£52.95 KS150PCB550SWB £85.65
Price
Price
210
Ball 175 x 140 140 x 105 M14 Journal
KS150PCB800
£129.35
KF150PCB800
£95.65 KS150PCB800SWB £154.00
KS200NYB550
£61.95
KF200NYB550
£44.80 KS200NYB550SWB £83.80
243
Ball M10 Journal
KS200RNB400
£61.50
KF200RNB400
£44.40 KS200RNB400SWB £83.30
880
60
105 x 85
KF250NYB1100
KS150PCB550
550
Poly Tyred Cast Iron Nylon
159
300
Nylon
Poly Tyred Cast Iron
200
180
Plate Dims
PRICES HELD
262 308 346
140 x 110
105 x 80
200 x 160
160 x 120
KS200PCB880 £85.65 KF200PCB880 £68.50 KS200PCB880SWB £107.45 Ball 175 x 140 140 x 105 M14 Journal KS200PCB1200 £162.30 KF200PCB1200 £121.70 KS200PCB1200SWB £186.90
M14
KS250NYB1100 £124.10 KF250NYB1100 £86.20 KS250NYB1100SWB £145.00 Ball KS250PCB1500A £191.50 KF250PCB1500A £147.30 KS250PCB1500SWB £226.65 Journal KS300PCB1800A £254.35 KF300PCB1800A £203.95 KS300PCB1800SWB £282.00
HEAVY DUTY FABRICATED CASTORS DIRECTIONAL LOCK ●
WHEEL BRAKE
2 way directional lock add suffix ’L‘ to swivel castor code
● The foot operated wheel brake
is available on Nylon & Poly Tyred wheels only add suffix ‘BR’ to swivel castor code
Price Extra: £22.10
Price Extra: 100 & 125mm = £11.55 150 & 200mm = £14.25
PRICES HELD Wheel Dia.
Wheel Type Nylon
100
125
Cast Iron
400
Poly Tyred
250
Nylon
270
Cast Iron
370
Plain
Swivel Model HSL100NY
£25.80
Price
Fixed Model HFL100NY
£17.15
Price
HSL100CI
£30.45
HFL100CI
£21.25
£50.00
HFL100PC2B
£38.80
HSL100NY2B
£15.65
HFL100NY2B
£22.60
400
HSL100CI2B
£45.15
HFL100CI2B
£25.05
Nylon
300
HSL125NY
£29.35
HFL125NY
£20.50
Cast Iron
450
HSL125CI
£35.15
HFL125CI
£25.70
HSL125PC2B
£58.15
HFL125PC2B
£42.85
HSL125NY2B
£40.75
HFL125NY2B
£25.80
Poly Tyred
300
140 Ball
Plain 165 Ball
Cast Iron
450
HSL125CI2B
£38.60
HFL125CI2B
£29.50
Nylon
380
HSL150NY
£34.95
HFL150NY
£26.75
Cast Iron
450
HSL150CI
£41.30
HFL150CI
£32.30
Poly Tyred
400
HSL150PC2B
£57.80
HFL150PC2B
£66.35
Nylon
380
HSL150NY2B
£47.55
HFL150NY2B
£34.50
Cast Iron
450
HSL150CI2B
£57.50
HFL150CI2B
£47.90
Nylon
550
HSL200NY
£44.85
HFL200NY
£35.20
HSL200CI
£51.60
HFL200CI
£41.70
HSL200PC2B
£82.05
HFL200PC2B
£72.90
HSL200NY2B
£56.95
HFL200NY2B
£47.50
HSL200CI2B
£56.15
HFL200CI2B
£46.60
Cast Iron 200
Bearing Type
HSL100PC2B
Nylon
150
Load Overall Cap kg Height 270
Poly Tyred
600
Nylon
550
Cast Iron
600
Plain 190 Ball
Plain 241 Ball
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
323_323 10/01/2012 17:08 Page 1
Heavy Duty Castors ● ●
TFH Fixed Castors: heavy gauge press formed sideplates welded to the top plate TSH Swivel Castors: heavy duty forged Steel top plate joined to an outer swivel ring by a full complement ball race running in hardened tracks. The race serves as both a thrust & radial bearing & is provided with a Nylon seal at the top & greased through a hydraulic nipple. The closed base of the ring prevents downward escape of the lubricant & completes the grease reservoir. The sideplates are press formed to a cylindrical shape to give the best strength to weight ratio & are continuously welded to the swivel ring
TFH150CI15
TOP PLATE The standard top plate has been designed to include slots that combine 120 x 60mm centres for 12mm bolts & 105 x 80mm centres for 10mm bolts
SWIVEL WHEEL BRAKES Available on swivel castors only (except 100mm) Add the suffix ‘F’ to the castor code Price: £23.70
TSH150PT15
Wheel Dia. 100mm 125mm
150mm
200mm
Wheel Type Polyurethane
Tread Width 38mm
Cast Iron
45mm
Polyurethane
38mm
Cast Iron
45mm
630kg
Nylon
50mm
800kg
Polyurethane
38mm
730kg
Cast Iron
45mm
910kg
Nylon
50mm
1500kg
Polyurethane Cast Iron
45mm
Load Capacity 225kg
Overall Height 152mm
320kg
1000kg 1150kg
Bearing Type
Roller 177mm Ball 202mm
Roller Ball
252mm
Roller
Swivel Castor
Price
Fixed Castor
Price
TSH100PT1H
£90.85
TFH100PT1H
£58.10
TSH100CI1H
£69.85
TFH100CI1H
£36.90
TSH125PT1H
£85.30
TFH125PT1H
£50.80
TSH125CI1H
£74.05
TFH125CI1H
£39.55
TSH150NY2H
£83.65
TFH150NY2H
£49.75
TSH150PT15
£98.05
TFH150PT15
£64.15
TSH150CI15
£73.80
TFH150CI15
£39.95
TSH200NY2H
£99.55
TFH200NY2H
£65.55
TSH200PT15
£131.90
TFH200PT15
£97.95
TSH200CI15
£85.90
TFH200CI15
£51.85
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
371
Handling Equipment
PRICES HELD
324_324 10/01/2012 17:07 Page 1
Wheels ALL PRODUCTS Model 744 162 2600 745 162 2600 744 200 2600 745 200 2600 734 250 2600 735 250 2600 734 300 2600 735 300 2600
Wheel Dia. Inch
mm
Tyre Width
6"
160
40mm
8"
Hub Length
200
10"
250kg
250
12"
350kg
300
400kg
Wheel Dia. Inch
mm
6.25"
160
40mm
671 201 2600 RED
8"
200
50mm
671 250 2600 RED
10"
250
60mm
671 162 2600 RED
51mm
50mm
Tyre Width
671 162 2000 RED
Load Bearing Capacity 175kg
25.4mm
Model
Handling Equipment
Hub Bore
Model PW250-425.4/764/51R PWR250-425.4/634/51R PW300-425.4/764/52R PWR300-425.4/634/52R PWR400-425.4/634/52R
744 SERIES
Wheel Dia.
Hub Bore
25.4mm
Tyre Width
8.75" 220
65mm
12"
300
82mm
Plain
£17.55
Roller
£17.65
Plain
£13.80
Roller
£22.70
Plain
£20.35
Roller
£31.45
Plain
£27.90
Roller
£29.80
Load Bearing Capacity
20mm
Inch mm
10.5" 260
Hub Length
51mm
200kg
Hub Length 76mm 63mm
£5.85
25.4mm
85mm
76mm 63mm
100mm
£5.80 £10.65
Load Bearing Capacity
120kg 150kg
●
£5.85
Plain
100kg
●
Plain
Price £21.00
Roller
Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres
PW SERIES ●
Roller £21.00 Plain
Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Metal centres
671 SERIES
Price
150kg
275kg
Hub Bore
Price
£25.10 £25.05 £28.40
Black Pneumatic tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres
PBW SERIES Model
Wheel Dia. Inch mm
Tyre Width
Hub Bore
PBW28025.4/66RIBRED 11"
280
80mm
25.4mm
PBW35525.4/66RIBBLK 14"
355
75mm
25.4mm
Hub Length 66mm
Load Bearing Capacity 250kg 300kg
Plain
Price
●
£18.65 £28.85
Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Polypropylene centres
BW SERIES Model BWR33025.4/63RIBBLK BWB33025.4/83RIBBLK
Wheel Dia. Inch mm
Tyre Width
13"
330
70mm
14"
355
75mm
Hub Bore
63mm 83mm
BWG35525.4/66RIBBLK BWR35525.4/63RIBBLK
25.4mm
BWG40025.4/66RIBBLK
300kg
63mm
400kg
83mm
400
90mm
63mm
500kg
83mm
BWR45031.8/100RIBBLK 18"
450
115mm
31.8mm
100mm
Price
Roller
£32.75
750kg
Tyre Hub Hub Load mm Width mm Bore mm Length mm Capacity
Ball Journal £63.70 Plain
£31.55
Roller
£42.75
Plain
£41.20
Roller
£41.90
Roller
£84.75
Bearing
Price
BWR250-425.4/634/51R 8.75" 220
65
25.4
63
100
Roller
£31.50
BWG300-425.4/764/52R 10.5" 260
85
25.4
76
170
Plain
£31.35
BWR300-425.4/634/52R 10.5" 260
85
25.4
63
170
Roller
£38.15
BWR400-425.4/634/52B
12"
300
100
25.4
63
245
Roller
£38.60
BWR400-825.4/634/01B
16"
400
100
25.4
63
305
Roller
£39.90
BWB400-825.4/834/01B
16"
400
100
25.4
83
305
BWR400-831.8/734/01B
16"
400
100
31.8
73
305
372
●
Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Black Metal centres
Ball Journal £63.70
Wheel Dia. Inch
Bearing
Ball Journal £57.75
66mm 16"
BWB40025.4/83RIBBLK
Model
Load Capacity
66mm
BWB35525.4/83RIBBLK BWR40025.4/63RIBBLK
Hub Length
Ball Journal £44.80 Roller
BW SERIES ●
Black Pneumatic tyred wheels with Black Metal centres
£37.45
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
325 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:21 Page 1
Access Equipment FOR ALL THOSE HARD TO REACH PLACES... Handy/Kick Steps Folding Steps Aluminium Steps Combi Ladders Glass Fibre Steps Extension Ladders Mobile Steps Warehouse Steps Work Platforms Towers Fork Lift Cages
Kick Steps Pages 376 & 377
376 to 378 379 to 383 384 to 391 392 to 394 395 to 397 398 to 400 402 to 409 408 to 421 422 to 425 427 to 429 430
DOUBLE DECKER ● ●
Comply to EN-131 Features a Red safety strip on the platform along with a large double step below the platform for increased safety FROM ONLY
£66.95 SEE PAGE
385
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
373
326_326 14/01/2012 10:45 Page 1
Access Equipment ALL FORT SECURE ACCESS STEPS ARE... ...POWDER COATED FOR A DURABLE FINISH, EVEN ON THE LARGEST 18 TREAD STEPS
...TESTED IN EXCESS OF THE LOAD CAPACITY
...HEAVY DUTY SHRINK WRAPPED FOR PROTECTION
Access Equipment
...TRIPLE WELDED FOR MAXIMUM SAFETY, ON ALL TREADS
...INDIVIDUALLY CHECKED BEFORE DESPATCH
WORK AT HEIGHT REGULATIONS 2005 Did you know?...
According to official HSE Statistics, falling is the biggest cause of workplace fatalities ● Of the fatal incidents in construction in 2009/10, 60% were caused by falls from height & 63% of all recorded incidents were caused by ‘low falls’ (falls below 2 metres ●
The Work At Height (WAH) Regulations came into effect in April 2005, these regulations apply to all work at height, in any place, where if precautions were not taken a person could fall down & injure themselves
So... what do you need to do? ✓ Carry out a riSk aSSeSSment - If access from a fixed point for more than 30 minutes
is required a ladder can not be used - consider a Mobile Step, Aluminium Platform or an Access Tower ✓ SeleCt the right equipment - Don’t make do to save money & time. Inappropriate selection or usage of access equipment could lead to a fine ✓ train thoSe Doing the work - Make sure they know how to use the equipment properly
- including erecting / folding equipment if necessary
✓ inSpeCt & maintain - Ensure equipment is regularly inspected. It is recommended that Step Ladders &
Ladders used daily have a written, recorded inspection by a person in authority every 3 months. Damaged equipment must be repaired or taken out of use & replaced. NB: Step Ladders & Ladders will fail the regulations with cracked, split or missing feet, tips, dented rungs or missing rivets. ✓ SuperviSe & monitor - Check the work is being carried out as planned, & suitable
equipment is being used. Remember that everybody is covered by the WAHR - employers, employees, self-employed & all sub-contracted & managed trades.
More information is available from www.hse.gov.uk/falls or ask to speak to our Access Specialist
374
327_315 24/01/2012 17:03 Page 1
Bespoke Access Equipment CAN’T FIND WHAT YOU’RE LOOKING FOR.... ....ALL FORT SECURE ACCESS STEPS CAN BE DESIGNED & MANUFACTURED TO YOUR EXACT REQUIREMENTS. LOOK FOR THE FORT SECURE ACCESS SYMBOLS Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
So... what do you need to do? ✓ Choose the design of step you require.
✓ Contact us with the changes you would like making e.g. bigger platform or treads, higher platform height etc.
unit to your specifications (all steps will be designed to ensure safe operation listed out on the opposite page.)
It’s that easy!! N.B. WE CANNOT ACCREDIT BESPOKE UNITS TO THE RECOGNISED EUROPEAN GS APPROVAL
MS9106M SEE PAGE 421
MS4107 SEE PAGE 419
WE CAN ALSO MANUFACTURE COMPLETELY BESPOKE ACCESS SOLUTIONS WHICH ARE INDIVIDUAL TO YOUR NEEDS. SEE BELOW SOME EXAMPLES OF UNITS WE HAVE MANUFACTURED TYPICAL USES INCLUDE: ✓ ACCESS TO SKIPS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT SITES ✓ CLEANING & MAINTENANCE OF HGV’S, COACHES, BUSES, MILITARY VEHICLES, AIRCRAFTS ETC ✓ ACCESS TO PLANT & MACHINERY
WE HAVE THE SOLUTION FOR YOU CALL FOR DETAILS 375
Access Equipment
✓ We will design & price the
328_328 10/01/2012 17:28 Page 1
Handy Steps PlaSTIC STeP STool
STeel STeP-UPS
●
Manufactured from high quality Plastic Lightweight yet durable 2 step unit ● Large anti-slip platform & feet
●
●
●
Handy Carry Hole
Comply to EN-14183 Standard These nestable steps are constructed from tubular Steel & come complete with grooved Plastic feet ● Platform Size: 380W x 260D mm ● Ribbed Rubber mat platforms
HE400Z
£27.50 Max Load
Max Load
PRICE HELD
130kg
access equipment
150kg HJS01Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm 470 x 510 x 400
Weight kg 1.8
HJS02Z
HJS01Z
HE400Z
Model
Price
No. of Steps 1
HE400Z
£27.50
2
Platform Height mm 255
Overall Size W x D mm 440 x 385
Weight kg 2.2
Model
Price
HJS01Z
£24.90
375
445 x 555
3.5
HJS02Z
£31.95
PlaSTIC STeP-UP
GS aPProVed STeel KICK STeP
This versatile nestable step is manufactured from injection moulded Plastic complete with non-slip feet ● Grey or Black - please specify when ordering
●
Approved to the recognised European GS Standard Of Steel construction, this Kick Step has a snap-lock quick assembly & non-slip Rubber platforms ● Lightweight & incorporates a non-slip platform ● Mounted on 3 retractable Polypropylene castors ● This Kick Step will not slide, roll or tip over Max Load ● 5 Colour Options available:
●
●
150kg
Blue Red Black Grey Green Please specify when ordering
eaSy To STaCK & STore
GA009Z
HS501Z
HS501Z
£24.60
GA009Z
LOWER PRICE
£45.00
Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Size mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Loaded Height mm
Unloaded Height mm
Base Ø mm
Top Ø mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
240
425 x 280
480 x 330
1
HS501Z
£24.60
430
435
435
290
5.5
GA009Z
£45.00
376
329_329 10/01/2012 17:39 Page 1
Kick Steps KICK STEPS
Max Load
150kg
Manufactured from quality Steel & Rubber for safety & durability ● Mounted on 3 sprung loaded Polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied ● 5 Colour Options available: ●
Blue Red Black Please specify when ordering
Green
Grey
FROM
£35.95 KA004Z
IMPROVED DESIGN Loaded Height mm
Unloaded Height mm
Base Ø mm
Top Ø mm
Weight kg
Model
Price Price (each) 1+ (each) 3+
430
435
435
290
4.5
KA004Z
£39.95
£35.95
Access Equipment
RUGGED PLASTIC KICK STEP Manufactured in high quality durable Plastic, this kick step is lightweight & easy to move ● The unit incorporates 3 sprung loaded castors which retract when weight is applied ●
FROM
£29.95
Max Load
150kg
IDEAL FOR THOSE HARD TO REACH PLACES
KA007Z
Loaded Height mm 410
GS APPROVED PLASTIC KICK STEP Approved to the recognised European GS Standard ● Constructed from tough & durable Plastic ● Lightweight & incorporates a non-slip platform ● Mounted on 3 sprung loaded Polypropylene castors ● This Kick Step will not slide, roll or tip over ● 4 Colour Options available: ●
Blue Red Black Grey Please specify when ordering
Unloaded Base Height mm Ø mm 420
430
Top Ø mm
Weight kg
Model
Price Price (each) 1+ (each) 3+
290
3.5
KA007Z
£34.35
Max Load
£29.95
PRICE HELD
150kg
GA008Z
£49.95
Loaded Height mm
Unloaded Height mm
Base Ø mm
Top Ø mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
445
450
440
300
2.8
GA008Z
£49.95
GA008Z
377
330_330 11/01/2012 14:31 Page 1
Fort
Steps Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
HS322Z
£107.35 BLUE, RED OR BEIGE ONLY HS322Z GS311Z
GS312Z
FORT HEAVY DUTY HANDY STEPS Manufactured & approved to European GS standard Fitted with non-marking Rubber feet & all weather non-slip injection moulded treads ● 6 colour options available: ●
Access Equipment
●
Blue Green Red Beige Yellow please specify when ordering
Grey
Weight kg 3
Model
Price
1
Overall Size H x W x D mm 266 x 457 x 370
GS301Z
£52.20
1 with post
1200 x 457 x 370
4
GS311Z
£85.25
2
432 x 515 x 638
5
GS302Z
£82.30
2 with post
1330 x 515 x 638
6
GS312Z
£115.15
Description
FORT HANDY STEPS Fully welded tubular Steel, with a looped handle. Fitted with non-marking Rubber feet & all weather non-slip injection moulded treads ● Top Tread Height: 400mm ● 4 colour options available: ● ●
Blue Red Yellow Grey please specify when ordering Overall Height mm 1300
Overall Width mm 515
Overall Depth mm 638
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
HS322Z
£107.35
FORT DOUBLE SIDED STEPS
FORT MOBILE STEP - TILT & PULL
●
All weather non-slip injection moulded treads Mobile models are fitted with 4 x 80mm sprung weight reactive retractable swivel castors ● Tread Size: 400 x 200mm ● 4 colour options available:
●
●
●
Double sided tubular Steel unit Non-slip ribbed Rubber treads, two swivel castors & a handle on one side
Blue Green Red Beige please specify when ordering
HS9222
£155.50 HS9222 HS9222 HS3212
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability Description
Platform Height
MS7312
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Mobile 2 step without handle 500 mm 575 x 490 x 610
Weight kg
Model
Price
11
MS7212 £334.00
500 mm 1245 x 490 x 610
13
MS7312 £377.65
Static 2 step without handle 500 mm 555 x 460 x 610
11
HS3212 £218.65
13
HS3312 £262.00
Mobile 2 step with handle
Static 2 step with handle
378
500 mm 1255 x 460 x 610
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability Top Overall Size Tread Step H x W x D mm Size mm 390 mm 1120 x 400 x 410 290 x 160
Weight kg 7
Model
Price
HS9222
£155.50
331_331 10/01/2012 17:35 Page 1
Folding & Handy steps sTEp-A-TRUcKs
FROM
£86.20
Comply to EN-131 Standard ● Versatile - neat & compact ● Large toe plate & wide step treads ● Load Capacity: as Sack Truck - 60kg as Step Unit - 150kg ● Multi purpose units, simple & easy to convert from steps to sack trucks ● When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels ●
EAsY TO UsE FOAM RUbbER HANDLE
NON sLIp pLAsTIc TREADs
FMS83Y as Sack Truck
FMS83Y as Step Unit
FMS82Y as Step Unit
Easy to move into position
Overall Size - W x D x H mm
Platform Height mm
Folded
as Sack Truck
as Step Unit
2
460 x 70 x 990
480 x 490 x 990
470 x 530 x 920
490
3
470 x 90 x 1265
490 x 450 x 1265
470 x 735 x 1190
750
Sack Truck Toe Plate
Step Tread Size
390 x 280 mm
375 x 210 mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
6.5
FMS82Y
£86.20
9
FMS83Y £101.45
FORT HANDY sTEps
MATRIX
Strong Steel Frame Nestable, lightweight static steps ● All weather non-slip injection moulded treads ●
Strong & sturdy folding Aluminium steps ● Sidebars prevent unexpected closure of this unit & ensure repeated safe usage ● Durable platform for safe 5 YEAR & comfortable standing ● Extra wide base & deep GUARANTEE non-slip 80mm treads ● Subject to availability LOWER PRICES ●
●
Fort steel Framed steps for safety, strength & Durability
HS302Z
HS301Z
DEEp TREADs
SV-MATRIX-3 No. of Treads 3 4
Platform Height mm 690 930
Weight kg 5 6
Model
Price
SV-MATRIX-3 SV-MATRIX-4
£99.95 £109.95
HS312Z
No. of Steps 1
Overall Size H x W x D mm 285 x 400 x 400
Weight kg 3
Model
Price
HS301Z
£47.05
2
405 x 415 x 730
5
HS302Z
£76.90
2 with post
1400 x 415 x 730
5.5
HS312Z
£93.75
379
Access Equipment
No. of Treads
FOLD AWAY WHEELs
332_332 10/01/2012 17:34 Page 1
Folding Steps
FS204Z
£76.50
FS202Z
FS203Z
£44.50
£58.00
FS203Z FS202Z
FS204Z
Access Equipment
FOLDING STEPS
No. Height of of top Treads tread
Comply to EN-14183 Standard ● Tubular Steel, non-slip treads & Plastic feet ● Folds down flat for easy compact storage ● Tread Size: 300W x 200Dmm ●
Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Model
Price
2
470
810 x 410 x 540
900 x 410 x 70
4
FS202Z £44.50
3
710
1050 x 410 x 670 1180 x 410 x 70
6
FS203Z £58.00
4
940
1300 x 410 x 810 1440 x 410 x 70
8
FS204Z £76.50
FROM
FROM
£59.95
£44.95 FJS64Z
LOWER PRICES
FJS62Z
FJS63Z
FCI02Z FCI03Z
FOLDING STEPS WITH HIGH BACK
CHROME PLATED FOLDING STEPS
Comply to EN-14183 Standard ● High safety rail, non-slip treads & feet ● Tread Size: 380W x 260Dmm ●
No. Height of of top Treads tread mm
Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Comply to EN-14183 Standard Chrome Plated tubular Steel construction ● High safety rail, non-slip treads & Plastic feet ● ●
Weight kg
Model
Price
7.2
FJS62Z
£44.95
No. Height of of top Treads tread mm
2
470
1070 x 520 x 540 1080 x 515 x 220
3
705
1305 x 520 x 655 1310 x 515 x 150
10
FJS63Z
£57.25
2
480
4
960
1560 x 520 x 810 1600 x 515 x 140
12.5
FJS64Z
£69.00
3
730
380
Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1070 x 490 x 470 1150 x 490 x 150
4
FCI02Z
£59.95
1340 x 490 x 630 1420 x 490 x 150
6
FCI03Z
£79.95
333_333 10/01/2012 17:33 Page 1
Folding
Steps
FJS74Z
£66.25 FJS73Z
£56.75
FJS73Z
FJS72Z
FJS74Z
£44.95
FJS72Z
Comply to EN-14183 Standard ● Tubular Steel frame with Plastic non-slip treads, non-slip feet & Blue Foam Rubber handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat ● Tread Size: 380W x 260Dmm ●
No. Height of of top Treads tread
Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Model
Price
2
490
830 x 470 x 550
1080 x 470 x 90
4
FJS72Z £44.95
3
720
1060 x 470 x 880
1350 x 470 x 90
9
FJS73Z £56.75
4
950
1295 x 470 x 1100
1620 x 470 x 90
12
FJS74Z £66.25
GS404Z
£74.95 LOWER PRICES
GS403Z
£59.95
GS402Z
£44.95 GS402Z
FOLDING STEPS WITH FOAM HANDLE Approved to the recognised European GS Standard & comply to EN-14183 Standard ● Tubular Steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, Plastic feet & Black Foam Rubber handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat ● Tread Size: 380W x 260Dmm
GS404Z
GS403Z
●
No. Height of of top Treads tread mm
Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
480
820 x 450 x 520
1065 x 450 x 90
4
GS402Z £44.95
3
725
1180 x 460 x 670
1310 x 460 x 90
6
GS403Z £59.95
4
980
1435 x 500 x 850
1580 x 500 x 90
8
GS404Z £74.95
381
Access Equipment
FOLDING STEPS WITH BLUE FOAM HANDLE
334_334 10/01/2012 17:32 Page 1
Folding Steps FoldING StEpS WItH YElloW tool tRAY Comply to EN-14183 Standard Large versatile tool tray & a useful tool holder handle ● 4 x Large Anti-Slip Feet
●
●
Max Load
150kg
Access Equipment
tool tRAY
SAFEtY tREAd loCK MECHANISM
FJY02Z
No. of Height of Treads Top Tread mm 2 500
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1160 x 536 x 600
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 1270 x 536 x 80
Weight kg 6.5
Model
Price
FJY02Z
£58.40
3
750
1405 x 536 x 780
1545 x 536 x 80
8.5
FJY03Z
£69.15
4
1000
1655 x 536 x 960
1815 x 536 x 80
10
FJY04Z
£79.85
FoldING StEpS WItH BlACK tool tRAY
MASSIVE SAVINGS
Comply to EN-131 Standard ● Large versatile tool tray & Foam handle for your comfort ● 4 x Large Anti-Slip Feet ● Plat. Size: 374L x 313D mm ● Top Tread Height: FWS02Z - 500mm FWS03Z - 750mm ● Subject to availability
●
Max Load
150kg
FJY03Z
AluMINIuM FoldING StEpS Comply to EN-131 standard Aluminium serrated treads & anti-slip Rubber feet ● Top Tool Tray for holding tools & fittings ● Subject to availability ● ●
Large Tool Tray
ALI35Z ALI44Z
Safety Tread Lock FWS02Z
No. of Height to top O/A Size - In Use O/A Height Wt Treads Tread mm H x W x D mm Folded kg
Model
Price
Standard Units
No. of Treads
Overall Size In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Size Folded H x W x D mm
2
1135 x 535 x 600
3
1385 x 535 x 780
382
3
700
950 x 450 x 620
1050 mm
4.5 ALI33Z £39.00
4
950
1200 x 480 x 770
1300 mm
5.5 ALI34Z £49.00
5
1200
1450 x 510 x 915
1550 mm
7
ALI35Z £59.00
6
1450
1700 x 540 x 1075 1800 mm
8
ALI36Z £69.00
Wt kg
Model
1205 x 535 x 75
7
FWS02Z
£49.95
4
950
1570 x 520 x 690
1670 mm
6.5 ALI44Z £55.00
1475 x 535 x 75
8.5
FWS03Z
£64.95
5
1200
1820 x 550 x 850
1920 mm
8
Price
Units with high Safety Rail ALI45Z £65.00
335_335 10/01/2012 17:31 Page 1
Folding Steps EASY SLOPE ALUMINIUM FOLDING LEADER STEPS Aluminium folding steps are ideal for use in offices, storerooms, warehouses etc. Manufactured to GS Approval ‘the recognised European standard’ ● Large serrated Aluminium ROBUST treads (360W x 205Dmm) & & STURDY high handrail offer increased safety during use ● Tilt & Pull wheels for easy movement without lifting ● Easy Slope incline ● Folded Size: only 120mm deep ● ●
AFGS4Z
£132.95 Access Equipment
AFGS3Z
£108.95
AFGS4Z
AFGS3Z Tool Tray - on 3 & 4 tread models AFGS2Z Tilt & Pull AFGS2Z Folded No. of Treads 2
Platform Height mm 440
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 850 x 520 x 545
Overall Height when Folded mm 790
Weight kg 6.5
AFGS2Z
£89.95
3
660
1240 x 550 x 830
1060
9
AFGS3Z
£108.95
4
880
1440 x 580 x 1110
1360
11
AFGS4Z
£132.95
Model
Price
383
336_336 10/01/2012 17:50 Page 1
Aluminium Steps Aluminium Folding StepS ● ●
Comply to EN-131 standard Distance between the platform & top handrail is 600mm providing safety at high levels
FROM
£48.80
Access equipment
FoldABle unitS FoR CompACt StoRAge
No. of Treads 3
Platform Height mm 640
ALR07Z
ALR06Z
ALR05Z
ALR04Z
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1240 x 420 x 705
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 1320 x 420 x 125
Weight kg 3.6
Model
Price
ALR03Z
£48.80
4
870
1470 x 440 x 870
1555 x 440 x 125
4.2
ALR04Z
£57.35
5
1070
1670 x 470 x 1045
1785 x 470 x 125
4.8
ALR05Z
£64.70
6
1300
1900 x 490 x 1205
2030 x 490 x 125
5.4
ALR06Z
£73.25
7
1520
2120 x 520 x 1340
2270 x 520 x 125
6.3
ALR07Z
£83.35
8
1740
2340 x 550 x 1475
2500 x 550 x 125
7
ALR08Z
£92.30
Aluminium Folding StepS ● ●
Comply to EN-131 standard Large Tool Tray, ideal for all your tools & fittings
FoldABle unitS FoR CompACt StoRAge
LOWER PRICES FROM ONLY
£39.95 LOWER PRICES
ALR13Z
ALR14Z
ALR15Z
Safety Tread Locking Mechanism
No. of Treads 3
Platform Height mm 860
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1300 x 500 x 810
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 1410 x 500 x 175
Weight kg 3.5
Model
Price
ALR13Z
£39.95
4
1140
1580 x 530 x 1000
1705 x 530 x 175
4
ALR14Z
£48.75
5
1435
1875 x 550 x 1160
2015 x 550 x 175
4.5
ALR15Z
£58.95
384
337_337 10/01/2012 17:49 Page 1
Aluminium
Steps
DOUBLE DECKER Comply to EN-131 Standard Rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability ● Integral toolholder, buckethook & screwtray ● A quality professional Aluminium stepladder, light enough to facilitate easy movement & transportation ● The Aluminium platform features a UNIQUE DOUBLE Red safety strip - indicator for maximum STEP & RUBBER recommended step height & protective PLATFORM STRIP FOR ExTRA edge to prevent cuts & grazes COMFORT ● Patented large double step underneath the platform for safe & comfortable standing ● The unit comes complete with heavy-duty sturdy feet to make this a superior, professional, stepladder ● ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE No. of Platform Treads Height
O/A Size - In Use Folded Wt H x W x D mm Height mm kg
Model
Price
600 mm
1244 x 470 x 723
1376
3.8 ALT-502103
£66.95
4
850 mm
1461 x 496 x 869
1606
4.4 ALT-502104
£75.55
5
1050 mm 1677 x 525 x 1016
1837
5
ALT-502105
£86.65
6
1250 mm 1893 x 552 x 1163
2067
6.1 ALT-502106
£97.75
7
1450 mm 2110 x 580 x 1309
2298
7.2 ALT-502107 £106.95
8
1700 mm 2326 x 607 x 1456
2529
8.4 ALT-502108 £117.15
ALT-502105 ALT-502105
£86.65
PROFESSIONAL ALUMINIUM FOLDING STEPS Comply to EN-131 Standard Large working platform - 275W x 400Dmm ● Deep non-slip Aluminium treads ● These units have an extra large standing platform, twin handrails, handy work tray & high support rail ● Distance from Platform to top hand rail: 750mm ● ●
High Support Rail
Tool Tray
AFA04Z Large Platform No. of Treads 2
Platform Height mm 350
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1105 x 420 x 650
Overall Height when folded 1180 mm
Weight kg 4.5
Model
Price
AFA02Z
£68.40
3
580
1330 x 445 x 805
1420 mm
5
AFA03Z
£73.85
4
800
1550 x 465 x 955
1660 mm
6
AFA04Z
£81.50
5
1020
1775 x 490 x 1110
1900 mm
6.5
AFA05Z
£93.75
6
1250
2000 x 515 x 1260
2140 mm
7.5
AFA06Z
£113.20
7
1470
2225 x 535 x 1415
2380 mm
9
AFA07Z
£138.40
AFA06Z
385
Access Equipment
3
338_338 10/01/2012 17:48 Page 1
Aluminium Steps Aluminium TRADE STEPlADDERS Certified to EN-131 standard & BS2037 Class 1 ● Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads ● Rubber feet & Aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break ● Lightweight & easy to carry ●
iDEAl FOR mAinTEnAnCE APPliCATiOnS
Access Equipment
No. of Treads 3
ATS08Z
Open Height mm 580
Closed Height mm 660
Weight kg 2.4
Model
Price
ATS03Z
£51.15
4
810
890
2.5
ATS04Z
£57.05
5
1030
1140
3.4
ATS05Z
£65.85
6
1260
1380
4.5
ATS06Z
£72.05
7
1480
1620
5.1
ATS07Z
£78.75
8
1700
1860
6
ATS08Z
£85.90
10
2170
2340
6.6
ATS10Z
£101.00
12
2570
2820
7.3
ATS12Z
£116.40
Aluminium PlATFORm STEPlADDERS Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads ● Rubber feet & Aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break ● Lightweight & easy to carry ● Handrails available - Call for Details ● ●
iDEAl FOR mAinTEnAnCE APPliCATiOnS
APS08Z
386
No. of Treads 3
Open Height mm 1240
Closed Height mm 1350
Platform Height mm 590
Weight kg 4.2
Model
Price
APS03Z
£69.65
4
1460
5
1680
1590
810
4.5
APS04Z
£75.55
1830
1030
5.4
APS05Z
6
£84.95
1910
2070
1260
6
APS06Z
£91.05
7
2130
2310
1480
6.6
APS07Z
£99.55
8
2310
2550
1670
7.25
APS08Z
£100.55
10
2740
3010
2120
8.8
APS10Z
£124.35
12
3200
3520
2600
9.5
APS12Z
£139.90
339 _339 10/01/2012 17:47 Page 1
Aluminium Steps Aluminium TRADE STEPlADDERS Manufactured from industrial strength Aluminium Non-slip treads & a large platform provide a safe working area ● Available as a double sided step unit - Call for Details ● Platform size: 460D x 415W mm ● ●
STRAiGHT BACKED FOR ClOSER ACCESS LOWER PRICES
ALS04Z
Access Equipment
Units without Handrails
Units with Handrails
No. of Treads
Overall Size W x D mm
Platform Height mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
3
460 x 840
730
6.5 kg
ALS03Z
£120.80
9.5 kg
ALS13Z
£210.60
4
480 x 970
890
8 kg
ALS04Z
£137.75
11 kg
ALS14Z
£227.55
5
510 x 1090
1220
9 kg
ALS05Z
£141.85
12 kg
ALS15Z
£231.70
ALS15Z
Aluminium WiDE STEPS Certified to BS EN-131 Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre ● The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety ● Platform size: 400D x 600W mm ● ●
iDEAl FOR mAnY APPliCATiOnS & inDuSTRiES
NEW No. of Treads
Open Height mm
Platform Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1410 1625 1840 2050 2260 2470 2700
385 610 835 1050 1260 1480 1710
1570 1780 1980 2225 2490 2730 2965
6 8 9 10 11 12 13
ALP02Z ALP03Z ALP04Z ALP05Z ALP06Z ALP07Z ALP08Z
£230.10 £254.20 £264.50 £288.55 £312.65 £336.75 £360.85
ALP04Z
387
340_340 10/01/2012 17:47 Page 1
Aluminium Steps TAURUS TGB Comply to EN-131 Standard Integral tool tray in the guardrail ● Large anti-slip feet provide extra strength ● Benefit from a Black powder coated finish, which keeps your hands warm & clean ● The double box section treads are considerably larger & thicker than on traditional products. Designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability (see image shown below) ● ●
ALT-191506
£257.30
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Access Equipment
Tool Tray
Locking Mechanism
Double Platform ALT-191506
3
Platform Height mm 700
4
950
1568 x 500 x 885
1691
8.5
ALT-191504 £196.00
5
1200
1803 x 530 x 1033
1941
9.5
ALT-191505 £209.05
6
1400
2038 x 560 x 1182
2191
13
ALT-191506 £257.30
7
1650
2272 x 590 x 1330
2441
14
ALT-191507 £276.65
8
1900
2507 x 620 x 1479
2691
14.5
ALT-191508 £305.00
10
2350
2977 x 680 x 1775
3191
18
ALT-191510 £355.95
12
2800
3447 x 720 x 2072
3691
20
ALT-191512 £406.90
No. of Treads
Tool Tray
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1333 x 470 x 736
Overall Weight Model Price Height when kg folded mm 1441 7.5 ALT-191503 £179.30
CASTA Comply to EN-131 Standard A high quality professional Aluminium stepladder ● Unit incorporates guardrail with toolholder ● Benefits from sturdy, non-slip, deep treads & anti-slip feet for extra comfort & safety ● ●
ALT-503105
£165.65 5 YEAR GUARANTEE
388
ALT-503105
SPECIAL OFFER
ANDES AEO 4 TREAD UNIT WITH A 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
NOW ONLY £115.00
WAS £182.00 Overall Size: 1333 x 470 x 736 Platform Height: 950mm Model ALT-191304 Available Whilst Stocks Last
5
Platform Height mm 1150
6
1400
2050 x 560 x 1135
2200
8.5
ALT-503106
£180.50
7
1650
2300 x 590 x 1285
2450
9.5
ALT-503107
£196.65
8
1900
2550 x 620 x 1430
2700
11
ALT-503108
£206.00
No. of Treads
Overall Size Overall Weight Model In Use Height when kg H x W x D mm folded mm 1800 x 530 x 985 1950 7.5 ALT-503105
£165.65
Price
341_341 10/01/2012 17:46 Page 1
Aluminium Steps TAURUS TME Comply to EN-131 Standard Enclosed hinge system provides extra stability & allows closure & storage in restricted space ● Large handrails & 850mm guardrails for extra safety ● The wheels allow easy movement around warehousing ● Integral tool tray in the guardrail enabling safe storage of tools & materials when in use ● ●
ALT-193207
£388.60 LOWER PRICES
PROfILE Of DOUBLE TREAD SECTIOn designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Tilt & Push Handles
6
Access Equipment
No. of Treads
Platform Overall Size Overall Weight Model Price Height - In Use Height when kg mm H x W x D mm folded mm 1410 2272 x 620 x 1182 2441 16 ALT-193206 £355.15
7
1645
2507 x 650 x 1330
2691
18
ALT-193207 £388.60
9
2115
2977 x 710 x 1627
3191
24
ALT-193209 £447.35
11
2585
3447 x 770 x 1924
3691
27
ALT-193211 £504.00
TAURUS TDO Comply to EN-131 Standard Large Rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability ● Benefit from a Black powder coated finish - keep your hands warm & clean ● Red top tread to indicate the maximum recommended step height ● Enclosed hinge system which stops the unit from unexpectedly closing, providing greater strength ● Subject to availability ● ●
LOWER PRICES
ALT-192506
£250.25 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
4
Platform Height mm 950
ALT-192504
£195.20
5
1200
1250 x 520 x 1045
1725
11
ALT-192505
£216.70
6
1400
1500 x 550 x 1215
2025
12.5
ALT-192506
£250.25
8
1900
2000 x 615 x 1555
2525
16.5
ALT-192508
£304.70
10
2350
2500 x 675 x 1900
3025
20
ALT-192510
£359.00
12
2800
3000 x 730 x 2240
3525
24
ALT-192512
£409.10
No. of Treads
Overall Size Overall Height Weight In Use when folded kg H x W x D mm mm 1000 x 490 x 870 1525 9.5
Model
Price
ALT-192506
389
342_342 16/01/2012 16:05 Page 1
Aluminium Steps REGINA SPECIAL Comply to EN-131 Standard A high quality professional Aluminium stepladder complete with large safe hand rails ● Benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure maximum strength & longevity of performance ● Integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables safe storage of tools & materials when in use ● Heavy-duty non-skid sturdy feet ● ●
SV-REGSP-5
£205.20
Tool Tray
Access Equipment
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
5
Platform Height mm 1160
6
1390
2030 x 510 x 1210
2300
9
8
1850
2490 x 570 x 1550
2800
11
SV-REGSP-8 £268.20
10
2300
2940 x 620 x 1870
3300
13.5
SV-REGSP-10 £318.30
12
2770
3410 x 670 x 2250
3800
16
SV-REGSP-12 £369.45
No. of Treads SV-REGSP-5
Overall Size Overall Weight Model Price In Use Height when kg H x W x D mm folded mm 1800 x 490 x 1040 2050 8 SV-REGSP-5 £205.20
REGINA Comply to EN-131 Standard Large rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability ● Aluminium stepladder, with sturdy deep treads welded to ensure maximum strength & longevity of performance ● Integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables safe storage of tools & materials when in use ● Complete with heavy-duty sturdy feet. ● Subject to availability ● ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Anti-slip Foot
SV-REG-6
£144.15
4
Platform Height mm 920
Overall Size In Use H x W x D mm 1560 x 470 x 870
6
1390
2030 x 510 x 1210
2200
7
8
1850
2490 x 565 x 1550
2700
10
2300
2940 x 615 x 1870
12
2770
3410 x 665 x 2250
No. of Treads
Overall Weight Height when kg folded mm 1700 5.5
Model
Price
SV-REG-4
£119.55
SV-REG-6
£144.15
8.5
SV-REG-8
£181.40
3200
11
SV-REG-10
£220.80
3700
13.5
SV-REG-12
£258.10
390 Tool Tray
SV-REG-6
SV-REGSP-6 £216.00
343_343 10/01/2012 17:44 Page 1
Aluminium Steps VERA
Folded
Comply to EN-131 Standard Large Platform Size: 450 x 500mm ● Integral tool tray in the guardrail ● Welded ribbed Aluminium, this quality folding warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy & includes a large platform, which allows safe work at height ● Equipped with two reinforcing arms, which prevent sudden unwanted opening or closing & are used to move the ladder via two 125mm Rubber wheels ● ●
SV-VERA-6
£456.75
Tool Tray
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Platform Overall Overall Size - In Use Height Height when H x W x D mm mm folded mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
6
1400
2200 x 700 x 1640
2460
17
SV-VERA-6
£456.75
8
1900
2660 x 740 x 1970
2970
20
SV-VERA-8
£514.05
10
2300
3100 x 780 x 2340
3460
23
SV-VERA-10 £575.75
12
2800
3570 x 820 x 2700
3940
26
SV-VERA-12 £637.35
SV-VERA-6
CASTELLANA
Tool Tray
LOWER Comply to EN-131 Standard PRICES ● Unit incorporates a Tool Tray ● Large handrails for increased safety ● Welded ribbed Aluminium folding ladder with a large platform featuring kickplates, 1000mm guardrail & handrail allowing you to work in a comfortable & safe manner ● Subject to availability ●
SV-CAST-8
£539.95
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Braking Mechanism
SV-CAST-8 Folded
MASSIVELY REDUCED PRICES
SV-CAST-8
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Overall Size - In Use Weight Height when H x W x D mm kg folded mm
6
1600
2600 x 1010 x 1600
2850
8
2150
3150 x 1170 x 1920
3360
10
2650
3650 x 1170 x 2200
12
3160
14
3750
Model
Price
31
SV-CAST-6
£499.95
35
SV-CAST-8
£539.95
3950
39
SV-CAST-10
£599.95
4160 x 1330 x 2500
4510
44
SV-CAST-12
£699.95
4750 x 1500 x 2800
5060
48
SV-CAST-14
£799.95
391
Access Equipment
No. of Treads
344_344 10/01/2012 17:43 Page 1
Aluminium Steps COMBINATION LADDER WITH WORKING PLATFORM Comply to EN-131 Standard Convert from ladders to stepladders & working platforms ● Zinc Plated Metal platforms are 1.2mm thick & rest onto the step when in the platform position ● Two platforms per step give an ideal working base ● Serrated Aluminium treads ● Large non-slip Rubber feet AMP03Z as a Ladder ● Complete with working platform ● Subject to availability ● ●
AMP03Z as Working Platform
MASSIVE PRICE REDUCTIONS
Access Equipment
Simple & easy to use locking catches
AMP03Z Folded
Description
Overall Height mm Stepladder Ladder Platform
Platform Size L x W
Weight kg
Model
Price £89.95
4 x 3 Steps
1690
3640
910
1430 x 300
12
AMP03Z
4 x 4 Steps
2230
4570
1220
2050 x 300
14.5
AMP04Z £109.95
AMP03Z as a Stepladder
LOWER PRICES
PROFESSIONAL 3 IN 1 TELESCOPIC LADDER Comply to EN-131 Standard Lightweight telescopic folding Aluminium ladder ● Unique pin locking hinges gives optimum safety ● The telescopic legs enables these units to be used in a wide range of applications ● These units are made extremely stable by the splayed legs & non-slip feet ● ●
ALT-503755 In Use
ALT-503755
ALT-503755
£226.60 Unique Pin Locking Hinge
Telescopic Leg Release Mechanism
Folds for Compact Storage & Transport
LOWER PRICES
Description ALT-503754 In Use
392
Overall Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2350/4100
12
ALT-503754
£185.00
2950/5030
15.5
ALT-503755
£226.60
Stepladder
Ladder
4 x 4 Steps
1150/1950
4 x 5 Steps
1450/2550
345_345 10/01/2012 17:41 Page 1
Aluminium Steps DOUBLE SIDED PICKING STEPS Comply to EN-131 standard Ideal for a wide variety of environments ● Double sided for good access ● 4 x 100mm castors fitted either side of the step for greater manoeuvrability ● This unit incorporates a double handrail either side of the unit as well as a guardrail for optimum safety ● ●
FROM ONLY
£288.70 IDEAL FOR ACCESS TO YOUR SHELVING
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1600 x 468 x 1097
Platform Height mm 985
Weight kg 9.5
Model
Price
SV-DCS004
£288.70
5
1830 x 490 x 1285
1240
10.5
SV-DCS005
£314.75
6
2065 x 515 x 1465
1490
11.5
SV-DCS006
£328.55
7
2295 x 545 x 1670
1740
12.5
SV-DCS007
£349.75
8
2525 x 570 x 1860
1990
13.5
SV-DCS008
£368.45
9
2750 x 593 x 2055
2240
15
SV-DCS009
£394.50
10
2980 x 620 x 2290
2490
16
SV-DCS010
£420.40
11
3195 x 640 x 2490
2740
17.5
SV-DCS011
£446.45
13
3665 x 695 x 2855
3240
21.5
SV-DCS013
£486.20
Access Equipment
No. of Treads 4
ALUMINIUM WAREHOUSE STEPS Comply to EN-131 standard Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre ● Constructed from Aluminium with heavy duty back supports & side handrails ● ●
NEW
IDEAL FOR MANY APPLICATIONS & INDUSTRIES ALW05Z
No. of Treads 4
Open Height to Platform mm 1000
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
ALW04Z
£160.80
5
1220
11
ALW05Z
£164.00
6
1460
13
ALW06Z
£183.90
7
1710
15
ALW07Z
£199.00
8
1950
16
ALW08Z
£231.30
10
2440
20
ALW10Z
£269.95
12
2930
24
ALW12Z
£282.50
14
3420
27
ALW14Z
£310.90
ALW14Z
393
346_346 10/01/2012 17:55 Page 1
Aluminium Access Steps PROFESSIONAL 3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER
Max Load
130kg
Use as a stepladder, extension ladder or a stairwell ladder ● The unique sliding mechanism enables easy conversion to each mode ● The wide splayed base & heavy duty feet give stability & grip ● The strong work tray is useable in all positions & takes loads up to 12 kg ● Comply to EN-131 Standard ● Closed Length: 1900mm ●
Extension Ladder
Stairwell Ladder
Stepladder Top Rung Height 1560 mm
Stepladder
Extension Ladder Length 2740 mm
Weight kg 7.5
Model
Price
AFA15Z
£107.15
PROFESSIONAL 5 WAY COMBINATION LADDER Comply to EN-131 Standard Can be used as a stepladder, extension ladder, a stairwell ladder, a level platform or a stairwell platform ● Complete with 1200mm long non-slip platform ● Wide base stabiliser
Access Equipment
● ●
Extension Ladder Stairwell Ladder
Stairwell Platform Stepladder Stepladder Extension Maximum Weight Top Rung Ladder Platform kg Height Length Height
Model
1560 mm 2740 mm 1200 mm
AFA69Z £167.75
16.5
Max Load
Price
150kg
Level Platform
LADDER & ACCESS PLATFORM IN ONE A versatile unit - use as an extension ladder, double sided stepladder, work platform or a stairwell work platform Max Load ● Of Aluminium construction, with a Plywood 150kg platform & large anti-slip Rubber feet ● Platform Length: 1470mm ●
ASLH2Z - Optional Handrail
Extension Ladder
FURTHER PRICE REDUCTIONS Stairwell Platform
Stepladder Top Rung Height 1540 mm
394
Stepladder
Extension Ladder Length 2770 mm
●
Maximum Platform Height 1000 mm
ASL01Z Level Platform with Optional Extras
Subject to Availability
Weight kg 18
Model
Price
ASL01Z
£89.65
Optional Stabilising Leg
ASLF1Z
£16.95
Optional Handrail
ASLH2Z
£13.95
ASLF1Z Optional Stabilising Leg
347_347 10/01/2012 17:53 Page 1
Glass Fibre Steps GLASS FIBRE WIDE STEPS Certified to BS EN-131 Manufactured from a Glass Fibre frame with Aluminium treads ● Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre ● The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety ● Platform size: 400D x 600W mm ● ●
SAFETY CHAIn
InSuLATED To 10,000 VoLTS
NEW GLF26Z Open Height mm
Platform Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1410 1625 1855 2050 2260 2470 2700
385 610 835 1050 1260 1480 1710
1570 1750 2020 2225 2490 2730 2965
8 9 11 14 16 18 20
GLF22Z GLF23Z GLF24Z GLF25Z GLF26Z GLF27Z GLF28Z
£267.35 £291.35 £315.35 £335.50 £342.00 £361.40 £380.80
Access Equipment
No. of Treads
GLF24Z
GLASS FIBRE FoLDInG STEPS WITH LARGE PLATFoRM ●
Large working platform with handrails ● Comply to EN-131 Standard ● Space between rungs: 300mm ● Fitted with serrated Aluminium treads & anti-slip Rubber feet ● Platform size: 575D x 400Wmm ● Handles are supplied loose for easy assembly
LARGE DouBLE HAnDRAILS
LARGE WoRKInG PLATFoRM
InSuLATED To 10,000 VoLTS IDEAL FoR ALL ACCESS & MAInTEnAnCE APPLICATIonS
FJG03Z
No. of Height of Treads Top Tread mm 3 890
FJG04Z
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1790 x 642 x 1147
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 1932 x 642 x 170
Weight kg 12.5
Model
Price
FJG03Z
£196.20
4
1154
2054 x 679 x 1346
2232 x 679 x 170
14
FJG04Z
£221.60
5
1433
2333 x 716 x 1536
2532 x 716 x 170
15.5
FJG05Z
£244.75
395
348_348 10/01/2012 17:53 Page 1
Glass Fibre Folding Steps GlaSS FIBRe FoldInG StePS Comply to EN-131 Standard Space between rungs: 300mm ● Fitted with serrated Aluminium treads & anti-slip Rubber feet ● Integral tool tray for holding tools ● ●
Integral Tool Tray
InSulated to 10,000 VoltS
GFJ03Z
access equipment
No. of Overall Size - In Use Weight Treads H x W x D mm kg 2 800 x 450 x 605 4
GFJ07Z
GFJ05Z
Model
Price
GFJ02Z
£59.95
3
935 x 455 x 745
5.5
GFJ03Z
£84.95
4
1170 x 485 x 885
6.5
GFJ04Z
£104.95
5
1410 x 520 x 1050
8
GFJ05Z
£124.95
6
1645 x 550 x 1205
9
GFJ06Z
£144.95
7
1885 x 585 x 1370
10.5
GFJ07Z
£169.95
GlaSS FIBRe FoldInG StePS Comply to EN-131 standard Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing added safety when working at high levels ● Aluminium treads & top working platform, anti-slip Rubber feet & a top tool tray for holding tools & fittings ●
InSulated to 10,000 VoltS
●
Tool Tray
GFP07Z GFP06Z GFP05Z
GFP08Z
396
No. of Treads 5
Platform Height mm 1185
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1795 x 560 x 1170
Overall Height when Folded mm 1930
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
GFP05Z
£179.95
6
1410
2030 x 595 x 1350
2180
11
GFP06Z
£199.95
7
1650
2265 x 625 x 1520
2475
13
GFP07Z
£224.75
8
1880
2495 x 660 x 1705
2675
15
GFP08Z
£247.25
349_349 10/01/2012 17:52 Page 1
Glass Fibre Steps GLASS FIBRE LADDER Comply to EN-131 Standard Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder & freestanding extension ladder. Unique sliding mechanism makes conversion between modes easy ● Manufactured from a Glass Fibre frame with Aluminium rungs & Nylon support strap ● Non-slip treads for comfort & safety ● Wide base & heavy duty feet for stability & grip ● Insulated to 10,000V ● Ideal for use in an electrical environment ● ●
NEW StABILISER BAR
INSULAtED to 10,000 VoLtS GFL07Z
Folded Height mm
Stepladder Height mm
Extension Ladder Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
6
1690
2393
3375
13
GFL06Z
£170.25
7
1975
2925
4220
14.5
GFL07Z
£190.90
Access Equipment
No. of Treads
GFL07Z
V3 - GLASS FIBRE LADDER Comply to EN-131 Standard Locking Mechanism to ensure increased safety ● Roller Wheels for ease of movement on a building/against a wall ● Tested to 100,000V - far beyond most products ● Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder ● ●
INSULAtED to 100,000 VoLtS
WALL WhEELS
StABILISER BAR
5 YEAR GUARANtEE
No. of Treads
Closed Extended Overall Weight Length Length Height in aa kg mm mm position mm
3x8
2400
5470
2300
3 x 10
3000
7450
2900
Model
Price
21
SV-V3-3x8
£429.95
32
SV-V3-3x10 £539.95
SV-V3-3x8
397
350_350 10/01/2012 17:51 Page 1
3 Way Aluminium Steps UNIVERSAL 3 ● ●
Max Load
150kg
Comply to EN-131 Standard Combination step available for use as a Stepladder, Extension Ladder or Freestanding Extension Ladder Locking Mechanism
SV-UNIV-3x8
£194.95
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
Access Equipment
PRICES HELD
Stabiliser Bar
Closed Extended Overall Height No. of Weight Length Length in aa Treads kg mm mm position mm SV-UNIV-3x8
Model
Price
3x7
2010
3990
1860
10
SV-UNIV-3x7 £170.00
3x8
2300
5130
2170
11.5
SV-UNIV-3x8 £194.95
EURO 3 This combination ladder can be used as a Stepladder with base stabiliser, Free Standing Combination Ladder & as a 3 Part Extension Ladder ● Equipped with sliding wall wheels from 3 x 8 model upwards Wall Wheels ● When used as a stepladder, the third section serves only as a guardrail ●
SV-EUR3-3x8
£248.00
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
PRICES HELD Base Stabiliser
No. of Treads
Closed Extended Overall Height Weight Length Length in aa kg mm mm position mm
3x6
1800
4100
1700
3x8
2400
5000
2300
3 x 10
3000
6300
3 x 12
3500
3 x 14
4100
398
Model
Price
12
SV-EUR3-3x6
£215.90
15
SV-EUR3-3x8
£248.00
2900
20
SV-EUR3-3x10
£300.65
8000
3400
26
SV-EUR3-3x12
£385.35
10,250
4000
32
SV-EUR3-3x14
£470.30
SV-EUR3-3x8
351_351 10/01/2012 18:02 Page 1
3 Way Aluminium Ladders LUXE 3 Comply to EN-131 Standard Aluminium combination ladder which can be used as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder, as well as for use on stairwells ● Features wall wheels as standard & a unique patented adjustable stabiliser ● Large comfortable rungs which are flat at the correct usage angle of 70o ● ●
Wall Wheels
SV-LX3-7+8+8
£336.25
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
UNIQUE PATENTED STABILISER
PRICES HELD Closed Extended Overall Height Weight Length Length in aa kg mm mm position mm
6+7+7
2250
4950
2100
7+8+8
2550
5850
2400
8+9+9
2850
6450
9+10+10
3100
10+11+11
3400
Model
Price
16.5
SV-LX3-6+7+7
£313.50
18.5
SV-LX3-7+8+8
£336.25
2700
20
SV-LX3-8+9+9
£367.40
7300
3000
25
SV-LX3-9+10+10
£410.85
8500
3300
30
SV-LX3-10+11+11 £477.00
Access Equipment
No. of Treads
SV-LX3-7+8+8
MOUNTER LOWER PRICES
Comply to EN-131 Standard ● Strong, safe, durable & versatile, these units give the user a variety of capabilities & options ● The Black powder coated Aluminium keeps your hands warm & clean ● Can be used as a Stepladder, Extension Ladder or Freestanding Extension Ladder ● Features wall wheels & stabiliser as standard ● Featuring large comfortable ‘D’ rungs, 45mm deep & flat at the correct usage angle of 70o ●
FROM
£349.95
CHALLENGER ●
Same as the MOUNTER but with a Blue powder coat & 37mm comfortable ‘D’ rungs
ALT-115310
Wall Wheels
5 YEAR GUARANTEE Closed Extended Overall Height No. of Weight Length Length in aa Treads kg mm mm position mm
Model
Price
Mounter 3x8
2300
5300
2250
19
ALT-123608 £349.95
3 x 10
2800
6900
2740
24
ALT-123610 £399.95
3 x 12
3350
8000
3200
28
ALT-123612 £469.95
3 x 14
3900
9350
3785
34
ALT-123614 £549.95
Challenger 3 x 10
2800
6650
2740
20
ALT-115310 £379.95
3 x 12
3400
8250
3250
26
ALT-115312 £439.95
Large Stabiliser
ALT-123610
399
352_352 10/01/2012 18:01 Page 1
Telescopic & Extension Ladders TELESCOPIC LADDERS
SPECIAL PRICE
Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS Standard ● To open the unit lift the top rung until the unit clicks into place. Then repeat until you have achieved your required height ● Fold quickly & easily for compact storage. Simply push the buttons on either side of each rung to close ● Manufactured in lightweight yet strong Aluminium ● Subject to availability ●
LOWER PRICES
Access Equipment
GIX32Z No. of Rungs 11
Extended Length mm 3200
Closed Length mm 820
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
GIX32Z
£129.95
13
3800
890
12
GIX38Z
£149.95
EXTENSION LADDERS
CLASS 1 EXTENSION LADDERS
●
Certified to BS EN-131 Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs ● Rigid extruded box section stiles for added strength ● Secure, non-slip grip with all round PVC moulded feet
●
●
●
No. of Rungs
Closed Extended Weight Model Height mm Height mm kg Two Section Push Up Ladders
Certified to BS2037 Class 1 1994 Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs & solid moulded Rubber feet ● Easy to handle yet incredibly rigid
Price
No. of Rungs
Closed Extended Weight Model Height mm Height mm kg Two Section Push Up Ladders
Price
8
2420
3820
9
ELL208
£93.95
9
2430
4200
11
CEL209
£129.30
10
2920
4880
10.5
ELL210
£108.70
11
2930
5200
13
CEL211
£148.25
12
3420
5940
14
ELL212
£137.25
13
3430
6200
15
CEL213
£169.15
14
4040
7030
16
ELL214
£156.55
15
3930
7200
23
CEL215
£223.50
15
4420
7810
20.5
ELL215
£179.40
17
4430
8200
26
CEL217
£238.05
17
4920
8830
23.5
ELL217
£197.05
19
4930
8950
28.5
CEL219
£260.40
19
5420
9900
29
ELL219
£214.85 7
1930
4460
14.5
CEL307
£154.90
8
2420
5220
16.5
ELL308
£148.90
9
2430
5960
17
CEL309
£183.25
10
2920
6850
18.5
ELL310
£173.40
11
2930
7460
28
CEL311
£264.65
12
3420
8460
25.5
ELL312
£214.40
13
3430
8960
33.5
CEL313
£305.95
14
4040
10,220
28.5
ELL314
£245.85
15
3930
10,460
42
CEL315
£390.95
Three Section Push Up Ladders
400
Three Section Push Up Ladders
353_353 10/01/2012 17:59 Page 1
Steps & Ladder Accessories LADDERTAG®
LADDERTAG®
A highly visible tag which enables you to display ladder class, inspection period & inspection due date info LOWER ● Acts as a quick-reference, ladder PRICES inspection checklist ● Laddertag® Kit contains 10 Holders, 10 Inserts & 1 Pen ● For carriage charges see Ladder Record Book - LSMS17 ●
Description
Model
Price
Laddertag® Kit
LAD007
£53.45
Replacement Inserts - Pack of 10
LAD010
£10.15
Replacement Inserts - Pack of 50
LAD050
£45.55
Replacement Inserts
Manufactured Manufacture d
LADDER SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/RECORD BOOK ●
This system contains: ● Legislative & risk assessment guidance ● Ladder register & inspection fault reports
Manufactured Manufacture d
LOWER PRICE
Delivery Charges for Tagging Systems (above & Pg 426) & LSMS17 Charge
Description
Model
Price
Ladder Record Book
LSMS17
£34.90
SAFETY BARRIER
LADDERMAT
Designed to prevent unauthorised access Telescopic design to enable use on various sizes ● Information can be added to the sign by using a China Graph Pencil ● Supplied with 2 keys
●
● ●
An anti-slip tool for ladders & stepladders, which can be used on various surfaces PRICE HELD
LOWER PRICES
Description
Model
Price
Ladder Barrier Man Way Barrier
LBS10Z MBS10Z
£220.25 £225.00
Overall Size L x W mm 1300 x 310
Weight kg 7
Model
Price
LALM04
£54.85
401
Access Equipment
Order Value
£8.00 Carriage up to £250.00 Call for details over £250.00 For delivery to one address within UK Mainland
354_354 11/01/2012 14:38 Page 1
Stainless Steel Steps FORT ARROW STAINLESS STEEL STEPS Manufactured & approved to the European GS Standard Tubular Steel construction with non-slip Rubber treads ● Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position ● A retro fit Grip Lift Mechanism is available - see page 411 for details ● Tread Size: 500W x 150Dmm ● Platform Size: 500W x 300Dmm ● 2 x 150mm Nylon wheels ● 600mm high rear handrail ● ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Access Equipment
No. of Steps
GS0604S
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
3
750
1450 x 640 x 1110
27
GS0603S
£861.65
4
1000
1700 x 670 x 1220
30
GS0604S
£1055.15
5
1250
1950 x 700 x 1535
34
GS0605S
£1191.50
6
1500
2200 x 730 x 1745
38
GS0606S
£1386.80
7
1750
2450 x 760 x 1955
43
GS0607S
£1695.15
8
2000
2700 x 790 x 2165
49
GS0608S
£1858.30
MS0600
£71.15
Optional Grip Lift Mechanism
Price
Manufactured Manufacture d
SS4015
SS4014
STAINLESS STEEL STEPS Fully welded steps manufactured from grade 304 Stainless Steel for corrosion resistance ● Stainless steel treads are covered in a “Safety Walk resilient Anti-slip surface”, hard wearing, water, oil & chemical resistant ● Mobile models have 4 x 80mm sprung retractable weight reactive swivel castors, leaving the units on 4 Rubber mounted feet ●
402
SS4012
SS4013
Description
Platform Overall Size Weight Height mm H x W mm kg
Model
Price
Static Double Sided 2 step with single sided hand post
550
1350 x 510
25
SS4011
£493.20
Mobile Double Sided 2 step with single sided hand post
525
1600 x 500
30
SS4012
£771.45
3 step with hand rails
770
1800 x 800
35
SS4013 £1058.05
4 step with hand rails
1000
2040 x 800
40
SS4014 £1241.25
5 step with hand rails
1260
2280 x 800
50
SS4015 £1409.35
355_355 11/01/2012 14:37 Page 1
Fort Tilt & Pull Steps
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
MS2002
£153.30 MS2004
MS2003
£209.65
£281.15
MS2002
MS2004
MS2003
FORT TILT & PULL STEPS
Top Step Height mm
2
500
3
750
4
1000
Overall Size HxWxD mm 1050 x 470 x 630 1300 x 490 x 800 1700 x 565 x 1005
Weight kg
Model
Price
10
MS2002
£153.30
12
MS2003
£209.65
16
MS2004
£281.15
STAINLESS STEEL TILT & PULL STEPS GS FORT TILT & PULL STEPS Tread Size: 400 x 160mm Platform Size: 400 x 200mm ● Constructed from tubular grade 304 Stainless Steel ● Grey non-marking Rubber wheels at the front of the units enable the steps to be tilted forwards & wheeled into position ● Treads are covered in a “Safety Walk resilient Anti-Slip surface” ●
●
●
4 Colour Options Available: Blue Green Red Yellow
Please specify when ordering Top Tread Size: 400 x 200mm ● Manufactured & approved to European GS Standard ● These steps require virtually no maintenance ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
GS2003R
SS2002
GS2004R
SS2003 No. of Steps
Top Step Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
No. of Steps
Top Step Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
500
1055 x 455 x 620
10
SS2002
£485.30
2
470
1070 x 490 x 580
10
GS2002R
£171.35
3
750
1300 x 480 x 790
12
SS2003
£711.20
3
705
1410 x 520 x 745
12
GS2003R
£228.45
4
1000
1700 x 550 x 980
16
SS2004
£889.95
4
940
1650 x 540 x 910
16
GS2004R
£302.90
403
Access Equipment
4 Colour Options Available: Blue Green Red Yellow Please specify colour when ordering ● Tread Size: 400 x 200mm ● All weather non-slip injection moulded treads ● Wheels fitted at front enabling the steps to be tilted forwards ● Fitted with Rubber feet & 2 x 75mm Grey Rubber tyred wheels ●
No. of Steps
356_356 11/01/2012 14:42 Page 1
Fort Mobile Steps THE FORT EASY GLIDE RANGE OF MOBILE STEPS All weather non-slip injected moulded treads ● Tread Size: 400 x 200mm ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
FROM
£241.60
MEG513
4 colour options available:
●
Access Equipment
MEG515 Blue Green Red Beige Please specify colour when ordering ● Available as a standard step & also a GS version which is BLUE, RED OR BEIGE ONLY manufactured & approved to the European GS Standard Standard Version
MEG514
GS Approved Version
Description
Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 Step with looped handrail
500
400 x 300
1210 x 560 x 640
10
MEG511
£241.60
-
-
-
-
2 Step with full handrail
500
400 x 300
1210 x 560 x 640
11
MEG512
£251.85
1185 x 560 x 640
12
GSE512
£263.15
3 Step with full handrail
750
400 x 300
1450 x 560 x 840
14
MEG513
£282.60
1435 x 560 x 855
15
GSE513
£297.25
4 Step with full handrail
1000
400 x 300
1700 x 560 x 1040
17
MEG514
£324.10
1685 x 570 x 1065
18
GSE514
£341.95
5 Step with full handrail
1250
450 x 300
1950 x 610 x 1360
21
MEG515
£390.75
1935 x 610 x 1275
23
GSE515
£413.30
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
THE FORT PREMIER RANGE OF MOBILE STEPS ●
4 colour options available:
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Blue Green Red Beige Please specify colour when ordering ● Fitted with non-slip, all weather, injection moulded treads
All weather, non-slip injection moulded treads on the Fort Easy Glide & Fort Premier Step Ranges
FROM
£265.25
MS6012 & MS002Z
MS6014 No. of Steps
Platform Height mm
2
508
400 x 200
3
762
400 x 400
4
1016
400 x 400
5
404
Tread Size Platform Size W x D mm W x D mm
MS6013
MS6015
Weight kg
Model
Price
605 x 560 x 640
7
MS6012
£265.25
1445 x 560 x 860
13
MS6013
£379.25
1690 x 560 x 1060
20
MS6014
£486.75
1290 400 x 400 1955 x 615 x 1450 Optional extra safety post with handgrip for two step model - Height from floor: 1350 mm
25
MS6015
£606.60
MS002Z
£19.15
400 x 200
Overall Size H x W x D mm
357_357 10/01/2012 18:12 Page 1
Fort Mobile Steps FORT MOBILE STEPS ● ●
Tread Size: 400W x 150D mm These steps glide easily across floors, but once body weight is applied they stay firmly in position
FROM
£160.15
Access Equipment
WS513
WS514 WS515
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Non-slip ribbed Rubber tread which is clamped to the Steel tread by a high visibility Yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling
WS510
Platform Height mm
Description
Platform Size W x D mm
2 Step without handrail 2 Step with looped handrail
500
2 Step with full handrail
400 x 300
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
580 x 560 x 575
8
WS510
£160.15
960 x 560 x 575
9
WS511
£186.10
960 x 560 x 575
10
WS512
£196.05
1460 x 560 x 725
13
WS513
£230.90
3 Step with full handrail
750
4 Step with full handrail
1000
1710 x 560 x 875
16
WS514
£272.20
5 Step with full handrail
1250
1960 x 610 x 1025
21
WS515
£323.65
This image shows the inner mechanism of our Specially Designed Steel Domed Feet The design incorporates a heavy duty pressed steel dome with an annular flange to facilitate the mounting of a moulded plastic rim which is shrink fitted for ultimate durability. The turned out Rim gives significantly increased lateral strength & protection from side impact forces. These castors are fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps shown on Pages 404 & 405
405
358_358 11/01/2012 14:43 Page 1
Fort Mobile Steps FORT MOBILE STEPS Tread Size: 400W x 200D mm Fitted with non-slip, all weather, injection moulded treads ● Fitted with 4 sprung retractable 80mm swivel castors When body weight is applied the castors retract, leaving the steps stable & safe on Rubber feet ● 4 colour options available: ● ●
Blue Green Red Beige please specify colour when ordering
FROM
£274.55
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
MS7014 MS7013 Description
Access Equipment
2 Step without handle
Platform Height mm
Platform W x D mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
500
400 x 200
575 x 520 x 510
8
Handle only for above (left or right fitting) 2 Step with handle
MS7112
500
400 x 200
3 Step
770
4 Step
1020
5 Step 6 Step
Model
Price
MS7012
£274.55
MS003Z
£44.20
1245 x 520 x 510
11
MS7112
£325.30
400 x 400
1470 x 550 x 840
22
MS7013
£397.40
400 x 400
1720 x 550 x 1040
25
MS7014
£508.35
1140
400 x 460
1980 x 665 x 1160
28
MS8115
£618.60
1370
400 x 460
2210 x 750 x 1320
31
MS8116
£670.05
GS APPROVED FORT MOBILE STEPS Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS Standard ● All weather non-slip injected moulded treads ● Tread Size: 400W x 200D mm ● Mobile on 4 spring loaded 80mm swivel castors When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on Rubber feet ● 2 colour options available: ● GS7014
Blue Red Please specify colour when ordering FROM
£343.75 GS7013
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
GS7012 Platform Platform Overall Size Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm 2 Step with handle 470 400 x 200 1330 x 510 x 620 Description
406
Weight kg 15
Model
Price
GS7012
£343.75
3 Step
735
400 x 400
1445 x 620 x 870
17
GS7013
£426.70
4 Step
980
400 x 400 1690 x 650 x 1040
23
GS7014
£539.10
5 Step
1225
400 x 400 1940 x 670 x 1440
28
GS7015
£634.75
359_359 10/01/2012 18:10 Page 1
Fort Mobile Steps FORT MOBILE STEPS ● ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Tread Size: 400W x 150D mm Mobile on 4 sprung loaded 75mm Grey, non-marking castors
Access Equipment
WS7013 WS7015
WS7014
FROM
£229.25
Non-slip ribbed Rubber tread which is clamped to the Steel tread by a high visibility Yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling Description
WS7010
Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
2 Step without handrail 2 Step with looped handrail
500
2 Step with full handrail 400 x 300
WS7011
WS7012
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
580 x 540 x 510
10
WS7010
£229.25
1230 x 540 x 510
11
WS7011
£241.50
1230 x 540 x 510
12
WS7012
£251.95
1480 x 540 x 720
17
WS7013
£282.10
3 Step with full handrail
750
4 Step with full handrail
1000
1730 x 550 x 870
20
WS7014
£319.15
5 Step with full handrail
1250
1980 x 665 x 1020
25
WS7015
£351.35
6 Step with full handrail
1500
2230 x 750 x 1170
28
WS7016
£385.10
407
360_360 11/01/2012 14:46 Page 1
Fort Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps HARDWEARING GALVANISED FINISH FOR OUTDOOR & COLD STORE APPLICATIONS MS700Z
MS7814P & MS710Z
£793.45 Optional Inward Opening Gate
MS7806G
Access Equipment
£1063.95
MS7814P fitted with MS710Z
FORT TILT ‘N’ PUSH STEPS Standard or GS approved version available Features a large working top platform ● Large Platform Size: 490 x 600mm ● Optional extras: Inward opening Rear Gate Retro-fit Lifting Barrier ● The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. These units are then mobile on two fixed rear Nylon 100mm castors ● Platform Rail Height: 1000mm ● Tread Size: 490 x 160mm ● ●
MS7806G
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
OPTIONAL EXTRA An optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps is available. See page 414 for details. Standard Units Painted Version - SB780MS - £55.05 Galvanised Version - SB781MS - £66.30 GS Approved Units Painted Version - SB780GS - £55.05 Galvanised Version - SB781GS - £66.30
GS7815P
£812.50 No. of Platform Treads Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Galvanised Units
Blue Painted Units
Model
Model
Price
Price
Standard Version 3
750
1750 x 660 x 1235
43
MS7803G £633.20 MS7813P £534.70
4
1000
2000 x 660 x 1420
48
MS7804G £788.50 MS7814P £680.40
5
1250
2250 x 660 x 1605
54
MS7805G £929.90 MS7815P £812.50
6
1500
2500 x 660 x 1790
60
MS7806G £1063.95 MS7816P £936.80
Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear
MS700Z
£123.35
MS710Z
£113.05
GS Approved Version
GS7815P
3
750
1750 x 820 x 1235
43
GS7803G £672.15 GS7813P £570.95
4
1000
2000 x 820 x 1420
48
GS7804G £836.60 GS7814P £725.25
5
1250
2250 x 1020 x 1605
54
GS7805G £987.25 GS7815P £865.70
6
1500
2500 x 1120 x 1790
60
GS7806G £1130.35 GS7816P £998.35
Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear
408
GS700Z
£123.35
GS710Z
£113.05
361_361 18/01/2012 10:41 Page 1
‘The Universal’ Fort Steps & Folding Steps ‘THE UNIVERSAL’ FORT STEPS
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & durability
Conform to EN-14183 140mm deep treads ● 3 Tread options available ● Large Working Platform Size: 450W x 550Dmm ● 1000mm high platform handrail with mid rail & kick rail ● Mobile on 2 x swivel braked 125mm Rubber castors & spring loaded 75mm weight reactive Rubber castors. Brake facility on the 125mm rear castors gives extra security when working for extended periods in one position ● Safety Chain facility with Snap/Lock Carbine hooks at the entrance to the platform gives you greater safety when working above head height ● 2 colour options available: ● ●
NEW
Safety Chain
Blue Yellow Please specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
£313.80
TREAd OPTIONS ●
●
Aluminium (non-slip) Expanded Steel Mesh
SP1204A
No of Treads
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Platform Height mm
Weight kg
2
950 x 720 x 1480
480
3
1085 x 740 x 1720
4
1220 x 760 x 1960
Expanded Steel Treads
Rubber Treads
Aluminium Treads
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
24
SP1202M
£313.80
SP1202R
£330.95
SP1202A
£342.35
720
27
SP1203M
£353.90
SP1203R
£375.35
SP1203A
£386.75
960
31
SP1204M
£402.25
SP1204R
£426.55
SP1204A
£430.85
FORT QUICK FOLdING STEPS Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS Standard ● Platform Size: 450W x 300Dmm ● 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels ● Expanded Steel Tread Size: 450W x 145Dmm ● Folds & unfolds without the use of nuts & bolts ● Constructed from tubular Steel with two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & durability
FGS7805M Folded
FGS7808M
£880.55
No. of Steps 4
Platform Height mm 1000
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1700 x 650 x 1310
Overall Size - Folded Weight Model Price H x W x D mm kg 930 x 650 x 1830 40 FGS7804M £582.05
5
1250
1950 x 690 x 1520
930 x 690 x 2120
45
FGS7805M £661.95
6
1500
2200 x 720 x 1730
930 x 720 x 2410
50
FGS7806M £736.15
7
1750
2450 x 770 x 1940
930 x 770 x 2700
55
FGS7807M £808.05
8
2000
2700 x 790 x 2150
930 x 790 x 2990
60
FGS7808M £880.55
FGS7808M
409
Access Equipment
●
Ribbed Rubber
362_362 11/01/2012 14:54 Page 1
Fort ‘Duplex’ Weight Reactive Mobile Steps
NEW 1 Castors sit on the floor making these units easily manoeuvrable
MSD103 2
Access Equipment
When body weight is applied the Rubber feet sit on the floor to stop the unit from moving
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
MSD105
DOUBLE FRAMED WEIGHT REACTIVE STEPS FOR ULTIMATE STABILITY
MS5961M
‘Frame within a Frame’ weight reactive steps When your body weight is applied the uniquely designed inner frame will lower, resting all 4 non-slip Rubber feet on the ground. This immobilises the wheels giving maximum stability & safety
FORT WEIGHT REACTIVE MOBILE STEPS Unique ‘frame within a frame’ design for maximum stability Standard or GS version available (GS version is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS Standard) ● Fitted with 4 sprung retractable 100mm swivel castors When body weight is added the castors retract, leaving the steps stable & safe on Rubber feet ● ●
No. of Steps
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Tread Size W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
17
MS5931M
£289.95
21
MS5941M
£310.70
28
MS5951M
£402.50
33
MS5961M
£427.20
Standard Version - Expanded Steel Treads Available in Blue with a Blue Inner Frame 3
665
1585 x 480 x 740
4
880
1800 x 480 x 870
5
1195
2195 x 680 x 960
6
1310
2310 x 680 x 1110
335 x 205 530 x 255
335 x 132 530 x 165
Standard Version - Ribbed Rubber Treads Available in Blue, Red or Beige with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering 3
645
1828 x 470 x 840
4
870
1828 x 470 x 840
5
1090
2310 x 660 x 1120
6
1310
2310 x 660 x 1120
380 x 300 530 x 300
380 x 150 530 x 150
20
MSD103
£428.80
24
MSD104
£457.45
30
MSD105
£516.20
40
MSD106
£557.55
GS Version - Ribbed Rubber Treads Available in Blue, Red or Beige with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering 3
690
1780 x 560 x 680
4
920
2015 x 560 x 820
5
1150
2240 x 760 x 970
6
1380
2480 x 760 x 1120
410
380 x 300 530 x 300
380 x 150 530 x 150
30
GS5931
£491.30
35
GS5941
£559.55
45
GS5951
£649.15
50
GS5961
£720.00
GS5951
GS5941
363_363 11/01/2012 14:57 Page 1
Fort Arrow Steps
MS0603
GS0608 & MS0600
£280.25
£565.15
MS0603
GS0605
£364.20 Access Equipment
GS0608 & MS0600
GS0605
FORT ARROW RANGE OF STEPS ●
3 colour options available:
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Blue Red Grey Please specify colour when ordering ● Available as a Standard Step & as a GS Version which is manufactured & approved to the European GS Standard ● Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position No. of Steps
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Weight kg
3
750
1450 x 640 x 1110
4
1000
5
1250
6
Non-slip Rubber treads Tread Size: 500W x 150Dmm ● Platform Size: 500W x 300Dmm ● 2 x 150mm Nylon wheels ● 600mm high rear handrail ● ●
Standard Version
GS Version
Model
Price
Model
Price
26
MS0603
£280.25
GS0603
£286.05
1700 x 670 x 1220
29
MS0604
£313.65
GS0604
£317.65
1950 x 700 x 1535
32
MS0605
£347.30
GS0605
£364.20
1500
2200 x 730 x 1745
36
MS0606
£380.75
GS0606
£399.75
7
1750
2450 x 760 x 1955
41
MS0607
£426.60
GS0607
£457.10
8
2000
2700 x 790 x 2165
44
MS0608
£462.25
GS0608
£494.00
MS0600
£71.15
MS0600
£71.15
Optional Retro Grip Lift Mechanism - see picture above
411
364_364 11/01/2012 14:59 Page 1
Fort Medium Duty Steps FORT MEDIUM DUTY MOBILE STEPS Tread Size: 490 x 130mm Platform Size: Standard Version: 540 x 460mm Deep GS Version: 540 x 300mm Deep ● Rear Platform Handrail height: Standard Version: 1000mm GS Version: 600mm ● Wheels: 2 x 200mm Black Rubber Tyred 1 x 100mm Polypropylene castor ● Available in two versions - as a standard step & also the GS version which is manufactured & approved to the European GS Standard ● Fully welded construction with expanded mild Steel mesh treads ● The standard version has a unique Grip Lift Mechanism to operate retractable castor ● The GS version has a lever operated safety bar which helps deter access when steps are mobile ● Both Handle mechanisms are fitted to the right hand side as standard ●
Access Equipment
●
GS0408M
£781.80
MS0406M
£593.10
GS Version GS0408M
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability No. of Platform Steps Height mm
Overall Size Weight H x W x D mm kg Standard Version
Model
Price
5
1150
2150 x 700 x 1150
38
MS0405M
£525.40
6
1380
2380 x 700 x 1285
48
MS0406M
£593.10
7
1610
2610 x 700 x 1420
58
MS0407M
£659.05
8
1840
2840 x 700 x 1550
68
MS0408M
£759.60
9
2070
3070 x 700 x 1685
78
MS0409M
£832.20
GS Approved Version 5
1150
1850 x 730 x 1210
43
GS0405M
£539.60
6
1380
2080 x 750 x 1415
48
GS0406M
£608.50
7
1610
2310 x 780 x 1600
52
GS0407M
£677.60
8
1840
2540 x 810 x 1790
57
GS0408M
£781.80
9
2070
2770 x 830 x 1985
61
GS0409M
£858.15
412
Standard Version MS0406M
365_365 10/01/2012 18:03 Page 1
Fort Contract Economy Range FORT CONTRACT ECONOMY RANGE Handrail Height - Standard Range: 600mm Super Range: 1000mm ● Platform Size - Standard Range: 450W x 300Dmm Super Range: 450W x 500Dmm ● Expanded Steel Tread Size: 450W x 145Dmm ● 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels ● These steps are made mobile with the use of the unique Grip Lift Mechanism facilitating movement on retractable castors. The ‘Pull Through’ mechanism is available as a factory fitted extra. Please specify when ordering ● The ‘Super’ range has a high handrail with an intermediate rail & kick boards around the platform ●
£354.45
Access Equipment
Factory Fitted ‘Pull Through’ mechanism - MS0700
FROM
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability MS0508
No of Steps
Platform Height mm
Overall Size Weight H x W x D mm kg Standard Contract Range
Model
Price
3
750
1450 x 650 x 895
35
MS0503
£354.45
4
1000
1700 x 650 x 1040
38
MS0504
£400.95
5
1250
1950 x 690 x 1185
41
MS0505
£447.20
6
1500
2200 x 720 x 1330
44
MS0506
£493.35
7
1750
2450 x 770 x 1475
47
MS0507
£541.30
8
2000
2700 x 790 x 1620
50
MS0508
£587.25
9
2250
2950 x 810 x 1765
53
MS0509
£635.15
10
2500
3200 x 840 x 1910
56
MS0510
£683.10
Super Contract Range
MS0707 shown with MS0700 Pull Through Mechanism
3
750
1750 x 700 x 1095
41
MS0703
£410.80
4
1000
2000 x 700 x 1240
44
MS0704
£451.40
5
1250
2250 x 850 x 1385
47
MS0705
£497.00
6
1500
2500 x 880 x 1530
50
MS0706
£543.85
7
1750
2750 x 930 x 1675
53
MS0707
£593.30
8
2000
3000 x 950 x 1820
56
MS0708
£639.40
9
2250
3250 x 970 x 1965
59
MS0709
£685.45
10
2500
3500 x 1000 x 2110
62
MS0710
£735.35
11
2750
3760 x 1100 x 2405
78
MS0711
£927.70
12
3000
4010 x 1150 x 2550
83
MS0712
£980.30
13
3250
4260 x 1200 x 2695
88
MS0713
£1045.40
14
3500
4510 x 1250 x 2840
93
MS0714
£1098.10
15
3750
4760 x 1300 x 2985
98
MS0715
£1149.45
Optional Factory Fitted Pull Through Mechanism - please add the code MS0700 when ordering
413
366_366 11/01/2012 09:07 Page 1
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ Mobile Steps Large working top platform: 600 x 540mm wide or 600 x 820mm wide ● Wide *770mm tread models also available on 11-18 steps ● Strongly constructed steps highly manoeuvrable & stable ● 6 Step units & above are sent folded for delivery Easy to erect ● Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard ●
MS5822
£986.75
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
MS5831
Access Equipment
£1124.75
UniqUE bottoM SwinGinG StEp
MS5831 MS5822
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No. of Weight Platform Treads kg Height
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Rubber Treads Model
Price
Steel Treads Model
Aluminium Treads
Price
Model
Price
This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access while the unit is mobile. This also helps prevent knocked shins
optionAL EXtRAS
Tread Size: 490mm x 160mm 3
25
690mm
1690 x 700 x 1060
MS5781
£485.35
MS5782
£485.35
MS5783
£568.00
4
35
920mm
1920 x 700 x 1270
MS5791
£600.40
MS5792
£600.40
MS5793
£694.75
5
45
1150mm
2150 x 700 x 1370
MS5801
£661.25
MS5802
£661.25
MS5803
£766.10
6
55
1380mm
2380 x 700 x 1540
MS5811
£821.90
MS5812
£821.90
MS5813
£940.70
7
65
1610mm
2610 x 700 x 1700
MS5821
£986.75
MS5822
£986.75
MS5823
£1118.50
8
75
1840mm
2840 x 700 x 1870
MS5831
£1124.75
MS5832
£1124.75
MS5833
£1269.25
9
85
2070mm
3070 x 700 x 2030
MS5841
£1289.25
MS5842
£1289.25
MS5843
£1447.60
10
95
2300mm
3300 x 700 x 2190
MS5851
£1427.85
MS5852
£1427.85
MS5853
£1598.25
11
110
2530mm
3530 x 800 x 2360
MS5861
£1627.35
MS5862
£1627.35
MS5863
£1810.85
12
125
2760mm
3760 x 800 x 2530
MS5871
£1778.00
MS5872
£1778.00
MS5873
£1974.60
13
140
2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690
MS5881
£2116.70
MS5882
£2116.70
MS5883
£2330.80
14
155
3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860
MS5891
£2327.35
MS5892
£2327.35
MS5893
£2555.80
15
170
3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020
MS5901
£2566.50
MS5902
£2566.50
MS5903
£2809.35
16
185
3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190
MS5111
£2831.95
MS5112
£2831.95
MS5113
£3088.60
17
200
3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350
MS5121
£3114.75
MS5122
£3114.75
MS5123
£3392.70
18
215
4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520
MS5131
£3418.90
MS5132
£3418.90
MS5133
£3728.35
Tread Size: 770mm x 160mm *11
150
2530mm
3530 x 950 x 2360
MS6961
£1941.50
MS6962
£1941.50
MS6963
£2160.50
*12
170
2760mm
3760 x 950 x 2530
MS6971
£2141.30
MS6972
£2141.30
MS6973
£2375.40
*13
190
2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690
MS6981
£2524.55
MS6982
£2524.55
MS6983
£2778.35
*14
210
3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860
MS6991
£2789.05
MS6992
£2789.05
MS6993
£3059.70
*15
230
3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020
MS6901
£3077.80
MS6902
£3077.80
MS6903
£3364.85
*16
250
3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190
MS6911
£3363.10
MS6912
£3363.10
MS6913
£3671.25
*17
270
3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350
MS6921
£3672.25
MS6922
£3672.25
MS6923
£4001.55
*18
280
4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520
MS6931
£4008.10
MS6932
£4008.10
MS6933
£4358.45
414
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also for steps on pages 408 & 415 Model SB580MS
Price £55.05
REAR inwARD opEninG GAtE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail To Suit 490mm Wide To Suit 770mm Wide
Model MS500Z Model MS600Z
Price £120.50 Price £130.95
tooL tRAY/wiRE MESH bASKEt Please see page 415 for details
367_367 11/01/2012 15:03 Page 1
Fort Heavy Duty ‘elite’ GS mobile Steps Tread Size: 490W x 128Dmm Large Working Top Platform: 540W x 590Dmm ● Manufactured & Approved to European GS Standards ● Heavy duty Steel framed mobile steps ● Lifting step feature deters access until PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL steps are safely grounded HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING ● 6 Step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to Erect ● ●
tReAD optionS ●
●
●
GS9309A
£1486.85
Expanded Steel Mesh
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
optionAL eXtRAS ●
Aluminium (non-slip)
Access equipment
GS9306M
Ribbed Rubber
Tool Tray & Wire Mesh Baskets which hook onto the guard rail (also applies to page 414)
GS9309A
optionAL eXtRA Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
Wire Mesh Basket for GS Step
615 x 260 x 210
BSK93M
£92.25
Tool tray for GS Step
615 x 260 x 210
BSK93T
£96.90
Wire Mesh Basket for 490W mm Steps - page 414
650 x 260 x 210
BSK58M
£92.25
Tool Tray for 490W mm Steps - page 414
650 x 260 x 210
BSK58T
£97.30
Wire Mesh Basket for 770W mm Steps - page 414
895 x 260 x 210
BSK69M
£96.90
Tool Tray for 770W mm Steps - page 414
895 x 260 x 210
BSK69T
£101.40
Description
No. Platform Weight of Height kg Treads mm
Rubber Tread
Steel Tread
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. See page 414 for details. 3 to 5 Tread - SB931GS - £55.05 6 to 15 Tread - SB930GS - £55.05
Aluminium Tread
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
690
1790 x 680 x 972
GS9303R
£567.30
GS9303M
£567.30
GS9303A
£686.80
3
44
4
50
920
2020 x 680 x 1104 GS9304R
£628.50
GS9304M
£628.50
GS9304A
£804.10
5
56
1150
2250 x 910 x 1237 GS9305R
£689.05
GS9305M
£689.05
GS9305A
£933.35
6
68
1380
2480 x 960 x 1370 GS9306R
£850.20
GS9306M
£850.20
GS9306A £1086.85
7
77
1610
2710 x 1010 x 1503 GS9307R
£978.60
GS9307M
£978.60
GS9307A £1222.65
8
87
1840
2940 x 1060 x 1635 GS9308R £1109.55 GS9308M £1109.55 GS9308A £1356.40
9
96
2070
3170 x 1110 x 1768 GS9309R £1225.05 GS9309M £1225.05 GS9309A £1486.85
10
105
2300
3400 x 1160 x 1901 GS9310R £1391.95 GS9310M £1391.95 GS9310A £1635.95
11
114
2530
3630 x 1210 x 2034 GS9311R £1603.55 GS9311M £1603.55 GS9311A £1825.00
12
123
2760
3860 x 1260 x 2167 GS9312R £1753.45 GS9312M £1753.45 GS9312A £1974.70
13
132
2990
4090 x 1370 x 2299 GS9313R £2048.75 GS9313M £2048.75 GS9313A £2150.40
14
140
3220
4320 x 1420 x 2432 GS9314R £2198.35 GS9314M £2198.35 GS9314A £2320.35
15
149
3450
4550 x 1425 x 2565 GS9315R £2348.40 GS9315M £2348.40 GS9315A £2493.50
UniqUe bottom SwinGinG Step This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access while the unit is mobile. Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard
415
368_368 11/01/2012 09:05 Page 1
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ Mobile Steps Tread Size: 490W x 165Dmm Made mobile with the use of the unique Grip Lift Mechanism facilitating movement on retractable castors ● 6 Step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to erect ● Platform Handrail Height: 1000mm ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm Rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel Nylon castors ● ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also available for steps on pages 408 & 415 Barrier only recommended for use with MS99 range due to the restricted area on the MS98 platform
access Equipment
Model SB990MS
Price £55.05
OptiOnal inWaRD OpEninG GatE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail
MS9808M
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No. Platform Weight of Height kg Steps mm
Platform Size: 460mm Depth x 540mm Width Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
MS500Z
£120.50
Platform size: 590mm Depth x 540mm Width
Expanded Steel Treads Rubber covered Treads Model
Price
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Expanded Steel Treads
Model
Price
1690 x 700 x 890
MS9803M
£372.80
MS9803R
£380.85
1690 x 700 x 1060
MS9903M
£403.05
MS9903R
£414.30
41
920
1920 x 700 x 1100
MS9804M
£462.80
MS9804R
£472.45
1920 x 700 x 1270
MS9904M
£493.10
MS9904R
£506.00
45
1150
2150 x 700 x 1200
MS9805M
£552.75
MS9805R
£564.05
2150 x 700 x 1370
MS9905M
£583.05
MS9905R
£597.50
6
49
1380
2380 x 700 x 1370
MS9806M
£642.65
MS9806R
£658.75
2380 x 700 x 1540
MS9906M
£674.15
MS9906R
£693.55
7
53
1610
2610 x 700 x 1530
MS9807M
£732.60
MS9807R
£747.10
2610 x 700 x 1700
MS9907M
£764.15
MS9907R
£781.90
8
57
1840
2840 x 700 x 1700
MS9808M
£822.60
MS9808R
£838.75
2840 x 700 x 1870
MS9908M
£855.20
MS9908R
£874.60
9
65
2070
3070 x 700 x 1860
MS9809M
£912.55
MS9809R
£930.30
3070 x 700 x 2030
MS9909M
£953.70
MS9909R
£974.60
10
70
2300
3300 x 700 x 2020
MS9810M £1020.70
MS9810R
£1040.00
3300 x 700 x 2190
MS9910M
£1061.90
MS9910R
£1084.45
11
76
2530
3530 x 800 x 2190
MS9811M £1119.15
MS9811R
£1140.05
3530 x 800 x 2360
MS9911M
£1160.25
MS9911R
£1184.50
12
82
2760
3760 x 800 x 2360
MS9812M £1232.15
MS9812R
£1254.70
3760 x 800 x 2530
MS9912M
£1273.25
MS9912R
£1299.05
13
89
2990
3990 x 1150 x 2520 MS9813M £1352.30
MS9813R
£1376.55
3990 x 1230 x 2690
MS9913M
£1393.50
MS9913R
£1420.95
14
92
3220
4220 x 1230 x 2690 MS9814M £1472.60
MS9814R
£1498.45
4220 x 1230 x 2860
MS9914M
£1513.75
MS9914R
£1542.80
15
95
3450
4450 x 1230 x 2850 MS9815M £1592.85
MS9815R
£1620.30
4450 x 1230 x 3020
MS9915M
£1634.00
MS9915R
£1664.70
16
101
3680
4680 x 1230 x 2920 MS9816M £1701.00
MS9816R
£1730.05
4680 x 1230 x 3190
MS9916M
£1742.25
MS9916R
£1774.50
17
108
3910
4910 x 1400 x 3180 MS9817M £1809.20
MS9817R
£1839.80
4910 x 1400 x 3350
MS9917M
£1850.40
MS9917R
£1884.30
18
117
4140
5140 x 1400 x 3350 MS9818M £1917.30
MS9818R
£1936.70
5140 x 1400 x 3520
MS9918M
£1958.50
MS9918R
£1994.00
37
4 5
416
Price
Rubber covered Treads
690
3
Model
369_369 11/01/2012 15:05 Page 1
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ GS Mobile Steps Manufactured & Approved to recognised European GS Standard ● Tread Size: 490W x 160Dmm ● Platform Size: 540W x 500Dmm ● Available with a choice of either non-slip Rubber covered Plywood treads or expanded Steel mesh treads o ● Standard comfort ladder angle of 54 ● Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors & a safety bar to deter access to the steps when they are in the mobile position ● 6 Step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to Erect ● Platform Handrail Height: 1000mm ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm Rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel Nylon castors ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Model SB980GS
GS9808M
£1138.80
Price £55.05
GS9808M
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
GS9805R & SG500Z
OptiOnal Security Gate A Padlockable security gate (as shown above) can be factory fitted to the bottom of these steps Model SG500Z
Price £153.20
No. of Steps
Weight kg
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
3
25
690
4
35
5
45
6
55
7
Expanded Steel Treads
Rubber Covered Treads
Model
Price
Model
Price
1690 x 780 x 954
GS9803M
£445.65
GS9803R
£454.80
920
1920 x 780 x 1121
GS9804M
£571.25
GS9804R
£581.75
1150
2150 x 910 x 1288
GS9805M
£637.05
GS9805R
£650.05
1380
2380 x 960 x 1425
GS9806M
£818.25
GS9806R
£832.25
65
1610
2610 x 1010 x 1622
GS9807M
£989.85
GS9807R
£1003.85
8
75
1840
2840 x 1060 x 1789
GS9808M
£1138.80
GS9808R
£1156.35
9
86
2070
3070 x 1140 x 1956
GS9809M
£1313.35
GS9809R
£1332.55
10
96
2300
3300 x 1220 x 2130
GS9810M
£1472.60
GS9810R
£1492.55
11
111
2530
3530 x 1270 x 2290
GS9811M
£1723.50
GS9811R
£1746.10
12
127
2760
3760 x 1370 x 2457
GS9812M
£1906.30
GS9812R
£1930.30
13
142
2990
3990 x 1460 x 2650
GS9813M
£2265.75
GS9813R
£2292.00
14
158
3220
4220 x 1540 x 2791
GS9814M
£2507.80
GS9814R
£2535.60
15
173
3450
4450 x 1565 x 2975
GS9815M
£2776.95
GS9815R
£2806.15
417
access equipment
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also available for steps on pages 408 & 415
370_370 11/01/2012 15:07 Page 1
Fort Wide Tread ‘Trojan’ GS Mobile Steps Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standards ● Extra wide treads:Easy Slope: 750W x 180Dmm Standard Slope: 750W x 160Dmm ● Platform Size: 800W x 500Dmm ● There are two versions available: - Easy slope 48˚ angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, enabling the user to turn around & descend the steps facing forward - Standard Slope 54˚ angle for use in areas where space is limited ● Platform Handrail Height: 1000mm ● 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery Easy to erect ●
FROM
£468.70
RETRO-FIT LIFTING BARRIER
Access Equipment
Optional barrier fitted to the front (entry) of the platform of the ‘Trojan S’ range of steps
Model
Price
SB410GS
£63.20
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism GS1108R Blue ‘Trojan’ Range
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No. of Steps
Platform Height mm
REAR INWARD Lever Operated Retractable Castors OPENING GATE & Safety Bar Inward Opening Gate fitted GS4107 to the rear of the platform for Grey ‘Trojan S’ Range. both ranges of ‘Trojan’ steps Choose the Heavy Duty Model Price ‘Trojan S’ range for the GS400Z £130.95 most Industrial Applications
Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Overall Size H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Easy Slope Version - 48º angle
Rubber Covered Treads Expanded Steel Treads Model
Price
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Rubber Covered Treads Expanded Steel Treads Model
Price
Model
Price
Fort Wide Tread Blue ‘Trojan’ GS Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors with a unique Grip Lift Mechanism
3
690
1790 x 960 x 1165
40
GS1003R
£468.70
GS1003M
£462.20
1790 x 960 x 1195
42
GS1103R
£479.75
GS1103M
£473.35
4
920
2020 x 960 x 1330
48
GS1004R
£570.15
GS1004M
£562.35
2020 x 960 x 1380
51
GS1104R
£591.80
GS1104M
£584.05
5
1150
2250 x 960 x 1500
65
GS1005R
£669.25
GS1005M
£660.20
2250 x 960 x 1585
69
GS1105R
£709.60
GS1105M
£700.55
6
1380
2460 x 980 x 1665
78
GS1006R
£807.10
GS1006M
£796.75
2480 x 980 x 1795
82
GS1106R
£868.05
GS1106M
£857.70
7
1610
2710 x 1030 x 1835
91
GS1007R
£944.95
GS1007M
£933.35
2710 x 1030 x 1835
96
GS1107R
£1004.75
GS1107M
£993.15
8
1840
2940 x 1080 x 2000
103
GS1008R
£1081.70
GS1008M
£1068.75
2940 x 1080 x 2000
109
GS1108R
£1143.75
GS1108M
£1130.90
9
2070
3170 x 1130 x 2165
117
GS1009R
£1220.75
GS1009M
£1206.55
3170 x 1130 x 2165
123
GS1109R
£1284.00
GS1109M
£1269.80
10
2300
3400 x 1180 x 2335
129
GS1010R
£1362.10
GS1010M
£1346.60
3400 x 1180 x 2335
136
GS1110R
£1426.45
GS1110M
£1411.00
11
2530
3630 x 1230 x 2500
146
GS1011R
£1498.80
GS1011M
£1482.00
3630 x 1230 x 2500
154
GS1111R
£1562.05
GS1111M
£1545.25
12
2760
3860 x 1280 x 2670
164
GS1012R
£1636.65
GS1012M
£1618.60
3860 x 1280 x 2670
173
GS1112R
£1702.25
GS1112M
£1684.15
Fort Wide Tread Grey ‘Trojan S’ GS Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 100mm Nylon castors with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar
3
690
1690 x 1000 x 1095
42
-
-
GS4003
£567.65
1690 x 1000 x 1125
45
-
-
GS4103
£595.40
4
920
1920 x 960 x 1260
50
-
-
GS4004
£721.60
1920 x 960 x 1310
55
-
-
GS4104
£759.40
5
1150
2150 x 960 x 1430
69
-
-
GS4005
£813.20
2150 x 960 x 1515
74
-
-
GS4105
£861.20
6
1380
2380 x 980 x 1595
82
-
-
GS4006
£986.25
2380 x 980 x 1725
88
-
-
GS4106
£1076.35
7
1610
2610 x 1030 x 1765
96
-
-
GS4007
£1181.05 2610 x 1030 x 1930
103
-
-
GS4107
£1288.40
8
1840
2840 x 1080 x 1930
112
-
-
GS4008
£1349.00 2840 x 1080 x 2140
117
-
-
GS4108
£1467.25
9
2070
3070 x 1130 x 2095
123
-
-
GS4009
£1540.25 3070 x 1130 x 2345
132
-
-
GS4109
£1675.25
10
2300
3300 x 1180 x 2265
136
-
-
GS4010
£1717.20 3300 x 1180 x 2555
146
-
-
GS4110
£1857.25
11
2530
3530 x 1230 x 2430
146
-
-
GS4011
£1948.30 3530 x 1230 x 2760
166
-
-
GS4111
£2098.75
12
2760
3760 x 1280 x 2600
175
-
-
GS4012
£2121.35 3760 x 1280 x 2965
186
-
-
GS4112
£2291.75
418
371_371 11/01/2012 09:34 Page 1
Fort Wide Tread ‘Spartan’ Mobile Steps Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm Platform Sizes: 3 to 9 Steps - 800W x 400Dmm 10 to 15 Steps - 800W x 460Dmm ● Easy slope 48˚ angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, enabling you to turn around & descend the steps facing forward ● Welded Expanded Steel platform & treads with full handrails either side of the steps ● The units incorporate kick boards on 3 sides of the platform & knee rails around the platform ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors mounted on the easy action unique Grip Lift Mechanism ● 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to Erect ● Platform Handrail Height: 1000mm ● ●
NEW
MS4107
£785.60
Access Equipment
OPTIONAL EXTRA
REAR INWARD OPENING GATE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be fitted to the rear of the platform handrail Model
Price
GS400Z
£131.00
MS4107
Easy Slope Version - 48º angle Overall Size Weight Model H x W x D mm kg
No. of Steps
Platform Height mm
3
690
1690 x 960 x 1065
42
MS4103
£378.15
4
920
1920 x 960 x 1270
51
MS4104
£505.95
5
1150
2150 x 960 x 1475
69
MS4105
£599.60
6
1380
2380 x 980 x 1680
82
MS4106
£692.05
7
1610
2610 x 1030 x 1885
96
MS4107
£785.60
8
1840
2840 x 1080 x 2090
109
MS4108
£882.85
9
2070
3070 x 1130 x 2295
123
MS4109
£974.05
10
2300
3300 x 1180 x 2560
136
MS4110
£1065.35
11
2530
3530 x 1230 x 2765
154
MS4111
£1156.50
12
2760
3760 x 1280 x 2970
173
MS4112
£1247.60
13
2990
3990 x 1320 x 3175
192
MS4113
£1493.05
14
3220
4220 x 1360 x 3380
211
MS4114
£1606.60
15
3450
4450 x 1400 x 3585
230
MS4115
£1715.00
Price
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
419
372_372 11/01/2012 09:32 Page 1
Fort Easy Steer Mobile Steps FORT EASY STEER MOBILE STEPS Unique Six Wheel Design enables the step to virtually turn within its own length ● Choice of Easy Slope 48˚ or Standard Slope 54˚ incline ● Fitted with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar which deters access to the steps when in the mobile position ● Handle mechanism fitted to the right hand side as standard ● Units have expanded Steel mesh treads & platform ● There are two versions available: -Easy Slope 48˚ angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, Fort Steel Framed enabling the user to turn around & Steps for Safety, descend the steps facing forward Strength & Durability -Standard Slope 54˚ angle for use in areas where space is limited ● 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to Erect ● Platform Size: 540W x 460Dmm ● Platform Handrail Height: 1000mm ● Wheels: 4 x 100mm fixed Nylon Castors 2 x 100mm swivel Nylon Castors ●
ES9809M
Access Equipment
£1293.40
Unique six wheel design reduces turning circle by circa 50%
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No. of Steps
Platform Height mm
7 8
ES9809M
Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Tread Size 490mm wide x 160mm deep
1610
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2610 x 720 x 1440
Weight kg 64
ES9807M
1840
2840 x 720 x 1600
74
ES9808M
9
2070
3070 x 720 x 1790
84
10
2300
3300 x 720 x 1950
11
2530
12
Easy Slope Version - 48º angle Tread Size 490mm wide x 180mm deep Weight kg 69
Model
Price
£991.00
Overall Size H x W x D mm 2610 x 720 x 1800
ES8807M
£1087.15
£1129.00
2840 x 720 x 2020
80
ES8808M
£1233.10
ES9809M
£1293.40
3070 x 720 x 2270
91
ES8809M
£1405.70
94
ES9810M
£1431.90
3300 x 720 x 2490
101
ES8810M
£1552.00
3530 x 820 x 2110
109
ES9811M
£1631.60
3530 x 820 x 2710
117
ES8811M
£1771.90
2760
3760 x 820 x 2270
124
ES9812M
£1769.50
3760 x 820 x 2930
133
ES8812M
£1930.80
13
2990
3990 x 1170 x 2430
139
ES9813M
£2107.95
-
-
-
-
14
3220
4220 x 1250 x 2590
154
ES9814M
£2318.80
-
-
-
-
15
3450
4450 x 1250 x 2750
169
ES9815M
£2552.80
-
-
-
-
16
3680
4680 x 1250 x 2910
184
ES9816M
£2798.05
-
-
-
-
17
3910
4910 x 1420 x 3070
199
ES9817M
£3081.15
-
-
-
-
18
4140
5140 x 1420 x 3230
214
ES9818M
£3385.15
-
-
-
-
420
Model
Price
373_373 11/01/2012 15:13 Page 1
Fort Access Platforms FORT EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS Easy Slope 48o Incline - for safe & easy use ● Extra Wide Treads: 750W x 180Dmm ● Platform Size: 800W x 1200Dmm ● Removable platform chains on three sides for access ● Fitted with grip lift mechanism fitted to the right hand side, to facilitate movement on the castors ● Available powder coated Blue or Galvanised ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
No. of Platform Steps Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
1690 x 950 x 1826
4
920
1920 x 950 x 2033
82
5
1150
2150 x 950 x 2240
90
1380
2380 x 950 x 2447
6
74
98
Model
Price
MS9103M
£619.10
Galvanised
MS9103G
£680.05
Powder Coated
MS9104M
£671.30
Galvanised
MS9104G
£738.70
Powder Coated
MS9105M
£723.50
Galvanised
MS9105G
£798.90
Powder Coated
MS9106M
£793.00
Galvanised
MS9106G
£876.45
Access Equipment
690
3
Finish Powder Coated
MS9106M
FORT EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard ● Easy Slope 48o Incline - for safe & easy use ● Extra Wide Treads: 750W x 180D mm ● Inward opening gates on 3 sides of the platform ● Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate movement on the castors ● Platform Size: 800W x 1200L mm ●
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps.
Model Price SB910GS £63.20
No. of Steps 2
Platform Height 460 mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1460 x 960 x 1479
Weight Model kg 62 GS9102M
3
690 mm
1690 x 960 x 1686
72
GS9103M £1012.15
4
920 mm
1920 x 960 x 1893
82
GS9104M £1164.70
5
1150 mm
2150 x 960 x 2100
101
GS9105M £1317.25
6
1380 mm
2380 x 980 x 2307
115
GS9106M £1469.65
7
1610 mm 2610 x 1030 x 2514
130
GS9107M £1658.45
8
1840 mm 2840 x 1080 x 2721
144
GS9108M £1847.30
Price
GS9108M
£859.70
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
421
374_374 11/01/2012 09:29 Page 1
Work Platforms ALUMINIUM PLATFORM
Comply to EN-131 standard Max Load Ideal for compact storage & 150kg transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform ● The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface ● ●
APSW03
£59.95 APSW03 No. of Steps 2
Platform Height mm 600
Platform Size L x W mm 800 x 300
Folded Size L x W x H mm 820 x 400 x 170
Weight kg 5
Model
Price
APSW03
£59.95
LARGE ALUMINIUM PLATFORM WITH GLAss FIBRE LEGs Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform ● The large serrated platform gives an anti-slip work surface
Access Equipment
●
APJ03Z
INsULATEd TO 10,000 VOLTs
APJ03Z
£109.95
APJ03Z
LARGE WORkING PLATFORM No. of Steps 2
Platform Height mm 470
Platform Size L x W mm 610 x 610
Folded Size L x W x H mm 700 x 610 x 210
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
APJ03Z
£109.95
APB02Z
£112.95 Max Load
150kg
APGS02 APGS03
Gs APPROVEd ALUMINIUM PLATFORM Approved to the European GS Standard Safety lock system locks legs in place ● Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform ● The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface ●
ALUMINIUM PLATFORM
●
Complete with plastic tray Lightweight unit ideal for compact storage & transportation as the tool tray & legs fold away ● The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface ● Platform Height: 520mm ● ●
No. of Steps 2
Platform Size L x W x H mm 870 x 300 x 460
Folded Height mm 220
Weight kg 6
Model
Price
APGS02
£89.95
3
1080 x 300 x 660
220
8
APGS03
£109.95
422
APB02Z
APB02Z Folded
No. of Steps 2
Platform Size L x W x H mm 980 x 320 x 520
Folded Height mm 200
Weight kg 10.5
Model
Price
APB02Z £112.95
375_355 11/01/2012 15:15 Page 1
Universal Steps FORT BUTTRESS STEPS ●
3 colour options available:
Grey Blue Red please specify when ordering ● Comply to EN-14183 & manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS Standard o ● Graduated widths & a 45 easy slope comfort angle makes these steps strong, comfortable & stable ● The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm rear wheels which enable ‘tilt & pull’ ● Platform Sizes: 2 Tread - 400H x 630W x 250Dmm 3 Tread - 600H x 600W x 250Dmm 4 Tread - 800H x 550W x 250Dmm 5 Tread - 1000H x 500W x 250Dmm
FROM
£109.70
BS9003R & BS9103
BS9002M
BS9003R & BS9103 Painted Tubular Steel Steps
Galvanised Steps
No. of Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Wt kg
2
400 x 760 x 600
10
BS9002M £109.70 BS9002R £112.40 BS9002A £113.65 BS9102
£28.30 BS9002G £119.00 BS9102G £30.90
3
600 x 900 x 800
18
BS9003M £191.35 BS9003R £196.70 BS9003A £199.25 BS9103
£28.30 BS9003G £208.15 BS9103G £30.90
4
800 x 900 x 1000
24
BS9004M £233.25 BS9004R £238.55 BS9004A £241.15 BS9104
£32.65 BS9004G £262.60 BS9104G £35.55
5
1000 x 900 x 1200 30
BS9005M £273.80 BS9005R £279.10 BS9005A £281.75 BS9105
£37.05 BS9005G £298.25 BS9105G £40.20
Mesh Tread Model
Price
Rubber Tread Model
Price
Aluminium Tread
Handrails to Suit
Galvanised Tread
Handrails to Suit
Model
Model
Model
Model
Price
Price
Price
FORT MACHINE STEPS
Price
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Platform Size: 550 x 300mm ● Fully welded construction with wide Aluminium treads ● The optional handrail & the wheel facility means that these units are quick & easy to position into the required place ●
Wheels can be positioned inside the frame when not in use
MCS04Z, MCSHR4 & MCS01W MCS03Z
MCS05Z No. of Steps 2
Platform Height mm 400
Overall Size L x W x H mm 660 x 665 x 400
Weight kg 12
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS02Z 3
600
800 x 715 x 600
16
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS03Z 4
800
1010 x 765 x 800
20
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS04Z 5 MCS04Z, MCSHR4 & MCS01W
Model
Price
MCS02Z
£174.55
MCSHR2
£33.80
MCS03Z
£230.85
MCSHR3
£37.70
MCS04Z
£296.05
MCSHR4
£42.30
MCS05Z
£360.40
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS05Z
MCSHR5
£46.25
Optional Wheels - Factory Fitted
MCS01W
£48.75
1000
1220 x 815 x 1000
25
423
Access Equipment
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
BS9004A
376_376 11/01/2012 15:17 Page 1
Fort Work Platforms FORT ADJUSTABLE STEEL WORK PLATFORMS These modular units can be placed alongside each other to create a large working area Mild Steel angle construction which is easily height adjustable - simply turn the threaded feet ● Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard ● ●
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
GS024Z
Platform Size L x W mm
Galvanised Mesh Grid Platform - 50 x 38mm Mesh Grid
GS041Z
Ribbed Rubber Platform - Set on 18mm Plywood
Platform Height: 140 to 210mm Platform Height: 230 to 300mm Platform Height: 140 to 210mm Platform Height: 230 to 300mm Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
610 x 610
16 kg
GS011Z
£211.60
17 kg
GS021Z
£219.25
13 kg
GS031Z
£175.00
14 kg
GS041Z
£180.85
910 x 610
25 kg
GS012Z
£291.20
26 kg
GS022Z
£299.00
16 kg
GS032Z
£232.80
17 kg
GS042Z
£238.55
1210 x 610
34 kg
GS013Z
£377.90
35 kg
GS023Z
£385.70
19 kg
GS033Z
£295.70
20 kg
GS043Z
£303.00
1510 x 610
43 kg
GS014Z
£457.45
44 kg
GS024Z
£465.15
22 kg
GS034Z
£353.45
23 kg
GS044Z
£362.65
Access Equipment
FORT UNIVERSAL WORK PLATFORMS ●
Non-slip Aluminium platform & treads for increased safety ● Constructed from fully welded tubular Steel ● 2 off 125mm castors at each end of the unit means these units can easily be wheeled into the correct position ●
Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
MP301A, 1 x HR300Z & 1 x MP100Z
MP301A, 2 x HR300Z & 1 x MP100Z No. of Steps
Platform Size LxW
Platform Height mm
900 x 600 2
1050 x 600
500
1200 x 600
MP201G
3
1050 x 600
750
1200 x 600
Model
Price
Model
Price
1300 x 670
36
MP201A
£450.45
MP201G
£576.25
1450 x 670
37
MP202A
£479.55
MP202G
£608.80
1600 x 670
38
MP203A
£506.60
MP203G
£639.75
HR200Z
£82.90
HR200G
£122.40
1475 x 670
40
MP301A
£502.55
MP301G
£643.00
1625 x 670
41
MP302A
£531.50
MP302G
£675.70
1775 x 670
42
MP303A
£558.35
MP303G
£706.25
HR300Z
£88.60
HR300G
£129.85
Optional Side Handrail for 3 Step Units 900 x 600 4
1650 x 670
44
MP401A
£546.75
MP401G
£702.20
1800 x 670
45
MP402A
£573.45
MP402G
£736.30
1950 x 670
46
MP403A
£602.55
MP403G
£765.25
Optional Side Handrail for 4 Step Units
HR400Z
£95.95
HR400G
£140.95
Optional End Rail
MP100Z
£67.80
MP100G
£97.40
1050 x 600
1000
1200 x 600
424
Galvanised Version
Weight kg
Optional Side Handrail for 2 Step Units 900 x 600
Painted Version
Overall Size L x W mm
377_377 11/01/2012 09:19 Page 1
Fort Work Platforms CONFIGURE THESE UNITS AROUND YOUR MACHINES MUP408A & MUPHR4A
MUP405A & MUPHR5A
Access Equipment
MUP307A, MUPHR7A & MUPHR9A
MUP306A MUP305A MUP205A MUP206A
MUP205A
MUP208A
MUP208A
MUP207A
MUP206A
FORT UNIVERSAL MODULAR PLATFORM SYSTEMS Non-slip Aluminum platform & treads Constructed from fully welded tubular Steel ● Designed to be placed alongside each other so that you can create a large working area ● Use the Turn Units to create ‘L’ & ‘T’ shapes. Ideal for manoeuvring around your machines ● ●
No. of Platform Steps Height mm
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Painted Version
Galvanised Version
Model
Model
Price
Price
Platform Step Unit - Platform Size: 500 x 600mm 2
480
730 x 690
24
MUP208A £319.90 MUP208G £404.45
3
720
900 x 690
28
MUP308A £366.65 MUP308G £465.70
4
960
1070 x 690
32
MUP408A £419.85 MUP408G £535.15
Platform Extension Unit - Platform Size: 1160 x 600mm 480 -
720
1160 x 690
960
34
MUP205A £461.65 MUP205G £586.60
38
MUP305A £475.15 MUP305G £603.40
42
MUP405A £488.60 MUP405G £620.05
Platform Infil Unit - Platform Size: 600 x 600mm 480 -
720
700 x 690
960
18
MUP206A £263.05 MUP206G £335.55
20
MUP306A £275.25 MUP306G £350.90
22
MUP406A £287.50 MUP406G £366.35
Platform Turn Unit - Platform Size: 680 x 600mm 480 -
720 960
730 x 690
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Optional handrails for all unit types including side & ends ● These handrails can be fitted as needed to suit your requirement ● Ideal to finish off your units ●
Description
Painted Version Model
Price
Galvanised Version Model
Price
2 Step Handrail
MUPHR2A £55.90 MUPHR2G £72.65
3 Step Handrail
MUPHR3A £65.05 MUPHR3G £84.45
4 Step Handrail
MUPHR4A £73.05 MUPHR4G £95.05
Extension Side Handrail MUPHR5A £83.35 MUPHR5G £108.50 Infil Side Handrail
MUPHR6A £50.70 MUPHR6G £65.95
Turn Side Handrail
MUPHR7A £55.90 MUPHR7G £72.65 MUPHR8A £54.15 MUPHR8G £70.25 MUPHR9A £57.55 MUPHR9G £74.85
18
MUP207A £303.30 MUP207G £386.55
20
MUP307A £318.10 MUP307G £404.60
Extension & Infil End Handrail
22
MUP407A £330.30 MUP407G £419.95
Turn End Handrail
425
378_378 11/01/2012 09:18 Page 1
Podium Steps & Tagging Systems PODIUM STEP 1000mm all round lockable guardrail system with non-slip platform ● Swivel, braked castors for added safety & stability ● Folds & unfolds in seconds ● Fits through standard doorways ●
MEETS ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORKING AT HEIGHT REGULATIONS
POD18Z Folded POD18Z Depth mm
Access Equipment
POD24Z
Platform Height mm 960
Overall Height mm 1830
1200
2210
1400
2430
1700 2000
1200
Overall Width mm
Weight kg 32
Model
Price
POD18Z
£380.55
37.5
POD22Z
£450.15
38.5
POD24Z
£625.05
2680
40
POD26Z
£851.90
2930
42
POD29Z £1015.40
650
SCAFFOLD & TOWER TAGGING Designed to help prevent Working at Height hazards Unique holder & insert system ensures instant visibility & helps manage your inspection procedures ● Should be fitted at all legal access points (normally ladder access) from first build until dismantle ● Kits contain 10 Holders, 20 Inserts & 2 Pens ● Poster & Pocket Guides provide vital safety training information ● ●
SCAFFTAG® ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
TOWERTAG®
Ensures instant visibility of your scaffold status 3 insert designs - Standard Inspection, Prohibition or colour coded to indicate different loading (see chart)
●
Clearly display tower movement & max load
SCAFFTAG® shown with the Standard Inspection Insert
Insert Front
Prohibition Inserts
LOWER PRICES
SCAFFTAG INSPECTION INSERTS Description
Pack of 10 Model
Price
Insert Back
Pack of 50 Model
Holder
Description
Price
TOWERTAG®
Model
Price
Scafftag®
Standard Inspection Inserts
SCF10I
£12.85 SCF50I
£57.75
Scafftag® Kit
SCF012
£71.35
Prohibition Inserts
SCF10P
£12.85 SCF50P
£57.75
Scaffold Inspection Guide Poster
SCFGP1
£26.85
Loading Classification Inserts
SCF10L
£12.85 SCF50L
£57.75
Scaffold Inspection Pocket Guides - Pack of 5
SCFGP5
£6.45
Towertag®
Loading Classification Inserts: Colour Loading Classifications Grey Very Light Duty Pink Light Duty Orange General Purpose Blue Heavy Duty Brown Special Purpose
426
Towertag® Kit
TWR020
£71.35
Tower Inspection Poster
TWRGP1
£26.85
Tower Inspection Pocket Guides - Pack of 5
TWRGP5
£6.45
Replacement Inserts - Pack of 10
TWR010
£10.15
Replacement Inserts - Pack of 50
TWR050
£45.55
Delivery Charges for these Tagging Systems are detailed on page 401
379_379 11/01/2012 09:16 Page 1
Access Towers ORION - 3400 Comply to EN-1298 Hinge system for easy folding & unfolding ● Working Height is approx. 2m above the Platform Height ● The base fits between standard doors without dis-assembly ● This unit incorporates a Wooden platform & rungs with anti-slip profiles for increased safety ● Basic Size: 1600W x 750Dmm ● ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Access Equipment
ALT-ORI-1.8M, ALT-324531 & ALT-ORI-TB
ORION’s basic size which fits through standard doorways
Toeboards & 4 x Stabilisers supplied as standard with 3.8M platform height system
ORION folded which fits neatly into a car boot
System to 700mm Plat. Height
Weight Model kg 22.5 ALT-ORI-0.7M
£428.50
System to 1800mm Plat. Height
39.5
ALT-ORI-1.8M
£689.30
System to 3800mm Plat. Height
76
ALT-ORI-3.8M £1156.80
Wheels (Set of 4)
-
ALT-324531
£41.75
Toeboard Set
-
ALT-ORI-TB
£71.50
Horizontal Braces
-
ALT-ORI-HB
£21.50
Description
Price
ALT-ORI-0.7M & ALT-324531
427
380_380 11/01/2012 09:14 Page 1
Access Towers ALTK2-0.7M
£489.95
ALTK2-3.8M - shown with 2 stabilisers but comes with 4
K2 TOWER Comply to EN-1298 The enclosed hinge system provides easy folding & unfolding with extra stability ● Large anti-slip feet provide extra strength ● Working Height is approx. 2m above the Platform Height ● This compact folding tower has basic size of 750D x 1850Wmm ● The base fits between standard doors without dis-assembly ● ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Access Equipment
Toeboards & 4 x Stabilisers supplied as standard with 3.8M platform & above
OTHER CONFIGURATIONS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS
ALTK2-0.7M - shown with 3 x Horizontal Braces
K2 Folded
428
K2 Base unit fits through standard doorways.
Description
Model
Price £489.95
Folding Base to 700mm
ALTK2-0.7M
Horizontal Braces (included in 3 Systems below)
ALTK2-HB
£31.95
System to 1800mm Platform Height
ALTK2-1.8M
£919.95
System to 3800mm Platform Height
ALTK2-3.8M
£1469.95
System to 5800mm Platform Height
ALTK2-5.8M
£2138.95
Toeboard Set (included in 2 systems above)
ALTK2-TB
£88.85
381_381 11/01/2012 09:13 Page 1
access towers / Winch scaffold system RolleR s
JollY
Folding Base Unit fits through standard doors 4 Swivel Castors for increased manoeuvrability ● Comply to EN1004 - Part 3 Standard ● Lightweight Aluminium foldable tower ● Overall size: 1600 x 800mm
The base unit folds to fit through door ways Comply to EN1004 - Part 3 Standard ● Quick & easy installation ● Made of lightweight Aluminium tubular alloy (ø 50 mm) with non skid knurled rungs ● Toeboards are included with System C & above
●
●
●
●
Roller S Folded
1
Roller S being Folded
PRICES HELD 2
PRICES HELD patented easY self locKing sYsteM
3
Simply lean the hook on the rung & press slightly to fix the brace immediately
Folds & unfolds with ease Description
Plat. Height mm
Model
Price
System A
950
SV-JOL0.95M
£1005.40
Price
System B
1620
SV-JOL1.62M
£1280.15
£507.45
System C
3420
SV-JOL3.42M
£1813.50
£700.75
System D
5220
SV-JOL5.22M
£2440.45
SV-ROL3.95M
£1163.90
System E
7020
SV-JOL7.02M
£2775.70
84.5
SV-ROL6.00M
£1526.90
System F
8820
SV-JOL8.82M
£3402.65
-
SV-ROLLER-TB
£40.60
System G
10620
SV-JOL10.62M
£3737.85
Description
Weight kg
Model
Base Pack - 1m Plat. Height
25
SV-ROLLER
System to 2.45m Plat. Height
38
SV-ROL2.45M
System to 3.95m Plat. Height
63.5
System to 6m Plat. Height Toeboard (included in 3.95/6m Systems)
Mtb sYsteM ModUlaR tRiangle bRidge
Roof edge pRotection also available
Comply to EN-12811 Quick & easy construction ● Compact for storage & transport ● Levellers available for uneven surfaces CALL FOR DETAILS ● This system has been equipped with unique stackable trusses, available in lengths of 2000, 3000 & 4000mm ● The lightweight Triangle Bridge can be assembled on floor level & brought to the height required by a hand winch ● ●
asseMbled at gRoUnd level foR UltiMate safetY 00:03
deMonstRations available tHRoUgH YoUR local access specialist
00:06
Showing how the unique trusses stack neatly for transport due to their unique ‘V’ shape design
00:09
00:12
fRoM tHe gRoUnd to 5 MetRes in 12 MINUTES 429
access equipment
SV-ROL2.45M & SV-ROLLER-TB
382_382 24/01/2012 16:55 Page 1
Fork Lift Cage Access FORK LIFT CAGES Robust fully welded construction Complies with Health & Safety guidance note PM28 - 3rd Edition. Units are supplied with a user guide ● Fits quickly & easily to the majority of fork lifts ● Safety gate opens inwards, closing automatically through the use of a tension spring loaded retention latch ● Non-slip floor plate with a high kick plate ● Various safety features including: ● Internal grab rail ● Safety harness anchor point ● Drivers warning plate ● High visibility yellow finish ● ●
ECONOMY RANGE ● ●
FLC08Z
Front opening gate Full height mesh rear guard
£692.75
Manufactured Manufacture d
STANDARD RANGE ● ●
Front opening gate Mesh back & half sides
SAFE & STABLE ACCESS AT HIGH LEVELS
Access Equipment
HEAVY DUTY RANGE ● ●
Side opening gate Large tool container FORK POCKET FOR ECONOMY RANGE Simply lift the bar on the side of the cage once the fork has been entered. The brace at the rear of the mechanism will then swing, fitting neatly behind the heel of the fork tines, securing the cage to the fork lift
FLC08Z
FLC01Z shown with FLC09Z FLC04Z
FLC03Z Load Capacity
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Height mm
FLC02Z Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
70
FLC08Z
£692.75
Economy Range 250 kg
1000 x 1000
1900
Standard Range
250 kg
990 x 990
1780
-
70
FLC01Z
£940.45
1830
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
74
FLC11Y
£972.00
3
FLC09Z
£79.20
Optional Tool Box - fitted with 2 hooks to hook onto the cage Heavy Duty Range
300 kg
430
1260 x 800
1985
-
120
FLC02Z
£1006.65
2110
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
120
FLC12Y
£1083.45
1985
-
125
FLC03Z
£1075.35
2110
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
125
FLC13Y
£1137.40
2100
-
132
FLC04Z
£1115.40
2225
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
132
FLC14Y
£1176.55
FORK POCKET FOR THE STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY 184W x 83Dmm with inside clearance of 545mm & overall clearance of 921mm Fo
rk
65 m Tin m ee nt
ry
Floating toggle to prevent accidental withdrawel of the pin pin locks behind heel of fork tines
NOTE: Fork pocket specifications can be altered to meet your requirements. Please specify when ordering
383 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:25 Page 1
Healthcare & Environmental FoR YoUR WoRKPLACE ENVIRoNMENTAL NEEDS... First Aid Kits 432 Small Parts Trolleys 433 Cabinets & Cupboards 434 & 435 Healthcare Trolleys 436 & 437 Janitorial Trolleys 438 to 441 Vacuum Cleaners 442 & 444 Floor Polishers 443 High Pressure Cleaners 444 Handling Cans 445 Waste Management 446 to 459 Storage Tanks 460 Winter Products 461 to 464 Containers & Trucks 464 & 465 Skip Trucks 466 to 468
HIGH PRESSURE CLEANERS ●
A wide variety of high pressure cleaners are available to suit your every need
SEE PAGE
444
Wheeled Bins Page 447
431
384_384 11/01/2012 09:36 Page 1
First Aid Kits BS-8599-1 COMPLIANT BURNS KIT WORKPLACE FIRST ● Burns Kits in a soft bag or hard case AID KITS ●
Contained in a high-density Plastic box with a wall mounting bracket
CB551 First Aid Kits
Healthcare & Environmental
Description
First Aid Kit Refills
Model
Price
Model
Price
Small First Aid Kit
CB551
£19.50
CB560
£14.63
Medium First Aid Kit
CB552
£27.50
CB561
£20.63
Large First Aid Kit
CB553
£35.00
CB562
£26.25
Contents
Small First Kid Kit
Medium First Kid Kit
Large First Kid Kit
FW001B
Assorted Washproof Plasters
40
60
100
Self Adhesive Finger Bandage (35 x 35mm)
2
3
4
Description
Model
Price
HSE First Aid Dressing (120 x 120mm)
4
6
8
Burns Kit in Soft Bag
FW001B
£32.95
HSE First Aid Dressing (180 x 180mm)
1
2
2
No. 16 HSE Eye Pad Dressing - Boxed
2
3
4
Burns Kit in Hard Case
FW001D
£32.95
Disposable Non-woven Triangular Bandage
2
3
4
Burns Kit Refills
FW001C
£21.25
Kayform Conforming Bandage - (75mm x 4.5M)
1
2
2
Kaypore Tape - (25mm x 10M)
1
1
1
Contents
Quantity
Kays Alcohol Free Antiseptic Wipes
20
30
40
Burn Gel Dressing (50 x 150mm)
2
Universal Tough Cut Scissors
1
1
1
Burn Gel Dressing (100 x 100mm)
2
Blue Nitrile powder free Disposable Gloves - Lge
6 Pairs
9 Pairs
12 Pairs
Burn Gel Dressing (200 x 200mm)
1
Foil Blanket - (2150 x 1500mm)
1
2
3
Burn Blot Sachet (3.5g)
8
Resuscitation Aid with One-way Valve
1
1
2
Burn Gel Bottle (125ml)
1
First Aid Guidance Leaflet
1
1
1
Conforming Bandage (75mm x 4M)
3
Safety Pins
6
12
24
Large Universal Shears
1
Burn Gel Dressing - (100 x 100mm)
1
2
2
Disposable Gloves
1 Pair
Additional Furniture & First Aid Products are available - Call For Details
F
C
B E
1410
RES310 D BL196
A
CO250
G
CO253
CO266 Product A
Eye Wash
B
Description
Model
Price
25 x 20ml
CO266
£13.84
500ml
CO250
£2.36
C
Eye Wash Station
10 x 20ml Pods & 2 Boxed Eye Pods
1410
£17.47
D
Eye Wash Poster
-
CO253
£8.04
Anti-bacterial Wipes & Spray
100 Wipes
BL196
£5.80
50ml Alcohol-Free Sanitizer
RES310
£1.99
500ml Alcohol Sanitizer
RES600
£3.99
Washproof
DT393
£5.20
Fabric
DT409
£5.92
Blue (Kitchens)
DT400
£5.80
Disposable Medical Gloves
100 Small
AWD201
£7.97
100 Medium
AWD202
£7.97
100 Large
AWD203
£7.97
First Aid Sign
100 x 250mm
FA00619S
£4.88
E F
Assorted Plasters
G
H I
432
DT393
H
AWD202
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
I FA00619S
385_385 11/01/2012 09:50 Page 1
Small Parts Trolleys Trolleys suitable for Healthcare, Education & Pharmaceutical Environments ● ●
Complete with trays More sizes available - Call For Details
Tray Hanging Facility
SCT8
SCT8
Healthcare & Environmental
OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Manufactured Manufacture d
SCT12 Overall Size W x D x H mm 530 x 430 x 1105
Model
Price
SCT8
£265.74
1090 x 430 x 1850
SCT12
£531.48
515 x 490 x 550
SCT5
£166.09
SCT5
FILE TROLLEY Strong & sturdy Aluminium construction Files shown are optional extras - Call for Details ● Bespoke units are available - Call for Details ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
SFT01
Overall Size W x D x H mm 420 x 600 x 550
Model
Price
SFT01
£149.48
433
386_386 11/01/2012 09:49 Page 1
Visible storage & Mesh Door Cabinets VisibLe stORaGe Cabinets 6mm toughened safety glass: BS6206 Strong welded construction from 0.9mm Steel ● Re-inforced double skin doors with maximum area viewing panels ● 3 way chrome lever locking handle with PRICES semi-concealed internal mechanism HELD ● Steel Shelf Capacity: 75kg UDL ● Glass Shelf Capacity: 50kg UDL ● 4 colour options available with the Grey Body: Red Green Blue White ●
88S894
●
please specify when ordering Solid single colour units also available - Light Grey, Blue, Green, Red & White
88V894 88V994
Healthcare & environmental
88V944
Cabinets Overall Size H x W x D mm 1830 x 915 x 460 1830 x 1220 x 460 915 x 460 x 460 915 x 915 x 460
Manufactured Manufacture d
88V793 Shelves 3 Steel 2 Steel
Model
Price
88V894
£512.96
88V824
£621.99
88V944
£292.29
88V994
£404.31
extRa sHeLVes Overall Size W x D mm 460 x 460
Wall Visible Cabinet 712 x 915 x 300
2 Steel
88V793
915 x 460
£367.39
Split Visible Cabinet 1830 x 915 x 460
2 Steel & 2 Glass
88S894
1220 x 460
£564.99
MesH DOOR Cabinets
Shelves
Model
Price
Steel
88ES44V
£14.85
Glass
88ES44G
£29.40
Steel
88ES94V
£19.80
Glass
88ES94G
£34.69
Steel
88ES24V
£23.10
Glass
88ES24G
£40.10
Strong welded construction from 0.9mm Steel ● Re-inforced mesh panel door(s) ● Suitable for PPE, tools, computer peripherals etc ● Secured by 3 way Chrome lever locking handle ● 4 colour options available with the Grey Body: Red Green ●
PRICES HELD
Blue
88MD894R
88MD894
88MD894L
GiVe VentiLatiOn & VisibiLitY WHiLst MaintaininG seCURitY Overall Size H x W x D mm 1830 x 915 x 459 1830 x 459 x 459 915 x 915 x 459 915 x 459 x 459
434
Shelf Configuration
Model
1/2 Louvred 2 Shelves 88MD894L Centre Divider, 88MD894R Hanging Rail & 3 Shelves 3 Shelves 88MD894 3 Shelves 1 Shelf
88MD844
Yellow
please specify when ordering. Solid single colour units also available in the above colours & Dark Grey
Manufactured Manufacture d
Price £377.22 £365.95 £334.05
88MD844
£277.08
88MD994
£235.85
88MD944
£155.63
88MD944
88MD994
387_387 11/01/2012 09:48 Page 1
Plastic cupboards Plastic cuPboarDs Manufactured from high quality Plastic ● Ideal for many applications including; ● Kitchens/Cafeterias ● Janitorial Closets ● Schools, Offices etc ● Hygienic - easy to clean ●
CE1804
£155.95
CE180U
£168.95
Healthcare & Environmental
CE180U Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm kg Large Cupboard
Features 4 Shelves
650 x 450 x 1800
Model
Price
17
CE1804
£155.95
18
CE180U
£168.95
Utility Cupboard 3 Half Shelves, 1 Full Shelf & Divider
650 x 450 x 1800
Plastic cuPboarDs
Plastic DraWErs ● ●
CE1804
Manufactured from high quality Plastic Ideal for many applications including; ● Kitchens/Cafeterias PRICE ● Janitorial Closets HELD ● Schools, Offices ● Hygienic & easy to clean
Manufactured from high quality Plastic Mobile on 4 x 40mm swivel castors
● ●
PRICES HELD
CE095C
£99.00 CDE884
CDE673 Description 3 Drawer Chest 4 Drawer Chest
Overall Size L x W x H mm 370 x 440 x 675 370 x 440 x 880
Weight kg 4.5 5.5
Model
Price
CDE673 CDE884
£49.95 £59.95
CE095C Features 3 Shelves
Overall Size L x W x H mm 650 x 450 x 950
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
CE095C
£99.00
435
388_388 11/01/2012 09:47 Page 1
Healthcare Trolleys - with a 10 Year Guarantee HEALTHCARE TROLLEY
MEDICAL/BOOK TROLLEY
Strong Polyethylene moulded trolleys ● Non-conductive & resistant to most substances ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm rear castors & 2 x 100mm braked swivel castors with corner buffers ●
LOWER PRICE
Six slanted shelves for easy access Strong heavy gauge Steel trolleys ● Clearance between slanted shelves: 280mm ● Mobile on 4 quiet & easy running 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes ● Subject to availability GIM23L WAS £443.40 ● ●
NOW ONLY
£299.95
Max Load
Healthcare & Environmental
180kg
GIM23L
GIB40L
FREE! Overall Size L x W x H mm 813 x 610 x 1067
Size Between Shelves 380 mm
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
GIB40L
£284.95
Overall Size L x W x H mm 730 x 432 x 1041
Shelf Depth mm 165
Weight kg 28
DEEP TRAY TROLLEYS
GREY SHELF TROLLEYS
●
70mm deep trays Strong Polyethylene moulded trolleys ● Non-conductive & resistant to most substances ● GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm ● GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm ● Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes
●
●
●
Model
Price
GIM23L
£299.95
Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean ● These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in healthcare applications such as hospitals & surgeries ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
FREE!
GI543L
FREE!
GI541L
GI637L
Description 2 Tray Unit 3 Tray Unit
436
Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 460 x 980 610 x 460 x 1000
Weight kg 10.5 14
Model
Price
GI627L GI637L
£122.10 £149.95
No of Shelves 3
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Clearance Between Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
610 x 458 x 840
305 mm
11
GI541L
£142.90
4
610 x 458 x 915
222 mm
13
GI542L
£184.95
5
610 x 458 x 915
159 mm
17
GI543L
£201.95
6
610 x 458 x 1143
159 mm
19
GI544L
£235.25
389_389 11/01/2012 09:46 Page 1
healthcare Trolleys ShELF TROLLEYS
COLLECTOR TROLLEY
●
Clearance between shelves: 280mm Complete with Grey Aluminium uprights ● 25mm lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side ● Mobile on 4 swivel 75mm ‘quietcastors’
●
●
●
Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 with brakes 3 Grey Plastic containers & 2 bins, all removable
Max Load
100kg
GIC816
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Grey 3 Shelf Trolley
800 x 410 x 790
8
HI424Y £109.95
Optional Buckets to fit the above model
332 x 232 x 172 336 x 236 x 562
-
HI004Z
Model
Price Overall Size L x W x H mm 800 x 440 x 930
£30.85
Weight kg 15
Model
Price
GIC816
£144.95
PCI09Y
IDEAL FOR BULKY ITEMS
PCI08Y
Overall Size - L x W x H mm
CONTAINER TRUCKS
External
Internal
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
1210 x 710 x 820
940 x 620 x 610
250
32
PCI08Y £319.95
1420 x 750 x 860 1150 x 650 x 640
350
39
PCI09Y £378.50
Model
Price
● ●
Removable Polypropylene containers Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors make the units manoeuvrable
437
healthcare & Environmental
HI424Y & HI004Z
390_390 11/01/2012 09:44 Page 1
Janitorial Trolleys MOPPING SYSTEM - SB28W Exceptionally compact yet big capacity single bucket mopping system ● This unit also has a lidded 30 Litre waste unit which can be used with or without waste bags ● Additional caddy for the storage of cloths, dusters, sprays etc. ● Mopping system complete with Kentucky mop ● Fully welded Steel chassis ● Runs on 75mm non-marking castors ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Healthcare & Environmental
Capacity Clean 28L
STCI
Provide a number of cleaning facilities in one exceptionally compact & easy to handle package ● Swing top allows waste disposal, mopping & access to cleaning material simultaneously ● Runs on 4 x 75mm non-marking castors ●
Waste Capacity 30L
XCI
Size mm 820 x 395 x 870
Caddy 4L
Model
Price
SB28W
£135.00
Construction based on strong Structofoam chassis ● Fitted with 75mm castors rotating buffers & Nutex epoxy coated superstructure ● XC-1 Fitted with a full size 120 Litre waste unit ● XC-2 fitted with a twin 70 Litre waste unit ● 18 Litre mop pail fitted with a 200g basket to suit the majority of standard mops of this size ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Waste Bin
Waste Bags
Caddy
70L
70L
4L
Pail 14L
Size mm 545 x 500 x 920
Model STC1
Price £107.00
Top Tray 10L
Small Parts 2 x 6L
Mid Tray
120L
10L
KENTUCKY MOPPING SYSTEM SAX-120/140 VCN1414 ● Full Structofoam base unit & Nutex epoxy coated Steel superstructure ● All units are equipped with dual waste systems: Single 120 Litre or twin 70 Litre waste bags ● DTK1 kit includes a Bactiguard 400gr loop & web mop head ● Runs on 4 x 100mm castors.
Waste Bags 70L
Size mm
Model
Price
840 x 570 x 1060
XC1
£104.00
XC2
£104.00
For areas that need static waste units ● Convenient for individual waste disposal ●
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d Mop Kit DTK 1
438
Pails
Size mm
2 x 6L
1310 x 550 x 1070
Model VCN-1414
Price
Waste Bags
£220.00
120L 2 x 70L
Size mm
Model
Price
950 x 590 x 1055
SAX-120 SAX-140
£62.00 £62.00
391_391 11/01/2012 09:43 Page 1
Hygiene Trolleys JANITORIAL CLEANING TROLLEY Manufactured from durable Plastic Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels at the back & 2 x 75mm swivel castors at the front ● Complete with a strong Yellow PVC sack ● 2 colour options available: Grey Blue ● ●
Max Load
100kg HI318Y
Colour Blue Grey
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Shelf Heights
Weight kg
1140 x 500 x 972
580, 970 mm
9
Model
Price
HI308Y
£159.95
HI318Y
£159.95
HI308Y
MH101Z HI202Y
MHD24Z HI201Y
Lightweight Aluminium 1250mm mop handle ● Mops are made from 70% cotton, 30% Polyester to ensure maximum absorption & long life ● Subject to availability ●
Item
Model
Price
Mop Handle
MHD24Z
£8.00
Mops pk of 10
MH101Z
MOPPING TROLLEYS ● ● ●
£35.00
HI101Y
A range of 4 mopping trolleys suitable for heavy duty use Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel wheels & Plastic wringer The frame on these two units has a push handle making the unit easily manoeuvrable Overall Size (excluding handle) L x W x H mm 480 x 285 x 560
Load Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
20 Litre
5
HI101Y
£59.30
680 x 410 x 720
36 Litre
8
HI102Y
£79.95
540 x 440 x 670
36 Litre
7
HI201Y
£106.50
840 x 430 x 700
60 Litre
13
HI202Y
£97.85
CAUTION BOARDS Fold flat for storage Overall Size when open: 610H x 310W x 340Dmm ● Supplied in packs of any 2 or 5 - please specify when ordering ● Designed for use in areas where a hazard or restriction exists ● Available whilst stocks last
PRICES HELD
● ●
Description
Model
Price Pack of 2
Price Pack of 5
Out of Service
CB001Z
£9.95
£19.95
Repair in Progress
CB002Z
£9.95
£19.95
No Entry
CB004Z
£9.95
£19.95
CB001Z
CB002Z
CB004Z
439
Healthcare & Environmental
HI102Y
PRICES HELD
392_392 11/01/2012 09:40 Page 1
Laundry Trolleys VErsaCarE sYsTEMs - servo-X Quickly & easily folded so ideal for use where space is a premium ● The bags incorporate drag handles, top closure system & are easily removed from the frame ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm non-marking wheels ●
Healthcare & Environmental
Manufactured Manufacture d Capacity Litres 100
Bag Variations 1 x 100L Bag
Overall Size L x W x H mm 460 x 390 x 960
NX-1001
£92.00
150
1 x 150L Bag
760 x 460 x 760
NX-1501
£109.00
200
2 x 100L Bag
760 x 460 x 960
NX-1002
£125.00
200
1 x 200L Bag
760 x 460 x 960
NX-2001
£121.00
Model
Price
NX-1501 NX-1001
XTra sYsTEMs - Nusax Ideal for many environments including, office, hotels, hospitals etc ● Unit incorporates 2 spacious trays to accommodate your onboard cleaning materials ● Permit basic cleaning duties to be achieved with waste collection - save time & improve standards ● Mobile on 4 x 200mm non-marking wheels ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Capacity Litres
Bag Variations
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
260
1 x 120L Bag & 2 x 70L Bags
1125 x 665 x 980
NSX-260
£253.00
NSX-260
VErsaCarE sYsTEMs - NuBag Provide a collection & separation system for all your laundry facilities - inside or out ● Ideal for many environments including, office, hotels, hospitals etc ● The bags incorporate drag handles, top closure system & are easily removed from the trolley ● Mobile on 4 x 200mm non-marking wheels ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Capacity Litres
Bag Variations
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
300
3 x 100L Bags
1110 x 665 x 1115
NB-3003
£231.00
440
NB-3003
393_393 11/01/2012 09:41 Page 1
Hygiene Trolleys LAUNDRY TROLLEYS Strong, removable Canvas sack Chrome Plated Steel tubular frame ● Base frame to support the sack ● Mobile on 4 x 70mm swivel non-marking Rubber castors ● Model HI552Y folds for compact storage ● ●
Max Load
150kg
HI551Y
HI552Y
Overall Size Folded Size L x W x H mm H x W x D mm Rectangular Model 920 x 560 x 880 Folding X Type Model 685 x 590 x 1030 1200 x 590 x 380 Description
Weight kg 14 9
Model
Price
HI551Y HI552Y
£155.30 £129.80
Strong Zinc Plated frame PVC bag: 232 Litres ● Lightweight & folds for compact storage ● Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel Rubber castors ● Burst strength of bag: 160lb/sq. in
Strong Plastic frame & PVC sack ● Base frame to support the sack ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel Rubber castors
●
●
●
Max Load
70kg
HI513Y
GS4212
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm L x W x H mm 682 x 583 x 835 682 x 178 x 1030
Weight kg 10
Model
Overall Size L x W x H mm 710 x 660 x 950
Price
GS4212 £247.15
Weight kg 9
Model
Price
HI513Y
£97.95
Model
Price
GS427H
£547.45
GS427N
£591.75
LAUNDRY TROLLEYS Strong rigid frame supporting a re-inforced PVC sack Unit is able to turn in its own length ● Cubic capacity: 370 Litres ● ●
HEAVY DUTY UNITS CAPABLE OF TURNING IN THEIR OWN LENGTH
Max Load
250kg
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size - Bag L x W x H mm
Overall Size - Frame L x W x H mm
910 x 610 x 660
980 x 710 x 1010
GS427H Wheels - 2 Fixed Centrally & 2 Sliding each End 200 x 50 Cushion Roller Bearing 200 x 50 Nylon
Weight kg 35
441
Healthcare & Environmental
HEAVY DUTY FOLDING LAUNDRY TROLLEY FOLDING LAUNDRY TROLLEY
394_394 11/01/2012 09:39 Page 1
Vacuum Cleaners HENRY & HETTY 2 year warranty Complete with tools ● 1200 Watts of power - 240 volts ● Cable rewind & Stainless Steel pipes ● ●
Healthcare & Environmental
Manufactured Manufacture d
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
9
340 x 340 x 370
6.9
Disposable Bags - Pack of 10
JAMES - ECO FRIENDLY
CHARLES
Complete with tools ● Energy Saving Hi/Lo switch 800/500 Watts of power - 230 volts ● Caddy top provides space for cable & tools ● 3 Aluminium pipes ● Two stage Microflo’ dust bags Manufactured Manufacture d ● 8 Litre Capacity
●
30 l/sec
Range M
Overall Size L x W x H mm
26.8
340 x 340 x 340
Weight kg 5.2
Model JAMES
Price
Airflow
Single Twin
23
415 x 415 x 615
Disposable Bags - Pack of 10
442
£120.00
604015
£6.25
£95.00
40 l/sec
Range M
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
26.8
355 x 355 x 500
7.1
CHARLES
£144.00
WV900: 1200 Watts WVD902: 2 x 1200 Watts ● Complete with tools ● Structofoam container will NOT dent or scratch ● 2 year warranty ● Other colours available - Call for Details ●
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size L x W x H mm
£120.00
HETTY
Big filters & disposable dust bags for dry use ● Safety float valve for wet use ● 16 Litre Capacity - Dry ● 9 Litre Capacity - Wet
NVQ570: 1200 Watts NVDQ570: 2 x 1200 Watts ● Complete with tools ● Structofoam container will NOT dent or scratch ● 2 year warranty ● Other colours available - Call for Details
Capacity Litres
HENRY
●
●
Motor
Price
Manufactured d Complete with tools Manufacture ● 1200 Watts of power PRICES - 240 volts HELD ● 2 Aluminium pipes
●
Airflow
Model
Manufactured Manufacture d
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
Motor
NVQ570
£278.00
Single
14.5
NVDQ572
£375.00
604017
£13.00
Capacity Dry Wet
40 30 Twin Litres Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm 720 x 490 x 880
Disposable Bags - Pack of 10
Weight kg 20
Model
Price
WV900
£350.00
22.5
WVD902
£445.00
604018
£12.00
395_395 11/01/2012 10:09 Page 1
Floor Polishers TTQ1535S
Compact, easy to operate & exceptionally manoeuvrable ● The cylinder power brush & twin water pickup nozzles ensure a multi-directional deep cleaning performance ● 15 Litre capacity ● Working Width - 350mm ● Brush Motor: 400 Watts ● Vac Motor: 1000 Watts ● Power: 230 Volts ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
Speed
Range M
Size mm
Weight kg
50Hz / 1000rpm 60Hz / 1200rpm
42
750 x 740 x 480
38
Model
LOLINE NLL332 Small, light, compact in storage whilst being quick & easy to use without loss of performance ● Full range of 330mm brushes & pad drives allows the unit to be used for all of the primary floorcare functions ● Comes complete with Drive Pad, Solution Tank & Scrub Brush ● Motor: 400 Watts ● Power: 230V/50 Hz ●
Price
TTQ1535S £1070.00
Deck Speed Range Overall Size mm RPM M mm 330 200 32 1145 x 330 x 540
Weight kg 18
Manufactured Manufacture d
Model
Price
NLL332 £520.00
TTB3450S
TT3450S Mains powered Brush Motor: 1500W Vac Motor: 1200W Power: 230V
● ● ● ●
Healthcare & Environmental
BUY ANY FLOOR POLISHER OR SCRUBBER DRIER FROM THIS PAGE & RECEIVE A FREE ECO FRIENDLY JAMES VACUUM CLEANER ● ● ● ●
Battery powered Brush Motor: 24v 400W Vac Motor: 24v 400W Power: 2 x 12v 100Ahr
Full Stainless Steel chassis ● Heavy duty 450mm scrubbing head ● High performance Twinflo’ vacuum collection system ● 30 Litre capacity with a single 15-Litre dirty water tank ●
Brush Speed 50Hz / 1000rpm 60Hz / 1200rpm 120 RPM
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1150 x 1030 x 740
57
TT3450S
£1370.00
122
TTB3450S
£2410.21
Manufactured Manufacture d
TT3450S
TTB3450S
VARIO Run Time: 3.5 hours ● Controls are ergonomically positioned on the steering wheel ● Front Wheel Drive - superb turning performance ● Set at 3 different widths - fit through doorways ● Brush Motor: 400 Watts (3 x 24v) 750mm Brush ● Vacuum Motor: 400 Watts (24v) Width ● Transit Speed: 7 km/h ●
Brush Speed 120/200 RPM
Water Fluid Capacity Capacity 110 Litres
4 Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1676 x 1425 x 1054
500
VARIO
P.O.A.
650mm Brush Width
Manufactured Manufacture d
850mm Brush Width
Demonstrations available on these machines - CALL FOR DETAILS
443
396_396 11/01/2012 10:08 Page 1
Cleaning Equipment
A C B
NEW NEW
NEW 3 hour charge time 20 minutes of battery time ● Ideal for cleaning windows, tiles, mirrors etc without any streaks ●
Healthcare & Environmental
●
Detail & bristle nozzle Hand, floor tool & Terry cloths ● No chemicals required ● ●
Power W
Capacity Litres
Cable Length
-
0.1
-
Hose Length
● ●
1000 rpm pad rotation 2900mm working width
Model
Price
16331130
£69.00
10922800
£850.00
10598220
£199.00
Window Vacuum
A
Professional Steam Cleaner
B
2250
4.6
7.5 M
Floor Polisher
C
600
-
7M
-
E
D
F
NEW
NEW
Professional quality Airflow: 67 Litres ● 200m Bar
E F
444
Dry cleaning only Airflow: 61 Litres ● 244m Bar
480 Litres per hour Professional quality ● 160m Bar
●
●
●
●
●
●
Power W D
NEW
Capacity Litres
Cable Length
Hose Length
Model
Price
14281040
£240.00
13942040
£621.60
XPERT 1
£478.80
Wet & Dry Vacuum 1380
27
7.5 M
Back Pack Vacuum
1300
5
15 M
Xpert Pressure Washer
2300
-
7.5
10 M
397_397 11/01/2012 10:07 Page 1
Handling Cans DISPENSING BOTTLES
PLUNGER CANS
POLYETHYLENE CANS
Heavy duty Polyethylene cans, use to dispense liquids directly on to work single handed ● The Brass valves are self closing & leak proof ● The body of the bottle is contoured & textured to aid grip
●
Manufactured from chemically resistant Ryton & Brass ● Used to safely moisten wipes, cleaning wipes etc with solvent ● Any surplus solvent drains back into the can
●
●
Capacity Litres 0.12
Resistant to tough acids & corrosives as well as heat ● Self close lid, pressure relief mechanism & duel density flame arrester
Capacity Litres 0.5
Overall Size Dia x H mm 125 x 133
Model
Price
PC115Z
£58.35
£37.70
1
185 x 143
PC118Z
£71.05
DC004Z
£45.65
2
185 x 187
PC218Z
£69.45
DC010Z
£48.85
4
185 x 267
PC418Z
£79.00
Overall Size Dia x H mm 57 x 140
Model
Price
DC002Z
0.24
79 x 140
1
102 x 267
Capacity Overall Size Model Litres L x W x H mm 2 117 x 194 x 241 PC120Z 4 117 x 194 x 324 PC140Z
Price £91.70 £93.30
Healthcare & Environmental
TYPE I STEEL CANS Cans upto 1L size have a trigger release handle & 4L onwards have a swinging handle for easier carrying ● Suitable for corrosive flammable liquids ●
Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
Model
Price
0.5
117 x 172
MC050Z
£74.25
1
117 x 210
MC100Z
£64.70
4
241 x 279
MC400Z
£64.70
7.5
241 x 349
MC750Z
£69.45
9.5
298 x 292
MC950Z
£72.65
19
298 x 429
MC190Z
£74.25
MC200Z
£28.20
Polypropylene Funnels for 4L Can & above
TYPE II ACCUFLOW STEEL CANS Innovative manifold automatically vents for smooth, glug free pouring ● Safe-Squeeze trigger gives you maximum control when pouring ● Stainless Steel flame arrester dissipates heat to prevent flashback ignition ●
Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
4
241 x 267
7.5
241 x 337
9.5
298 x 305
19
298 x 445
Hose Dia x L mm 16 x 229 25 x 229
NEW
Model
Price
AC004Z
£120.25
AC075Z
£120.25
AC095Z
£125.00
AC190Z
£129.80
OILY WASTE CANS Foot operated self closing lid Safe disposal of used wipes, rags & cloths o ● Lid opens no more than 60 & closes when released. This ensures that flammable liquids present on the wipes or rags are not in contact with ignition sources ● ●
Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
Model
Price
20
302 x 403
WC100Z
£86.95
34
354 x 464
WC250Z
£99.65
52
408 x 514
WC500Z
£126.60
80
467 x 595
WC700Z
£182.15
PERFORATED BASE FOR GOOD AIR CIRCULATION
All products on this page are Express Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved
445
398_398 11/01/2012 10:05 Page 1
Waste Bins WHEELED BIN
RECYCLING BINS ON A POST
Manufactured from 30% recycled Polyethylene & mobile on 50mm castors ● 5 colour options available: Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange Yellow ●
Comply to BS/EN 840 Suitable for outside use ● Manufactured from 30% recycled Polyethylene ● Subject to availability ● ●
please specify when ordering
PRICE HELD
LIP50Z WAS £99.95
Healthcare & Environmental
NOW ONLY
£79.95
LIP50Z
LWB50Y Capacity Litres 50
Overall Size L x W x H mm 420 x 470 x 650
Weight kg 3
Model
Price
LWB50Y
£25.95
Capacity Litres 50
Overall Size L x W x H mm 710 x 430 x 970
Weight kg 6.8
Model
Price
LIP50Z
£79.95
WASTE BINS Resistant to UV Rays Easy to clean & hygienic ● Easily manoeuvrable when full ● Lightweight yet robust construction ● Made from high density Polyethylene ● Close fitting lid helps prevent spillages ● Compatible with all standard lifting mechanisms ● Wheel brakes & key operated lid lock available as optional extras - Call for Details ● 3 colour options available: Blue Dark Green Black ● ●
please specify when ordering
GALVANISED WASTE BIN
FWB05Y - Black
●
Description Polyethylene FWB06Y
446
Galvanised
For use where large amounts of waste are generated
Overall Size H x W x D mm 1190 x 1220 x 770
Max Load kg 310
1300 x 1220 x 1070
450
1340 x 1220 x 950
650
Capacity Litres 660 1100
Model
Price
FWB04Y
£375.85
FWB05Y
£404.30
FWB06Y
£626.55
399_399 11/01/2012 10:01 Page 1
Waste Bins LWB360Y LWB240Y
LWB120Y
LWB120Y LWB120Y
FROM
£25.95
●
LWB50Y Capacity Litres 50
Overall Size L x W x H mm 420 x 470 x 650
Weight kg 3
Model
Price
LWB50Y
£25.95
120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
LWB120Y
£49.95
240
590 x 750 x 1000
14
LWB240Y
£74.95
360
710 x 850 x 1120
22
LWB360Y
£139.95
please specify when ordering Model LWB360Y is only available in Blue & Green
WHEELED BINS - RECYCLING CENTRE
LW4120Y
Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels ● Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals, healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc ● Manufactured from 30% recycled Polyethylene ● LW1120Y & LW4120Y have Dark Grey bodies ●
Description 1 Off Set of 4
Capacity Overall Size each Weight Litres each L x W x H mm kg each 120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
Model
Price
LW1120Y
£49.95
LW4120Y £184.50
LW1120Y is a one off unit, please specify which colour you require: Dark Grey (cans) Blue (paper) Red (plastics) Light Grey (general waste) ● LW4120Y comes complete as a set of 4, 1 of each colour ●
447
Healthcare & Environmental
Manufactured from 30% recycled Polyethylene Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels except the LWB50Y which is mobile on 50mm castors ● 5 colour options available: Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange Yellow ●
400_400 11/01/2012 10:00 Page 1
Sack Holders & Bins FREESTANDING SACK HOLDER ●
STEP CONTAINER BINS
Metal freestanding Sack Holder
● ●
Manufactured from hygienic Plastic 3 Colour Options available Grey White Yellow please specify when ordering
Healthcare & Environmental
PRICES HELD
NEW
SH002/Y SO-1245
SH002 Colour White Yellow
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
860 x 400 x 370
SH002 SH002/Y
£69.38 £69.38
Capacity Litres 30
Overall Size H x W x D mm 430 x 398 x 410
Model
Price
SO-1230
£37.48
45
600 x 398 x 410
SO-1245
£46.85
70
673 x 412 x 495
SO-1270
£58.97
WIRE MESH SACK HOLDERS
WALL MOUNTED SACK HOLDER
Full guard Sack Holders fitted with a Rubber Lid Manufactured from 75 x 25mm Mesh ● 6 Colour Options available on model SH013P
●
●
Sack Holder fitted with a Rubber Lid
●
PRICE HELD
Green Red Black Blue Yellow White please specify when ordering PRICES HELD
SH013P SH010 Finish
Overall Size H x Dia. mm
Model
Price
Polyester Coated Galvanised
930 x 430
SH013P SH013G
£110.48 £110.48
448
Overall Size Dia. mm 430
Model
Price
SH010
£50.50
401_401 11/01/2012 09:58 Page 1
Containers SLIM CONTAINERS ●
Hygienic Plastic container bins
NEW
Healthcare & Environmental
2 x PB-1001 shown with 2 x PB-1090, PB-1014 & a PB-1012
PB-1080
PB-1082
PB-1081
PB-1083
BUY A STACKABLE SLIM CONTAINER & ADD A LID TO COMPLETE YOUR RECYCLING UNIT
PB-1014
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
60 Litre Stackable Slim Container
580 x 460 x 320
PB-1080
£31.22
87 Litre Stackable Slim Container
762 x 460 x 320
PB-1090
£37.77
PB-1012
PB-1013
Recycling Bin Lids to suit PB-1080 or PB-1090 Recycling Bin Push Lid
-
PB-1081
£9.77
Recycling Cans/Bottle Lid
-
PB-1082
£9.77
Recycling Bin Paper Lid
-
PB-1083
£9.77
Recycling Bin Paper Lid - Blue
-
PB-1014
£11.72
Recycling Cans/Bottle Lid - Green
-
PB-1012
£11.72
Recycling Universal Lid
-
PB-1013
£11.72
Recycling General Waste Lid
-
PB-1011
£11.72
Linkable Dolly to suit PB-1080 & PB-1090 Linkable Dolly
-
PB-1001
PB-1011
PB-1001 £53.18
449
402_402 25/01/2012 11:40 Page 1
Litter Bins PUSH FLAP BIN Manufactured in Zintec Steel & powder coated in different colours: Lift-off top assembly incorporates a lightly sprung flap ● Optional easy lift-out Galvanised liner available - Call for Details ● Self closing swivel top prevents a fire by excluding the air flow ●
Blue
●
Green Cream
Yellow White
Grey
PRICES HELD
SWIVEL TOP BIN
Body & lift-off top assembly, manufactured in bright polished Stainless Steel or Zintec powder coated
●
Blue Green Cream Silver White Grey Optional easy lift-out Galvanised liner available - Call for Details ● Self closing swivel top prevents a fire by excluding the air flow
●
Description
Complete With
Push Flap Bin Swivel Top Bin
Healthcare & Environmental
Manufactured Manufacture d
Swivel Top Bin Stainless Steel
With Liner Without Liner With Liner Without Liner With Liner Without Liner
Capacity Litres 54 60 51 60 51 60
SACK HOLDER ● ●
Size D x H mm 310 x 895 360 x 720 360 x 720
Model
Price
555PFL 555PF 882L 882 882SSL 882SS
£98.98 £76.51 £105.93 £87.74 £146.59 £128.40
CHROME STEEL BIN Dome top litter bin, lift-off top, incorporates a large sprung flap ● Moulded plastic location ring to keep the bag in place
Enclosed sack holder solid body Steel construction - pedal operated
PRICES HELD
●
Manufactured Manufacture d
VARIOUS COLOURS AVAILABLE CaLL foR DEtaILS PRICE HELD
SWING TOP BIN 555 ST
Fire Retardant Zintec Steel & powder coated ● Easy swing lid ● Optional Steel liner ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
● SHSB
Description Sack Holder Swing Top Bin
Capacity Litres 70 60
Overall Size W x D x H mm 410 x 230 x 820 310 x 310 x 895
Model
Price
SHSB 555 ST
£80.79 £79.96
Capacity Litres 50
Overall Size D x H mm 405 x 832
Model
Price
3385
£105.05
LITTER BIN
MESH BIN
REFUSE SACKS
Optional Galvanised Metal liner & powder coated in a range of colours - Call for Details ● Manufactured in zintec Steel ● An easy to use hinged lid top ● Supplied with fixing kit ● Pack of 2
●
Silver powder coated ● Pack of 12
● ● ●
●
PRICE HELD
450
Overall Size W x D x H mm 395 x 190 x 480
PRICE HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICE HELD
Capacity Litres 20
In a wide range of colours Liner bags Heavy duty, clinical waste, sack holder & clear recycled bags available
Model 464T
Price (Pack 2) £68.48
Capacity Litres
Size D x H mm
Model
Price (Pack 12)
18
295 x 350
WLB 290
£45.75
Model SACK/C
Price (Pack 200) £35.47
403_403 11/01/2012 09:56 Page 1
Bins & Containers WASTE BINS Hygienic wipe-clean Plastic Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow ● Ideal for use in kitchens, offices, shops, warehouses etc ● ●
Capacity Litres 20
Overall Size L x W x H mm 355 x 255 x 500
Weight kg 1.2
Model
Price
RCY29Z
£18.80
50
430 x 310 x 600
2
RCY43Z
£25.15
60
455 x 320 x 750
2.5
RCY57Z
£33.20
Built in handles for easy lifting Hygienic wipe-clean pale Grey Plastic ● Optional bag turns a bin into a janitorial trolley ●
RCY29Z
PRICES HELD
●
GID812
GIT893, GID812 & GIL861 Capacity Litres
External Size Dia. x H mm
Weight kg
37 76 120 167
400 x 430 500 x 580 560 x 820 610 x 930
1.5 3 8.5 13.5
GIT893 & GIL861
Container Model Price GIT843 £29.65 GIT858 £48.00 GIT882 £71.15 GIT893 £80.75
Dolly To Suit Model Price GID812
£41.85
GIT893, GID812, GIB811 & GIL861 Bag Model GIB811
Price £51.85
HALF ROUND HEAD BINS
SWING LID DUSTBINS ●
Lid To Suit Model Price GIL840 £15.35 GIL850 £16.70 GIL856 £20.80 GIL861 £20.80
Hygienic wipe-clean pale Grey Plastic
Hygienic wipe-clean pale Grey Plastic ● Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow ●
LOWER PRICES
PRICES HELD
GIH808 GI5831
GI5832
Capacity Litres 30
External Size L x W x H mm 380 x 280 x 510
Weight kg 1.5
Model
Price
External Size Dia x H mm 510 x 800
Weight kg 3
Model
Price
£21.00
Capacity Litres 60
GI5832
GIH808
£49.95
42
430 x 300 x 660
2
GI5831
£28.00
100
580 x 900
3.5
GIH807
£59.95
451
Healthcare & Environmental
‘TIDY’ CONTAINERS
RCY43Z
RCY57Z
404_404 11/01/2012 09:56 Page 1
Litter Bins STUDLEY RANGE
SIGMA RANGE
Solid, high quality, fire retardant, retreated Steel construction ● 4 standard Lid Colour Options available:
Stainless Steel construction with a painted Galvanised Steel liner ● 4 standard Liner Colour Options available:
●
●
Blue Green Red Yellow Please specify colour when ordering ● Other lid colours available upon request
Blue Black Red Yellow Please specify colour when ordering ● Other liner colours available upon request
Healthcare & Environmental
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
Manufactured Manufacture d Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia. mm
Model
Price
30
610 x 245
374
£32.67
60
710 x 340
544
£65.35
90
750 x 390
644
£92.39
120
780 x 440
701
£119.33
ERA RANGE
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia. mm
Model
Price
644RC/DB
£65.35
644RC/TR
£119.33
Double Liner Recycling Bin 2 x 45 Liners
750 x 390 Triple Liner Recycling Bin
2 x 22 & 1 x 45 Liners
750 x 390
RECYCLING BINS
Slim-line & stylish construction with either a Stainless Steel or painted Zintec body ● 6 standard Body/Lid Colour Options available: ●
Blue Black Red Yellow Grey Green Please specify colour when ordering ● Other body/lid colours available upon request ● Lid graphics are available - Call for Details
Self-closing, fire retardant bins manufactured in Zintec Steel ● Available in a choice of colours & supplied with wrap logo on the flap only. Wording & artwork is an optional extra - Call for Details ●
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICES HELD
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x L x W mm
Painted Zintec Body Model
Price
Model
Price
60
860 x 290 x 260
ERA-60
£93.34
ERA-SS-60
£124.20
Capacity Litres
100
860 x 385 x 260
ERA-100
£153.33
ERA-SS-100
£200.00
60
452
Stainless Steel Body Overall Size H x L x W mm
Single Unit Model
895 x 310 x 310 555PF/RC1
Set of 4 Units
Price each
Model
Price each
£88.38
555PF/RC4
£79.08
405_405 11/01/2012 10:31 Page 1
Office Recycling Bins
INTERNAL THE ENVIROBIN RANGE
Manufactured Manufacture d D
A
Healthcare & Environmental
C
B
CAVALIER
The Envirobin ‘Family’ range of recycling bins has capacities which range from a compact 55 litres to a generous 140 litres A
ENVIROBIN 100
CATERING BINS
MIDI ENVIROBIN
C
● Capacity: 82 Litres Capacity: 100 Litres Size: 448W x 448D x 807H mm ● Size: 302W x 541D x 866H mm ● Liner: Sack retention ● Liner: Sack retention ● Labels: Choice of WRAP ● Labels: Choice of WRAP compliant lids & labels compliant lids & labels ● Colour: Warm Grey body ● Colour: Warm Grey body ● ●
Type
Colour
Model
Price
Plastic
Red
81155/1041 £165.50
Cans
Grey
81155/1021 £165.50
Type
Colour
Model
Price
Plastic
Red
81720/11/81 £142.40 81720/11/62 £142.40
Paper
Blue
81155/1000 £165.50
Cans
Grey
General
White
81155/1202 £165.50
Paper
Blue
81720/1/11
Mixed
Lime Green
81155/1060 £165.50
General
White
81720/21/04 £142.40
Split
Please Specify 81155/2001 £201.40
Mixed
Lime Green
81720/51/80 £142.40
B
MINI ENVIROBIN
D
£142.40
MAXI ENVIROBIN
● Capacity: 140 Litres Capacity: 55 Litres ● Size: 302W x 523D x 660H mm ● Size: 550W x 615D x 1220H mm ● Liner: Sack retention ● Liner: Sack retention ● Labels: Choice of WRAP ● Labels: Choice of WRAP compliant lids & labels compliant lids & labels ● Colour: Warm Grey body ● Colour: Warm Grey body ●
Type
Colour
Plastic
Red
81691/11/81 £113.40
Model
Price
Type
Colour
Model
Price
Plastic
Red
81692/21/81
£341.35
Cans
Grey
81691/11/62 £113.40
Cans
Grey
81692/21/62
£341.35
Paper
Blue
81691/1/11
£113.40
Paper
Blue
81692/1/11
£341.35
General
White
81691/21/04 £113.40
General
White
81692/1/04
£341.35
Mixed
Lime Green
81691/41/80 £113.40
Mixed
Lime Green
81692/61/80
£341.35
Heavy Duty & Robust Suitable for Catering applications ● Capacity: 100 Litres ● Liner: Sack Retention ● Choice of colours. (see chart below) ● ●
Overall Size W x D x H mm 448 x 448 x 899
Model
Price
81155/1
£165.50
COLOURS Warm Grey
Ad Grey
Black
Lime Green
Golden Yellow
Signal Red
Burgundy
Dark Aqua
Boat Blue
Classic Navy
RSJ Green
Heritage Green
453
406_406 11/01/2012 10:29 Page 1
Recycling Bins Manufactured Manufacture d
Healthcare & Environmental
PRICES HELD
PRICE HELD
CONFIDENTIAL RECYCLING BIN
POLO TRIPLE RECYCLING BIN
Manufactured in Zintec Steel Self closing, fire retardant Metal bins ● Large, lightly sprung flap for ease of use ● Available with easy lift Galvanised liner, self-adhesive wording & lock - Call for Details
●
● ●
Description
Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Push Bin Recycling Bin
60
310 x 310 x 895
With Lock
Model
Price
555PF
£81.32
555CB
£104.86
555CB/K
£129.47
Robust construction, manufactured in powder coated Zintec Steel ● Self closing, fire retardant metal bins ● Security Triangle Lock ● Unique Bag Tidy Rings ● Tops in any colour & recycling logo - Call for Details Capacity Litres 270
Overall Size W x D x H mm 1120 x 420 x 810
RECYCLING CENTRE
RECYCLING CENTRE
Fire retardant metal bins Manufactured in Zintec Steel ● For paper, general waste & cans/bottles ● Available with easy lift Galvanised liner & self-adhesive wording - Call for Details ● Other colours available - Call for Details ● Supplied as a set of 3 - singles available
●
Model
Price
POLOTRIPLE
£650.00
Manufactured in Zintec Steel with Stainless Steel tops ● Separate your waste prior to disposal ● For paper, general waste & cans/bottles ● Galvanised liner included ● Self-adhesive wording - Call for Details ● Supplied as a set of 3 - singles available
● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICE HELD
PRICES HELD
Description
Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Without Liner With Liner
60
310 x 310 x 895
555 RCT 555 RCTL
£298.00 £365.41
454
Capacity Litres 120
Overall Size Dia. x H mm 455 x 760
Model
Price
701 REC
£351.00
407_407 11/01/2012 10:28 Page 1
Recycling Bins RECYCLING PEDAL BINS
RECYCLING CENTRE BINS - SET OF 3
Recycling centre ideal for office & industrial use ● Stainless Steel casing & Plastic pedal bin lids make these bins easy to clean & hygienic ● Removable Plastic inners for easy cleaning
●
Supplied as a set of 3 bins Suitable for Paper, Plastic & Can/Tin waste ● Manufactured from Steel
●
●
RCJ49Z - Set of 3
RCJ30Z
PRICES HELD
Capacity Compartments Litres 2 30 3
45
RCJ45Z Overall Size L x W x H mm 410 x 340 x 485 605 x 340 x 485
Weight Model Price kg 4.5 RCJ30Z £63.65 6.4
RCJ45Z £86.20
RECYCLING BINS - SET OF 3 ● ●
Overall Size Top Ø x Capacity Weight Litres each Bottom Ø x H mm each kg each 49 390 x 320 x 580 8
Model
Price
RCJ49Z
£89.95
RECYCLING BINS - SET OF 3
Manufactured from 100% recycled material Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: General Waste (White), Paper (Blue), Plastic (Red), Food & Drinks Cans (Dk Grey) & Glass (Green)
Simply select the ones you want to use ● Hygienic wipe-clean Plastic
●
Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: General Waste (White), Paper (Blue), Plastic (Red), Food & Drinks Cans (Dk Grey) & Glass (Green)
Simply select the ones you want to use Ideal for offices, warehouses & factories etc ● Hygienic wipe-clean Plastic ●
PRICE HELD
Set of 3 RCY33Z
Capacity Litres each 30
Overall Size L x W x H mm each 430 x 310 x 600
Set of 3 RCY63Z
Weight kg each 1.75
Model
Price
RCY33Z
£59.95
Capacity Litres each 60
Overall Size L x W x H mm each 320 x 455 x 800
Weight kg each 2.75
Model
Price
RCY63Z
£99.95
455
Healthcare & Environmental
LOWER PRICE
408_408 11/01/2012 10:27 Page 1
External Banks & Bins
EXTERNAL
ECO options, look out for the ‘recycled logo’ below which means that the bin liner has been manufactured using recycled Plastic materials. Plus choose our 100% recycled Black colour to cut down on virgin material usage
LITTER & RECYCLING
Healthcare & Environmental
Manufactured Manufacture d
C
B
D
D
A
A
E
HERITAGE
D
Capacity: 100 Litres ● Liner: Recycled Plastic ● Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
Price
1072 x 570
81440/2
£252.85
METRO
Item
Model
Price
Midi - 84 Litres
85053/1
£221.60
Maxi - 120 Litres
85054/1
£238.40
E
Capacity: 100 Litres ● Liner: Galvanised Steel ● Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Model
Price
1082 x 547
81495/2
£226.80
CONSORT
Capacity: 100 Litres Liner: Recycled Plastic ● Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing ●
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
Price
1075 x 560
81192/2
£229.70
● ● ● ●
H
456
●
F
MONARCH
Capacity: 96 Litres ● Liner: Recycled Plastic ● Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing
G
Item
Model
Price
Free Standing Model
80836/3
£174.80
Decorative Mounting
85037/5
£188.60
●
H
Liner: Steel Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing
●
●
Overall Size H x Dia mm
E
HIPPO
F
●
●
C
OCTAPLUS
Size Midi: 965H x 460 dia. mm ● Size Maxi: 1025H x 575 dia. mm ● Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing
●
B
G
VARIOUS COLOURS AVAILABLE - SEE PAGE 453 FOR DETAILS
Model
Price
85700/1
£101.40
50 Litres
85701/1
£120.55
Price
86050/1
£355.30
Capacity: 130 Litres Size: 1170H x 680W mm ● Liner: Galvanised Steel ● Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing ● ●
Item ECO Pioneer Recycle ECO Pioneer Litter
I
30L: 395W x 235D x 525H mm 50L: 430W x 290D x 645H mm Liner: Galvanised Steel Including fixings but no post or banding Capacity
Model
1100 x 700
ECO PIONEER
REGENT OPEN
30 Litres
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Colour
Model
Price
Lime Green 81485/32 £426.50 & Black Black
81485/1 £359.30
REGENT HOODED
Size: 440W x 320D x 760H mm ● Liner: Polyethylene Sack ● Including fixings but no post or banding ●
I
Capacity
Model
Price
50 Litres
87003/1
£91.65
409_409 11/01/2012 10:25 Page 1
Litter Bins OUTDOOR OPEN TOP LITTER BINS Capacity: 75 Litres Open top bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface ● Comes complete with Zinc coated liner, lock & base ● 4 Colour Options Available: ● ●
FROM
£151.80
Green Red Blue Yellow please specify when ordering ● Optional Concrete ballast base or floor fixings are available - see below for details
Max Load
90kg
MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC
Coloured Bin
745 x 485
Victorian Bin
Model
Price
SOC75Z
£151.80
SOV75Z
£162.50
Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts
-
SOF75Z
£23.25
Concrete Ballast Base
-
SCB75Z
£57.15
SOV75Z
Healthcare & Environmental
Overall Size H x dia. mm
Description
SOC75Z
SOC75Z
OUTDOOR HOODED TOP LITTER BINS
MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC
FROM
£158.95 SHB75Z
Max Load
SHV75Z
90kg
Capacity: 75 Litres Hooded bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface & prevents ingress of rainwater ● Comes complete with liner, lock & base. The body is removable for easy cleaning ● 4 Colour Options Available: ● ●
SHB75Z Description Coloured Bin Victorian Bin
Overall Size H x dia. mm 1000 x 485
Model
Price
SHB75Z
£158.95
SHV75Z
£169.65
Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts
-
SHF75Z
£23.25
Concrete Ballast Base
-
SHC75Z
£57.15
Green Red Blue Yellow please specify when ordering ● Floor fixings are available - see table for details
457
410_410 11/01/2012 10:24 Page 1
Litter Bins
LB919G
LB912P LB918G
LB917G
LB911P
LB916G
Manufactured from strong Polyethylene, These litter bins are ideal for use both indoors & outdoors ● Supplied with the widely recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo ● Fitted with either a Galvanised or Plastic liner ● LB918G has an easily removable push in Black top & LB917G has a screw in Black top ● The tops on LB917G, LG916G & LB918G will be Black ●
Healthcare & Environmental
●
These post / wall mounting litter bins are manufactured from strong Polyethylene ● LB911P comes complete with a Plastic liner & Galvanised fixing brackets ● LB907N does not have a liner ●
6 Colour Options Available Yellow Green Black
Red
Blue
Weight kg 9.25
Model
Price
LB912P
£175.85
LB907N
Beige
Manufactured Manufacture d Please specify colour when ordering Capacity Litres 114
Plastic
External Size L x W x H mm 375 x 345 x 1025
100
Galvanised
570 x 960
15
LB917G
£174.15
100
Galvanised
555 x 730
12.75
LB916G
£139.85
100
Galvanised
570 x 960
14.5
LB918G
145
Galvanised
600 x 1040
15
LB919G
Liner
Manufactured Manufacture d
£132.30
Capacity Litres 40
External Size L x W x H mm 375 x 280 x 540
Weight kg 3.5
LB907N
£83.00
£137.95
57
455 x 365 x 640
6.5
LB911P
£156.90
Model
Price
LB902N
LB905N
Manufactured Manufacture d LB903P
LB904N
LB914N LB906N
Red
6 Colour Options Available Blue Yellow Green Black
Beige
Manufactured Manufacture d
Please specify colour when ordering
A specialist range of strong Polyethylene litter bins ● All bins come complete with the widely recognised “Tidy Man” logo ● Models LB906N & LB905N are ideal for use in indoor environments ● Models LB902N/LB904N/LB903P & LB914N come with lids ●
Capacity Litres
External Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
77
360 x 360 x 610
2.3
LB906N
£54.65
50
330 x 580
2
LB905N
£54.65
458
Model LB902N is an easy to clean bin designed for use in internal & external public areas ● Model LB904N has a single aperture closed top & is ideal for industrial applications. Fits neatly against walls & corners ● Model LB903P is an oval shaped bin with a lockable lid. It has a Black Polyethylene liner with a ballast unit which, when weighted gives increased stability. ● Model LB914N is square shaped & has a swing lid ●
Capacity Litres 114 114 135 114
External Size L x W x H mm 480 x 1000 432 x 432 x 990 560 x 470 x 1010 432 x 432 x 990
Weight kg 5.6 6 12.75 7.25
Model
Price
LB902N LB904N LB903P LB914N
£96.30 £94.40 £170.15 £117.10
411_411 11/01/2012 10:17 Page 1
Litter Bins STEEL PEDAL BINS ●
ALL PRODUCTS
Stainless Steel effect body with hygienic plastic lid
FROM ONLY
NEW
£44.05
IDEAL FOR MANY DIFFERENT APPLICATIONS 7540 Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
20
457 x 266 x 300
7540
£44.05
40
680 x 360 x 300
7541
£56.81
Black painted Steel body ● Plastic dome with Stainless Steel push flap ●
STAINLESS STEEL PUSH BIN
STAINLESS STEEL PUSH BIN
Stainless Steel body ● Plastic dome with Stainless Steel push flap
●
Capacity: 50 Litres ● Liner: Galvanised ● Stainless Steel finish
●
PRICES HELD
FROM
PRICES HELD
FROM
£54.20
£57.35
TOR1/40/BL
440505/40
TOR1/30/SS
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
Price
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
Price
30
558 x 310
TOR1/30/BL
£54.20
30
558 x 310
TOR1/30/SS
£57.35
40
698 x 310
TOR1/40/BL
£62.20
40
698 x 310
TOR1/40/SS
55
844 x 310
TOR1/55/BL
£88.90
55
844 x 310
TOR1/55/SS
STEEL PEDAL BIN
STEEL PEDAL BIN
Black painted Steel body ● Liner: Galvanised
●
£89.90
440505/40
£66.86
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
Price
£96.00
850 x 350
440505/40
£89.90
STAINLESS STEEL PEDAL BIN
Silver painted Steel body ● Liner: Galvanised
●
PRICES HELD
●
Liner: Galvanised
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
PED40/BLACK
PED40/SILGY
PED40/MATT
£98.48
£98.48
PED40/BLACK Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
40
740 x 380
PED40/BLACK
52
890 x 380
£123.32 PED40/SILGY
Price
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
£98.48
40
740 x 380
PED52/BLACK £107.48
52
890 x 380
PED40/MATT
Price
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x Dia mm
Model
Price
PED40/SILGY
£98.48
40
740 x 380
PED40/MATT
£123.32
PED52/SILGY
£107.48
52
890 x 380
PED52/MATT
£140.45
459
Healthcare & Environmental
STEEL PUSH BIN
7541
412_412 11/01/2012 10:15 Page 1
Polyethylene Storage Tanks MOBILE BOXES
Blue Lid
Clean & safe storage of Hazardous solid goods belonging to packing groups II or III & is also approved for transport according to ADR, RID & IMDG code ● The beading in the container wall enables emptying with a rotary forklift ● The lid has a PU seal, & is fire-classified & light/air tight for moisture-sensitve materials. The lid also incorporates a lockable mechanism with metal bracket & locking spring ●
Red Lid
Green Lid
Healthcare & Environmental
Lid with PU seal
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Lid Colour Red
Weight kg 12
170
600 x 400 x 880
Green
12
Blue 250
600 x 600 x 890
7805
7718
Locking Mechanism
Model
Price
7718
£192.00
7719
£192.00
12
7720
£192.00
Red
15
7805
£235.00
Green
15
8318
£235.00
Blue
15
7806
£235.00
POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS Manufactured from high-quality Polyethylene which are resistant to acids & lyes ● Opaque tanks to help limit the algae growth ● Can be completed with custom equipment such as level indicators, taps & connectors to fulfil your particular purpose - Call for Details ● The Storage Tanks are food safe & conform to the KTW recommendations of the Federal Health Office (BGes.BI. JG. 77, 1. & 2. Mitt. ff.) except 7649 & 8317 Storage Tanks ● 8315, 7650, 7651 & 8317 have supportive bands ●
7650
7651
STORAGE TANKS FOR ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATIONS
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Inspection Dome Dia. mm Storage Tanks
Weight kg
Model
Price
750
740 x 740 x 1640
140
25
7848
£355.00
1000
1240 x 720 x 1250
500 x 400
40
7649
£375.00
1100
1450 x 720 x 1340
53
8315
£549.00
1500
1520 x 720 x 1610
66
7650
£660.00
2000
2010 x 720 x 1640
92
7651
£820.00
5000
2390 x 1350 x 1980
240
8317
£2122.00
460
400 140
7649
7848
413_413 11/01/2012 10:14 Page 1
Salt Spreaders & Grit Containers GRIT SPREADERS Suitable for different gritting materials & spreading areas ● Quick & easy assembly ● Robust construction ●
8907
10020
Capacity Litres
Features
Spreading Width M
Spread Steps
Weight kg
Model
Price
20
Plastic Hopper, Steel Frame, Plastic Wheels with Rubber Tyres & a Spreading Regulator (Supplied in pre-assembled modules)
1 to 4
5
8
8907
£190.00
50
Plastic Hopper with Filling Sieve & Cover, Pneumatic Wheels, Spreading Regulator & a Disengageable Gear (Supplied as pre-assembled modules)
up to 5
10
35
10020
£635.00
130
Plastic Hopper with Flap, Pneumatic Wheels, Spreading Regulator, Towbar & a Disengageable Gear (Supplied as pre-assembled modules)
up to 5
10
35
10063 £1195.00
GRIT CONTAINERS The container & lid are manufactured from Glass Fibre Re-inforced Plastic ● 100% corrosion resistant & weather-proof ● Stainless Steel spring closure, self-closing ● Can be stacked for space saving storage ●
NEW Yellow Models
LOWER PRICES Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Chute
Weight kg
Model
Price
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Yellow Grit Bins 200
890 x 590 x 670
Without
12
8622
£245.00
400
1200 x 800 x 720
Without
22
8623
£340.00
Grey Grit Bins with an Orange Lid 100 550 700 1100 1500
890 x 590 x 370 1340 x 990 x 780 1340 x 990 x 960 1630 x 1210 x 1010 1840 x 1430 x 1040
Without
9
7317
£180.00
Without
26
7322
£460.00
With
28
7323
£480.00
Without
30
7324
£485.00
With
32
7325
£505.00
Without
50
7435
£710.00
With
52
7436
£750.00
Without
70
7437
£980.00
With
72
7438
£1020.00
461
Healthcare & Environmental
10063
414_414 11/01/2012 10:13 Page 1
Grit Bins GRIT BINS
Manufactured Manufacture d
Manufactured from tough, medium density Polyethylene ● Hinged Lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements ● 2 x Hasp & Staple locks are available (factory fitted) to make these units secure (padlock not included) ● Ideal for use on highways or private premises ● Can be handled with either slings or a Fork Lift Truck
Healthcare & Environmental
●
NEW
Capacity
350L
External Size L x W x H mm 1020 x 520 x 720
Capacity Litres 200
Weight kg 10
Model
Price
GB200E
£102.10
1200 x 725 x 750
350
20.5
GB350E
£134.80
2 x Hasp & Staple Lock (factory fitted)
GBHSLE
£8.95
GB350E & GBHSLE
GB350E
SALT & GRIT BIN ● ●
Capacity: 30 Litres Comes complete with a 25kg bag of Rock Salt & a moulded Scoop
PRICE HELD
COMPLETE WITH 25KG BAG OF ROCK SALT & MOULDED SCOOP
Capacity
30L
GCB030
GCB030 Overall Size W x D x H mm 475 x 383 x 305
Internal Size W x D x H mm 460 x 370 x 230
Bin Weight 5 kg
Model
Price
GCB030
£62.60
GRIT BINS Manufactured from tough, medium density Polyethylene Hinged Lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements ● GCB100: Fitted with barrel lock & key. Nestable ● GCB200: Fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (lock not included) ● GCB400: Fitted with 2 x hasp & staple (lock not included) ● 4 colour options available: Blue Red Yellow Green ●
Capacity
●
100L Capacity
400L
please specify when ordering
GCB100
Manufactured Manufacture d External Size L x W x H mm 705 x 560 x 605
Capacity Litres 100
Weight kg 9
Model
Price
GCB100
£111.80
720 x 750 x 710
200
14
GCB200
£145.70
1260 x 750 x 710
400
22
GCB400
£184.75
462
GCB400 GCB100 Stacked
415_415 11/01/2012 10:39 Page 1
Winter Management Products SNOW PLOUGH
SNOW CLEARER
The blade is manufactured from Polypropylene with a durable metal edge & the Steel frame incorporates a Foam handle ● Ideal for clearing Car Parks, Walkways, Pavements etc ● Mobile on 2 x 160mm ribbed wheels which are ideal for rough terrain use ● The handle is extendable from 1300mm to 1400mm
●
The blades & the main body of this unit are manufactured from heavy duty Plastic ● Ideal for clearing Car Parks, Walkways, Pavements etc
●
NEW
SCA03Z
£59.95 PRICE HELD
Blade Size L x H mm 660 x 320
Handle Height mm 1300 to 1400
Weight kg 4
Model
Price
SCA05Y
£49.95
Snow Spout Direction Right
Working Handle Width mm Height mm 570 1230
SALT (SEED) SPREADER
SALT SPREADER
Manufactured from heavy duty plastic with a Steel handle ● 8 point adjustment system to increase & decrease the rate at which salt or seed is dispensed ● Mobile on 2 x 200mm Plastic wheels
●
Weight kg 4
Model
Price
SCA03Z
£59.95
The large, easy to clean, Polyethylene hopper bucket is supported by a strong Steel frame mounted on large 500mm Pneumatic wheels to give this unit a smooth ride over rough terrain ● Can hold 25kg of Salt
●
SQT01Y
SCA06Y
£179.95
£44.95
Dispenser Open
SQT01Y SCA06Y
Dispenser Closed Capacity Litres 20
Body Handle Width mm Height mm 660 1250
A LARGE HOPPER MEANS LESS DOWNTIME!
Weight kg 3
Capacity Litres 43
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1170 x 690 x 925
Weight kg 13
Model
Price
SQT01Y
£179.95
Spreaders should be used with British Standard BS3247 salt & ice melt. The salt should be dry & free flowing
463
Model
Price
SCA06Y
£44.95
Healthcare & Environmental
SCA03Z SCA05Y
416_416 11/01/2012 10:38 Page 1
storage bins / containers storagE bins ●
salt & grit bins
Red Yellow
4 Colour Options Available
This range of Salt & Grit bins is manufactured in medium Polyethylene which is robust & non-corrosive ● Two capacities available which can be handled either with slings or by fork lift truck ● Ideal for use on highways or private premises ● Colour - Yellow ●
Blue Green Please specify colour when ordering
These storage bins are rotationally moulded in medium density Polyethylene ● Robust and lightweight they can be used outside as well as indoors ● Supplied complete with a lock mechanism
Healthcare & Environmental
●
FROM
FROM
£141.10
Manufactured Manufacture d
£191.10 Overall Size W x D x H mm 850 x 505 x 725
Capacity Litres 200
Capacity kg 150
Weight kg 12
1050 x 650 x 900
400
300
19
SSB702L £191.10
Overall Size W x D x H mm 850 x 505 x 725
Capacity Litres 200
Capacity kg 150
Weight kg 12
SGB200 £141.10
SSB704L £273.25
1050 x 650 x 900
400
300
19
SGB400 £203.60
Model
Price
nEsting mobilE containEr witH lid
nEsting containEr witH HingEd lid
Easily cleaned Smooth snag free ● Stackable
●
Model
Price
Stackable Snag free internal surface ● Available static or mobile ● Load Capacity: 100kg ●
● ●
FROM
£157.15
NC5509
£104.50
Manufactured Manufacture d
● 4 Colour Options Available
Yellow Red Please specify colour when ordering
Blue
Natural
● Moulded from high density Polyethylene ● Stackable for compact storage the container comes
● 3 Colour Options Available
Red Please specify colour when ordering ●
Yellow
Light Blue
● Manufactured from grade ‘A’ medium density Polyethylene ● This container comes complete with a shower proof
lockable hinged lid (opened by means of a triangular key.)
complete with a close fitting lid
● Will withstand temperatures between -40°c & 70°c. ● Mounted on 4 x 50 mm diameter Nylon swivel castors
● Wheels: 50mm diameter, Nylon swivel castors ● Internal Size: 600W x 450D x 520Hmm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Capacity kg
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
610 x 510 x 540
50
7.5
NC5509
£104.50
680 x 530 x 545
150
12
NC7511L
£157.15
NC7512L
£165.20
464
Static Version
Mobile Version
417_417 11/01/2012 10:37 Page 1
Tilt & Container Trucks TILT TRUCKS ● ●
Easy tilt Polypropylene trucks Push/pull handle & 2 fixed 230mm Rubber wheels & 2 swivel 100mm Polypropylene castors which make the units extremely manoeuvrable
ERGONOMIC HANDLE
PCN95Y
450 LITRE CAPACITY
Description Without Lid
Healthcare & Environmental
EASY TO OPEN HALF HINGED REMOVABLE LID
PCN95Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1180 x 780 x 925
Capacity Litres 450
With Removable Lid 1180 x 780 x 955
Weight Model Price kg 21 PCN92Y £299.95 23
PCN95Y with the lid removed for tipping
PCN95Y £349.95
Max Load
885kg
HYGIENIC EASY TO CLEAN
Manufactured Manufacture d
TIDY TRUCKS
Manufactured from food grade Polyethylene ● Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC ● Supplied with a removable 2 part lid, which is hinged in the centre by Galvanised pins ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors in a diamond formation ● 4 colour options available: Red Blue Yellow White
Manufactured Manufacture d
●
please specify when ordering Overall Size - L x W x H mm
Capacity Weight Litres kg
Model
Price
ORDER PICKING TRUCKS Manufactured from food grade Polyethylene Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC ● The unique design of the truck allows for easy loading & unloading of goods ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors ● 4 colour options available: Red Blue Yellow Green ● ●
please specify when ordering
External
Internal
1160 x 750 x 790
1060 x 620 x 580
350
22
ETT350 £234.05
Overall Size - L x W x H mm
1160 x 750 x 980
1060 x 620 x 760
500
28
ETT500 £261.25
External
Internal
Weight kg
Model
Price
1260 x 920 x 1015 1150 x 750 x 810
750
36
ETT750 £317.60
1255 x 785 x 1180
1175 x 720 x 1045
45
EPT885
£322.55
465
418_418 11/01/2012 10:36 Page 1
Skip Trucks TILTING SKIP/TRUCK
FORK GUIDE:
CE Marked & Plated Extremely safe & robust ● Fully welded construction with the top press formed for rigidity & safety ● Fitted with a positive skip lock mechanism, fork lift pockets complete with retaining bars & integral sideguards which encloses the tip skid ●
/2 Cubic Metre - Side Entry 1 Cubic Metre - Back Entry
1
●
Manufactured Manufacture d SK101Y
£900.15 IDEAL FOR SWARF & WASTE MATERIALS
Healthcare & Environmental
Max Load
300kg
SK101Y
Body Size L x W x H mm
1220 x 600 x 700
Overall Weight Wheels Height mm kg 1 /2 Cubic Metre / 300kg Load Capacity 1080
-
1115
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 160mm Nylon
85
Model
Price
SK103Z
£848.95
SK101Y
£900.15
1 Cubic Metre / 500kg Load Capacity 1220 x 1200 x 700
1080
-
1150
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 200mm Nylon
Max Load
SK104Z £1198.95 116
500kg
SK104Z
SK102Y £1255.70
FRONT EMPTYING SKIP CE Marked & Plated Chassis welded heavy gauge construction ● Fitted with fork pockets & stackable 2 high ● Load can be easily discharged without the operator leaving the vehicle ● ●
SK105Y
£1351.30
UNIT CAN BE EMPTIED FROM YOUR VEHICLE
Manufactured Manufacture d Overall Size L x W x H mm
1600 x 1500 x 1260
466
Internal Size Weight Wheels L x W x H mm kg 1 Cubic Metre / 500kg Load Capacity 1420 x 1320 x 1020
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 152mm Nylon
130
SK105Y Model
Price
SK105Y
£1351.30
419_419 11/01/2012 10:35 Page 1
Skip Trucks BOTTOM EMPTYING SKIP
cE MarKEd & PlaTEd
Stackable 4 high ● Fork pocket centres: 670mm ● This unit is stackable to give compact storage ● Pushing down on the bar positioned at the back releases the mechanism & opens the bottom. This bar is connected to a chain which can be pulled by the driver to operate the mechanism ● The base closes when the skip is lowered to the floor ●
SK209Z Stacked Model
Price
SK209Z
£975.15
SK999Y
£91.60
Manufactured Manufacture d
SK209Z
HEavY duTY INduSTrIal WaSTE TrucK CE Marked & Plated Load Capacity: 300kg ● Fitted as standard with a DEFLECTOR panel at the base to allow gradual safe & controlled emptying ● This truck is fitted with 6 x 100mm Nylon Swivel Castors for mobility whilst also being fork liftable under the handles ● It features a hinged drop away base for easy emptying & can be supplied with a rodent-proof lid. ● ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
SK206Y
Overall Height mm
Overall Width mm
1460
1150
Internal Bin Height x Width mm 1210 x 720
SK206Y
Load Capacity
Weight kg
0.8cu m
Lid for above
Model
Price
100
SK206Y
£868.40
17
SK206Z
£157.40
SIdE EMPTYING SKIP CE Marked & Plated Four way entry fork pockets ● Load Capacity of 400kg (0.3 cu m) ● Fully Welded Construction ● This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its contents from either side ● The balanced tipping action is engaged by a foot operated release mechanism & uses a dampening system for controlled emptying ● ●
SK204Y
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
1335 x 800 x 1110 1000 x 750 x 600
SK204Y
Weight kg
Wheels mm
Model
Price
78
2 fixed 2 swivel 125 Nylon wheels
SK204Y
£819.65
467
Healthcare & Environmental
Overall Size Capacity Weight L x W x H mm M2 kg 1330 x 1110 165 0.89 x 1110 Optional Castors - 4 x 150mm swivel nylon
420_420 11/01/2012 10:33 Page 1
Skips HEAVY DUTY TILTING SKIPS CE Marked & Plated Suitable for use with a fork lift truck ● Robust construction with a strong chassis design ● Mesh top cage (580mm high) is available factory fitted
Manufactured Manufacture d
● ●
IDEAL FOR SWARF & WASTE MATERIALS
Healthcare & Environmental
SK305Y
Mesh Cage
FORK GUIDE: 0.25 - 0.5 Cubic Metre - 3 Way Entry 1 - 1.5 Cubic Metre - Back Entry Capacity Cubic Metres 0.25
Wheels
Skip Unit
Mesh Cage to Suit
Load Capacity kg
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
SK302Y
£867.50
SK001Z
£220.85
750
1400 x 820 x 890
110
0.5
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 125mm Cast Iron
1000
1670 x 1010 x 1030
133
SK305Y
£995.55
SK002Z
£235.35
1
-
1250
2030 x 1270 x 1030
213
SK310Z
£1232.10
SK003Z
£263.30
1.2
-
1250
2120 x 1270 x 1140
219
SK312Z
£1325.10
SK004Z
£272.05
1.5
-
1500
2328 x 1435 x 1140
250
SK315Z
£1497.65
SK005Z
£307.90
MINI SKIPS CE Marked & Plated Manufactured Manufacture d Fits neatly underneath a workbench ● Specifically designed for production areas where space is limited ● Mesh top cage (200mm high) is available factory fitted ● ●
SK415Y & SK007Z
Max Load
300kg
Skip Unit
Mesh Cage to Suit
Capacity Cubic Metres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
0.1
850 x 450 x 480
47
SK410Y
£488.00
SK006Z
£138.50
0.15
850 x 600 x 480
52
SK415Y
£543.15
SK007Z
£140.60
0.19
850 x 750 x 480
59
SK419Y
£580.20
SK008Z
£142.55
TILTING SKIP - SK201Y CE Marked & Plated Chassis from welded hollow sections fitted to a sheet Steel base ● Tubular Steel handle aids the manoeuvring & safe tipping of the skip ● Safety catch avoids accidental tipping of the body ● ●
TILTING SKIP - SK202Y ●
Manufactured to the same spec as SK201Y but with an internal drain Description Tilting Skip Swarf Skip
468
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity
Wheels mm
Weight kg
1350 x 930 x 1105
.49 cu m
2 Swivel 150mm Cushion Castors 2 Fixed 200mm Cushion Wheels
80
SK201Y £637.30
82
SK202Y £685.10
Model
Price
421 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:34 Page 1
Office & retail Equipment FOr ALL YOUr OFFICE & rETAIL NEEDS... Reception Furniture Office Furniture Office Screens Filing Systems Chair Mats Office Seating Canteen Furniture Office Equipment Display Equipment Whiteboards Matting Office Furnishings Retail Equipment Key Storage Rope & Belt Barriers
470 & 471 472 to 478 479 480 to 482 483 484 & 485 486 to 490 491 to 493 494 to 503 504 & 505 506 & 507 508 to 509 510 to 514 515 516
OFFICE SEATING A wide variety of Office Seating is available to suit your every need ● Ideal for all day comfort ●
SEE PAGES
484 & 485
Canteen Tables Page 487
469
422_422 11/01/2012 10:42 Page 1
Reception Furniture
INVITE RECEPTION ●
Office & Retail Equipment
●
* ORDERING INFORMATION To ensure the correct components are ordered, including cut-back legs in the correct positions, & tops suitably drilled for top boxes, a drawing of the required arrangement must be provided with the order. Help can be given by discussing your needs with our Sales or CAD department
Invite is a modular reception system These base units, complemented with counter tops, shelves & other accessories, create smart & professional reception units Colour Options Available
Oak
Beech
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Maple
Other colour options available - Call for Details ●
●
These Receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore you must complete a questionnaire about access
BASE UNITS
●
●
COUNTER TOPS & ACCESSORIES
The base units are plain top units Drill holes for counter tops or shelves will be made if specified on your order, adding 10%
Straight Counter Tops W x D x H mm Model 800 x 325 x 465 PRCT8 1200 x 325 x 465 PRCT12 1400 x 325 x 465 PRCT14 1600 x 325 x 465 PRCT16 1800 x 325 x 465 PRCT18
Rectangular Base Units W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 800 x 727
PRUT08-8P
£190.65
1200 x 800 x 727
PRUT12-8P
£213.62
1400 x 800 x 727
PRUT14-8P
£224.18
1600 x 800 x 727
PRUT16-8P
£235.36
1800 x 800 x 727
PRUT18-8P
£250.88
Rectangular Base Units with Wheelchair Access W x D x H mm
Model
1600 x 800 x 727 PRUT16-8PW 1800 x 800 x 727 PRUT18-8PW
Price £235.36 £250.26
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
900 radius x 727
PRUTR9-8P
£336.58
1200 radius x 727 PRUTR12-8P
£429.11
Convex Radius Base Unit with Wheelchair Access Model
Price
1200 radius x 727 PRUTR12-8PW £429.11
Model
1200 radius x 727 PRUTCR12-8P
470
Convex Radius Counter Tops W x D x H mm
Model
Price
900 radius x 325 x 465
PRCTR9
£209.28
1200 radius x 325 x 465
PRCTR12
£265.17
Hatch & Gate Module W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1000 x 800 x 727
PRHM
£268.89
Available Left or Right Hand (Right Hand Shown) Concave Radius Counter Tops W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1200 radius x 325 x 465
PRCTCR12
£209.28
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
560 x 300 x 439
PRPHU
£119.85
Rectangular Reception Shelves W x D x H mm Model Price 800 x 300 x 305 PRS8 £103.71 1200 x 300 x 305 PRS12 £115.51 1400 x 300 x 305 PRS14 £121.10 1600 x 300 x 305 PRS16 £127.31 1800 x 300 x 305 PRS18 £132.27 Radius Reception Shelves
Concave Radius Base Unit W x D x H mm
Price £112.40 £127.31 £127.93 £134.14 £141.59
Pigeon Hole Unit
Convex Radius Base Units
W x D x H mm
When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch & Gate unit must be firmly secured to a wall. This is your responsibility & instructions will be left with the unit
Price £429.11
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
900 radius x 300 x 465 1200 radius x 300 x 465
PRSR9 PRSR12
£116.13 £132.27
423_423 11/01/2012 11:35 Page 1
Reception Seating FORUM SEATING ● ●
A simple low cost range of modular reception seating Comfortable & practical solution for all reception areas
FRS
FR1
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
FR1AL Overall Size Model W x D x H mm FR1 560 x 820 x 910
£144.90
660 x 820 x 910
FR1AL
£210.31
Forum Unit Chair - Right Arm
660 x 820 x 910
FR1AR
£210.31
Forum Unit Arm Chair
860 x 820 x 910
FR1A2
£275.72
Forum Corner Segment
470 x 550 x 910
FRS
£139.10
Forum Unit Table (Maple/Beech Top)
770 x 770 x 300
FRT
£120.89
Description Forum Unit Chair Forum Unit Chair - Left Arm
Office & Retail Equipment
FR1AR
FR1A2
Price
FRT
ENCOUNTER SEATING These attractive tub chairs & sofas will enhance any reception or informal meeting area ● Stylish & comfortable ● Choice of fabric or leather look finishes ●
NEW
Stock Colours
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
BLUE Leather Look
Blue Fabric
(D) Encounter Single Tub Seat
Overall Size Model W x D x H mm (D) Encounter Single Tub Seat Blue, Fully Upholstered 700 x 660 x 780 EN3/F/BLUE Black, Leather Look 700 x 660 x 780 EN1/PU/BLK (E) Encounter Sofa Tub Seat Blue, Fully Uphostered 1235 x 630 x 770 EN4/F/BLUE Black, Leather Look 1235 x 630 x 770 EN2/PU/BLK Description
(E) Encounter Sofa Tub Seat
Price £128.55 £128.55 £167.05 £170.15
471
424_424 11/01/2012 11:32 Page 1
Office Furniture
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
STANDARD WORKSTATIONS (A) No Pedestals
IMPACT AFFORDABLE DESKING
(B) Single Pedestal Desk (2 Drawer)
● ●
Office & Retail Equipment
(C) Single Pedestal Desk (3 Drawer)
18mm worktops with 2mm PVC edging Comprehensive range of matching storage
W x D x H mm Model Price (A) Standard - No Pedestal (OAK,MA,BCH) 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW12SPX2 £136.62 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW16SPX2 £154.01 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW18SPX2 £168.29 (B) Standard - Single Pedestal - 2 Drawer (OAK,MA,BCH) 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW12SP2D £175.74 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW16SP2D £193.13 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW18SP2D £207.41 (C) Standard - Single Pedestal - 3 Drawer (OAK,MA,BCH) 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW12SP3D £175.74 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW16SP3D £193.13 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW18SP3D £207.41 (D) Standard - Double Pedestal (OAK,MA,BCH) 1600 x 800 x 720 (2 x 2 Drawers) ZIMSW16/2X2D £232.25 1800 x 800 x 720 (2 x 2 Drawers) ZIMSW18/2X2D £246.54 1600 x 800 x 720 (2 x 3 Drawers) ZIMSW16/2X3D £232.25 1800 x 800 x 720 (2 x 3 Drawers) ZIMSW18/2X3D £246.54 1600 x 800 x 720 (2 & 3 Drawers) ZIMSW16/2D3D £232.25 1800 x 800 x 720 (2 & 3 Drawers) ZIMSW18/2D3D £246.54
(D) Double Pedestal Desk
CORE WORKSTATIONS (E) Core Workstation - Cantilever Leg
W x D x H mm
(E) Core Workstation - Panel End
RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS (F) Rectangular Workstation - Cantilever Leg (F) Rectangular Workstation - Panel End
WAVE WORKSTATIONS (G) Wave Workstation - Cantilever Leg
Model
W x D x H mm Model Price (F) Rectangular Workstation Cantilever Leg (O/G,M/S,B/S) 800 x 800 x 720 ZIM0808CF £113.64 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIM1208CF £131.65 1400 x 800 x 720 ZIM1408CF £147.80 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIM1608CF £152.15 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIM1808CF £162.08 (F) Rectangular Workstation Panel End (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 800 x 720 ZIM0808P £113.64 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIM1208P £131.65 1400 x 800 x 720 ZIM1408P £147.80 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIM1608P £152.15 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIM1808P £162.08
W x D x H mm
(G) Wave Workstation - Panel End
Price
(E) Core Workstation Cantilever Leg (O/G,M/S,B/S) Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16LCF £209.90 Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18LCF £227.29 Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16RCF £209.90 Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18RCF £227.29 (E) Core Workstation Panel End (OAK,MA,BCH) Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16LP £209.90 Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18LP £227.29 Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16RP £209.90 Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18RP £227.29
Model
Price
(G) Wave Workstation Cantilever Leg (O/G,M/S,B/S) Left Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410LWC £164.57 Left Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610LWC £175.74 Right Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410RWC £164.57 Right Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610RWC £175.74 (G) Wave Workstation Panel End (OAK,MA,BCH) Left Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410LWP £164.57 Left Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610LWP £175.74 Right Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410RWP £164.57 Right Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610RWP £175.74
*Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver = ZIM16LCFB/S - please refer to the swatches shown.
472
O/G Oak & Graphite
M/S Maple & Silver
B/S Beech & Silver
OAK
MA
BCH
Oak
Maple
Beech
425_425 23/01/2012 10:27 Page 1
Office Furniture STORAGE & TABLES
OAK
MA
BCH
Oak
Maple
Beech
O/G
M/S
Oak & Graphite
B/S
Maple & Silver
Beech & Silver
(K)
W x D x H mm
Model
(H)
(I)
(J)
Price
(H) Low Mobile Pedestals (OAK,MA,BCH) MP2
£159.60
392 x 600 x 550 - 3 Drawer
MP3
£159.60
(I) Desk High Pedestals (OAK,MA,BCH) 392 x 600 x 720
IMDHP63
£167.05
392 x 800 x 720
IMDHP83
£193.75
Office & Retail Equipment
392 x 600 x 550 - 2 Drawer
(M) (L)
(J) High Mobile Pedestals (OAK,MA,BCH) 392 x 600 x 680 - 3 Drawer
HMP3
£167.05
(K) Low Mobile Steel Pedestals 400 x 575 x 580 - 3 Drawer
JMRP01SIL
£161.46
Workmode / Jetstream Pedestals 392 x 600 x 727
DHP36
£167.05
392 x 800 x 727
DHP38
£193.75
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
(O)
(L) Desk End Cupboard (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 500 x 720 - Locks Fitted
ZSU708DD
£193.75
Shelf
SUS08
£21.11
(N)
(M) Filing Cabinets - Locks Fitted (OAK,MA,BCH) 490 x 640 x 720 - 2 Drawer
SUFC2
£233.50
490 x 640 x 1066 - 3 Drawer
SUFC3
£279.45
490 x 640 x 1421 - 4 Drawer
SUFC4
£387.50
(N) Bookcases (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 310 x 800 - 1 Shelf
ZIMBC800
£111.16
800 x 310 x 1400 - 2 Shelves
ZIMBC1400
£120.47
800 x 310 x 1600 - 3 Shelves
ZIMBC1600
£126.06
800 x 310 x 1800 - 3 Shelves
ZIMBC1800
£137.24
Extra Bookcase Shelf
IMBCS80
£20.49
(P) Conference Table with Tubular Legs
(O) Desk High Bookcase (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 310 x 720 - 1 Shelf
ZIMBC728
£107.43
Bookcase Shelf
IMBCS80
£20.49
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
(P) Rectangular Conference Tables (O/G,M/S,B/S) 1200 x 800 x 727
ZTABT12
£138.48
1600 x 800 x 727
ZTABT16
£163.94
(Q) Conference Table with Cruciform Leg
(Q) Circular Conference Tables (OAK,MA,BCH) 1000 Diameter
ZTABTD10
£144.69
1200 Diameter
ZTABTD12
£164.57
*Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add BCH for Beech = ZIMBC800BCH - please refer to the swatches shown.
473
426_426 11/01/2012 11:27 Page 1
Workmode Office Furniture - Cantilever Leg WORKMODE OFFICE FURNITURE REAL SYSTEMS DESKING 25mm MFC worktops with cable ports Solid 3mm PVC edging ● Comprehensive range of matching storage & tables - Call for details ● ●
*Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver = ZWM16LCB/S - please refer to the swatches shown.
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
O/G Oak & Graphite
M/S
B/S
Maple & Silver
Beech & Silver
Office & Retail Equipment
CORE WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM16LC £232.25 Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM18LC £239.71 Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM16RC £232.25 Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM18RC £239.71
RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 800 x 727
ZWM8080C
£146.56
1200 x 800 x 727
ZWM1280C
£162.08
1400 x 800 x 727
ZWM1480C
£173.88
1600 x 800 x 727
ZWM1680C
£182.57
1800 x 800 x 727
ZWM1880C
£189.41
WAVE WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1410LWC £203.07 Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1610LWC £216.73 Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1410RWC £203.07 Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1610RWC £216.73
NARROW RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS
474
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 600 x 727
ZWM8060C
£127.31
1200 x 600 x 727
ZWM1260C
£146.56
1600 x 600 x 727
ZWM1660C
£168.29
Additional storage is available on page 473
427_427 11/01/2012 11:29 Page 1
Workmode Office Furniture - Panel End WORKMODE OFFICE FURNITURE REAL SYSTEMS DESKING 25mm MFC worktops with cable ports Solid 3mm PVC edging ● Comprehensive range of matching storage & tables - Call for details ● ●
*Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add MA for Maple = ZWM16LCMA - please refer to the swatches shown.
OAK
MA
BCH
Oak
Maple
Beech
5 YEAR GUARANTEE CORE WORKSTATIONS
Model
Price
Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM18LP £218.59 Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM16RP £211.76 Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM18RP £218.59
RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 800 x 727
ZWM8080P
£122.34
1200 x 800 x 727
ZWM1280P
£136.62
1400 x 800 x 727
ZWM1480P
£148.42
1600 x 800 x 727
ZWM1680P
£157.73
1800 x 800 x 727
ZWM1880P
£163.94
WAVE WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1410LWP £177.61 Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1610LWP £191.27 Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1410RWP £177.61 Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZWM1610RWP £191.27
NARROW RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 600 x 727
ZWM8060P
£101.84
1200 x 600 x 727
ZWM1260P
£121.10
1600 x 600 x 727
ZWM1660P
£142.83
Additional storage is available on page 473
475
Office & Retail Equipment
W x D x H mm
Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZWM16LP £211.76
428_428 11/01/2012 10:58 Page 1
Executive Office Furniture PRIME OFFICE FURNITURE RICH FINISH WITH FINE DETAILING the perfect solution for the executive office 5 YEAR ● 36mm thick work surfaces GUARANTEE ● Circular cable ports on desk ALL PRODUCTS
●
Full depth modesty panels
BOW FRONT EXECUTIVE DESK W x D x H mm Model Price Bow Front Executive Desk (CH, HM) 1800 x 1050 x 750 ZWSPME389 £259.58 Writing Pads Black PVC WSWP2150/PBLK £23.60
Circular Cable Ports on Desks
RETURN SHELF / CONNECTION TOPS
Office & Retail Equipment
W x D x H mm
(B) & (C)
(A)
Model
Price
(A) Return Shelf (CH, HM) 890 x 590 x 750 WSPME392 £114.26 (B) Connection Top (CH, HM) Left Hand 900 x 1000 x 36 WSPMECT (L) £71.42 Right Hand 900 x 1000 x 36 WSPMECT (R) £71.42 (C) Metal Black Leg 75 diameter x 720 WSMLPL720-3E £27.32
PEDESTALS (E) Top for Pedestals
(D) Under Desk Pedestals
W x D x H mm Model Price (D) Under Desk Pedestals (CH, HM) (supplied without Top) 400 x 550 x 714 WSPM166 £145.31 (E) Top for Pedestals 36mm thick WSPME166T £25.46
LOW STORAGE (F) Double Door Cabinet
(G) 2 Drawer Lateral Filer
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
(F) Double Door Cabinet (CH, HM) Supplied complete with 1 shelf 800 x 560 x 750 WSPME313 (G) 2 Drawer Lateral Filer (CH, HM) 800 x 560 x 750 WSPME312
*ORDERING INFORMATION When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add CH for Wildbrine Cherry = ZPME389CH - please refer to the swatches shown.
Wildbrine Cherry
476
CH
Lucida Pear
LP
£206.17 £332.86
429_429 11/01/2012 10:55 Page 1
Executive Office Furniture
(H) High Cabinet with Wooden Doors
(I) High Cabinet with Glass Doors
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
(H) High Cabinet with Wooden Doors (CH, HM) Supplied complete with 4 shelves 800 x 450 x 2005 ZWSPM2080 £273.24 (I) High Cabinet with Glass Doors (CH, HM) Supplied complete with 4 shelves 800 x 450 x 2005 ZWSPM2080GD £346.52
TABLES (J) Oval Conference Table
W x D x H mm
Model
(J) Oval Conference Table (CH, HM) 1800 x 900 x 750 ZWSPM135 2400 x 1100 x 750 ZWSPM136 (K) Round Meeting Table (CH, HM) 1200 diameter x 750 ZWSPM123 1000 diameter x 750 ZWSPM127
Price £185.68 £244.67 £140.35 £123.58
(K) Round Meeting Table
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
ALL PRODUCTS
477
Office & Retail Equipment
HIGH STORAGE
430_430 11/01/2012 10:53 Page 1
Jetstream Office Furniture JETSTREAM OFFICE FURNITURE UP TO THE MINUTE APPEARANCE 25mm MFC worktops with cable ports Wood finish panels ● Comprehensive range of matching storage & tables - Call for details ● ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE *Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver = ZJT16LCWB/S - please refer to the swatches shown.
M/S
B/S
Office & Retail Equipment
Maple & Silver
Beech & Silver
CORE WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Right Hand Shown
Model
Price
Core Workstation (M/S, B/S) Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT16LCW £251.51 Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT18LCW £258.34 Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT16RCW £251.51 Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT18RCW £258.34
RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm Model Rectangular Workstation (M/S, B/S) 800 x 800 x 727 ZJT8080CW 1200 x 800 x 727 ZJT1280CW 1400 x 800 x 727 ZJT1480CW 1600 x 800 x 727 ZJT1680CW 1800 x 800 x 727 ZJT1880CW
Price £155.25 £168.29 £177.61 £187.54 £194.99
WAVE WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm
Left Hand Shown
Model
Price
Wave Workstation (M/S, B/S) Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZJT1410LWCW £206.79 Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZJT1610LWCW £221.08 Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 ZJT1410RWCW £206.79 Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 ZJT1610RWCW £221.08
NARROW RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS
W x D x H mm Model Price Narrow Rect.Workstation (M/S, B/S) 800 x 600 x 727 ZJT8060CW £128.55 1200 x 600 x 727 ZJT1260CW £146.56 1600 x 600 x 727 ZJT1660CW £166.43
478
Additional storage is available on page 473
431_431 11/01/2012 10:51 Page 1
Office Screens
DESK SCREENS Provide privacy & noise reduction in your office 40mm depth with a fabric finish & a MFC core ● Brackets are supplied to fit to the desk tops ● 6 colour options: Red Black Blue Charcoal Green Burgundy ● ●
Model
Price
EDS160
£106.15
1800 x 187/370
EDS180
£111.40
2026 x 187/370
EDS202
£120.20
2226 x 187/370
EDS222
£135.95
WOODEN SCREENS Ideal for transforming your Canteen area, Reception area, Waiting Rooms etc into cosy areas ● Supplied complete with silver feet ●
CHOOSE FROM 6 DESIGNS
Line Design
Square Design
Plus Design
Design
Model
Price
Line
WSLI26
£239.55
Square
WSSQ24
£239.55
Plus
WSPL25
£239.55
WSOG62
£248.50
Trellis
WSTR63
£248.50
Solid
WSSO23
£239.55
Open Grid Open Grid Design
Trellis Design
Solid Design
Overall Size W x H mm
940 x 1720
479
Office & Retail Equipment
please specify when ordering
Overall Size W x H mm 1600 x 187/370
432_432 11/01/2012 10:49 Page 1
Office Furniture CONTRACT STORAGE FILING CABINETS
Stock Finishes
Fitted with an anti-tilt device that prevents more than one drawer being open at a time ● Modern swan neck, flush, anti-snag handles ● Central locking on all cabinets ● Available in Coffee Cream, Goose Grey or Black
C/C
●
Coffee Cream
G/G
BLK
Goose Grey
Black
5 YEAR GUARANTEE *Ordering Information
Office & Retail Equipment
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add C/C for Coffee Cream = A0C4C/C - please refer to the swatches shown. No. of Drawers 2
Overall Size W x D x H mm 470 x 622 x 711
Model
Price
A0C2*
£102.82
3
470 x 622 x 1016
A0C3*
£119.44
4
470 x 622 x 1321
A0C4*
£129.38
AOC4
AOC3
AOC2
CONTRACT STATIONERY CUPBOARDS 1 & 3 shelf models available in a choice of Goose Grey or Coffee Cream, these double door units are supplied fitted with shelves & are ideal for storing everyday files & stationery items ● A Black dual purpose shelf is available as an optional extra ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
No. of Shelves 1
Overall Size W x D x H mm 914 x 400 x 1000
3 4 -
Model
Price
E402A01*
£139.32
914 x 400 x 1806
E722A03*
£164.22
914 x 400 x 1950
E782A04G/G*
£178.02
Additional Dual Shelf
E198P1
£14.49
CONTRACT SIDE OPENING TAMBOURS
Maple/Silver
Tambour units are priced empty ready to accept storage fitments as shown ● Units are manufactured with a welded carcass for greater strength ● Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any Tambours on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly ●
Beech/Silver
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Goose Grey
Overall Size W x D x H mm 1000 x 470 x 1016
Model
Price
IME101SOTG/G
£232.25
1000 x 470 x 1651
IME161SOTG/G
£283.80
1000 x 470 x 1968
IME191SOTG/G
£300.56
Shelf
Grey, allow 60mm
BBSP1
£18.63
Filing Rail
Allow 285mm with files
BUR
£19.25
Description Tambours
480
Prices shown are for Goose Grey. Other colours on application.
Oak/Graphite
433_433 11/01/2012 10:48 Page 1
Drawing Hanger Systems TROLLEY CARRIER
DRAWING HANGERS
Maximise the number of drawings stored per square metre of floor space ● Easily manoeuvred around the office ● Holds a maximum of 20 hangers, with or without handles & offers a capacity of 2000* sheets *dependant on paper weight & thickness
●
●
NEW
●
Ideal for use in the office or project reference site Hangers can be flipped through like a book without the need to open the hanger Optional Carry Handle
Powerful Clamp Hinge
Manufactured Manufacture d
Overall Size H x W x D mm 960 x 725 x 640
Capacity Sheets
1260 x 915 x 640
2000
1360 x 1000 x 640
Model
Price
Overall Hanger Length mm 720
Paper Clamping Length mm 650
TA1/TCADA1
£187.50
910
841
TA0
£220.30
720
650
TCADA0
£233.50
995
925
WALL CARRIER
PLAN CABINETS
Suitable for a permanent filing location, particularly if space is at a premium ● Holds a maximum of 10 hangers, with or without handles & offers a capacity of 500* sheets *dependant on paper weight & thickness
●
●
182 x 920 x 285 182 x 730 x 285 1360 x 1005 x 640
500
A1
£33.80
A0
£36.70
A1CAD
£34.10
A0CAD
£37.00
A0 4 PRONG
Overall Size Capacity Model H x W x D mm Sheets Standard Drawing & Plan Cabinet
WA0 Capacity Sheets
Price
NEW
AT A0 2 PRONG
Overall Size H x W x D mm 182 x 730 x 285
100
Model
Steel cabinet which holds up to 1000* sheets *dependant on paper weight & thickness ● Finished in 2 tone Grey or Coffee/Cream. Other colours are available upon request ● Planstrips are available - Call for Details
Manufactured Manufacture d
NEW
Capacity Sheets
Model
Price
WA1
£75.65
WA0
£80.20
WCADA1
£87.10
WCADA0
£457.10
1105 x 740 x 430 1380 x 920 x 430
1000
Price
A1 4 PRONG
£848.00
A0 2 PRONG
£866.75
A0 4 PRONG
£880.50
Anti-Tilt Drawing & Plan Cabinet 1380 x 920 x 430
800
AT A0 2 PRONG
£966.50
AT A0 4 PRONG
£980.25
481
Office & Retail Equipment
NEW
TA0
434_434 11/01/2012 10:47 Page 1
Rotary Filing Systems
Office & Retail Equipment
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
RF5C20T RF3C08T
RF2C05T
RF4C16N
ROTARY FILING SYSTEMS Laminated shelf design - no bowing Lightweight shelves rotate on needle bearings ● Central axle runs on needle bearings at every level ● Castor bases & high stands gives max loading on each shelf without the unit swaying ● 2 Shelf Colours Available 2 Stand/Castor Base Colours Available Beech White Chrome Black ● ●
Please specify colour when ordering Overall Size Dia. x H mm
Description
No of A4 Folders Held
Model
Price
Rotary Filing System 2 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
680 x 870
54
RF2C05T
£386.55
2 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
850 x 870
80
RF2C08T
£453.80
2 Shelves with High Stand - Without Top
680 x 1520
54
RF2H05N £338.75
2 Shelves with High Stand - With Top
680 x 1520
54
RF2H05T
£386.70
3 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
680 x 1240
81
RF3C08T
£454.75
3 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
850 x 1240
120
RF3C12T
£574.95 £558.60
4 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
680 x 1620
108
RF4C10T
4 Shelves with Castor Base - Without Top
850 x 1620
160
RF4C16N £599.95
4 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
850 x 1620
160
RF4C16T
5 Shelves with Castor Base - Without Top
850 x 1975
200
RF5C20N £717.95
5 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top
850 x 1975
200
RF5C20T
482
£689.95 £808.25
RF2H05T
435_435 11/01/2012 10:46 Page 1
Chair Mats CLEARTEX ULTIMAT Ideal for Home & Office Flooring The ultimate in quality, clarity & durability ● Manufactured from crystal clear Polycarbonate ● The toughest & most durable protection for floors ● ●
100% RECYCLABLE Mat Size L x W mm
Model
Price
Gripper Backed Mat suitable for Carpeted Floors 1190 x 890
FC118923ER
£55.83
1200 x 1500
FC1115223ER
£88.56
Smooth Backed Mat suitable for Hard Floors 1190 x 890
FC128919ER
£51.74
1200 x 1500
FC1215219ER
£82.08
PRICES HELD
Office & Retail Equipment
CLEARTEX ADVANTAGEMAT Ideal for Home & Office Flooring Affordable, long lasting floor protection ● Manufactured from a unique PVC formulation for a more durable & clearer PVC mat ● The toughest & most durable protection for floors ● ●
Mat Size L x W mm
Model
Price
Gripper Backed Mat suitable for Carpeted Floors 1200 x 900
FC119225EV
£37.47
1200 x 1500
FC1115225EV
£68.18
Smooth Backed Mat suitable for Hard Floors 1200 x 900
FC129225EV
£37.47
1200 x 1500
FC1215225EV
£68.18
PRICES HELD
COMPUTEX ANTI-STATIC Protects your electrical equipment from the damaging effects of static ● Dissipates static electricity without the need for a ground cord ● Manufactured from a unique PVC formulation for the clearest, most durable anti-static mat ●
Mat Size L x W mm
Shape
Model
Price
Gripper Backed Mat suitable for Carpeted Floors 1200 x 900 With Lip FC319225LV £45.43 1200 x 1500 Rectangular FC3115225EV Smooth Backed Mat suitable for Hard Floors 1200 x 900 With Lip FC329232LV
£79.55
1200 x 1500
£79.55
Rectangular
FC3215232EV
£45.43
PRICES HELD
483
436_436 11/01/2012 12:01 Page 1
Office Seating (D) STAkkA CONFERENCE CHAIR
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
Choice of Chrome or Black frames Available in range of colours from stock ● Generous size seat & back ●
Turner Stock Fabric Colours
●
CHA Charcoal
CHA
BLUE
Charcoal
Blue
CLT
GRN
Claret
Green
NEW BLUE
Office & Retail Equipment
Blue
Description
Model
(E) P1 CHAIR
Price
(D) Stakka Conference Chair Black Frame - Stacking
STA0500/B
£44.71
Chrome Frame - Stacking
STA0503/CH
£49.06
(E) General Purpose P1 Chairs
● Compliant with BS EN 1729 ● FIRA tested ● 430mm Height
(F) TURNER STACkING CHAIRS Available with or w/o arms Generous seat & back size ● Stackable upto 4 high ● ●
P1 Chair - Black
P1BLK
£17.46
P1 Chair - Blue
P1BLUE
£17.46
*ORDERING INFORMATION When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add GRN for Green Fabric = STA0500/B/GRN - please refer to the swatches shown.
(F) Turner Stacking Chair Beech Frame - Stacking without Arms
TU1
£74.52
Beech Frame - Stacking with Arms
TU2
£74.52
ETNA EXECUTIVE CHAIR
LYNX ARMCHAIR
Breathable Mesh back & moulded cushion seat pad ● Synchronised mechanism & seat slide ensures all day comfort ● Seat Size: 530W x 530D mm ● Back Size: 585H x 485W mm ● Seat Height: 450/525 mm
Generously padded seat & back cushion Height adjustable arms ● Asynchronised mechanism plus tension control allows for all day comfort ● Seat Size: 525W x 460D mm ● Back Size: 450W mm ● Seat Height: 450/525 mm
●
● ●
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
NEW
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Etna - Executive Mesh Chair
ET1HB/M/BLK
£194.99
Lynx Armchair
LYN1/HIDE/BLK
£126.06
484
437_437 11/01/2012 11:57 Page 1
Office Seating PRISM OPERATOR CHAIRS Prism Stock Fabric Colours
Choice of tilting mechanisms ● Waterfall-front seat ● Seat depth: 440mm ●
BLK
BLUE
RED
GREY
Black
Blue
Red
Grey Charcoal
NEW
CHA
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
PSM2
PSM3
ZPSM1/FC1D Model
Price
PSM1
£61.48
High Back Operator - Asynchro Tilt
PSM2
£70.79
High Back Operator - Synchro Tilt
PSM3
£75.76
High Back Draughting Chair
ZPSM1/FC1D
£91.29
Fixed Arms - pair
PSMLA
£8.69
Height Adjustable Arms - pair
PSMHA
£22.36
Folding Arms - pair
PSMFA
£26.70
Chrome Base
PSMCB
£24.22
PSM1
PSMLA
PSMHA
PSMFA
PSMCB
AMBER EXECUTIVE SEATING Piveting lock tilt mechanism & added cushioning for executive levels of comfort ● Seat Size: 495W x 515D mm ● Back Size: 595H x 485W mm ● Seat Height: 425/515 mm ●
NEW
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
AM2HB/F/BLUE
AM3/PU/BLK Leather Stock Colours
Fabric Stock Colours
BLK
BLUE
BLK
Black
Blue
Black
CO/PAB
Description
Model
Price
Amber Fabric Chair - Blue Fabric
AM2HB/F/BLUE
£76.38
Amber Fabric Chair - Black Fabric
AM2HB/F/BLK
£76.38
Amber Fabric Chair - Black Leather
AM1HB/L/BLK
£81.35
Amber Visitor Chair - Black Polyurethane
AM3/PU/BLK
£65.21
Polished Base
CO/PAB
£43.47
AM1HB/L/BLK
485
Office & Retail Equipment
Description High Back - Permanent Contact Back
438_438 11/01/2012 11:54 Page 1
Multi-Purpose Furniture BEAM BENCHES Heavy duty Polypropylene chairs mounted on a strong & durable Steel frame ● Seat Height: 450mm ●
BBT03Z
BBT04Z Weight kg 15
Model
Price
3 Seater
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1670 x 550 x 790
BBT03Z
£129.95
4 Seater
2235 x 550 x 790
19
BBT04Z
£159.95
Description
Office & Retail Equipment
SCT50Y
FOLDING CHAIR Manufactured from heavy duty blow moulded Plastic ● Ideal for use with the Folding Tables shown on page 488 ●
CHAIR BULK LOAD SACK TRUCK Toe Plate Size: 565W x 150D mm Full welded Steel construction ● Mobile on 200 x 50mm Cushion Roller Bearing Wheels ● Ideal for moving stacked chairs ● ●
Max Load
70kg
FFC00Z
Must be ordered in multiples of 4
Overall Size W x D x H mm 405 x 400 x 450
Weight kg 4.5
Model FFC00Z
Price (each) 4+ £21.95
EXTRA FOLDING CHAIRS ●
TS142H Overall Size W x D x H mm 1168 x 570 x 380
Weight kg 14.5
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Flexible collapsible chair with upholstered seat & back
Model
Price
TS142H
£170.95
FCBL46
‘STABIL’ FOLDING CHAIRS ●
Stable & robust folding Chair with Plastic seat & back Seat Size W x D x H mm
Colour
Model
FCBE46 Price
Extra Folding Chairs Blue
FCBE46
£25.75
Black
FCBL46
£25.75
‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs Blue SCBE44 Black SCBL44 390 x 390 x 445
£27.95 £27.95
380 x 290 x 460
White
SCWH44
£27.95
‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Holds 50 Chairs 485 x 1010 x 1700
-
SCT00Y
£236.75
‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Complete with 50 Chairs 485 x 1010 x 1700
486
-
SCT50Y
£1112.85
‘Stabil’ Chairs
439_439 11/01/2012 11:52 Page 1
Canteen Tables CANTEEN TABLES Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises ● Seats are manufactured from moulded Polypropylene mounted on a strong Steel frame ● Table top is manufactured from Chipboard with a Melamine coating ●
CBT42Z
£214.95
SUPPLIED KNOCK DOWN FOR EASY ACCESS INTO YOUR PREMISES Description
No. of Seats
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Table Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Peninsula Units - Access 1 Way
2
1690 x 510 x 790
600 x 600
26
CBT21Z £148.50
4
1690 x 915 x 790
1100 x 600
38
CBT41Z £219.95
6
1690 x 1495 x 790 1600 x 600
55
CBT61Z £321.65
Island Units - Access 2 Ways
THE HEAVY DUTY POLYPROPYLENE SEATS & HARDWEARING MELAMINE WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON A STRONG & DURABLE STEEL FRAME
4
1690 x 915 x 790
1100 x 600
38
CBT42Z £214.95
6
1690 x 1495 x 790 1600 x 600
55
CBT62Z £312.10
487
Office & Retail Equipment
CBT42Z
440_440 11/01/2012 11:51 Page 1
Folding Tables & Chairs FOLDING TABLES Manufactured from Heavy Duty Blow Moulded Plastic ● Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily fold from the centre of the table making them easy to carry ● All models of tables have folding legs which fit neatly underneath the table for compact storage ●
IDEAL FOR ALL OCCASIONS
FST02Z & 4 x FFC00Z
Office & Retail Equipment
only £174.10
4 x FFC00Z
FROM THIS
TO THIS
Models FFT03Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Folded Size L x W x H mm
TO THIS
& FFT04Z Only Weight kg
Order in Multiples of
Model
Price each
4
FFC00Z
£21.95
-
FST01Z
£59.95
FST02Z
£79.95
-
FFT03Z
£65.00
FFT04Z
£86.30
Folding Chair 405 x 400 x 450
1040 x 460 x 215
4.5
1200 x 600 x 740
1200 x 600 x 60
8.5
1830 x 760 x 720
1830 x 760 x 43
15
1200 x 600 x 740
610 x 600 x 90
10
1830 x 760 x 720
915 x 760 x 86
16
Tables with Folding Legs
Folding Tables with Folding Legs
488
441_441 11/01/2012 11:49 Page 1
Lightweight Folding Tables CONTOUR FOLDING TABLES ●
PREMIER FOLDING TABLES
Constructed from lightweight Aluminium with a Laminated surface
●
Laminated surface with Polyurethane edging
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
gP57 Sparta
gP57 Sparta
Description
Folding Table
Stacking Bench
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 685 x 698
Weight kg 8
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 685 x 698
Weight kg 13
C/CB2
£81.27
Model
Price
P/CB3
£114.19
1220 x 760 x 698
9.5
C/CA2
£84.40
1830 x 685 x 698
12
C/AB2
£100.84
1220 x 760 x 698
13.5
P/CA3
£118.39
1830 x 685 x 698
19
P/AB3
1830 x 760 x 698
13
C/AA2
£146.73
£104.10
1830 x 760 x 698
19.5
P/AA3
1220 x 254 x 483
5
£151.20
C/CF2
£52.83
1220 x 254 x 483
6.5
P/CF3
1830 x 254 x 483
7
£66.83
C/AF2
£64.30
1830 x 254 x 483
7
P/AF3
£88.05
Description
Folding Table
Stacking Bench
ALI TOPPED TABLES
TRANSPORTATION TROLLEYS
Multi-purpose Aluminium table ideal for your home, garden or outdoor catering ● Folds flat for ease of transportation
●
●
●
CAN BE LEFT OUTSIDE ALL YEAR
Ideal for storing & moving your folding tables Safety Features Include: ● Storage straps ● Braked castors ● Non-slip surface
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
Heat Resistant
Manufactured Manufacture d A3001
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
5 YEAR GUARANTEE Description Ali Top Table FastFold Folding Tool
A2501
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 610 x 698
Model
Price
AL/CC7B
£139.05
Description
1220 x 610 x 760
AL/CC7A
£139.05
A9001
£10.00
Small Table Trolley Large Table Trolley
FOR USE WITH YOUR FOLDING TABLES
Tables Overall Size Held L x W x H mm 7 875 x 745 x 1127 14 1675 x 745 x 1127
Model
Price
A3001 A2501
£184.15 £263.08
489
Office & Retail Equipment
gP58 Japanese Beech
gP58 Japanese Beech
442_442 11/01/2012 11:48 Page 1
Canteen Tables
Office & Retail Equipment
2 YEAR GUARANTEE
Description Artist Chair Low Table - 4 Legs
Colour Polished Beechwood Walnut Veneer Beech Veneer Walnut Veneer
Description Picasso Polyurethane Chair Low Table - Column Base
490
Colour Black Beech Veneer Walnut Veneer
Overall Size Dia. x H mm 800 x 743
Overall Size Dia. x H mm 800 x 740
Model
Price
ART0514BCH ART0514WAL ZCC84BV ZCC84WV
£45.33 £54.03 £121.72 £121.72
2 YEAR GUARANTEE Model
Price
CC61BLK
£55.89
ZCC80BV
£121.72
ZCC80WV
£121.72
443_443 11/01/2012 11:42 Page 1
Office Equipment FOLDING TROLLEY Attractive yet durable folding trolley Can be folded in one simple move ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Rubber tyred castors, 2 with brakes ● Clearance between shelves: 300mm ● Overall Size when folded: 580 x 100 x 1080mm ● ●
Max Load
CI203Y Folded
80kg
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight
Model
Price
580 x 450 x 890
14 kg
CI203Y
£119.95
PLASTIC KICK STEP
Max Load
FOLDING STEPS & BLUE FOAM HANDLE Comply to EN-14183 Standard ● Tubular Steel frame with Plastic non-slip treads, non-slip feet & Blue Foam Rubber handle ● Tread Size: 380W x 260Dmm ●
FJS73Z FJS72Z
KA007Z
No. of Treads
Height of top tread
Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Model
Price
Base Ø mm
Top Ø mm
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
2
490
830 x 470 x 550
1080 x 470 x 90
4
FJS72Z
£44.95
3
720
1060 x 470 x 880
1350 x 470 x 90
9
FJS73Z
£56.75
450
290
3.5
KA007Z
£34.35
£29.95
4
950
1295 x 470 x 1100
1620 x 470 x 90
12
FJS74Z
£66.25
WOODEN DECK TROLLEY
MULTI POSITION TROLLEY
Non-marking wheels PRICE Superb Quality HELD ● This trolley has a quality Wooden deck & Chrome Plated folding handle ● Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel 100mm non-marking Rubber castors ●
Max Load
150kg Overall Size L x W x H mm 740 x 480 x 860
GI110Y
Weight kg 11
Max Load
Telescopic handle with an Aluminium expanding & contracting base ● Fits easily into a car boot/van ● Corner buffers for added protection ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm castors ●
●
GI001Y Folded
Model
Price
GI110Y
£89.95
O/A Size - Open L x W x H mm 725 x 420 x 960
150kg
PRICE HELD
O/A Size - Folded L x W x H mm 570 x 420 x 230
GI001Y
Weight kg 8.5
Model
Price
GI001Y
£65.00
491
Office & Retail Equipment
150kg
Strong & Durable ● Manufactured in quality durable Plastic, this step is lightweight & easy to move ● The unit has 3 spring loaded castors that retract when weight is applied ●
CI203Y
444_444 25/01/2012 11:42 Page 1
Work
Tables COMPUTER TABLES These computer tables are manufactured from strong heavy gauge tubular Steel with Melamine coated shelves ● The shelves are adjustable in 25mm increments ● The open design gives access to the spacious work area ● Subject to availability ●
Office & Retail Equipment
CWS04Y
Overall Height mm 711
Overall Size W x D mm 609 x 762
711
915 x 762
889
609 x 762
889
915 x 762
Wheels 50mm Swivel, 2 braked
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
CWS01Y
£199.95
31
CWS02Y
£199.95
30
CWS03Y
£169.95
32
CWS04Y
£199.95
50mm Swivel, 2 braked
CWS01Y
CWS02Y
CWS03Y
COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS
COMPUTER WORKSTATION
Cable Management System in the Table Leg Workstation complete with keyboard shelf & CPU tower holder ● Heavy Duty Teak Laminate construction with Light Grey Steel frame ● CWS80Y has 2 locking doors for your CPU ● Subject to availability
●
● ●
All Steel, Wood look computer workstations complete with pull-out keyboard shelves that open up to make a drawer ● Mobile on 4 swivel 50mm castors, 2 braked ● Worktop Sizes - CWS05Y: 740 x 500mm ● Subject to availability
Useful Pull Out Drawer
CWS80Y
CWS05Y
CWS20Y Overall Size L x W x H mm 1205 x 560 x 740 1805 x 610 x 740
492
Cupboard Size L x W x H mm 305 x 530 x 550 230 x 545 x 560
Wt kg 26 48
Model
Price
CWS20Y CWS80Y
£179.95 £249.95
Description Workstation
Overall Size L x W x H mm 740 x 500 x 790
Wt kg 19
Model
Price
CWS05Y £139.95
445_445 11/01/2012 11:38 Page 1
Work Tables ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TROLLEY WITH KEYBOARD & MOUSE SHELVES Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked ● Shelves are manufactured from Steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength ● Top shelf is easily adjustable from 610 up to 1067mm in 50mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed Rubber mat ●
Height adjustable for an ergonomic working position
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
NEW Max Load
150kg
Overall Size L x W mm 610 x 460
Weight kg 22
Office & Retail Equipment
Keyboard & Mouse shelf slides into the frame of the unit for storage
AV942L Model
Price
AV942L
£249.80
TV / VIDEO CUPBOARD
STEEL PRESENTATION STAND
The sides & ends are made from heavy gauge Steel, powder coated Black with Grey Steel doors ● Frame & handle is heavy duty Polyethylene ● Cabinets are lockable with 2 sets of keys ● The top shelf has a retaining lip & cable port ● Cord wrap on back panel gives safe storage of cables ensuring safe movement of trolley ● Subject to availability
●
●
4 swivel, 2 with brake, 50mm castors The second shelf is adjustable, & can be raised flush with the top shelf ● Shelf Sizes mm: Top: 460 x 400 Second: 460 x 460 Third: 380 x 380 Base: 420 x 775 ● Subject to availability ●
PSI04W
£179.95 FROM ONLY
£289.95 PRICES HELD
PRICE HELD
AVI56L
AVI42L Overall Size W x D x H mm 610 x 460 x 1070 810 x 500 x 1500
Weight kg 37 72
PSI04W Model
Price
AVI42L AVI56L
£289.95 £289.95
Overall Size L x W x H mm 875 x 460 x 980
Weight
Model
Price
25 kg
PSI04W
£179.95
493
446_446 16/01/2012 12:11 Page 1
Universal LCD/Flat Panel TV Stands MOBILE LCD/FLAT PANEL TV STAND
MOBILE LCD/FLAT PANEL TV STAND
Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors ● Large footprint provides great stability ● Complete with 3 x 736W x 342D mm Plastic shelves
Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel braked castors ● Integrated cable management ● Complete with a 476W x 298D mm shelf
Office & Retail Equipment
●
●
NEW
NEW
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
LFP36Y
Fits TV Dia. 36” to 60”
Overall Size L x W x H mm 815 x 600 x 1345
LFP37Y Weight kg 25.5
Model
Price
Fits TV Dia.
LFP36Y
£410.95
37” to 50”
Overall Size L x W x H mm 790 x 710 x 1295
Weight kg 26.5
Model
Price
LFP37Y
£471.75
LCD/FLAT PANEL TV STANDS ●
Manufactured from 2 heavy duty Chrome Steel tubes with a Black Steel base. The base incorporates a 22kg weight which provides the proper centre of gravity
NEW
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
LFP05Z Fits TV Dia. 36” to 60” LFP11Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm 685 x 600 x 510
Weight kg 39.5
Model
Price
LFP05Z
£532.35
685 x 600 x 1145
40.5
LFP11Z
£566.45
685 x 600 x 1525
42
LFP15Z
£578.10
UNIVERSAL LCD/FLAT PANEL TV MOUNT All the above units incorporate the Universal LCD/Flat Panel TV Mount ● The universal glide bracket design easily hooks onto the wall plate & ensures screen is securely attached ● Smooth continuous touch tilt which allows 15º (+/-) of adjustment ●
494
447_447 11/01/2012 12:09 Page 1
Monitor Mounts & Notice Frames COMPUTER MONITOR MOUNTS Tilt Angle: +/- 15º 180º swivel & 360º rotation ● Position the top of the monitor at eye level to provide the optimum ergonomic working position ● Includes: Desk Mounting Clamp Bracket, screws to go into the back of the screen, cable clips & full detailed instructions ● VESA Compatibility: 75 x 75 & 100 x 100. VESA is the Video Electronics Standards Association & they determine guidelines towards the mounting hole pattern placement ● ●
DMM06Z
DMM09Z
DMM07Z
NEW
Holds up to kg
Description Monitor Arm Desk Bracket
Arm Reach mm
Column Height mm
220 304 485 414
400
10
Monitor Cantilever Desk Bracket 15
Dual Monitor Cantilever Desk Bracket
387 387
Model
Price
DMM06Z DMM07Z DMM08Z DMM09Z
£39.95 £38.25 £38.25 £54.90
Office & Retail Equipment
CREATE MORE USEABLE DESK SPACE
CLIP PHOTO FRAMES ●
Manufactured with flexible Plastic safety Glass with hardboard backing
ALUMINIUM PHOTO FRAMES Manufactured with Aluminium frames & high quality Styrene safety Glass ● Spring clips on the back of the frame allow safe & easy access to insert your images ●
NEW
CERTIFICATE PHOTO FRAMES ● ●
Ideal for certificates & literature Manufactured with high quality Styrene safety Glass
Size
Single Pack
Colour
Model
Price
Pack of 6 Model
Price
Clip Photo Frames A4
DC401Z
£9.90
DC406Z
£19.90
A3
DC301Z
£12.40
DC306Z
£34.05
DC201Z
£14.90
DC206Z
£44.90
DC101Z
£23.25
DC106Z
£88.25
A2
-
A1
DP401Z
DC401Z
IDEAL FOR PORTRAIT & LANDSCAPE HANGING DCS41Z
DCB41Z
DCG41Z
DCP41Z
Photo Frames A4 A3 A2 A1
Black or Silver please specify when ordering
DP401Z
£14.90
DP406Z
£49.90
DP301Z
£19.05
DP306Z
£69.90
DP201Z
£20.75
DP206Z
£89.90
DP101Z
£29.90
DP106Z
£134.90
Certificate Photo Frames
A4
Silver
DCS41Z
£11.55
DCS46Z
£21.55
Black
DCB41Z
£11.55
DCB46Z
£21.55
Gold
DCG41Z
£11.55
DCG46Z
£21.55
Pine
DCP41Z
£11.55
DCP46Z
£21.55
Bigger pack sizes available for greater discounts - please call for details
DCB41Z
495
448_448 11/01/2012 12:07 Page 1
Notice Boards FELT NOTICEBOARDS
CLASSIC SHOWCASES
Felt covered 8mm pinboard core - FR Class 1 ● Clear lockable Polycarbonate glazed door Bright, elegant & durable these Aluminium - FR Class 1 framed felt noticeboards are pinnable ● Discrete allen key locking mechanism & Velcro® friendly ● Anodised Aluminium frame ● 8mm pinboard core ● ● Felt is flame retardant to BS 476, Part 7, Class 1 Choice of 4 felt colours: Blue, Green, Red & Grey ● Choice of 4 felt colours: Blue, Green, Red & Grey ● Supplied complete with fixings ●
Office & Retail Equipment
●
Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1800 x 1200
Model
Price
D1000906X-AF D1001209X-AF D1001212X-AF D1001812X-AF
£20.71 £29.86 £35.71 £48.14
PRESTIGE SHOWCASES
Description Single Door Double Door
Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1800 x 1200
Model
Price
D2520609-AF D2521209-AF D2521212-AF D2521812-AF
£76.57 £102.00 £122.43 £200.43
PORTABLE DISPLAY SYSTEMS
12mm pinboard core Anodised Aluminium frame ● Felt covered backboard - FR Class 1 ● 4mm toughened safety Glass sliding doors ● Doors are totally encapsulated within frame ● Chrome finger pulls and push button lock ● Radius Nylon reinforced safety corners ● Choice of 4 felt colours: Blue, Green, Red & Grey ● Supplied complete with fixings ● ●
Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1800 x 1200
496
Model
Price
D3000606F-AF D3001209F-AF D3001212F-AF D3001812F-AF
£143.57 £189.57 £223.71 £294.43
Aluminium Frame - no detachable components Velcro® friendly loop Nylon panel size - 0.69 x 1.0m ● Loop Nylon is flame retardant to BS5876, Part 2 ● 8 colours - option of colour combinations per side ● ●
Description
Model
Price
Double Sided - 6 Panel System
D455006DS
£362.29
Double Sided - 8 Panel System
D455008DS
£473.00
Carry Bag
D999003
£32.86
449_449 11/01/2012 12:07 Page 1
Display Banners ECONOMY ROLLER BANNER
DOUBLE SIDED ROLLER BANNER
Extremely economical whilst delivering a high level of quality ● Twin feet for stability ● Complete with carry bag ● Vinyl graphics included ● Single sided
●
A popular & versatile banner which is ideal for exhibition or showroom graphic display ● Suitable for graphics from 160 to 450 microns ● Wide footprint for extra stability ● Complete with carry bag ● Vinyl graphics included ● Fast graphic changer ● Telescopic pole ● Double sided
●
NEW NEW
Model
Price
D459309
£83.86
Overall Size W x H mm 800 x 2130
Model
Price
D459311-D
£262.43
‘A’ FRAME
FOYER STAND
Traditional double sided display ‘A’ Frame suitable for internal & external use ● Non-reflective film protects contents from dust & the elements ● Simple quick chage - no tools required ● Height in use: 1150mm approx ● Folds flat for storage ● Sturdy design
Freestanding angled unit for use in foyers & reception areas to provide directions & information ● Lockable, adjustable board clamp ● Size: 900H x 600W mm ● Base Size: 580D x 575W mm ● Height adjustable feet ● S100003-AF is available in 4 colours:
●
●
Blue Green Grey Red please specify when ordering
NEW NEW
Description ‘A’ Frame ‘A’ Frame with Chalkboard
Frame Size W x H mm A1
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
D552001
£97.71
Double Sided Felt Noticeboard
S100003-AF
£128.29
D552001-CBB
£110.86
Double Sided Drywipe Noticeboard
S100003-DWAF
£120.29
497
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size W x H mm 850 x 2000
450_450 11/01/2012 12:06 Page 1
Glass Showcases CORNER UNIT
COUNTER GLASS DISPLAY SHOWCASE Designed to display trophies, artwork & articles in a safe & secure environment ● Fully enclosed in toughened safety glass (excluding shelves) ● 4 adjustable 5mm shelves ● Lockable doors ● Halogen light ●
Designed to display a variety of articles in a safe & secure environment ● Showcase on four legs ● Two sliding lockable doors ● Silver finish ●
Office & Retail Equipment
NEW NEW Colour Silver Black
Overall Size W x D x H mm 500 x 500 x 2000
Model
Price
D3080505FG-SI
£911.14
D3080505FG-BK
£911.14
PART GLAZED DISPLAY SHOWCASES ●
Fully enclosed in toughened safety glass (excluding shelves) ● 5mm adjustable shelves ● Lockable doors (500W mm unit has a hinged door & the 1000W mm unit has sliding doors ● Halogen lights
Overall Size W x D x H mm 1000 x 600 x 920
Model
Price
D3081009FG-SI
£787.14
FLOOR STANDING DISPLAY SHOWCASES Fully enclosed in toughened safety glass (excluding 5mm adj shelves) ● Lockable doors (all models have a hinged door except the 1000W mm unit which has sliding doors) ● Halogen lights ●
NEW NEW Overall Size
Colour Silver Black Silver Black
498
Overall Size W x D x H mm 500 x 500 x 2000 1000 x 400 x 2000
W x D x H mm
Silver Units Model
Black Units Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
400 x 400 x 2000
D3080420FG-SI £645.71 D3080420FG-BK £645.71
D3080520PG-SI
£725.29
500 x 500 x 2000
D3080520FG-SI £742.29 D3080520FG-BK £742.29
D3080520PG-BK
£725.29
600 x 400 x 2000
D3080620FG-SI £742.29 D3080620FG-BK £742.29
D3081020PG-SI
£1137.00
800 x 400 x 2000
D3080820FG-SI £907.43 D3080820FG-BK £907.43
D3081020PG-BK
£1137.00
1000 x 400 x 2000 D3081020FG-SI £1139.14 D3081020FG-BK £1139.14
451_451 11/01/2012 12:05 Page 1
Storage Racks VERTICAL & ROTARY CON-TUR LITERATURE RACKS Exclusive Con-Tur design totally eliminating paper curl Manufactured from prime Steel with a baked Enamel finish ● Vertical racks will wall mount with provided key hole slots or can be used as stand alone units by using the optional legs ● 4 colour options: NEW Tan Black Putty Grey Con-Tur design ● ●
keeps literature upright.
please specify when ordering Paper curl is eliminated.
VERTICAL RACKS TO ORGANISE & STORE YOUR LITERATURE
ROTARY RACKS TO ORGANISE & STORE YOUR LITERATURE
20 Pockets
11 Pockets
5 Pockets
Optional Legs
Description
20 Pockets Overall Size W x H x D mm
360º
360º
44 Pockets
80 Pockets
Weight kg
Model
Price
£72.00
Vertical Racks Literature Rack - 5 Pockets
248 x 514 x 105
4
403
Literature Rack - 11 Pockets
248 x 914 x 105
7.5
402
£95.00
Literature Rack - 20 Pockets
248 x 1473 x 105
11.5
400
£109.00
-
1.5
408-A
£33.00
Optional Legs
Rotary Racks Literature Rack - 20 Pockets
359 x 587 x 359
22
409
£290.00
Literature Rack - 44 Pockets
359 x 1232 x 359
39
410
£412.00
Literature Rack - 80 Pockets
359 x 1737 x 359
60
415
£510.00
HORIZONTAL LITERATURE RACKS Steel construction For floor or desktop use ● Convenient storage for literature & file folders ● Colour: Tan (other colours available on request)
Rigid racks - will NOT twist or warp Each opening can be easily labelled ● Rubber feet are provided ● Stackable with a modular design
●
●
●
●
Weight kg 12
Model
Price
Horizontal Literature Rack - 9 Openings
Overall Size W x D x H mm 859 x 281 x 275
431-75
£125.00
Horizontal Literature Rack - 12 Openings
859 x 281 x 362
16
432-75
£141.00
Horizontal Literature Rack - 15 Openings
859 x 281 x 450
18
434-75
£163.80
Description
499
Office & Retail Equipment
360º
452_095 11/01/2012 16:16 Page 1
Office & Retail Equipment
Literature Display Systems WALL DISPLAYS
WATERPROOF WALL DISPLAYS
●
Economical & visually appealing Easy to assemble using the Aluminium wall bar provided ● Mix & match all dispenser sizes to create your own unique literature display
●
●
●
WD8A4
WD16A4
WD8A416TF
WD16TF
Description
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
8 x A4 Dispensers
450 x 760
Strong & clear Acrylic holder for outdoor use Hinged lid keep all your literature dry
Price 1 to 4
Price 5+
WD8A4
£45.65
£43.70
WWDA4
WWDTF
Description
Overall Size D x W x H mm
WWDA5 Model
Price 1 to 4
Price 5+
16 x A4 Dispensers
900 x 760
WD16A4
£79.05
£75.65
A4 Dispenser
75 x 240 x 365
WWDA4
£65.00
£62.20
16 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers
450 x 680
WD16TF
£45.65
£43.70
A5 Dispenser
75 x 170 x 280
WWDA5
£56.20
£53.80
8 A4 & 16 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers
900 x 680
WD8A416TF
£79.05
£75.65
/3 A4 Dispenser
75 x 125 x 280
WWDTF
£47.45
£45.40
1
WALL MOUNTED WALL DISPLAYS
FLOOR STANDING CAROUSELS
Attractive wall mounted display with A4 holders. All edges are polished smooth ● Holders have full height sides to keep your literature upright ● Other colours available - Call for Details
●
Lightweight yet sturdy with 5 legged base ● Assembled in minutes without tools ● Fully inter changeable brochure holders ● Transportable & visually striking ● Spinners rotate C36TF C18A5 independently ● Complete with header sleeve
●
WM4A4 White
WM4A4 Black
Price 5+
Overall Size Base x H mm
Description
C18A4
C6A46A512TF
Price 1 to 4
Model
Price 5+
Description
Colour
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price 1 to 4
18 x A4 Dispensers
C18A4HS
£187.90 £179.85
4 x A4 Pockets
Black/White
130 x 240 x 750
WM4A4
£70.25
£67.25
18 x A5 Dispensers
C18A5HS
£187.90 £179.85
8 x A4 Pockets
Black/White
130 x 450 x 750
WM8A4
£87.80
£84.05
36 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers
C36TFHS
£187.90 £179.85
16 x A4 Pockets
Black/White
139 x 900 x 750
WM16A4 £122.95 £117.65
6 A4, 6 A5 & 12 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers
FOYER STANDS
STORAGE UNITS
Lightweight yet sturdy with 5 legged base ● Assembled in minutes without tools ● Ideal for high traffic areas ● Easily transportable
● ●
12 x A4 Dispensers
500
Overall Size Base x H mm 550 x 1700
SU2A4
SU4A4
Description
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Pack Qty
Model
2 x A4 Pockets
120 x 230 x 320
5
4 x A4 Pockets
190 x 230 x 320
4
SU4A5
SU4TF
F6A4
F12A4
6 x A4 Dispensers
C6A46A512TF £187.90 £179.85
High quality brochure holder with tiered steps Consolidate your literature in one holder ● Re-inforced sides to eliminate breakages ● 35mm of storage in each pocket ● Available in packs or singles
●
Description
550 x 1760
Single Price
Pack Price
SU2A4
-
£80.80
SU4A4
£28.10
£80.80
Model
Price 1 to 4
Price 5+
F6A4
£89.55
£85.75
4 x A5 Pockets
190 x 157 x 320
4
SU4A5
£26.35
£73.75
F12A4
£105.40
£100.85
4 x 1/3 A4 Pockets
190 x 110 x 320
8
SU4TF
£22.85
£82.55
453_453 11/01/2012 12:32 Page 1
Office Storage Systems NEW
Office & Retail Equipment
OSU01Z OSU02Z
OSU03Z
STORAGE UNITS Practical storage solutions for your office Ideal for use in schools, office, mailrooms & receptions ● Storage options include suspension file drawers, small compartment drawers, cupboards & drawers ● Available in a choice of Beech or Birch finish ● ●
Description
Finish
6 Open Storage Spaces, 3 Cupboards, 4 Suspension File Drawers
Beech
3 Open Storage Spaces, 18 Pigeon Holes, 4 Suspension File Drawers
Beech
Shelves, Glass Doors & 12 Small Drawers
Birch Birch Beech Birch
Overall Size W x D x H mm 900 x 450 x 2000 900 x 450 x 2000 900 x 450 x 2000
Model
Price
OSU01Z
£375.00
OSU11Z
£375.00
OSU02Z
£339.00
OSU12Z
£339.00
OSU03Z
£395.00
OSU13Z
£395.00
501
454_454 11/01/2012 12:31 Page 1
Display Systems T-CARD PLAnninG SYSTeM KiTS T-CARDS ●
●
Available in 5 standard sizes in 170gsm card T-CARDS packaged in boxes of 100, available in 10 colours - see below for the colours & please specify when ordering
Size 1 Size 1.5 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size
A 15 15 15 15 15
Dimensions (mm) B C D 28 49 16.5 45 53 35 60 85 48.5 92 120 80 124 180 112 Model
Price
T-Cards
OFFiCe PLAnneR KiT
Office & Retail equipment
Panels & coloured T-cards may be used as daily/weekly, job planner/message centre. Contents: 7 x 24 slot panels, index panel, wall rails, size 2 T-Cards. Size: 480 x 480mm Model
Price
29110
£89.95
●
WORKLOAD PRODUCTiOn BOARD KiT
PRinTeR T-CARDS - Print T-Cards directly from your computer. Size 2, 180 per pack. Size 3, 80 per pack. Available in White, Yellow, Green, Blue & Pink - please specify
PLAnneD MAinTenAnCe KiT
1
20010
£3.40
1.5
20015
£4.25
2
20020
£4.75
3
20030
£5.25
4
20040
£9.25
Printer T-Cards 2
PTC-2
£15.95
3
PTC-3
£15.95
GeneRAL PURPOSe KiT
Title each panel to preferred job stages & progress job T-Card stage by stage to produce a production overview board.
A simple & economical maintenance board scheduling yearly maintenance requirements by months.
Economical & simple yearly multi application display board. Displays a yearly schedule by months & days
Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, wall rails, title strips, size 2 T-Cards. Size: 772W x 550Dmm
Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, wall supports, title strips, 5 boxes (size 2) T-cards. Size: 772W x 550Dmm
Contents: 12 x 54 slot panels, index panel, wall supports, day/month labels, 10 boxes (size 2), T-cards (10 colours). Size: 960W x 772Dmm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
WPDB-32
£205.00
WPMB-32
£209.95
29112
£285.00
DOCUMenT DiSPLAY POCKeTS - professionally display your documentation
No more overloaded, untidy info displays ● Colour coded Plastic document pockets & covers ensure Size Style Model Price paperwork is secure & protected Portrait AD8250A3P £34.00 ● Document pocket A3 Landscape AD8250A3L £34.00 packs available in Covers 8250301 £10.75 White, Yellow, Red, Dark Blue, Green, Portrait AD8250A4P £21.50 Blue-Grey, Grey A4 Landscape AD8250A4L £21.50 & Transparent Covers 8250300 £5.75 - please specify ●
MAGneTiC BACKeD DOCUMenT POCKeTS ● For whiteboard use, 5 per pack
HOOK & LOOP BACKeD DOCUMenT POCKeTS ● For felt noticeboard use, 5 per pack
Size
Size
Style Portrait
A3
A4
Model
Price
Landscape M8250A3L £37.50
Style Portrait
M8250A3P £37.50 A3
Model
Price
HL8250A3P £35.25
Landscape HL8250A3L £35.25
Covers
8250301
£10.75
Covers
8250301
Portrait
M8250A4P £23.00
Portrait
HL8250A4P £22.75
Landscape M8250A4L £23.00 Covers
502
8250300
£5.75
A4
£10.75
Landscape HL8250A4L £22.75 Covers
8250300
£5.75
ADHeSiVe BACKeD DOCUMenT POCKeTS ● For general use, 5 per pack
455_455 11/01/2012 12:30 Page 1
Display Systems CASCADING DOCUMENT DISPLAY RACKS ● ●
All Steel, wall mounted document display racks 7 colour options available: Yellow Grey White Red Blue Green 1
2 Umbra Grey 6
3 4 Grey Alu 7
5
Add colour code to single colour rack reference. For mixed colour units the bottom 2 pockets must be the same colour. State on order coloured pocket sequence starting from bottom 2 upwards
4 10 16
Document Size A5 (Visible Edge: Portrait Style 45mm Landscape Style 38mm)
Document Format Portrait
Model
Price
CDUA5P4/..
£36.40
Landscape
CDUA5L4/..
£36.40
Portrait
CDUA5P10/..
£84.95
Landscape
CDUA5L10/..
£84.95
Portrait
CDUA5P16/..
£132.70
Landscape
CDUA5L16/..
£132.70
819002
£13.95
Magnetic Backing/Wall Fixing 4 pockets units only
No of Pockets 4 10 16
Document Size A4 (Visible Edge: Portrait Style 68mm Landscape Style 45mm)
Document Format Portrait
Model
Price
CDUA4P4/..
£39.75
Landscape
CDUA4L4/..
£39.75
Portrait
CDUA4P10/..
£92.10
Landscape
CDUA4L10/..
£92.10
Portrait
CDUA4P16/..
£141.00
Landscape
CDUA4L16/..
£141.00
819002
£13.95
Magnetic Backing/Wall Fixing 4 pockets units only
PRINTED WHITEBOARDS ●
Aluminium framed, dry wipe surface
NO MORE TAPE OR GRIDDING PENS!! Printed price includes customer supplied camera ready artwork. Alternatively, artwork will be charged at £75.00 (nett) including a proof WALL MOUNTED PRINTED WHITEBOARDS Overall Size L x H mm
Printed Surface Model
Price
Non-Magnetic Whiteboards 900 x 600
ENM0906/PR
£95.00
1200 x 900
ENM1209/PR
£165.00
1500 x 1200
ENM1512/PR
£259.95
1800 x 1200
ENM1812/PR
£304.95
ENM2412/PR
£395.95
2400 x 1200
Magnetic Whiteboards
REVOLVING PRINTED WHITEBOARDS ● Printed single side revolving whiteboard complete with Steel stand & lockable castors ● Double side printing available - Call for Details Overall Size L x H mm
Printed Surface 1 x Printed & 1 x Plain Model
Price
Non-Magnetic Revolving Whiteboards 1200 x 900
ENMR1209/PR
£274.95
1500 x 1200
ENMR1512/PR
£394.95
1800 x 1200
ENMR1812/PR
£454.95
900 x 600
EM0906/PR
£105.00
1200 x 900
EM1209/PR
£189.95
1500 x 1200
EM1512/PR
£299.95
1200 x 900
EMR1209/PR
£289.95
1800 x 1200
EM1812/PR
£349.95
1500 x 1200
EMR1512/PR
£424.95
2400 x 1200
EM2412/PR
£455.95
1800 x 1200
EMR1812/PR
£529.95
Magnetic Revolving Whiteboards
503
Office & Retail Equipment
No of Pockets
Example of Racks mounted onto a Backing Board
456_456 11/01/2012 12:29 Page 1
Flip Charts DELUXE MAGNETIC FLIP CHART EASEL
MAGNETIC FLIP CHART EASEL
Office & Retail Equipment
LOWER PRICE
Easy to erect Flip Chart with height adjustable legs ● Dry-wipe Steel backboard suitable for use with magnets ● Full adjustable retractable legs ● Integral pen shelf ● Pad size: A1 ●
Totally height adjustable Easel with a magnetic dry-wipe writing surface ● Backboard tilts to any angle ● Integral hinged pen shelf ● Pad size: A1 ●
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Deluxe Magnetic Flip Chart Easel
P100002
£94.71
Magnetic Flip Chart Easel
P100005
£54.71
FLIP CHART COMBI
WALL MOUNTED FLIP CHART
Height adjustable wheeled Flip Chart with a pinnable grey felt surface to reverse ● Dry wipe Steel blackboard which is suitable for use with magnets ● Feet are easily removed for transportation ● 2 lockable castors ● Pad size: A1 ●
Description Flip Chart Combi
504
Board Size W x H mm 700 x 1200
The specially designed brackets enable you to flip the pages over easily ● Angled design for ease of writing ●
Model
Price
Description
D504001
£129.71
Wall Mounted Flip Chart
Board Size W x H mm 760 x 1000
Model
Price
P100008
£98.43
457_457 11/01/2012 12:28 Page 1
Whiteboards SLIMLINE NON MAGNETIC WHITEBOARDS
● ●
SLIMLINE MAGNETIC WHITEBOARDS
Ideal for office & meeting room use ● Single sided Aluminium profile frame Description
●
Model
Price
W1500906X-AF W1501209X-AF W1501812X-AF W1502412X-AF
£16.71 £21.14 £43.00 £53.14
Description Magnetic Whiteboards
WHITEBOARD ACCESSORIES Description
Model
Price
Dry Marker Pens - Pack of 12
W999013-STAS
£6.57
0.3m Clip on Pen Shelf
W999003-03XAF
£3.00
MOBILE WHITEBOARDS
Double sided non magnetic dry-wipe surfaces 5 year board guarantee ● Board rotates through 360O ● Powder coated Steel frame ● Heavy duty non-marking Rubber tyred castors ● 4 castors - 2 lockable ●
Mobile Whiteboards
Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200
Model
Price
W1550906X-AF W1551209X-AF W1551812X-AF W1552412X-AF
£21.86 £35.71 £66.29 £85.29
Description
Model
Price
Felt Eraser
W999010-F
£1.29
Pen Holder - 6 Pens
W999004
£2.86
Whiteboard Cleaner 400ml Foam
W999012-FA
£7.29
WHEELED FLIP CHART EASEL
●
Description
Versatile drywipe magnetic surface ● Single sided Aluminium profile frame
Deluxe, height adjustable, wheeled Flip Chart Easel Dry wipe Steel blackboard which is suitable for use with magnets ● Magnet friendly arms fold out from the side of the board ● Integral pen shelf ● Pad size: A1 ● 5 Lockable castors ● ●
Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 1200
Model
Price
W3500912-DWDW
£105.71
1500 x 1200
W3501512-DWDW
£123.86
Description
Model
Price
1800 x 1200
W3501812-DWDW
£149.43
Wheeled Flip Chart Easel
P100006
£129.71
505
Office & Retail Equipment
Non Magnetic Whiteboards
Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200
●
458_458 11/01/2012 12:27 Page 1
Safety Matting ENTRAPLUSH Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors Quick drying ‘crush-resistant’ carpet surface ● Slip resistant, stain resistant with PVC backing ● Colours: Grey, Brown, Blue, Red & Green ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 900
Model
Price
PP-0001
£15.08
900 x 1500
PP-0002
£38.06
1200 x 1800
PP-0003
£60.23
TOUGH RIB Heavy duty ribbed carpet Designed to offer the highest comfort ● Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors ● Colours: Grey, Brown, Charcoal, Red & Green ●
Office & Retail Equipment
●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 900
Model
Price
TR-0001
£19.34
900 x 1200
TR-0004
£38.70
900 x 1500
TR-0002
£48.39
1200 x 1800
TR-0003
£77.42
WASHABLE LOGO MATS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
ENVIRO-MAT Manufactured using 100% recycled materials Heavy Rubber backing minimises movement on carpet & hard floor surfaces ● Raised pattern removes dirt & debris ● Colours: Blue, Brown, Grey or Charcoal ● ●
506
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 900
Model
Price
EM-0001
£24.05
900 x 1500
EM-0002
£60.19
1200 x 1800
EM-0003
£96.29
COBA WASH Machine washable mat Traps up to 90% of tracked-in dirt ● Traps moisture, grit & grease ● Bleach & fade resistant - 11 year warranty ● Non-slip Nitrile Rubber backing ● Colours: Black/Blue, Black/Steel, Black/Brown or Black/Red ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 850
Model
Price
LM-0201
£37.25
850 x 1200
LM-0204
£74.43
850 x 1500
LM-0202
£88.62
1150 x 1750
LM-0203
£141.31
459_459 11/01/2012 12:26 Page 1
Safety Matting FINGER TIP Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors Bevelled edges to help prevent trips ● Offers slip resistance in both directions ● Easy to clean - Shake or Hose down ● Ideal for all weather conditions ● Colour: Black ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 800
Model
Price
FT-0001
£23.70
800 x 1000
FT-0002
£39.49
900 x 1800
FT-0003
£71.09
COBASCRAPE Hard wearing surface scrapes dirt from your shoes Gives a sure footing grip in wet/oily conditions ● Bevelled edges to help prevent trips ● Manufactured from 100% Nitrile ● Ideal for all weather conditions ● Machine washable ● Colour: Black ●
●
Model
Price
CS-0001
£53.59
850 x 1400
CS-0002
£99.78
850 x 3000
CS-0003
£212.90
1100 x 1700
CS-0004
£163.29
RINGMAT OCTOMAT Manufactured from hard wearing Rubber matting for a long life span even in demanding conditions ● Conforms to EN-13552 Category R10 ● Connectors available for a larger area coverage ● Colour: Black ●
Overall Size L x W mm 1000 x 1500
Model
Price
RM-0003
£74.48
Connector
RM-0004
£1.72
ENTRAMAT Manufactured from flexible PVC extrusions Cross ribbed surface scrapes dirt from your shoes ● Easy to clean - Shake or Hose down ● Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat ● Colours: Grey, Brown or Black ● ●
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 1200
ES-0101
£76.08
1000 x 1500
ES-0102
£142.09
1200 x 1800
ES-0103
£194.58
Model
Price
507
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size L x W mm 850 x 750
460_460 11/01/2012 12:25 Page 1
Window Furnishings WINDOW FurNIshINgs Made-to-measure blinds Colour co-ordinate your blinds with your decor ● All types of Interior & Exterior window furnishings available ● All fabrics are flame retardant to BS5867 Pt2b ● Blinds suitable for all applications: ● Hospitals & Care Homes ● Schools & Colleges ● Offices & Factories CALL NOW FOr FurThEr DETAILs ● Conference Rooms ● Leisure Centres & ADVICE ● Local Authorities ● Landlords Vertical Blinds - Conference rooms ● Shops ●
Office & retail Equipment
●
Vertical Blinds - Offices
Partition Blinds
Vertical Blinds - Apartments
Blackout Blinds - Medical Centres
roller Blinds - schools
Venetian Blinds - Offices
Cubical rails - health Centres
Fly screens - Kitchens / Eateries
Awnings
508
461_461 11/01/2012 12:24 Page 1
Office Partitioning Make the most of your space... Quick & Easy installations tailored to your individual requirements
●
Utilise space & Create privacy where needed
●
Re-locatable – can be moved or extended to suit your future needs
●
Wide range of designs, finishes & accessories available
●
Fully glazed or partial glazed modules 7 doors
●
Fire resistance of up to 60mins
●
Sound reduction up to 50dB Rw
●
Integral colour co-ordinated blinds & other furnishings are available
Creative Effective Design You may require a more open plan office or the opposite. Utilising the flexibility that Office Partitioning gives, you are able to create the space & / or individual working areas that you need. Having the option to increase privacy, sound reduction or add fire protection routes.
PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE
Whether it is a simple alteration or a complete office refurbishment it needn’t be a daunting task. With our expertise, experience & skills in space planning we will endeavour to meet your requirements no matter how big or small the project maybe.
Stylish & Modern Office Partitioning that can work for you Use Partitioning in conjunction with our Mezzanine Floors to create extra storage or office space. To complete the project see our furniture & storage ranges.
509
Office & Retail Equipment
●
462_462 11/01/2012 12:23 Page 1
Archive Storage Boxes ECONOMY ARCHIVE STORAGE BOXES ●
Large labelling area
IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR ARCHIVE STORAGE
Office & Retail Equipment
Max Load
20kg
Manufactured Manufacture d External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Model
Price Each per 25 Off
350 x 445 x 260
325 x 405 x 252
AB02
£2.20
POLYPROPYLENE ARCHIVE STORAGE BOXES Stacking with or without lid Ideal for storage of complete A4 lever arch files ● Supplied in packs of 10 ● If lids purchased separately, a small order charge will apply ● Long shelf life ● 2 colour options available: Silver/Grey Blue ● ●
PRICES HELD
please specify when ordering N.B. one colour per pack
IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF A4 LEVER ARCH FILES Manufactured Manufacture d
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Colours Available
Model No
Price per pk 10
360 x 425 x 300
345 x 400 x 290
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP330
£64.50
-
-
Black Only
SBP3LID to fit above size
£12.50
510
463_463 11/01/2012 12:16 Page 1
Wire Baskets ●
For warehouse/bulk storage
●
The simplest & most effective way to display stock
●
Tough & durable, constructed from welded Steel wire with Plastic coating to prevent corrosion
●
Designed by engineers & built to withstand the rigours of harsh environments
●
Safe & stable, the interlocking design of these baskets ensures safe stacking
●
Plastic coating which protects the goods from scratches & other damage
●
●
Office & Retail Equipment
PRICES HELD
Open front containers which allow easy access to even bulky goods 3 colour options available: Red Green Blue
please specify when ordering ●
●
Finish: Durable Plastic coating Dividers available
External Size WxDxH mm 660 x 460 x 350 980 x 460 x 350 980 x 680 x 480 1220 x 680 x 480
Mesh Size mm
24 x 46
46 x 46
Weight kg
Cap. kg
Model
Price
60
0.088
MT8
£20.95
90
0.140
C12
£26.20
0.300
C2DS
£31.45
120 0.400
C4
Model Divider
Price
D1
£4.12
D2
£4.73
£41.95
511
464_464 11/01/2012 12:21 Page 1
Retail Display Baskets DUMP BASKETS ●
DISPLAY BASKETS
White Plastic coated
Top quality build & finish Bright Zinc finish ● Space utilisation ● Self stacking ● Free standing ● ●
PRICES HELD
D1600
D2400
●
Office & Retail Equipment
●
D2100: Round Dump Bin D1600 & D2400: Square collapsible basket with adjustable base
Description
475 x 300 x 250 475 x 400 x 250 475 x 450 x 300 475 x 500 x 300 Plinth to Suit 475 x 500 580 x 300 x 250 580 x 400 x 250 Basket B 580 x 450 x 300 580 x 500 x 300 Plinth to Suit 580 x 500 980 x 300 x 250 980 x 400 x 250 Basket C 980 x 450 x 300 980 x 500 x 400 Plinth to Suit 980 x 500 Data Strip - 450L x 39H mm Data Strip - 550L x 39H mm Data Strip - 950L x 39H mm Hook On Price Tag 120 x 40 Hook On Price Tag 165 x 80 EPOS Strip 980 x 60 Colour Insert Basket A
PRICES HELD
IDEAL FOR CATERING FOR THE IMPULSE BUYER
D2100
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
400 x 400 x 726
D1600
£15.66
600 x 600 x 726
D2400
£21.38
533 dia. x 635 height
D2100
£18.52
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Divider Price
SB475-300 SB475-400 SB475-450 SB475-500 PLINTH-A SB580-300 SB580-400 SB580-450 SB580-500 PLINTH-B SB980-300 SB980-400 SB980-450 SB980-500 PLINTH-C
£14.63 £15.63 £16.96 £18.45 £38.50 £15.82 £16.67 £21.49 £21.74 £40.20 £25.00 £26.37 £31.25 £36.72 £45.60 £1.25 £1.45 £1.80 £0.61 £0.73 £2.60 £0.93
£3.27 £3.76 £3.88 £4.19 £3.27 £3.76 £3.88 £4.19 £3.27 £3.76 £3.88 £5.01 -
PPB PPA -
SHOPPING BASKETS PRICES HELD
Universal Plinth Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model Code
Price
Plastic Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green) 430 x 300 x 230 PSB4330
£4.95
Wire Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green)
450 x 320 x 190 WSB4532
£4.20
Plastic Trolley Basket (Red, Blue or Green)
460 x 350 x 400 PTB4635
£16.90
Universal Plinth
512
-
UPSB
£17.00
31L CAPACITY
465_465 11/01/2012 12:20 Page 1
Wire Trolleys STOCK TROLLEY Folding top shelf to allow you to fit larger goods on the bottom shelf ● Mobile on 4 swivel non marking 125mm Rubber castors ● Load Capacity: Top Shelf 50kg Bottom Shelf 150kg ●
FOLDING TOP SHELF. IDEAL FOR MOVING LARGER ITEMS
3 x NST10Y Nested Shelf Heights mm 220 / 535
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
NST10Y
£154.30
NST10Y
200kg
FOLDING CONTAINER TROLLEYS
SHOPPING TROLLEYS
All Metal construction with a Zinc Plate coating ● Neatly folds away when not in use
●
●
Bright Zinc finish & Lacquer coating ● Easy handling once these units are loaded ● Robust design complete with corner buffers
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
Capacity kg
Length mm
Overall Size H x W mm
Folded Size W x L mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
100mm Swivel Rubber Castors 700 100
1000
770 x 670
1200
100 x 1400
13
FC8611
£362.50
100 x 1700
16
FC8612
£412.00
100 x 1900
18
FC8613
£450.65
125mm Swivel Rubber Castors 700 150
1000
770 x 670
1200
BABY SEAT INCLUDED AS STANDARD SCP150B
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
100 x 1400
13
FC8614
£427.40
100
740 x 500 x 1000
100 x 1700
16
FC8615
£477.55
125
790 x 550 x 1000
100 x 1900
18
FC8616
£516.20
150
900 x 550 x 1000
Wheels mm 100 125
Weight kg
Model
Price
16
SCP100B
£108.55
18
SCP125B
£116.90
20
SCP150B
£124.90
CHROME PLATED WIRE TROLLEYS Hygienic - Easy to Clean Adjustable Chrome Plated wire shelves ● Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, 125mm Polypropylene castors ● ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Corner Buffers Help protect your walls
2 Shelf Units
915 x 457 x 990
Weight kg 19
1067 x 457 x 990
20
915 x 610 x 990 1067 x 610 x 990
3 Shelf Units
SWI21Y £148.50
Weight kg 23
SWI31Y £175.00
SWI22Y £162.65
25
SWI32Y £198.85
22
SWI25Y £155.00
28
SWI35Y £185.00
24
SWI26Y £168.95
31
SWI36Y £209.50
Model
Price
Model
Price
SWI21Y
Max Load
200kg
PRICES HELD
SWI35Y
513
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size L x W x H mm 540 x 905 x 940
Max Load
466_466 11/01/2012 12:19 Page 1
Container Trolleys BAKER TROLLEYS ● ●
Containers & trays are extra More sizes available CALL FOR DETAILS
Manufactured Manufacture d
STT4
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size W x D x H mm 500 x 600 x 1565
Model
Price
STT4
£282.35
500 x 600 x 1715
STT6
£292.42
553 x 762 x 1535
STT10/BAKER
£393.07
STT10/BAKER
STT6
PREPARATION TROLLEYS ● ●
Containers & trays are extra More sizes available - CALL FOR DETAILS
Manufactured Manufacture d
STT16 STT10/PREP
STT8
LINESIDE TROLLEY
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
500 x 600 x 1275
STT8
£332.18
955 x 600 x 1275
STT16
£442.90
955 x 600 x 890
STT10/PREP
£465.05
COMBI TROLLEY
OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Manufactured Manufacture d STT6C
Description CSTT4LS
514
●
Containers & trays are extra
Combi Trolley Lineside Trolley
Overall Size W x D x H mm 500 x 870 x 1015 460 x 600 x 880
Model
Price
STT6C CSTT4LS
£415.22 £238.06
467_467 11/01/2012 12:18 Page 1
Key Cabinets K100
KEYSTOR Sturdy Steel cabinets with a tough powder coated, light Grey finish ● Fixed coloured & numbered hook bars, with matching key tabs ● Removable key control index with the 3 larger models ● Key locking complete with 2 keys ●
K048
PRICES HELD
20 Hook Key Cabinet
Overall Size H x W x D mm 255 x 180 x 80
30 Hook Key Cabinet 42 Hook Key Cabinet
Description
Model
Price
K020
£33.00
300 x 210 x 80
K030
£42.00
320 x 245 x 80
K042
£56.00
48 Hook Key Cabinet
350 x 300 x 80
K048
£93.00
64 Hook Key Cabinet
450 x 300 x 80
K064
£120.00
100 Hook Key Cabinet
550 x 380 x 80
K100
£152.00
K020
Office & Retail Equipment
K064
K030
K042
COMBI CABINETS Designed to offer secure storage for keys & personal belongings, such as mobile phones, cameras, purses & wallets ● Key Cabinets are secured by a PRICES programmable electronic lock HELD ● Storage Cupboards are supplied with a security Cam Lock & 2 keys ●
KCC2004ZE
KCC0502ZE Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
50 Hook Cabinet with 2 Cupboards & Shelves
550 x 380 x 205
14
KCC0502ZE
£499.00
100 Hook Cabinet with 4 Cupboards
550 x 730 x 205
24
KCC1004ZE
£785.00
200 Hook Cabinet with 4 Cupboards
550 x 730 x 205
24
KCC2004ZE
£885.00
4 Cupboard Expander Unit
550 x 380 x 205
11
KCC0004Z
£499.00
IDEAL TO SUIT A VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS FROM OFFICES, SHOPS TO WAREHOUSES & COMMERCIAL SITES
KCC0004Z
515
468_468 11/01/2012 12:15 Page 1
Rope & Belt Barriers ROPE BARRIERS High quality polished Stainless Steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish ● The ropes are made from Polyester ● Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc ● 4 way connectivity ●
SHL01Z
SRL21R
mESSAgE gOES
Office & Retail Equipment
HERE
SIgN BOARD - create your own message RSLS8Z
Description Sign Board
SPL11Z
POSTS & WALL HOOK Description Stainless Steel Post with Ball Head
SRL25B
SImPLY BuY YOuR POST & ADD YOuR ROPE TO mEET YOuR REQuIREmENTS
YOuR
SPL21Z
SRL22B
Post Size H x W mm 370 x 205
Model
Price
RSLS8Z
£49.95
ROPES - with silver polished ‘Q’ hooks Post Size Model Price H x W mm 987 x 320 SPL11Z £74.95
Rope Colour Red
Rope Length mm 1500
Stainless Steel Post with Top Hat Head
935 x 320
SPL21Z £74.95
Blue
Wall Hook
-
SHL01Z £11.95
Black
Model
Price
SRL21R
£31.65
SRL22B
£31.65
SRL25B
£31.65
BELT BARRIERS High quality polished Stainless Steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish ● Also available in Black coated Steel post (models RPLB4R, RPLB5B & RPLB6B) ● The 2m retractable belt is made from Nylon ● Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc ● 3 way connectivity ●
PRICES HELD
Wall Mounted Belt Barrier RWLS9B
BELT BARRIERS
Black Belt Barrier RPLB4R / RPLB5B / RPLB6B
Description Red Retractable Belt Barrier Blue Retractable Belt Barrier Black Retractable Belt Barrier
Black Model Price
Post Size H x W mm
Stainless Steel Model Price
RPLB4R £84.95 RPLS1R £84.95 930 x 350
Receiving End Post
RPLB5B £84.95 RPLS2B £84.95 RPLB6B £84.95 RPLS3B £84.95 RRLB8P £68.40 RRLS9P £68.40
DOuBLE BELT BARRIER & WALL mOuNTED BELT BARRIER Stainless Steel Belt Barrier RPLS1R / RPLS2B / RPLS3B
516
Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B
Description
Post Size H x W mm
Model
Double Retractable Belt Barrier - Blue
985 x 320
RDLS7B £119.95
Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier - Blue
-
RWLS9B £39.95
Price
469 - Leader Page_Page Design 13/01/2012 11:38 Page 1
Mailroom & Packaging FOR YOUR MAILROOM & PACKAGING NEEDS... Mailroom Trolleys Mail Sorting Systems Mailroom Lockers Mailroom Benches Packaging Benches Weight Scales Packaging Ancillaries Industrial Packaging
518 to 520 521 & 522 523 524 & 525 526 & 527 528 & 529 530 & 531 532
MAILROOM TROLLEYS A wide variety of Mailroom Trolleys available to suit your every need ● Ideal for everyday use ●
SEE PAGES
518 & 520
Manufactured Manufacture d
Mailroom Trolleys Pages 518 to 520
517
470_470 11/01/2012 12:48 Page 1
Mail Distribution Trolleys DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS Non marking buffering helps prevent damaging doorways & furniture These tubular Steel trolleys can be used both indoors & outdoors ● Models MTE01S & MTE02L have high capacity removable baskets, with a pannier basket available for both models ● On the larger model, MTE02L, the upper basket can tilt back giving easy access to the lower basket ● Platform Trolley Model MTE03C has side & end panels to help maximise the storage capabilities of this large trolley MTE02L ● Side panels are easy to remove to aid loading & unloading ● Large Basket Model MTE04D has 2 large capacity removable baskets designed to accommodate concertina files ● Diamond formation wheels on Models MTE03C & MTE04D give easy manoeuvrability. ● ●
£255.50
Mailroom & Packaging
MTE02L shown with MTEB1Z, concertina files & support bars, call for details MTE01S shown with concertina files & support bars, call for details
MTE01S
£213.40
MTE03C
£516.95 PRICES HELD
MTE04D
MTE03C
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Basket Size W x D x H mm
Mail Trolley
610 x 915 x 1000
460 x 485 x 255
Mail Trolley
610 x 1030 x 1000
Optional Pannier Basket to suit above models Platform Trolley with side/end panels Platform Trolley with large baskets
518
£560.10
MTE04D
Wheels
Max Load
Weight kg
Model
Price
Lower Basket - 50 kg Upper Basket - 20 kg
25
MTE01S
£213.40
460 x 635 x 255
2 x 125 mm Swivel Castors, 2 x 200 mm Fixed Wheels
Lower Basket - 60 kg Upper Basket - 30 kg
30
MTE02L
£255.50
-
460 x 130 x 350
-
10 kg
-
MTEB1Z
£46.55
610 x 1200 x 1070
-
4 x 200 mm Castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel
300 kg
66
MTE03C
£516.95
Lower Basket - 60 kg Upper Basket - 20 kg
68
MTE04D
£560.10
610 x 1200 x 1070
425 x 960 x 425
471_471 11/01/2012 12:47 Page 1
Mail Distribution Trolleys
MT983Y
MT985Y
£200.40
£248.10 Manufactured Manufacture d
MT983Y
MT985Y & PB800Z
Wheels situated inside the frame
MAIL DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
PB800Z
Manufactured from strong tubular Steel ● Supplied with 2 Plastic coated mesh baskets Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed Grey non-marking wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel Grey non-marking castors. The 200mm wheels are fitted Overall Size Basket Size Weight Model Price within the frame of the unit to help W x D x H mm W x D x H mm kg prevent damage to furniture & doorways 530 x 820 x 910 470 x 370 x 320 18 MT983Y £200.40 ● These units also incorporate 2 removable 530 x 950 x 910 470 x 520 x 320 19 MT984Y £230.40 530 x 1230 x 910 470 x 770 x 320 24 MT985Y £248.10 Zinc rails in each basket. This allows the Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420 2 PB800Z £24.90 units to facilitate hanging files ● ●
CHROME PLATED WIRE TRAY TROLLEY WIRE BASKET PARTS TROLLEY Hygienic - Easy to clean Removable centre shelf for bulky loads ● Mobile on 2 large fixed 200 mm wheels & 2 swivel braked 125 mm castors ● ●
Manufactured from mild Steel Load Capacity: 25kg per basket maximum of 150kg per trolley ● Comes complete with 4 Plastic coated mesh baskets constructed from 25 x 25mm mesh ● Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors
Max Load
●
120kg
●
SP100Y & 2 x SPB99Z
SWI52Y
£194.95 Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
860 x 660 x 990
17.5
SWI52Y
£194.95
Manufactured Manufacture d
2 x SPB99Z Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 450 x 1500
Basket Size L x W x H mm 430 x 175 x 180
Extra Basket
Weight kg 26 2
Braked Castors - Factory Fitted to Swivel Castors
Model
Price
SP100Y £395.40 SPB99Z
£40.25
SP000Z
£32.10
519
Mailroom & Packaging
Zinc Rails to facilitate hanging files
472_472 11/01/2012 12:46 Page 1
Mail Distribution Trolleys
Manufactured Manufacture d
SC983Y
£282.20
MT987Y
£107.30
MT988Y
£137.25 MT988Y
Mailroom & Packaging
MT987Y
SC983Y & PB800Z
PB800Z
POST BAG HOLDERS
POST DISTRIBUTION STAIRCLIMBER
Manufactured from strong tubular Steel Notches on the top of the frames hold postal bags into place (postal bags not included) ● Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors
Manufactured from strong tubular Steel Supplied with 2 Plastic coated mesh baskets ● Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel mount. These are mounted inside the frame
● ●
Postal Bags Held 1 2
Overall Size W x D x H mm 390 x 390 x 1130 390 x 770 x 1130
Weight kg 8 12
Model
● ●
Overall Size W x D x H mm 535 x 920 x 940
Price
MT987Y MT988Y
£107.30 £137.25
Basket Size W x D x H mm 470 x 370 x 320
Weight kg 23
Model
Price
SC983Y
£282.20
2
PB800Z
£24.90
Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420
POST ROOM TROLLEY Manufactured in tubular Steel with 50 x 50mm mesh infil ● 6 mesh compartments & a storage tray ● Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking castors with Plastic corner buffers ●
Manufactured Manufacture d
MT991Y
GS9126
£395.60
GS9125
SELF LEVELLING TROLLEYS GS9125: Re-inforced Heavy Duty PVC bag GS9126: Constructed from Galvanised Steel sides & ends ● Fully welded frame & exterior grade Plywood deck ● Unloaded Height: Bag - 650mm & Box - 800mm ●
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels
Load Capacity
Weight kg
Model
MT991Y
Price
Manufactured Manufacture d
Self Levelling Trolleys - Bag 935 x 730 x 932
125mm Cushion
100 kg
40
GS9125 £615.95
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
GS9126 £649.90
1020 x 500 x 1020
16
MT991Y
£395.60
Self Levelling Trolleys - Box 935 x 730 x 932
520
125mm Cushion
100 kg
50
473_473 11/01/2012 12:45 Page 1
Mailroom Sorting Systems MAIL SORTING SYSTEM ‘See through’ design prevents mail being overlooked ● Compartment Size: 340 x 145mm ● This modern sorting system has been especially designed to offer an effective way of ensuring all mail is correctly sorted ● Each compartment clearly identified ● Manufactured from light gauge mesh & is lightweight & ideal for mounting on a table ●
FROM
Manufactured Manufacture d No. of Compartments 18 24
Overall Size WxDxH 1085 x 420 x 955 1445 x 420 x 955
£360.90 Weight kg
Model
Price
20
MT960Z £360.90
30
MT961Z £480.85
MT960Z
Mailroom & Packaging
FROM
£371.65 Manufactured Manufacture d
MT962Z MT964Y
STATIC MAIL SORTER This unit is available either free standing on its own stand or for bench mounting if required ● It has 20 easily identified compartments ● Stand is manufactured from 25mm square tubular Steel ●
Description Post Sorter & Stand Post Sorter only
Overall Size mm WxDxH 1450 x 457 x 1830 1450 x 457 x 1525
Compartment Size mm WxDxH 355 x 457 x 297 355 x 457 x 297
Weight kg
Model
Price
28
MT962Z £712.30
18
MT963Z £635.75
MOBILE MAIL SORTER This mail sorter has 12 easily identified compartments & is available with or without a mobile trolley ● The trolley is mobile on 100mm Rubber castors ●
Description Post Sorter & Trolley Post Sorter only
Overall Size mm WxDxH 1375 x 380 x 1610 1065 x 380 x 1220
Compartment Size mm WxDxH 355 x 380 x 305 355 x 380 x 305
Weight kg
Model
Price
28
MT964Y £530.50
11
MT965Z £371.65
521
474_474 11/01/2012 12:44 Page 1
Mailroom Sorting Systems MAIL SORTING SHELF UNITS Practical yet stylish sorting units which are ideal for post sorting ● Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged with a slanted Aluminium profile which makes labelling easier ● Finished in a Hardwearing Beech Laminate ● Supplied with a pack of 20 labels ●
Mailroom & Packaging
AVAILABLE WITH 18 OR 54 SHELVES. IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR MAIL SORTING NEEDS
Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
Mail Sorting Shelf Unit 315 x 400 x 1880
18
MSS18Z
£287.45
915 x 400 x 1880
54
MSS54Z
£689.95
Extra Shelf - 280W x 365D mm
MSSS28
£14.95
Pack of 20 Labels
MSSL20
£3.50
Accessories MSS18Z
MSS54Z
DOCUMENT & SORTING SHELVES Practical yet stylish sorting units which are ideal for document & post sorting ● Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged with an Aluminium profile which makes labelling easier ● The units are finished in a Hardwearing Beech Laminate ●
AVAILABLE WITH 42 OR 84 SHELVES. IDEAL FOR DOCUMENT & POST SORTING
Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
Document & Sorting Shelves 830 x 400 x 1880 DSS42Z
522
42
DSS42Z
£599.95
84
DSS84Z
£817.80
DSSS48
£14.95
Accessories Extra Shelves to fit the above units
475_475 11/01/2012 12:43 Page 1
Mailroom Sorting Systems POST LOCKERS Manufactured from sheet Steel in Grey Lockers are equipped with a master door to allow authorised access ● Supplied complete with cylinder locks (with 2 keys) & a master key for the master door ● Each compartment is 290W mm with a post hole which is 240W mm ● ●
Mailroom & Packaging
PLW12Z
AVAILABLE WITH 12, 15 OR 30 COMPARTMENTS Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Boxes
Model
Price
PLW12Z
£436.75
Wall Mounted Unit 760 x 450 x 820
12
Floor Standing Unit 380 x 450 x 1910
15
PLF15Z
£472.00
760 x 450 x 1910
30
PLF30Z
£848.55
PLF30Z
PLF15Z
METAL SORTING SHELVES Manufactured from sheet Steel in Grey Complete with 14 compartments - ideal for sorting post, brochures etc ● Compartment Size: 245W x 340D x 105H mm ● ●
IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR DOCUMENT & POST SORTING NEEDS
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Colour
Model
Price
300 x 350 x 1800
Aluminium Lacquer Black
MSA30Z MSB35Z
£283.90 £283.90
2 x MSB25Z
523
476_476 11/01/2012 12:42 Page 1
Mailroom Benches DURABLE MAILROOM BENCHES This range of benches have 50 x 25mm epoxy powder coated Steel frames The splinter proof work tops are 28mm furniture grade Wood Chipboard faced with smart Grey Laminate ● The 750mm height is ideal for sitting at, while the alternative 900mm height is ideal for standing ● All benches are fitted with adjustable feet to help give a level height on uneven floor surfaces ● Bench frames are supplied assembled with the top unattached to aid delivery ● Tops are pre-drilled for easy fitting by the end user ● Fastenings are supplied ● ●
FROM
£369.30
Mailroom & Packaging
MB1577B
MB1577A
MB1577C
Length mm 1200 1500 1800
Depth mm 750 750 750
Height mm
Open Bench with Bottom Shelf
Open Bench
Open Fronted Unit with Centre Shelf
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
MB1277A
£369.30
MB1277B
£442.15
MB1277C
£571.40
900
MB1279A
£386.75
MB1279B
£461.60
MB1279C
£590.90
750
MB1577A
£379.60
MB1577B
£483.20
MB1577C
£661.65
900
MB1579A
£401.10
MB1579B
£500.60
MB1579C
£687.30
750
MB1877A
£419.60
MB1877B
£533.45
MB1877C
£763.25
900
MB1879A
£437.05
MB1879B
£549.85
MB1879C
£781.65
MOBILE BENCHES The same as the above range of benches, mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel Rubber castors, 2 braked The manoeuvrability of these units mean they can be located wherever they are required ● Optional factory fitted upstands are also available ● ●
Length mm
Depth mm
1200 1500 1800
750 750 750
Mobile Bench
Height mm
Model
Price
750
MB1277M
£415.45
900
MB1279M
£430.85
750
MB1577M
£430.85
900
MB1579M
£447.25
750
MB1877M
£452.40
900
MB1879M
£468.80
OPTIONAL UPSTANDS - FACTORY FITTED Description
MB1277M, 2 x MBL0710 & 1 x MBL1210
524
100mm High
150mm High
Model
Price
Model
Price
Side Upstand - 750mm
MBL0710
£76.95
MBL0715
£81.25
Rear Upstand - 1200mm
MBL1210
£123.10
MBL1215
£129.95
Rear Upstand - 1500mm
MBL1510
£153.90
MBL1515
£162.45
Rear Upstand - 1800mm
MBL1810
£184.65
MBL1815
£195.00
477_477 11/01/2012 12:41 Page 1
Mailroom Benches CUPBOARD / LOCKER BENCHES A continuation of the Durable Mailroom Benches, including all the attractive features of this range Features include end panels & lockable sliding doors ● 4 & 6 locker versions are also available, ideal for organised secure storage of equipment & supplies ● ●
FROM
£678.05
MB1577L
MB1577D
1200 1500 1800
Depth mm
Cupboard with Sliding Lockable Door
Height mm
750 750 750
4 Locker Unit
6 Locker Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
MB1277D
£678.05
MB1277L
£746.75
-
-
900
MB1279D
£695.55
MB1279L
£763.25
-
-
750
MB1577D
£769.30
-
-
MB1577L
£877.00
900
MB1579D
£786.80
-
-
MB1579L
£890.40
750
MB1877D
£859.60
-
-
-
-
900
MB1879D
£872.95
-
-
-
-
CLEARVIEW SORTING UNITS Made from sturdy transparent Acrylic, clearview shelving provides an efficient way to sort mail Shelves are adjustable within the vertical columns ● Scalloped edge front slots make it easy to label each compartment ● ●
MB1277B Shown with MBC1200 + Extra Shelves
Pack of 5 Extra Shelves Model
Price
MBES05
£59.90 MB1577D shown with MBC1500 + Extra Shelves
●
Max 36 shelves (16 Included) Each compartment 335D x 277W x 100Hmm
●
Max 45 shelves (16 Included) Each compartment 335D x 277W x 100Hmm
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
Price
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
Price
1200 x 360 x 1048
MBC1200
£446.40
1500 x 470 x 1048
MBC1500
£881.65
525
Mailroom & Packaging
Length mm
478_478 11/01/2012 12:40 Page 1
Packaging Bench & Equipment PACKING BENCH Height adjustable from 760 to 1050mm 25mm Laminated Particle Board worktop which can overhang the bench either side ● Includes: ● Upper Shelf with 6 dividing hoops ● Upper & Lower roll holders ● Max load 300kg, upper shelf 50kg ● ●
General Cutter
FROM
Mailroom & Packaging
£594.00 Equipment Bin
Item Worktop Size D x L mm 900 x 1800 900 x 2100
Frame Size D x L mm 900 x 1500 900 x 1800
Model
Price
PPH-918 PPH-921
£594.00 £640.00
Description
Cutter Length: 1500 mm General Cutter Overall Length: 1700 mm
Model
Price
PPL-170
£293.00
PPH-TL
£25.50
NOT suitable for bubble wrap
Equipment Bin
Bin Size: 500 x 186 x 182 mm
GR8 DISPO SAFETY KNIFE ● ●
High performance disposable knife Blades last 4 times longer on average due to the unique moving action
Manufactured Manufacture d
Description
Colour
Model
Price
GR8 Dispo - Pk 10
Yellow Handle
GPCDISPO
£36.80
GPCDISPO
PRICE HELD
GR8 PRO SAFETY KNIFE Virtually undestructable High performance knife for heavy duty professional use ● Ergonomically balanced ● ●
Description
Colour
GR8 Pro Black Handle Replacement Blades - Pk 10
HIGH QUALITY HIGH PERFORMANCE Model
Price
GPCPRO GPCPROBL
£12.15 £9.35
PRICES HELD
DBX SAFETY KNIFE Many safety features including: innovatively designed cartridge encasing the blade ● The built in snapper breaks the blade & retains the broken segments inside the cartridge ●
Description
Colour
DBX Blue Replacement Cartridge - Yellow
526
Model
Price
GPCDBX GPCDBXCA
£10.45 £6.70
Manufactured Manufacture d
Manufactured Manufacture d
GPCPRO
5 YEAR GUARANTEE
PRICES HELD
NEVER TOUCH Protective hood is pushed THE BLADE GPCDBX
●
away from the blade as it pierces the material being cut
479_479 11/01/2012 12:39 Page 1
packaging Materials & equipment eCONOMy pACkiNg beNCh Complete with 2 Reel Holders Upper storage shelf - 200mm deep ● Worktop Height: 915mm ● 25mm thick MDF worktop & lower shelf ● ●
MB156M
£383.95
Manufactured Manufacture d
L o o k i ng
F
STAy ORgANiSeD wiTh ThiS quAliTy pACkiNg beNCh For ease of transport, the unit is supplied in two components ● The upper back frame is supplied separately for bolting into position ●
CARTON STANDS
Mailroom & packaging
or Wo r k b e n ch e s? S e e p ag e 183 TO s 201
MB156M
Overall L x W mm
Overall Height mm
Lower Shelf Depth mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1525 x 610
1525
350
70
MB156M
£383.95
1830 x 760
1525
350
85
MB187M
£406.20
CA074Y WAS £134.15
Max Load
160kg These carton stands help keep boxes / packaging organized & clean ● Model CA074Y is mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors ● Subject to availability ●
NOW ONLY
£99.95
CA075Z WAS £121.90
NOW ONLY
£89.95
CA074Y Description Mobile CA075Z
Static
No. of Overall Divider Sections Size L x W Height 3 610mm 1117 x 457 mm 635mm 4
Weight kg 24
Model
Price
CA074Y
£99.95
21
CA075Z
£89.95
527
480_480 11/01/2012 12:38 Page 1
Weight Scales
PRICES HELD
PRICES HELD
Mailroom & Packaging
LARGE DISPLAY FOR CLEAR INFORMATION 405 - ELECTRONIC BENCH SCALE
B120 - WEIGHT COUNT SCALE
●
General purpose bench scale Electronic top loading scales which displays in lb’s & oz’s or kg’s & g’s ● 8 LED Annunciators display ● Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied ● Stainless Steel top plate ● Overall Size: 250 x 300mm
●
●
●
High resolution LED counting scale Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied ● 20 button front panel with three separate dispays for weight, piece weight & count ● Overall Size: 117H x 333L x 195Wmm Capacity
Model
Price
Capacity
Model
Price
6kg x 1g
B120000BA0AA0000
£160.00
6kg x 1g & 12lb x 0.002lb
816965002146
£89.00
15kg x 2g
B120000DA0AA0000
£160.00
15kg x 2g & 30lb x 0.005lb
816965002153
£89.00
30kg x 5g
B120000FA0AA0000
£160.00
PRICES HELD
WS PLATFORM SCALES MECHANICAL BENCH SCALES Single & dual marked charts 20% tare to offset container weights ● Ideal for simple yet accurate weighing ● Large 230mm white dial face ● Optional Stainless Steel pan - Call for Details ● ●
Salter 250-9
Capacity
10kg x 20g 30kg x 100g Single Marked 60kg x 200g 10kg x 20g & 22lb x 1oz 30kg x 100g & 66lb x 4oz Dual Marked 60kg x 200g & 130lb x 8oz
528
Hygienic Stainless Steel base Functions include: ● On/Off PRICES ● Zero HELD ● Tare ● Hold ● Powered by Mains, UK & EU power adaptor, (supplied) or 4 x 1.5v batteries (not supplied) ● LCD display ●
Model
Price
816965002382 816965001712 816965001729 816965002399 816965001606 816965001613
£85.00 £85.00 £85.00 £85.00 £85.00 £85.00
●
Capacity 300kg x 50g 500kg x 100g
Overall Size L x W x H mm 550 x 550 x 60
Model
Price
WS300-50
£238.00
990 x 550 x 60
WS300-90
£265.00
915 x 915 x 60
WS500
£396.00
481_481 11/01/2012 12:37 Page 1
Weight Scales
LARGE CLEAR DISPLAY PRICES HELD
PARCEL PLATFORM SCALE Portable general purpose parcel weigher Large clear display function ● Mains or battery operated ● Functions include: ● On/Off PRICES ● Zero HELD ● Tare ● lb or kg ● Platform Size: 380L x 300W x 27Hmm ● ●
Checkweighing & totalising functions Strong Aluminium frame & base ● Indicator can be base or column mounted ● Mains or battery operated ● ●
Capacity
Model
Price
75kg x 10g
60kg x 0.02kg & 130lb x 0.05lb
WS60
£195.00
150kg x 20g
120kg x 0.05kg & 260lb x 0.1lb
WS120
£195.00
300kg x 50g
Platform Size L x W mm 457 x 559
Model
Price
S100-75
£210.00
S100-150
£210.00
S100-300
£210.00
PRICES HELD
HAND HELD OR SUSPENDED
PRICES HELD
MECHANICAL SUSPENDED SCALES ● ●
Suspended weigher for many applications Shatterproof ABS case with high strength Stainless Steel fittings
ELECTRONIC SUSPENDED BALANCE Tare & reading hold facility Hand held or suspended balance ● Battery operated with auto-off facility ● Overall Size: 340H x 95W x 55Dmm ●
Capacity
Model
Price
5kg x 20g & 11lb x 1oz
MSK111
£67.00
●
10kg x 50g & 22lb x 2oz
MSK117
£67.00
25kg x 100g & 56lb x 4oz
MSK122
£67.00
Capacity
Model
Price
50kg x 200g & 110lb x 8oz
MSK127
£67.00
10kg x 0.01kg & 22lb x 0.02lb
SA3N25300013000
£67.00
100kg x 500g & 220lb x 1lb
MSK132
£67.00
25kg x 0.02kg & 55lb x 0.02lb
SA3N27100013000
£67.00
£100.00
45kg x 0.05kg & 99lb x 0.1lb
SA3N12200013000
£67.00
Top/Bottom Hook & Round Pan (up to 25kg)
529
Mailroom & Packaging
Capacity
WAREHOUSE SCALES
482_482 11/01/2012 12:36 Page 1
Packaging Materials & Equipment POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING SYSTEMS
STEEL STRAPPING SYSTEMS P056
P009 P060 P010
P011
P055
P012
Description
Qty
Model
Mobile Coil Holder 13 - 19mm Ribbon Wound
Each
P048 £105.00
P014 Manufactured Manufacture d
P013
Price
13mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 518kg - 334M Reel Per Reel P049
£39.87
Price
16mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 652kg - 334M Reel Per Reel P050
£49.25
Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 2000M (150kg b/s white) Per Reel P001
£35.75
19mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 775kg - 335M Reel Per Reel P051
£58.63
Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1200M (270kg b/s blue) Per Reel P003
£40.50
Snap-on Seals (1000) - 13 x 25mm
Per Box
P052
Description
Mailroom & Packaging
P059
Manufactured Manufacture d
P048
Qty
Model
£8.32
Seals (1000) - 12 x 25mm Dispenser Box
Per Box P006
£8.50
Snap-on Seals (1000) - 16 x 25mm
Per Box
P053
£9.25
Semi-open Seals (2000) - 12 x 32mm
Per Box P007
£20.05
Snap-on Seals (1000) - 19 x 25mm
Per Box
P054
£11.17
Strapping Tensioner & Cutter - 12/15mm
Each
P009
£39.08
Steel Strap 13 - 19mm Tensioner
Each
P055
£64.22
Strapping Sealer - 12mm (takes 12/25 & 12/32 Seals)
Each
P010
£22.00
Steel Strap - 13mm Sealer
Each
P056
£26.25
Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals)
Each
P011
£99.00
Steel Strap - 16mm Sealer
Each
P057
£29.03
Heavy Duty Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals)
Each
P012 £125.00
Steel Strap - 19mm Sealer
Each
P058
£31.27
Portable Floor Stand with Brake
Each
P013
£30.00
Steel Sealless Tool - 13/19mm
Each
P059 £582.00
Strapping Trolley with Brake
Each
P014
£62.50
Safety Shears - 30mm
Each
P060
STRETCH WRAP SYSTEMS
£31.85
PALLET SHRINK SYSTEMS
P029
PRICES HELD
Manufactured Manufacture d
P026
P109
P027
Manufactured Manufacture d
P018 P108
Manufactured Manufacture d Description
Qty
Model
Price
Clear Cast Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P018
£42.70
P141
Clear Cast Film - 400mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P019
£50.10
Clear Blown Film - 400mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P020
£48.90
Clear Cast Film - 500mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P021
£63.30
Clear Cast Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU Core (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P022
£43.60
Description
Qty
Model
Price
Clear Cast Film - 400mm x 300M 23MU Core (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P023
£58.50
Propane Gas Cylinder Trolley to suit 13/19 & 47kg
Each
P108
£77.50
Clear Blown Film - 400mm x 200M 34MU Core (6 Rolls) Per Ctn
P024
£57.60
Dispenser Unit - Main Frame, 1 Spindle & Castor Set
Each
P109
£166.25
Black Stretch Film - 500mm x 250M 25MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P025
£65.00
Extra Spindle Bars
Each
P110
£65.63
Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm
Each
P026
£13.32
Pallet Covers to suit Load Size: 1000 x 1200 x 1200mm Per Roll
P111
£97.40
Heavy Duty Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm
Each
P027
£25.87
Pallet Covers to suit Load Size: 1200 x 1200 x 1200mm Per Roll
P112
£110.93
Stretch Packer Handle & 1 Roll Film
Per Pack
P028
£7.65
Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1/2M x 108M
Per Roll
P113
£101.06
Stretch Packer Kit - 12 Rolls & 1 Handle
Per Pack
P029
£18.75
Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1.5/3M x 74M Per Roll
P114
£101.06
Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (6 Rolls)
Per Pack
P030
£7.02
Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 2/4M x 55M
Per Roll
P115
£101.06
Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (36 Rolls)
Per Pack
P031
£39.82
Pallet Shrink Gun - c/w Carry Case
Each
P141
£566.95
530
483_483 11/01/2012 12:35 Page 1
Packaging Materials & Equipment MINI PAK’R AIR BAG SYSTEM Produce air cushions on demand A wide variety of cushions available to suit your application, from block & brace to void fill ● Plug in, load film & you’re ready ● ●
Description
Model
Price
Air Bag Machine
P175
£999.00
Cushions - 200 x 130mm
P176
£37.50
Double Cushions - 400 x 150mm
P142
£48.90
Quilt Large - 400 x 150mm
P143
£48.90
Quilt Small - 400 x 150mm
P144
£48.90
Supertube - 400 x 150mm
P145
£48.90
PROTECT YOUR GOODS DURING TRANSIT
LOWER PRICE
P175
COUNTER ROLL HOLDERS & KRAFT PAPER Versatile & efficient range to suit most papers Robustly made for long, maintenance free life ● All sizes are fitted with a serrated blade & Rubber feet ● ●
Description
Model
Price
Counter Roll Holder - 500mm
P146
£68.50
Counter Roll Holder - 600mm
P147
£72.00
Manufactured Manufacture d
P148
£79.75
P149
£88.00
Description
Model
Price
Stacking Brackets (Price Each)
P150
£22.50
Pure Kraft Paper - 500mm x 275M (20" Roll)
P151
£21.05
Hanging Brackets (Pack 3)
P180
£2.25
Pure Kraft Paper - 750mm x 275M (30" Roll)
P152
£31.66
Wall Brackets (Pack 3)
P181
£2.15
Pure Kraft Paper - 900mm x 275M (36" Roll)
P153
£38.00
Description
Model
Price
Small Bubble Film - 600mm x 75M
P042
£12.47
Small Bubble Film - 750mm x 75M
P043
£15.69
Small Bubble Film - 900mm x 75M
P044
£19.30
Large Bubble Film - 750mm x 50M
P045
£18.50
Mobile Stand for 1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1730 x 170 x 50mm)
P167
£275.00
Mobile Stand for 1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 2020 x 170 x 50mm)
P168
£280.00
1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1600 x 300 x 150mm)
P169
£250.00
1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1900 x 300 x 150mm)
P170
£264.50
Corrugated Paper - 650mm x 75M (26")
P171
£20.50
Corrugated Paper - 900mm x 75M (36")
P172
£28.50
MOBILE CUTTER & STAND
HEAT SEALER ●
Makes & seals Polythene bags
SAFETY CUTTER PRICE HELD
● ●
●
PRICE HELD
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
400mm Heat Sealer with Cutter
P179
£115.00
Safety Cutter - Pack of 5
P046
£6.00
GUMMED PAPER TAPE DISPENSER ●
No exposed blades Suitable for Plastic strapping, stretchfilm, fabrics etc
HOT MELT GLUE & GUNS
Takes up to 100mm widths Pre-set lengths from 100mm to 1100mm, plain or re-inforced
Manufactured Manufacture d
PRICE HELD
Description
Model
Price
LD Gun - 12mm
P154
£24.50
Description
Model
Price
HD Gun - 12mm
P155
£56.60
Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser
P177
£360.00
Packaging Glue - 5kg
P120
£39.50
Gummed Paper Tape - 72mm x 200m - 70gsm
P178
£3.80
Clear General Purpose Glue - 5kg
P121
£39.50
531
Mailroom & Packaging
Counter Roll Holder - 800mm Counter Roll Holder - 1000mm
484_484 11/01/2012 12:35 Page 1
Packaging Materials & Equipment CARTON SHREDDERS ●
SEMI & AUTO STRAPPERS
Free void fill packaging from waste boxes & Cardboard
●
Strapping systems for all your applications
FROM ONLY
£595
MANAGE YOUR WASTE TO HELP SAVE THE ENVIRONMENT & YOUR MONEY
QUICK & EASY WAY OF STRAPPING ITEMS
Mailroom & Packaging
LOWER PRICES
FROM ONLY
£2088
SHRINK SYSTEMS ●
STRETCH WRAPPERS
Shrink machines & films for extra protection
●
Stretch Wrappers & film for all your applications
FROM ONLY
£2050
FROM ONLY
£1685
GIVES PROTECTION & GOOD PRESENTATION OF YOUR PRODUCTS
532
INCREASE EFFICIENCY & PRODUCTIVITY